OF THE

SCHOOL COMMITTEE

OF THE

CITY OF BOSTON,

FOR THE YEAR

18 7 8.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET.

1 8 79.

PUBLIC

INDEX TO SCHOOL DOCUMENTS. 1878.

Doc.

1. Manual of the Public Schools.

2. Annual Report of School Committee, 1877.

3. Amendments to School Document No. 26, J 877, on the Report of the

Committee on Rules and Regulations on a Committee on Suplies.

4. Superintendent's Semi-annual Report. March, 1878.

5. Report of the Committee on Music, 1877.

6. Report of Committee on Rules and Regulations. Amendments to Sec-

tions 138, 139, 140. (Duties of Supervisors.)

7. Report of Committee on Rules and Regulations on a Consolidation of

Committee on Special Subjects.

8. Additional Amendments to the Regulations relating to the Duties of

Supervisors.

9. Report of the Committee on Nominations. Nominations for Reelection.

10. Report of the Committee on Accounts.

11. Report of the Committee on Text-Books.

12. Report of the Committee on Salaries.

13. Report of Committee on Rules and Regulations. Revision of Chapter

XIX. of the Rules and Regulations.

14. Annual Report of the Board of Supervisors.

15. Report of Committee on Rules and Regulations on Amendments to the

Rules and Regulations.

16. Superintendent's Semi-annual Report. September, 1878.

17. Suggestions accompanying the Course of Study for Grammar and Pri-

mary Schools.

18. Rules and Regulations.

19. List of Candidates Eligible as Teachers in the Public Schools.

20. Report of the Committee oh Music and Drawing.

21. Text-Books and Courses of Study, authorized for the School Year

1878-79.

22. Report of Committee on Sewing.

23. Report of Horace Mann School for the Deaf.

24. Catalogue of the Boston Normal School.

25. Annual Report of the School Committee for 1878.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

M A NUAL

OF THE

PUBLIC SCHOOLS

OF THE

CITY OF BOSTON. 1 8 7 8.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

So. 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 78.

SCHOOL COMMITTEE FOE 1878.

Hon. Henry L. Pierce, Mayor, ex officio.

Warren P. Adams, George A. Thayer, Charles C. Perkins, John G. Blake,

[Term expires January, 1879.]

John B. Moran, Godfrey Morse, Abby W. May, John J. Hayes.

[Term expires January, 1880.]

Charles L. Flint, F. Lyman Winship, William H. Finney, Ezra Palmer,

Henry P. Bowditch, William J. Porter, John W. Ryan, George M. Hobbs.

[Term expires January, 1881.]

Lucia M. Peabody, William T. Adams, Warren Fletcher, Nahum Chapin,

George H. Plummer, William H. Learnard, Jr., Abram E. Cutter, William C. Collar.

OFFICEKS OF THE BOAKD.

President* Hon. Henry L. Pierce, Mayor.

Vice-President. Hon. William H. Learnard, Jr.

Secretary and Auditing Clerk. George A. Smith.

Superintendent. Samuel Eliot.

Supervisors.

Lucretia Crocker, John Kneeland.

Messenger. Alvah H. Peters.

Rooms of the Board open from 9 o'clock till 5 o'clock. Saturdays, from 9 o'clock till 2 o'clock.

Office hour of the Secretary and Auditing Clerk from 12£ o'clock to lh o'clock.

Office hour of the Superintendent from 12£ o'clock to Ik o'clock.

Benjamin F. Tweed, Samuel W. Mason, Ellis Peterson,

TRUANT OFFICERS.

The following is the list of the Truant Officers, with their respective dis- tricts, and with the school sections embraced in each district :

Officers.

Chase Cole, Chief. C. E. Turner.

Geo. M. Felch.

Jacob T. Beers.

James Bragdon.

A. M. Leavitt.

Samuel Mcintosh. E. F. Mecuen.

Jeremiah M. Swett.

James P. Leeds.

Charles S. Woofin-

dale. Sumner P. White.

Warren J. Stokes.

H. F. Ripley.

Districts.

North. East Boston.

Central.

Southern.

South Boston.

South.

Roxbury, East Dist. Roxbury, West Dist.

Dorchester, Northern

District. Dorchester, Southern

District. Charlestown, West

District. Charlestown, East

District. West Roxbury.

Brighton.

School Sections.

Eliot, Hancock.

Adams, Chapman, Lyman, and Emerson.

Bowdoin, Winthrop, Phillips, and Brimmer.

Bowditch, Quincy, and Law- rence.

Bigelow, Gaston, Lincoln, Nor-

cross, and Shurtleff. Dwight, Everett, Rice, and

Franklin. Lewis, Dudley, and Dearborn. Comins, Sherwin, Lowell, and

Dudley, Girls. Everett, Mather, and Andrew.

High, Harris, Gibson, Tileston, Stoughton, and Minot.

Frothingham, Harvard, and Wells.

Warren, Bunker Hill, Prescott, and High.

Central, Charles Sumner, Hill- side, and Mt. Vernon.

Bennett and Allston.

Warren A. Wright, Superintendent of Licensed Minors.

Truant Office, 30 Pemberton Square.

The Chief Officer and Superintendent of Licensed Minors are in attendance every school day from 12 to 1 ; other officers, the first and third Mondays each month, at 4 p.m. Order boxes will be found at the several school-houses, and at police stations 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 13, and 14.

STANDING COMMITTEES.

Elections,

Ezra Palmer, Chairman. William H. Finney,

George M. Hobbs.

Mules and Regulations, William H. Finney, Chairman. Abby W. May,

William T. Adams, Ezra Palmer,

George M. Hobbs.

Salaries,

Godfrey Morse, Chairman. Ezra Palmer,

George H. Plummer, Nahum Chapin,

John J. Hayes.

William H. Learnard, Jr., Chairman. Godfrey Morse, William H. Finney, Warren P. Adams,

William T. Adams.

Text- Books,

George A. Thayer, Chairman. John G. Blake,

Ezra Palmer, Godfrey Morse,

William C. Collar.

Licensed Minors. William J. Porter, Chairman. George A. Thayer,

Nahum Chapin.

Deaf- Mutes,

Ezra Palmer, Chairman. William H. Learnard, Jr.,

John W. Ryan.

Military Drill,

Godfrey Morse, Chairman. Warren Fletcher,

John J. Hayes.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

Drawing*

Charles C. Perkins, Chairman. Lucia M. Peabody,

George A. Thayer, Charles L. Flint,

Abrara E. Cutter.

Evening Schools. Warren Fletcher, Chairman. John J. Hayes,

Warren P. Adams, William J. Porter,

George M. Hobbs.

School Mouses. Nahum Chapin, Chairman. John B. Moran,

George H. Plummer, Henry P. Bowditch,

F. Lyman Winship.

Music.

Charles C. Perkins, Chairman. John G. Blake,

F. Lyman Winship, Abby W. May,

Warren P, Adams.

Kindergarten Schools. John G. Blake, Chairman. Lucia M. Peabody,

Henry P. Bowditch.

Truant Officers.

The Mayor, Chairman. Warren Fletcher,

William H. Learnard Jr., John W. Ryan,

Abram E. Cutter.

Sewing.

F. Lyman Winship, Chairman. Lucia M. Peabody,

Nahum Chapin, John W. Ryan,

Warren P. Adams.

Nominations.

William H. Finney, Chairman. George H. Plummer,

William H. Learnard, Jr., William J. Porter,

Ezra Palmer.

Examinations .

George A. Thayer, Chairman. John B. Moran,

Charles L. Flint, Lucia M. Peabody,

William C. Collar.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

7

NORMAL SCHOOL.

Comer of Dartmouth and Appleton Streets.

COMMITTEE.

George A. Thayer, Chairman. Abby W. May, Secretary. George M. Hobbs,

William H. Learnard, Jr., John B. Moran.

Larkin Dunton, Head Master.

L. Theresa Moses, First Assistant.

Annie E. Chace, Assistant.

W. Bertha Hintz, Special Teacher.

Walter Smith, Teacher of Drawing,

Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music. J. B. Sharland, Teacher of Music. H. E. Holt, Teacher of Music. L. W. Mason, Teacher of Music. Amos Albee, Janitor.

RICE TRAINING SCHOOL.

IN CHARGE OF COMMITTEE ON NORMAL SCHOOL.

Lucius A. Wheelock, Principal.

RICE SCHOOL. Corner Dartmouth and Appleton streets. Lucius A. Wheelock, Master. Martha E. Pritchard, First Assistant.

Edward Southward, Sub-Master. Elsie J. Parker, Second Assistant.

Charles F. Kimball, Usher.

Florence Marshall, E. Maria Simonds, Ella T. Gould, J. Annie Bense, Eliza Cox,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Dora Brown,

Mattie H. Jackson, Elizabeth M. Burnham. Amos Albee, Janitor.

Ella F. Wyman, Grace Hooper, Sarah E. Bowers, Florence M. Proctor,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Appleton street.

Ellen F. Beach,' Anna B. Badlam, Emma L. Wyman.

George W. Collins, Janitor.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

HIGH SCHOOLS.

COMMITTEE.

Charles L. Flint, Chairman. Abby W. May, Secretary. Godfrey Morse,

Henry P. Bowditch, William C. Collar.

PUBLIC LATIN SCHOOL.

Bedfor

Moses Merrill, Head- Master. Charles J. Capen, Master. Arthur I. Fiske, Master. Joseph W. Chadwick, Master. Cyrus A. Neville, Sub-Master. William A. Reynolds, Sub-Master. Frank W. Freeborn, Sub- Master. John K. Richardson, Sub-Master. William Gallagher, Jr., Sub-Master. Edward P. Jackson, Sub- Master. William T. Strong, Usher. Egbert M. Chesley, Usher.

d street.

James A. Beatley, Usher. Philippe de Senancour, Teacher of French.

George A. Schmitt, Teacher of German. Charles A. Barry, Teacher of Draw- ing.

Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music. Brig.-Gen. Hobart Moore, Teacher of

Military Drill. Charles H. Brooks, Secretary. Edward M. Chase, Janitor.

ENGLISH HIGH SCHOOL.

Bedford street*

* HEAD-MASTER.

Edwin P. Seaver, Civil Government.

MASTERS.

Luther W. Anderson, English. Albert Hale, Mathematics.

Robert E. Babson, German. Charles B. Travis, English.

L. Hall Grandgent, Physics and Mathematics.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

9

SUB-MASTERS.

Charles J. Lincoln, Chemistry. John O. Norris, English. Lucius H. Buckingham, French. John F. Casey, Mathematics. Manson Seavy, Mathematics and Book- keeping. Jerome B. Poole, French. Samuel C. Smith, English. Alfred P. Gage, Physics.

H. Winslow Warren, French. Henry Dame, Mathematics. Henry Hitchings, Teacher of Drawing. Eugene Raymond, Teacher of French. Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music. Brig. -Gen. Hobart Moore, Teacher of

Military Drill. Charles H. Brooks, Secretary. Edward M. Chase, Janitor.

GIRLS' HIGH SCHOOL.

West Neivton. street.

Homer B. Sprague, Head-Master. Laura B. White, Teacher of Chemis- Harriet E. Caryl, Assistant Principal, try. Margaret A. Badger, First Assistant.

Emma A. Temple,

SECOND ASSISTANTS.

Mary E. Scates.

Katharine Knapp,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Adeline L. Sylvester.

FOURTH ASSISTANTS.

Emerette O. Patch, S. Annie Shorey, Augusta C. Kimball, Lucy R. Woods, Ella M. Folsom,

Mary S. Gage, R, E. Cole, Augusta R. Curtis, Mary E. Lathrop, Lizzie L. Smith.

Margaret C. Brawley, Laboratory As- Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music.

sistant. Mary E. Carter, Teacher of Drawing.

Emily M. Deland, Physical Culture. Mercy A. Bailey, Teacher of Drawing.

, Teacher of French. Thomas Appleton, Janitor.

E. C. F. Krauss, Teacher of German.

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

ROXBURY HIGH SCHOOL.

Kenilworth street, S. M. Weston, Head-Master. Emily Weeks, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANT8.

Eliza D. Gardner, Helen A. Gardner.

FOURTH ASSISTANTS.

Edna F. Calder, Alia G. Foster.

€lara H. Balch,

Henri Morand, Teacher of French. Benjamin F. Nutting, Teacher of

Drawing. .John F. Stein, Teacher of German.

Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music. Brig.-Gen. Hobart Moore, Teacher of

Military Drill. Thomas Colligan, Janitor.

DORCHESTER HIGH SCHOOL.

Centre street^ comer of Dorchester avenue. Elbridge Smith, Master. Mary W. Hall, First Assistant.

FOURTH ASSISTANTS.

Hebecca V. Humphrey, Laura E. Hovey.

Harriet B. Luther,

Henri Morand, Teacher of French. Brig.-Gen. Hobart Moore, Teacher of

John F. Stein, Teacher of German. Military Drill.

Mercy A. Bailey, Teacher of Drawing. Thomas J. Hatch, Janitor.

Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music.

CHARLESTOWN HIGH SCHOOL.

Monument square.

Caleb Emery, Head Master. Emma G. Shaw, Second Assistant.

La Roy F. Griffin, Usher. Adelaide E. Somes, Third Assistant.

Katharine Whitney, First Assistant.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

11

FOURTH ASSISTANTS.

Emma S. Gale, Mary A. Wilcox.

Sarah Shaw,

Eugene Raymond, Teacher of French. Brig.-Gen. Hobart Moore, Teacher of Lucas Baker, Teacher of Drawing. Military Drill. Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music. Joseph Smith, Janitor.

WEST ROXBURY HIGH SCHOOL.

Elm street, Jamaica Plain, Edward W. Howe, Master. * Annie B. Lord, Third Assistant.

FOURTH ASSISTANTS.

Jennie R. Sheldon, Louise M. Thurston.

John F. Stein, Teacher of German. Brig.-Gen. Hobart Moore, Teacher or

Marie C. Ladreyt, Teacher of French. Military Drill.

Julius Eichberg, Teacher of Music. J. J. Wentworth, Janitor.

Charles A. Barry, Teacher of Drawing.

BRIGHTON HIGH SCHOOL.

Benj. Wormelle, Master. Anna J. George, Third Assistant. Sarah E. Waugh, Fourth Assistant. John F. Stein, Teacher of German. Lucy H. Garlin, Teacher of Music.

uj Hill.

Lucas Baker, Teacher of Drawing. Brig.-Gen. Hobart Moore, Teacher of

Military Drill. J. R. Marston, Janitor.

SCHOOL

ARRANGED

FIEST

DISTRICTS.

BY DIVISIONS.

DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

George H. Plummer, Chairman. Warren Fletcher, Secretary. Nahum Chapin, Abrara E. Cutter.

William J. Porter,

ADAMS DISTRICT.

Frank F. Preble, Principal.

ADAMS SCHOOL. Belmont square, East Boston. Frank F. Preble, Master. Mary M. Morse, First Assistant.

Lewis H. Dutton, Sub-Master. Mary A. Davis, Second Assistant.

Ellen M. Robbins, Almira E. Reid, Clara Robbins, Harriet Sturtevant,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Clara J. Doane, Sarah E. McPhaill, Lina H. Cook. Frederick Tilden, Janitor.

Ellen James,

Mary H. Allen, Mary E. Wiggin, Eliza A. Wiggin,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Adams ScJiool-honse, Sumner street, Sara A. Cook. Webster-street School.

Anna E. Reed, Grace E. Wasgatt. George J. Merritt, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

13

CHAPMAN DISTRICT.

George R. Marble, Principal.

CHAPMAN SCHOOL. ' Eutaw street, East Boston. George R. Marble, Master. Jane F. Reid, Second Assistant.

Orlendo W. Dimick, Sub-Master. Maria D. Kimball, Second Assistant. Mary E. Allen, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Sara F. Tenney, Susie E. Geyer,

Sarah T. Synett, Lucy E. Woodwell,

Harriet E. Morrill, Mary E. Buffum.

Judith P. Meader, Mrs. S. Cousens, Sewing Teacher.

James E. Burdakin, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Webb School, Porter street. Mary A. Shaw, Ada D. Prescott,

Abby D. Beal, A. D. Chandler.

Mrs. Matilda Davis, Janitor.

Tappan School, Lexington street. Maria A. Arnold, Clara A. Otis,

Mary C. Hall, Calista W. MacLeod,

Marietta Duncan, Hannah F. Crafts.

Phineas Hull, Janitor.

EMERSON DISTRICT.

James F. Blackinton, Principal.

EMERSON SCHOOL. Prescott street, East Boston. James F. Blackinton, Master. Bernice A. DeMerritt, Second Assist-

J. "Willard Brown, Sub-Master. ant.

Elizabeth R. Drowne, First Assistant. Ellenette Pillsbury, Second Assistant. Louise S. Hotchkiss, First Assistant.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Mary A.Ford, Elizabeth A. Turner,

Mary D. Day, Sarah A. Bond,

Juliette J. Pierce, Georgia H. Tilden,

Came Ford, H. Elizabeth Cutter.

Edward C. Chessman, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Emerson School-house, Hannah L. Manson, Almaretta J. Crichett.

Primary School-house, Princeton street* Mary E. Plummer, Harriette E. Litchfield,

Margaret A. Bartlett, Susan A. Slavin,

Mary A. Oburg, Ernestine Ditson.

Florence H. Drew, J. D. Dickson, Janitor.

LYMAN DISTRICT.

Hosea H. Lincoln, Principal.

LYMAN SCHOOL. Corner of Paris and Decatur streets. Hosea H. Lincoln, Master. Eliza F. Russell, Second Assistant.

George K. Daniell, Jr., Sub-Master. Mary A. Turner, Second Assistant. Cordelia Lothrop, First Assistant. Amelia H. Pittman, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Lucy J. Lothrop, Irene A. Bancroft,

Mary P. E. Tewksbury, Sibylla A. Bailey,

Harriet N. Webster, Clara B. George.

William Gradon, Janitor.

Josephine A. Murphy, Angelina M. Cudworth, Emma P. Morey, Sarah F. Lothrop,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Austin School, Paris street.

Anna I. Duncan, Florence Carver, Frances I. Dayley, Mary E. Morse. Mrs. Higginson, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

15

SECOND DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

Abram E. Cutter, Chairman. Warren Fletcher, Secretary.

Nahuru Chapin, Charles C. Perkins.

William H. Finney,

BUNKER HILL DISTRICT.

Samuel J. Bullock, Principal.

BUNKER HILL SCHOOL. Baldwin street, CJiarlestotvn.

Samuel J. Bullock, Master. Amy C. Hudson, Second First Assistant.

Henry F. Sears, Sub-3Iaster. Abby P. Josselyn, Second Assistant.

Mary A. Eaton, First Assistant. AngeliaM. Knowles, Second Assistant

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

. Anna M. Prescott,

Ida 0. Hurd, Georgiana A. Smith,

Ellen F. Sanders, Lydia A. Simpson.

Lydia S. Jones, Julia A. Skilton, Sewing Teacher.

Josiah C. Burbank, Janitor.

PKIMARY SCHOOLS. Bunker Hill School-house.

Mary L. Caswell.

Haverhill street, Mary S. Thomas, Helen G. Turner.

Margaret O'Brien, Janitor.

Bunker Hill street, cor. Charles street. Mary E. Flanders, Carrie M. Arnold,

Elizabeth B. Xorton, Sarah J. Worcester,

Sarah A. Smith, Ada E. Bowler,

Effie G. Hazen, Kate C. Thompson.

Josiah C. Burbank, Janitor.

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

FROTHINGHAM DISTRICT.

Caleb Murdock, Principal.

FROTHINGHAM SCHOOL. Corner of Prospect and EdgeirortJi streets, CJtarlestown. Caleb Murdock, Master. Harriet E. Frye, Second Assistant.

William B. Atwood, Sub-Master. Bial W. Willard, Second Assistant. Charlotte E. Camp, First Assistant.

Ellen R. Stone, Arabella P. Moulton, Abby M. Clark, Sara H. Nowcll,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Jennie E. Tobey, Lucy A. Seaver, Ellen A. Chapin,

Elizabeth W. Boyd, Sewing Teacher.

Warren J. Small, Janitor.

Persis M. Whittemore, Martha Yeaton,

Helen E. Ramsay, O. H. Morgan,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Frothingham School.

Julia M. Burbank.

Moulton street.

Louisa W. Huntress, Fanny M. Lamson. George L. Mayo, Janitor.

HARVARD DISTRICT.

W. E. Eaton, Principal.

HARVARD SCHOOL.

Sow street, Charlestown. W. E. Eaton, Master. Abby B. Tufts, First Assistant.

Darius Hadley, Sub-Master. Anne E. Weston, Second Assistant.

third assistants. Sarah E. Leonard, Emma F. Thomas, Mary A. Lovering, Sarah J. Perkins, Jennie E. Howard, ,

Martha F. Fay, Elizabeth W. Boyd, Sewing Teacher.

Edith W. Howe, Alonzo C. Tyler, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

17

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Bow street (Grammar-school Building),

Mary P. Howland.

Fanny B. Hall, Catharine C. Brower, Fanny A. Foster, Elizabeth B. Wetherbee,

Elizabeth A. Pritchard, Mary F. Kittredge,

Harvard Mill.

Effie A. Kettell, Elizabeth F. Doane, Lucy M. Small, Louisa A. Whitman. George L. Mayo, Janitor.

Common street.

Elizabeth R. Brower, Lois A. Rankin. William Holbrook, Janitor.

PRESCOTT DISTRICT. George T. Littlefield, Principal.

PRESCOTT SCHOOL.

Elm street, Cliarlestown. George T. Littlefield, Master. Delia A. Varney, First Assistant.

Alonzo Meserve, Usher. Mary C. Sawyer, Second Assistant.

Martha M. Kenrick, Julia C. Powers, Elizabeth J. Farnsworth, Lydia A. Sears,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Frances A. Craigin, Julia F. Sawyer.

Julia A. Skilton and Elizabeth Boyd, Sewing Teachers. Thomas Merritt, Janitor.

W.

Mary E. Smith,

Frances M. Lane, Zetta M. Mallard,

Emma C. Olmstead, Elizabeth C. Bredeen.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Medford street.

Ellen Hadley. Mrs. Berry, Janitor.

Polk street.

Alice M. Lyons, Janitor.

Bunker Mill street, cor. Tufts.

Mrs. Mary Watson, Janitor.

18

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

WARREN DISTRICT.

George Swan, Principal.

WARREN SCHOOL.

Comer of Pearl and Summer streets, Charlestown.

George Swan, Master. Abby C. Lewis, Second Assistant.

E. B. Gay, Sub-Master. Annie D. Dalton, Second Assistant.

Sarah M. Chandler, First Assistant. Elizabeth Swords, Second First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Alice Hall, Annie M. Crozier,

Frances L. Dodge, Maria L. Bolan,

Abby E. Holt, Marietta E. Allen.

Ellen A. Pratt, Julia A. Skilton, Sewing Teacher.

D. L. Small, Janitor.

M. Josephine Smith, Effie C. Melvin,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Mead street.

Cora E. Wiley, Abby P. Richardson.

Matthew Boyd, Janitor.

Abby O. Varney,

Cross street.

Josephine E. Copeland. Alice M. Lyons, Janitor.

Caroline E. Osgood,

Warren School-house.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

19

*

THIED DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

Charles C. Perkins, Chairman. William J. Porter, Secretary.

Ezra Palmer, George H. Plummer.

William T. Adams,

BOWDOIN DISTRICT.

Daniel C. Brown, Principal. Myrtle street.

Daniel C. Brown, Master. Mary Young, Second Assistant.

Sarah J. Mills, First Assistant. Sarah O. Brickett, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Dora E. Pitcher, S. Francis Perry.

Catherine L. W. Bigelow, Teacher of Sewing. Joseph S. Shannon, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Somerset street* C. Eliza Wason, Mabel West.

Thomas Freeman, Janitor.

Old Phillips School-house, Anderson street. Sarah F. Russell, Josephine O. Hedrick,

Barbara C. Farrington, Clara J. Raynolds,

Elizabeth R. Preston, Alice T. Smith.

Ambrose H. Shannon, Janitor.

JBlossom street.

Lydia A. Isbell, Mary E. Ames^ Charles C. Newell, Janitor.

Eliza A. Fay, Irene W. Wentworth, Martha A. Palmer, Ada L. Cushman,

Olive Ruggles,

20

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

ELIOT DISTRICT.

Samuel Harrington, Principal.

ELIOT SCHOOL. North Sennet street .

Samuel Harrington, Master. Granville S. Webster, Sub-Master. Frederick H. Ripley, Usher.

Channing Folsom, Usher.

Francis M. Bodge, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Adolin M. Steele, Elizabeth M. Turner, Kate L. Dodge, Lucette A. Wentworth, Mary Heaton, Mary E. F. McNeil,

M. Ella Wilkins, Clara A. Newell, Mary E. Hanney, Isabel R. Haskins, Sophia E. Ray croft, Annie M. H. Gillespie.

P. J. Riordan, Janitor.

Emma C. Lawson, Margaret E. Robinson, Cleone G. Tewkesbury,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Snelling place.

Harriet E. Lampee, Rosa M. E. Reggio, Sarah A. Winsor. Edgar M. Nason, Janitor.

J. Ida Monroe, Juliaette Davis, A. Augusta Coleman,

Charter street.

Sarah Ripley, Marcella E. Donegan, Eliza Brintnall. Isaac W. Navy, Janitor.

North Sennet street.

Mary E. Barrett, Kate S. Sawyer.

W. S. Riordan, Janitor.

Licensed Minors, North Margin street, Sarah A. Brack ett.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

HANCOCK DISTRICT. James W. Webster, Principal.

HANCOCK SCHOOL. Parmenter street.

James W. Webster, Master, Ellen A. Hunt, Second Assistant,

Ellen C. Sawtelle, First Assistant, Marie L. Macomber, Second Assistant. Amy E. Bradford, Second Assistant,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Josephine M. Robertson, Helen M. Hitchings, Susan E. Allen, Mary E. Skinner,

Martha F. Winning,

Sophia L. Sherman,

0. M. E. Rowe.

Kate Doherty, Sewing Teacher.

Sarah E. Ward, Adeline S. Bodge, Harriet M. Frazer, Teresa M. Gargan, Harriet A. Farrow,

Josephine B. Silver, Clara E. Bell,

Mary Bonnie, Kate T. Sinnott,

Franklin Evelyth, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Ctishman School, Parmenter street.

Mary L. Desmond, Mary J. Clark, Marcella C. Halliday, Sarah F. Ellis, Elizabeth A. Fisk. Enoch Miley, Janitor.

Ingraham School, Sheafe street.

Esther W. Mansfield. Francis Silver, Janitor.

Cheever School, Thacher street.

Sarah J. Copp. Mrs. Mary Keefe, Janitor.

PHILLIPS DISTRICT.

Samuel Swan, Principal.

PHILLIPS SCHOOL. Phillips street.

Samuel Swan, Master. Emily A. Moulton, First Assistant.

Elias H. Marston, Sub-Master. Adeline F. Cutter, Second Assistant.

George Perkins, Usher.

22

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

Ruth E. Rowe, Elvira M. Harrington, Georgianna E. Putnam, Sarah W. I. Copeland, Louie H. Hinckley, Martha A. Knowles,

Elizabeth S. Parker, Sarah A. M. Turner,

Emeline C. Farley, Ann M. F. Sprague,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Martha F. Whitman, Elizabeth L. West, Helen M. Coolidge, Eliza A. Corthell. John A. Shannon, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Phillips street.

Evelyn E. Plummer. John Armstrong, Janitor.

Chardon court.

Fanny B. Bowers.

William H. Palmer, Janitor.

WELLS DISTRICT.

Robert C. Metcalf, Principal.

WELLS SCHOOL. Corner Blossom and McLean streets. R. C. Metcalf, Master. Mary G. Shaw, Second First Assistant. Ella F. Inman, First Assistant. , Second Assistant.

Susan R. Gilford, M. Isabella Bennett, Mary S. Carter, Mary M. Perry, Lizzie F. Stevens,

Maria W. Turner, Eliza A. Freeman, Annie B. Gould, E. A. Brown,

Georgia D. Barstow, Lois M. Rea, Adelaide A. Rea, Mary F. Gargan,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

, Lavinia M. Allen. Mrs. Frances E. Stevens, Sewing

Teacher. James Martin, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Emerson School, Poplar street.

Sarah C. Chevaillier, L. M. A. Redding, Mrs. McGrath, Janitor.

Dean School, Wall street.

Florence E. Dexter, Adelaide E. Badger. Patrick Ronan, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

23

FOTTKTH DIVISION-

COMMITTEE.

Godfrey Morse, Chairman. Abby W. May, Secretary.

John G. Blake, John J. Hayes.

Ezra Palmer,

BOWDITCH DISTRICT.

Alfred Hewins, Principal.

BOWDITCH SCHOOL.

Comer of East and Cove streets.

Alfred Hewins, Master. Mary M. T. Foley, Second Assistant.

Susan H. Thaxter, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Eliza M. Evert, Emma M. Savil, Ruth H. Clapp, Hannah E. G. Gleason,

Emma A. Gordon, EUen L. Collins.

Eliza A. Baxter, Sewing Teacher. Nancy Ryan, Janitor.

Amelia E. N. Treadwell, Octavia C. Heard, Sarah E. Lewis, Priscilla Johnson, Ellen E. Leach, Susan Frizzell,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

East street.

Maria J. Coburn, Emma L. Pollex, Julia M. Driscoll, Mary J. Crotty, Rebecca A. Buckley. Jeremiah J. Murphy, Janitor.

LICENSED MINORS.

M. Persis Taylor,

East-street place.

Mrs. Fitzgerald, Janitor.

24

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. I.

BRIMMER DISTRICT.

E. Bentley Young, Principal.

BRIMMER SCHOOL.

Common street.

E. Bentley Young, Master. Rebecca L. Duncan, First Assistant.

Quincy E. Dickerman, Sub-Master. Luthera W. Bird, Second Assistant. T. H. Wason, Usher.

Kate C. Martin, Mercy T. Snow, Amur 1'. James, Lilla H. Shaw, Mercy A. Davie,

Nellie T. Higgins, Laura M. Stevens,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Sarah J. March, Helen L. Bodge, Annie M. Mitchell, Eliza E. Foster. George W. Fogg, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Stttrr Kiny School, Tanu/son street, Mary E. Tiernav. E. L. Weston, Janitor.

Skinner School, comer Fayette and Church streets. Emma P. Burrill, H. Ellen Boothby,

Betsey P. Burgess, Malvina R. Brigham.

Fannie B. Dewey, Ellen Lind, Janitor.

EXETER-STREET SCHOOL.

GRAMMAR CLASSES.

Harriet 1). Hinckley, First Assistant. Ella F. White, Third Assistant. Alice M. Dickey, Third Assistant.

PRIMARY CLASSES.

Eva D. Kellogg, Joseph H. Elliott, Janitor.

Adeline S. Tufts.

QUINCY DISTRICT. E. Frank Wood, Principal.

QUINCY SCHOOL. Tyler street,

E. Frank Wood, Master. Annie M. Lund, First Assistant.

George W. Neal, Sub-Master. Mary L. Holland, Second Assistant.

N. H. Whittemore, Usher.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

25

Emily J. Tucker, Bridget A. Foley, Margaret F. Tappan, Charlotte L. Wheelwright,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Emily B. Peck,

~~ ~~ ~ »

Harriette A. Bettis, Emma K. Youngman. James Daly, Janitor.

Mary E. Sawyer.

Maria A. Callanan, Mary E. Conley,

Emily E. Maynard, Harriet M. Bolman,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Grammar School-house.

Way street.

Annie M. Reilly.

D. D. Towns, Janitor.

Genesee street.

Annie T. Corliss. Mrs. Toole, Janitor.

WINTHROP DISTRICT.

t

Robert Swan, Principal.

WINTHROP SCHOOL.

Tremont street, near Eliot street. Robert Swan, Master. Mary F. Light, Second Assistant.

Susan A. W. Loring, First Assistant. Carrie F. Welch, Second Assistant. May Gertrude Ladd, First Assistant. Annie J. Stoddard, Second Assistant. Emma K. Valentine, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Catherine K. Marlow, Elizabeth S. Emmons, Margaret T. Wise, Caroline S. Crozier, Lizzie H. Bird, Mary E. Barstow, Mary J. Danforth,

Mary E. Davis, Adelaide Meston, Mary L. H. Gerry,

Ellen M. Underwood. Frances E. Stevens, Isabella Cumming, Sewing Teachers. A. H. B. Little, Janitor.

Mary B. Browne, Julia A. Mclntyre, Henrietta Madigan,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Tyler street.

Mary A. B. Gore, Ella M. Seaverns, Emma I. Baker.

Ellen McCarthy, Janitor.

26

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

FIFTH DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

William H. Learnard, Jr., Chairman. Godfrey Morse, Secretary. Charles L. Flint, William C. Collar,

J ohn J. Hayes.

D WIGHT DISTRICT. James A. Page, Principal.

D WIGHT SCHOOL.

West Springfield street,

James A. Page, Master. Henry L. Sawyer, Usher.

Walter S. Parker, Sub-Master. Ruth G. Rich, First Assistant.

Mary C. R. Towle, Emily F. Carpenter, Sarah C. Fales, Elizabeth G. Melcher,

THIRD ASSISTAXTS.

Mary E. Trow, Nellie L. Shaw, Jeannie Eastman. Edward Bannon, Janitor.

Augusta^A. Davis, Martha B. Lucas, Sarah E. Crocker,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Rutland street.

Henrietta Draper, Fannie L. Willard,

C. P. Huggins, Janitor.

EVERETT DISTRICT.

George B. Hyde, Principal.

« EVERETT SCHOOL.

West Xorthampton street.

George B. Hyde, Master. Anne C. Ellis, Second Assistant.

S. Flora Chandler, First Assistant. Maria S. Whitney, Second Assistant.

Janet M. Bullard, Second First Assistant.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

27

Persis E. King, Susan S. Foster, Emily F. Marshall, Abby C. Haslet, Ann R. Gavett, Almira S. Johnson,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Sarah L. Adams, Mary E. Badlam, Flora I. Crooke, Anna Grover.

Martha A. Sargent, Sewing Teacher. Edward Bannon, Janitor.

Eliza C. Gould, Mary H. Downe, Kate M. Hanson, Lydia A. Sawyer, Clementine D. Grover, Hannah M. Coolidge,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. West Concord street.

Adelaide B. Smith, Emma Halstrick, Lydia F. Blanchard, Fanny M. Xason, Evelyn E. Morse. C. P. Huggins, Janitor.

FRANKLIN DISTRICT.

Granville B. Putnam, Principal.

FRAXKLIN SCHOOL. Ringgold street.

Granville B. Putnam, Master. Caroline A. Mason, Second Assistant.

Jennie S. Tower, First Assistant. Catharine T. Simonds, Second Assist- Isabella M. Harmon, Second First ant.

Assistant. P. Catherine Bradford, Second Assista nt.

Mary L. "Wheeler, Abbie M. Holder, Margaret J. Crosby, Margaret C. Schouler, Elizabeth J. Brown,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Roxana TV. Longley, Kate E. Blanchard, Mary A. Mitchell, Anna E. L. Parker. Elizabeth D. Cutter, Sewing Teacher, Mrs. Amos Lincoln, Janitor.

Harriet M. Faxon, Georgianna E. Abbott, Affie T. Wier»

PRIMARY SCHOOL. Cook School, CrToton street.

Isadora Page, Sarah A. Brown, Mary E. Josselyn. Martha Castell, Janitor.

28

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

Wait School, Shawmut avenue.

Josephine G. Whipple, Kate K. Gookin,

Georgiana A. Ballard, Jennie E. Haskell,

Emma E. Allin, Martha L. Beckler.

E. Josephine Bates, Mansfield Harvell, Janitor.

SHERWIN DISTRICT.

Silas C. Stone, Principal.

SHERWIN SCHOOL. Madison square*

Silas C. Stone, Master. Lucy L. Burgess, Second Assistant.

Frank A. Morse, Sub-Master. Martha A. Smith, Second Assistant.

Julia F. Long, First Assistant. Sarah R. Bonney, Second Assistant.

Elizabeth B. Walton, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Anna B. Carter, E. Elizabeth Boies, Caroline K. Nickerson, Harriet A. Lewis, Marian Henshaw, Isadora Bonney,

Frances McDonald, Louisa Ayer, Lucy J. Mellen, Fanny L. Stockman, Alice T. Kelley.

Maria L. Young, Sewing Teacher.

Joseph G. Scott, Janitor.

Anna G. Fillebrown, Mary E. Gardner,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Weston street.

Harriet M. Burroughs, Martha E. Page.

Charlotte White, Janitor.

Annie E. Walcutt, Sarah J. Davis,

Franklin place*

Sarah E. Gould, Emma L. Peterson. Kate C. Harper, Janitor.

Abby E. Ford,

Avon place*

Elizabeth F. Todd. Patrick Higgins, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

Day's Chapel* Maria D. Faxon, Louisa A. Kelley.

John Cole, Janitor.

Cabot street.

Mary F. Cogswell. Patrick Higgins, Janitor.

Warwick street,

Elizabeth A. Sanborn. Patrick Higgins, Janitor.

Mill Dam.

Annie H. Berry, Eliza A. Moore, Janitor.

30

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

SIXTH DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

Warren P. Adams, Chairman, George A. Thayer, Secretary,

John G. Blake, William C. Collar,

John W. Ryan.

ANDREW DISTRICT.

Leander Waterman, Principal.

ANDREW SCHOOL.

Z>orc7iester street, South Boston,

Leander Waterman, Master. Elizabeth A. Winward, First Assistant.

Joshua M. Dill, Usher. Henrietta L. Dwyer, Second Assistant

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Sara W. Barrows, Martha A. Jackson, Mary E. Perkins, Mary S. Beebe,

Lucy M. Marsh, Frances M. Bell, Esther F. Nichols. Lizzie Kenna, Sewing Teacher. Christopher Jones, Janitor.

Nellie W. Allen. Mary A. Jenkins.

M. Louise Moody, Jessie C. Tileston,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Ticfcnor Building,

Methodist Chapel*

Gogin Building*

Estelle B. Jenkins Lizzie Ordway.

Basement of Washington BZalU

Alice L. Littlefield.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

BIGELOW DISTRICT.

Thomas H. Barnes, Principal.

BIGELOW SCHOOL. Fourth street, corner of JS street, South Boston. Thomas H. Barnes, Master. Amelia B. Coe, First Assistant.

Fred. O. Ellis, Sub-Master. Ellen Coe, Second Assistant.

J. Gardner Bassett, Usher.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Eliza B. Haskell, H. A. Watson, Mary Nichols, Malvena Tenney, Catharine H. Cook, Abbie J. Adams,

Ellen E. Wallace,

Lucy C. Bartlett,

Harriet A. Clapp,

Lucy R. Cutter,

Jennie A. Cheney.

Samuel P. Howard, Janitor.

Alice Danforth, Abby B. Kent, Lucy E. T. Tinkham, Ann J. Lyon,

Tiley A. Bolkom, Emily T. Smith,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Kawes Hall, Broadway.

Mary P. Colburn, Josephine B. Cherrington, Lucy E. Johnson. Joanna Brennan, Janitor.

Simonds School, Broadtvay.

Mary L. Howard. Joanna Brennan, Janitor.

Ward-Boom Building, corner of Dorchester and Fourth streets. Sarah A. Graham. Matthew G. Worth, Janitor.

Bank Building, E street.

Elizabeth G. Bailey.

GASTON DISTRICT.

C. Goodwin Clark, Principal.

GASTON SCHOOL. JL street, corner of Fifth street, South Boston. C. Goodwin Clark, Master. Sarah C. Winn, First Assistant.

Lydia Curtis, First Assistant. Mary E. Graves, Second Assistant.

32

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

Myra S. Butterfield, Eniogene F. Willett, Fannie Blanchard,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Ellen R. Wyman, S. Lila Huckins.

Mary E. Patterson, Sewing Teacher. S. W. Pollard, Janitor.

Electa M. Porter, Julia A. Evans,

Elizabeth M. Easton, Frances A. Cornish,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Gaston School.

Mary L. Nichols.

City Point, Fourth street*

Mary A. Crosby, Maud Stephens, Carrie W. Haydn.

A. D. Bickford, Janitor.

LAWRENCE DISTRICT.

Amos M. Leonard, Principal.

LAWRENCE SCHOOL. Cottier B and Tliird streets, South Boston, Amos M. Leonard, Master. W. E. C. Rich, Usher.

D. A. Hamlin, Sub-Master. Alice Cooper, First Assistant.

Grenville C. Emery, Usher. Emma P. Hall, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Mary E. H. Ottiwell, Catharine M. Lynch, Margaret Holmes, Hannah E. Burke, Margaret A. Gleason, Margaret A. Moody,

Mary A. Conroy,

Mary A. Montague,

Abbie C. Burge,

Mary A. A. Dolan,

Filena Hurlbutt,

M. Louise Gillett.

Daniel E. Connor, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Mather Building, Broadway, near B street.

Lucy M. Cragin, Sarah E. Lakeman, Ada A. Bradeen, Willietta Bicknell,

Lizzie A. McGrath, Minnie F. Crosby, Mary E. T. Shine, Annie M. Connor. Charles E. Smith, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

33

Barhman School, Silver street, near Dorchester avenue.

Martha S. Damon, Emma F. Gallagher,

Mary G. A. Toland, Maggie J. Leary,

Hattie L. Rayne, Amelia McKenzie.

Margaret Johnson, Janitor.

Fifth-street School, between B and C streets.

Ann E. Newell, Alice W. Baker,

Ophelia S. Newell, Lizzie Crawford,

Sarah M. Brown, Minnie F. Keenan.

Mary TV. Bragdon, P. F. Turish, Janitor.

LINCOLN DISTRICT. Alonzo G. Ham, Principal.

LINCOLN SCHOOL. Broadway, near K, South Boston.

Alonzo G. Ham, Master. Henry H. Kimball, Sub-Master. John F. Dwight, Usher.

Margaret J. Stewart, First Assistant. Mary E. Balch, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Sarah M. Tripp, Carrie L. Vose,

Lavinia B. Pendleton, Mary A. H. Fuller,

Vodisa J. Comey, Silence A. Hill,

Sarah A. Curran, Annie C. Littlefield.

Joshua B. Emerson, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Capen School, comer of I and Sixth streets.

Mary E. Powell, Mary E. Perkins,

Laura J. Gerry, Fannie G. Patten,

Ella M. Warner, Mary E. Faxon,

Susan Hutchinson, A. D. Bickford, Janitor.

34

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

NORCROSS DISTRICT.

Josiah A. Stearns, Principal.

NORCROSS SCHOOL.

Corner of D and Fifth streets, South Boston. Josiah A. Stearns, Master. Fiducia S. Wells, Second First Assist-

Mary J. Fennelly, First Assistant. ant.

SECOND ASSISTANTS.

Sarah A. Gallagher, Juliette Smith.

Juliette Wyman,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Maria L. Nelson, Harriet E. Johnston,

Mary E. Downing, Emma L. Eaton,

Mary R. Roberts, .

Miranda A. Bolkcom, Sarah E. Hamlin, Sewing Teacher.

Samuel T. Jeffers, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Drake School, corner of C and Third streets. Mary K. Davis, Nellie J. Cashman.

Sarah V. Cunningham, Fannie W. Hussey,

Abbie C. Nickerson, Lucinda Smith.

W. B. Newhall, Janitor.

Vestry, corner of D and Silver streets. Ellen T. Noonan. James M. Demeritt, Janitor.

SHURTLEFF DISTRICT.

Henry C. Hardon, Principal.

SHURTLEFF SCHOOL. Dorchester street, South Boston, Henry C. Hardon, Master. Abby S. Hammond, Second Assistant.

Anna M. Penniman, First Assistant. Emeline L. Tolman, Second Assistant. Ellen E. Morse, Second First Assistant. Martha E. Morse, Second Assistant.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Margaret T. Pease, Catharine A. Dwyer, Eliza F. Blacker, Sarah L. Garrett, Roxana N. Blanchard,

Harriet S. Howes, Jane S. Bullard, Edith A. Pope, Marion W. Rundlett. Eliza M. Cleary, Sewing Teacher. William Dillaway, Janitor.

Ella R. Johnson, Lucy A. Dunham, Mary E. Morse,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Clinch Building, F street*

Julia F. Baker, Alice G. Dolbeare, Alice C. Ryan.

William Dillaway, Janitor.

36

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

SEVENTH DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

George M. Hobbs, Chairman. Lucia M. Peabody, Secretary.

John B. Moran, John W. Ryan.

William H. Finney,

COMINS DISTRICT. Charles W. Hill, Principal.

COMINS SCHOOL. Tremont street, corner of Gore avenue* Charles W. Hill, Master. Sarah E. Lovell, Second Assistant.

H. H. Gould, Sub-Master. Almira W. Charaberline, Second Assist-

Julia Seribner, First Assistant. ant. Lillie E. Davis, First Assistant. Martha A. Cummings, Second First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Annetta F. Armes, Kate M. Murphy, Charlotte P. Williams, Adelina May, Julia A. C. Gray, Emma E. Towle,

Rebecca Morrison,

Annie E. Clark. Penelope G. Hayes, Helen P. Hall, Sarah E. Haskins,

Emily Swain,

Delia M. Upham,

Caroline A. Gragg.

Delia Mansfield, Sewing Teacher.

Geo. S. Hutchinson, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Francis street,

Mary E. Crosby. Mrs. McGowan, Janitor.

Phillips street,

Lizzie P. Brewer, Sarah B. Bancroft, Carrie M. Brackett, Lizzie A. Colligan. George S. Hutchinson, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

37

Isabel Thatcher,

Smith street.

Anna R. McDonald. Charles Stephens, Janitor.

Lizzie F. Johnson, Adaline Beal, Caroline D. Putnam,

King street,

Carrie J. Harris, Mary J. Backup, Delia T. Killian. S. B. Pierce, Janitor.

DEARBORN DISTRICT. William H. Long, Principal.

DEARBORN SCHOOL. Dearborn place.

William H. Long, Master. Philena W. Rounseville, Second First

Harlan P. Gage, Sub-Master. Assistant. L. Anna Dudley, First Assistant.

Martha D. Chapman, Helen F. Brigham,

SECOND ASSISTANTS.

Frances L. Bredeen.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Cynthia G. Melvin, Sarah H. Hosmer, Bell J. Dunham, Anne M. Backup, Elizabeth E. Stafford, Lizzie M. Wood,

Elizabeth R. Wallis, Phebe H. Simpson, Louise M. Epmeyer, Josephine A. Keniston, Mary F. Walsh.

Catherine G. Hosmer, Sewing Teacher,

Michael J. Lally, Janitor.

Anna M. Balch, Susan F. Rowe, Ellen M. Oliver, Mary E. Nason,

PRIMARY SCHOOL. Yeoman street.

Ada L. McKean, Annie M. Croft, Louise D. Gage, Kate A. Nason. Augustus L. Litchfield, Janitor.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

Mary F. Neale, Abbie L. Baker,

Eustis street.

Clarabel E. Chapman, Mary K. Wallace. Sarah Stalder, Janitor.

Mary M. Sherwin, Elizabeth E. Backup, Emily M. Pevear,

George street.

Flora J. Cutter, Clara F. Conant. Michael Carty, Janitor.

DUDLEY DISTRICT.

Leverett M. Chase, Principal.

DUDLEY SCHOOL FOR BOYS. Comer of Dudley and Putnam streets. Leverett M. Chase, Master. Harriett E. Davenport, Second Assist-

Henry L. Clapp, Usher. ant. Susie C. Lougee, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Mary H. Cashman, Luette S. James,

Ruth H. Brady, E. E. Torrey.

F. M. Davis, James Hughes, Janitor.

DUDLEY SCHOOL FOR GIRLS. Bartlett street.

Sarah J. Baker, Principal. Jane S. Leavitt, Second Assistant.

Dora A. Pickering, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Mary C. Whippey, Mary S. Sprague.

Eliza Brown, Emma A. Waterhouse, Sewing Teacher.

Mary L. Gore, Thomas Colligan, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Vernon street.

M. E. Watson, Anna T. Bicknell,

S. Louisa Durant, Ella T. Jackson.

P. F. Higgins, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

39

Dudley School-house, Putnam street, Henrietta M. Wood, Emma L. B. Hintz,

Anna M. Stone, Celia A. Scribner.

LEWIS DISTRICT. William L. P. Boardman, Principal.

LEWIS SCHOOL. Comer of Dale and Sherman streets. William L. P. Boardman, Master. Sarah E. Fisher, First Assistant. Charles F. King, Sub-Master. Eunice C. Atwood, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Amanda Pickering, Mary D. Chamberlain, Emily B. Eliot, Henrietta M. Young, Louisa J. Hovey,

Susan A. Dutton, H. Amelia Smith, Elizabeth Gerry.

Malvina L. Sears, Sewing Teacher. Antipas Newton, Janitor.

Joanna Monroe,

PRIMARY SCHOOL. Thornton street,

Alice C. Pierce. Charles Stephens, Janitor.

Frances N. Brooks, Mary E. Deane,

Winthrop street,

Mary F. Baker. Catherine Dignon, Janitor.

Helen Crombie,

Munroe street.

Maria L. Burrill. Mrs. Kirby, Janitor.

Fanny H. C. Bradley,

Mi. Pleasant avenue.

Eloise B. Walcutt. Catherine Dignon, Janitor.

Almira B. Russell,

Qulncy street.

Florence L. Shedd. Gilbert Hasty, Janitor.

40

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

LOWELL DISTRICT. Daniel W. Joxes, Principal.

LOWELL SCHOOL. 310 Centre street.

Daniel W. Jones, Master. Eliza C. Fisher, First Assistant.

George T. Wiggin, Usher. E. Josephine Page, Second Assistant

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

0. Augusta "Welch, Anna L. Hudson, Susan G. B. Garland, Mary A. Cloney,

M. F. Cummings,

Susan E. Chapman.

Annie Brazier, Sewing Teacher.

Frank L. Harris, Janitor.

Jeannie B. Lawrence, Ellen H. Holt,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Centre street.

Emma M. Waldock, Helen O. Wyman. Frank L. Harris, Janitor.

Sarah P. Blackburn,

Curtis street.

Mary J. Capen. James Waters, Janitor.

Codman avenue, corner of Washington street. P Alice M. May, Isabelle Shove.

Peter Gorman, Janitor.

M. Ella Mulliken,

Heath street.

Catherine H. Norton, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

41

EIGHTH DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

F. Lyman Winship, Chairman. Henry P. Bowditch, Secretary.

William T. Adams.

ALLSTON DISTRICT. G. "W. Iff. Haix, Principal.

ALLSTOX SCHOOL.

North Harvard street, Brighton.

G. W. M. Hall, Master. Sarah F. Boynton, Second Assistant.

Persia B. Swett, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Georgie Palmer, Mary F. Child, Laura E. Viles, Alice A. Swett,

Mary J. Cayanagh.

Sarah Stall, Sewing Teacher.

Patrick McDermott, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Everett School, corner of Pearl and Auburn streets.

Clara Hooker, Patrick McDermott, Janitor.

Anna M. Farrington.

Kate McNamara, Adelaide C. Williams

Auburn School, School street, Brighton.

Patrick McDermott, Janitor.

Webster School, Webster place, Emma F. Martin, Otis Wilde, Janitor.

42

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

BENNETT DISTRICT.

E. H. Hammond, Principal.

BENNETT SCHOOL. Chestnut Sill avenue, Brighton. E. H. Hammond, Sub-Master. Anna Leach, Second Assistant.

Melissa Abbott, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Harriet M. Boit, Emma F. Chesley.

Annie M. Hotchkiss, Charles F. Wheeler, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Winship place. Agricultural Hall, Charlotte Adams, Emma P. Dana.

Fannie W. Currier, J. E. Marston, Janitor.

Oak square*

Nellie A. Hoar. Charles F. Wheeler, Janitor.

CENTRAL DISTRICT.

John T. Gibson, Principal.

CENTRAL SCHOOL. Burroughs street, Jamaica Plain, John T. Gibson, Master. C. J. Reynolds, Second Assistant.

Mary A. Gott, First Assistant.

Emily A. Hanna, M. E. Stuart, Victoria M. Goss,

Mary E. Tufts, Emma Smith.

Mary E. Brooks, Annie E. Burton.

third assistants.

M. M. Sias.

Rufus A. Perry, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Thomas street, Jamaica Plain,

Patrick Curley, Janitor.

Childs street,

William F. Fallon, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

43

CHARLES SUMNER DISTRICT. Artemas Wiswall, Principal.

CHARLES SUMNER SCHOOL.

Ashland street, Koslindale. Artemas Wis-wall, Sub-Master. Charlotte B. Hall, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Fannie Ashenden, Sarah Ashenden, Fourth Assistant.

Elvira L. Austin, Julia Z. Ridgway, Sewing Teacher,

Fannie H. "VYiswall. John L. Chenery, Janitor. Ella M. Hancock, Fourth Assistant.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Washington street. Angie P. Nutter, Mrs. Kate Morrissey, Janitor.

Canterbury street.

Ellen B. De Costa, Ella F. Howland, , Janitor.

HILLSIDE DISTRICT.

Albert F. Rlxg, Principal.

HILLSIDE SCHOOL. Elm street, Jamaica Plain.

Albert Franklin Ring, Sul-Master. Mary E. Very, Second Assistant. Amv Hutchins, Second Assistant.

Alice B. Stephenson, Emilv H. Maxwell,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Ida M. Metcalf.

Nellie L Lincoln, Sewing Teacher. S. S. Marrison, Janitor.

Margaret E. Winton,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Green street.

Anna M. Call. Mrs. J. Fallon, Janitor.

44

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

Washington street* E. Augusta Randall, Jennie A. Eaton.

Michael Kelley, Janitor.

MOUNT VERNON DISTRICT. Abner J. Nutter, Principal.

MOUNT VERNON SCHOOL. Mount Vernon street, West Jtoxbury, Abner J. Nutter, Usher. Emily M. Porter, Second Assistant.

Emma J. Fossett, Helen C. Steele.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

J. Z. Ridgway, Sewing Teacher. James M. Davis, Janitor.

Adah E. Smith.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Centre street*

James M. Davis, Janitor.

Ann E. Harper.

Baker street.

William J. Noon, Janitor.

Ada F. Adams.

Washington street,

Evelyn Mead, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

45

NINTH DIVISION.

COMMITTEE.

William T. Adams, Chairman. William H. Finney, Secretary.

Warren P. Adams.

DORCHESTER-EVERETT DISTRICT. Henry B. Miner, Principal.

DORCHESTER-EVERETT SCHOOL.

Sumner street, Dorchester, Henry B. Miner, Master. Mary F. Thompson, First Assistant.

Geo. M. Fellows, Usher. Helen M. Hills, Second Assistant.

Henrietta A. Hill, Sara M. Bearse, Anna M. Foster,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

M. Rosalia Merrill.

Mrs. M. A. Willis, Sewing Teacher.

Lawrence Connor, Janitor.

Maud M. Clark,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Sumner street.

Annie W. Ford,

Howard avenue.

Matilda Mitchell. Henry Randolph, Janitor.

Cora L. Etheridge,

Dorchester avenue*

Annie F. Ordway. M. A. Reardon, Janitor.

46

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

GIBSON DISTRICT. William E. Endicott, Principal.

GIBSON SCHOOL. School street, Dorchester. William E. Endicott, Sub-Master. Charlotte E. Baldwin, Third Assistant. Ida L. Boyden, Second Assistant. E. R. Gragg, Third Assistant. Elizabeth E. Shove, Third Assistant. Hannah Clarkson, Janitor.

ATHERTON SCHOOL. Columbia street* Ella S. Wales, Second Assistant. W. Wales, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. School street, Dorchester. E. Louise Brown, Ella Whittredge.

Hannah Clarkson, Janitor.

Columbia street. Nellie G. Sanford, Edna L. Gleason.

W. Wales, Janitor.

Thetford avenue* Hannah E. Pratt. Timothy Donahue, Janitor.

HARRIS DISTRICT.

Edwin T. Horne, Principal.

HARRIS SCHOOL. Comer of Adams and Mill streets, Dorchester. Edwin T. Horne, Sub-Master. Ann Tolman, Second Assistant.

E. M. Harriman, Elizabeth P. Boynton, Almy C. Plummer,

Marion B. Sherburne, Cora F. Plummer,

third assistants.

Marion B. Sherburne.

Mrs. M. A. Willis, Sewing Teacher.

John Buckpitt, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. DZarris School-house.

Elizabeth A. Flint. John Buckpitt, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

47

MATHER DISTRICT.

Daniel B. Hubbard, Principal.

MATHER SCHOOL. Meeting-Mouse Sill, Dorchester* Daniel B. Hubbard, Master. Lucy J. Dunnels, Second Assistant.

Olive S. Boothby, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Mary C. Jacobs, Annette Glidden,

Annie L. Jenkins, Mary A. Lowe.

S. Kate Shepard, Mrs. M. A. Willis, Sewing Teacher.

Benjamin C. Bird, Janitor.

Ella L. Howe, M. Esther Drake,

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Mather School-house*

Mary P. Pronk.

Old Mather School-house, Meeting-Souse Bill* Louisa P. Smith. Benjamin C. Bird, Janitor.

MINOT DISTRICT.

Joseph T. Ward, Jr., Principal.

MINOT SCHOOL. Walnut street, Dorchester* Joseph T. Ward, Jr., Sub-Master. Isabel F. P. Emery, Second Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Mary E. Glidden, Kate M. Adams,

Sophia W. French, Ellen M. S. Treadwell.

George R. Tarbell, Janitor.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Walnut street* Angelina A. Brigham, S. Maria Elliott.

Nathalia Bent,

Adams street.

Mary J. Pope. Milton James, Janitor.

48

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

STOUGHTON DISTRICT.

Edward M. Lancaster, Principal.

STOUGHTON SCHOOL. River street. Lower Mills. Edward M. Lancaster, Sub-Master. Elizabeth H. Page, Second Assistant.

Ellen E. Burgess, Margaret Whittemore, Caroline Melville,

THIRD ASSISTANTS.

Elizabeth Jane Stetson.

Catherine C. Nelson, Sewing Teacher.

M. Taylor, Janitor.

Esther S. Brooks.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. River street, Lower Mills.

Julia B. Worsley. M. Taylor, Janitor.

TILESTON DISTRICT.

Hiram M. George, Principal.

TILESTON SCHOOL. Norfolk street, Mattapan. Hiram M. George, First Assistant.

THIRD ASSISTANT.

Martha A. Baker. Catharine C. Nelson, Sewing Teacher.

Elizabeth S. Fisher.

PRIMARY SCHOOL.

Norfolk street. p

John Grover, Janitor.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS.

49

VOCAL MUSIC.

Julius Eichberg, Director of Music, and Teacher of Music in the High Schools, 154 Tremont street.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTORS.

Joseph B. Sharland, 25 Hanson street.

H. E. Holt, Haverhill.

Luther Whiting Mason, 5 Sharon street.

Hiram Wilde, 154 Tremont street.

J. Monroe Mason, 22 Mystic street, Charlestown.

Lucy H. Garlin, 72 Chandler street.

DRAWING.

Walter Smith, Director of Drawing, 946 E. Fourth street, South Boston,

special instructors.

Charles A. Barry, Creighton House, Tremont street.

Henry Hitchings, Dedham.

Mary Carter, 39 Somerset street.

Mercy A. Bailey, Creighton House, Tremont street.

Benjamin F. Nutting, 149A Tremont street.

Lucas Baker, 13 Pleasant place, Cambridgeport,

50

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. I.

SPECIAL SCHOOLS.

HORACE MANN SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF. 63 Warrenton street.

Sarah Fuller, Principal. Annie E. Bond, First Assistant.

LICENSED MINORS North Margin street. Sarah A. Brackett.

East-street place. M. Persis Taylor.

KINDERGARTEN. Corner of Somerset and Allston streets.

Lucy H. Syraonds, Principal. Helen E. Hawkins, Assistant.

EVENING SCHOOLS.

Evening High School, South street. R. P. Owen, Principal.

East Boston, Lyman School-house.

Frank E. Dimick, Principal.

ASSISTANTS.

Ella C. Jordan, Kate D. Williams, Mary F. Bigelow,

Alice M. Jordan, Mary N. Williams, Manella G. White.

MANUAL OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

Charlestotvn-Prescott School-house.

Geo. G. Pratt, Principal.

Charlestown Warren School-house.

Miss F. V. Keyes, Principal.

North Bennet street, Ward Boom.

Salem D. Charles, Principal.

Anderson street, Ward Boom.

John A. Bennett, Principal.

Wells School-house, Blossom street. Henry A. Parker, Principal.

Old Franklin School-house, Wash ington, near Dover street.

C. K. Cutter, Principal.

Warrenton-street Chapel. W. G. Babcock, Principal.

Hudson street Ward Boom. Frank T. Babcock, Principal.

South Boston. 331 Broadway.

J. C. Coombs, Principal.

South Boston. Lincoln School-house.

George J. Tufts, Principal.

Highlands. Cabot street, Bath-house.

F. L. Washburn, Principal.

Highlands. Eu^stis street. John M. Hodgate, Principal.

West Boxbury. Jamaica Plain.

L. G. Beck, Principal.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 1.

Dorchester. Almshouse.

George H. Marshall, Principal.

Neponset. Justin Harvey Smith, Principal.

EVENING DRAWING SCHOOLS.

Tennyson street. George H. Bartlett, Master.

Boston Highlands. King street. George F. Hammond, Head Assistant.

Charlestotvn. City Hall. Clarence S. Ward, Head Assistant.

East Boston. Old Lyman School. Meridian street. H. N. Mudge, Head Assistant.

Dorchester. High School* G. A. Loring, Head Assistant,

Jamaica Plain. Dudley Hall. Charles L. Adams, Head Assistant.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 2.

ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

SCHOOL COMMITTEE

OF THE

CITY OF BOSTON.

1877.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 7 8.

In School Committee, Oct. 23, 1877. Messrs. Flint and Finney and Miss Peabody were appointed a Committee to prepare the Annual Report of the School Board for the year 1877.

Attest :

GEO, A. SMITH,

Secretary.

REPORT.

Since the reorganization of the School Board much has been done outside the usual routine work of the committee, and to some of this it seems proper to give especial attention.

Our school system is partly the product of differ- ent committees, often acting under the impulse of an existing exigency, and therefore not always careful to give unity and completeness to the whole. It has, indeed, had the advantage of being a growth, the result of experience, rather than a mere mechani- cal structure, founded only upon theory; and it is doubtless this fact which has given it much of its efficiency. Its shortcomings have not arisen so much from false theories of education as from imperfect development.

There was, to be sure, a systematic gradation of our Primary and Grammar Schools ; but here the sys- tem ended. There was no adjustment of the relative classes of the Grammar and the High Schools. Add to this the results of recent annexation which has given us a large number of Primary and Grammar Schools, and five new High Schools, each differing in many respects from every other, and it will be seen that no little thought and labor were required to re- duce them to a general system.

4

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

The difficulty was especially great in reference to the High Schools, independent in their origin, and having programmes and methods that differed ma- terially from one another. Experience had shown that three years was quite as long as most of the pupils that enter our High Schools could be induced to remain; and yet there were a few in each of them who were desirous of taking an advanced course. How this want could be met in the most economical way, and at the same time so as to give the best re- sults, became a question of much interest. An ad- vanced course in each school, with suitable teachers and ample chemical and philosophical apparatus, would involve much expense; and the number of advanced pupils in several of the schools would nec- essarily be very small.

By limiting the advanced course to the English and Girls' High Schools in the city proper, open to pupils who have completed the three years' course in any of the High Schools, a great saving would be made in the purchase of apparatus, and the commit- tee would be enabled to employ specialists in some of the most important departments of high-school instruction. This change, however, would require a complete revision of the three years' preparatory course, and render necessary a uniform course of study. "Whoever knows the difficulty of effecting a change which involves so many prejudices and real or supposed conflicting interests will see at once that only by long and patient inquiry and persistent labor was it possible to reconcile existing differences, with- out encountering obstacles hard to overcome. By

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

5

the aid, however, of the Supervisors, and the coopera- tion of the principals of the several High Schools, a uniform course has been prepared, and is now in op- eration throughout the city. And although the course is so broad and the choice of studies so free, that the distinctive character of each school has been in great part preserved, yet unity has been given to the plan and means of instruction, and the High Schools have been organized into one system.

The difficulty was not so great in bringing the Primary and Grammar Schools of the annexed districts into harmony with those of the city proper, and what- ever differences existed have been reconciled, or are in the process of reconciliation, without a resort to any radical changes.

GIRLS' LATIN" SCHOOL.

Another question which has excited much interest, and elicited much discussion, is that of furnishing girls with suitable means of preparation to enter the colleges that are now open to them. From the first there appears to have been a willingness, on the part of the Board, to supply what was needed, and a de- termination to show no partiality to either sex. The question, however, was one of considerable difficulty, involving, as many supposed, questions on which there is a diversity of opinion, not only in the Board, but in the community. After several hearings before the High School Committee, when the several methods recommended had been ably and very fully discussed, the committee recommended the establishment of a

6

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

Girls' Latin School. The recommendation, after some discussion in the Board, was adopted, and the order to establish such a school was passed.

By this act the School Board removed the stigma which had sometimes been cast upon Boston, of pro- viding for boys what it denied to girls. That this reproach was not wholly deserved is shown by the fact that a Normal School, open to girls exclusively, had been established by the Board. And, whatever partiality may, in the past, have been shown to boys, we are now making amends by furnishing girls with advantages equal to those of boys in preparing to enter college.

EXAMINATION OF SCHOOLS.

The last Annual Report, after referring to "im- portant changes in the administration," consequent upon the " reconstitution of the School Committee," and the establishment of a Board of Supervisors, ex- presses the opinion of the committee that "Boston will, in the course of time, know what the condition of her schools is, as she has never before known it." The fact was stated by the Superintendent many years ago, that " the School Board does not possess authoritative and reliable information in respect to the standing of a single class in any one school in the system, from the lowest Primary Schools to the graduating classes in the High Schools." In the same report he says that w more adequate provisions for the examining and the testing of the qualifications of teachers is needed;" adding that he knew of w no

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

7

large city in this country, or any other, where the provisions for examining teachers are so inade- quate."

It was, perhaps, chiefly to remedy these two evils that the new organization was effected. It was to supply the missing link in our system of schools. By making the masters principals not only of the Grammar but also of the Primary Schools, provision was made for "class examinations," "to ascertain their progress and to determine the rank of the pupils," and also for promotion from one class to another in the same school.

For transfer from the Grammar to the High Schools, however, there was no w authority indepen- dent of the grade from which the transfer was made, and also independent of the grade to which the transfer was made," except the School Committee; and almost as a matter of course it fell into the hands of one or the other of the parties interested. The Board of Supervisors has supplied this want, and we now have the means of conducting a uniform examination for graduation from the Grammar and High Schools independent of the masters, except as advisory assistants, rendering "all the diplomas of the same grade " of a uniform value.

But, perhaps, the most important part of the school examinations by the new element in the Board is the " examination of schools in classes, with reference mainly to the merit and standing of the teachers." The number of teachers in the city is so great that it is manifestly impossible for the Superintendent to visit them all, much less to inspect

8

i

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

and examine all the schools, so as to be able to report upon the ability and success of each teacher. In this respect the reports of the several Supervisors, open to the inspection of the members of the Board, especially when supplemented by such information as some one or more of the Supervisors can give, are of the greatest value as data for the committee at the annual election of teachers.

EXAMINATION AND APPOINTMENT OF TEACHERS.

The second want of our schools, so forcibly stated by the Superintendent, was the want of adequate provision for the examination of teachers.

One of the most important rules of the new Board, and to which they have most inflexibly adhered, is the requirement of a certificate of qualification, based on examination, to render a candidate eligible for sendee as a teacher.

The appointment of teachers heretofore w without careful consideration of their qualifications," in the language of the last Annual Report, "was an evil which had begun to show its disastrous effects by un- mistakable signs." It was in vain that masters, who are held responsible for the whole school, protested against it as an act of injustice. The solicitation of friends was often so importunate, and accompanied by such appeals, that justice, not only to the masters but to a whole class of pupils, was often sacrificed to a desire, in itself laudable, to furnish a means of liveli- hood to a worthy and unfortunate person entirely incompetent to perform the duties of a teacher.

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

9

There were not wanting those who had come to consider our schools as a kind of eleemosynary insti- tutions for the support of a class that would shrink from dependence upon ordinary means of charity. A certain kind of nepotism had come to be recognized as legitimate in the supply of teachers to our schools, and the result of it was that not a few were employed and paid by the city who never should have been ap- pointed. "While sympathizing with the kind feelings which often prompted such action, we must protest against the sacrifice of the pupils who have been the victims of this incompetency.

The present method of making appointments has put an end to this evil, and the short period of two years has furnished " unmistakable signs " that it will give a better educated and more cultivated class of teachers.

The influence of the Normal School is felt in the same direction. The requirements for graduation from it are fully equal to those made of candidates coming from other quarters for examination: and, while it does not follow that every one whose literary qualifications are sufficient, will make a successful teacher, it is certain that one cannot be successful, in any great degree, who lacks the essentials of a good education.

But, while we may congratulate ourselves upon having entered upon a plan that promises to do much to improve the instruction and elevate the character of our schools, the transition may be, and probably is, accompanied with some temporary inconveniences. The Xormal School is yet a young institution, and

10

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

most of its graduates have had comparatively little experience ; while many of the better class of candi- dates examined by the Board of Supervisors are en- gaged in teaching elsewhere, and so not available except as permanent teachers. Under these circum- stances, it is not strange that substitutes who have had experience, and who may be depended on to take difficult classes for a few days, are scarce now, as in- deed they have always been. This, however, is an evil which is becoming less and less, as our Normal graduates are getting experience, and our candidates from examination are becoming more numerous; and it does not seem desirable, in order to remedy a tem- porary inconvenience, to go back to the system of ap- pointing substitutes who can only in school phrase w hold a class," while they are incompetent to teach.

Objection has been made by some that the candidates who present themselves for examination are not gen- erally those who have had the most successful experi- ence, but rather those who, having but recently grad- uated, are more fresh in the studies by which their literary qualifications are tested. This may be true, to some extent, in the general examinations, though a successful experience has been an important factor in the decisions of the Board of Supervisors, and has been counted an offset to many minor deficiencies. The 87th section of the Rules, however, especially provides for the examination of candidates selected by the masters, when it is thought desirable by the Di- vision Committees. This rule has already given us a number of teachers, both in our High and Grammar Schools, and in no case has the candidate thus brought

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

11

forward been denied a certificate by the Board of Supervisors. This would seem to prove that it is not true that only candidates fresh from their studies can hope to pass the examinations successfully.

Objection has also been made that the list of studies on which candidates are examined is unreasonably extensive. This we should consider a valid objection, if proficiency were required in all. In some respects, however, this is favorable for the candidates. It gives every one a chance to tell what he knows on those subjects with which he is familiar, while a narrower range might exclude those with which he is best ac- quainted. Of course a candidate should be required to pass a good examination on the several subjects to be taught. In addition, sufficient proficiency in some department of learning should be shown, to satisfy the examiners that he is possessed of scholarly tastes and habits, or at least has knowledge beyond the bare routine laid down for an ordinary class in our Gram- mar Schools.

The schools of this city, as well as in many other cities and towns, are graded in accordance with the acquirements of the pupils. Among other objections which have been made to this system is, that the evil of * cramming" exists.

A graded system, of course, requires a uniform programme; and the promotions from class to class, and from the Grammar to the High Schools, are generally determined, to a considerable extent, by written examinations.

Until 1845 the examinations for promotion to the High Schools had been conducted orally. In July

12

AXXX7AL SCHOOL REPORT .

of that year, the first written examination was made, the results of which were not regarded as creditable to the Boston schools.

From that time the written examination has been the chief, and in many cases the only, test of qualifi- cation for promotion. A marked result, which might have been anticipated, has been, that, in many schools, instruction has been limited too exclusively to the specific requirements of the programme, a definite answer, duly labelled, being prepared, if possible, for every question that could fairly be an- ticipated. This, perhaps, at first, manifested itself in narrow and more technical teaching. Moreover, with the introduction of new studies, like drawing and music, and more exacting requirements for pro- motion or graduation, it is not surprising that there should be complaints of tt cramming," and it is not unlikely that our schools, in common with others, and with our colleges, may sometimes have been faulty in this regard.

Most, if not all, of this excess of work, however, must be attributed to the lack of adaptation of the present programme of studies to the present condition of our schools, and cannot properly be charged to the new system of examinations. The tendency of these examinations is rather to broaden instruction. The results of the inspections which the Supervisors are making in their daily visits to the schools are quite as important an element in the stand- ing1 of a school and its several teachers as the results of any written examinations.

But it has been felt for some time that a revision

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

13

of the present course of study was greatly needed, and it has been one of the most important duties specially laid upon the Board oT* Supervisors to con- sider this subject and report such changes as they may think advisable. This work, demanding much thought, investigation, and mature consideration, is not one to be lightly or hastily dealt with, and until such changes are recommended and adopted, consci- entious teachers have no choice but to do their best to conform to the present requisitions. And the Su- pervisors, though in no way responsible for their existence, have felt equally bound to arrange their examinations with reference to them.

Although we deprecate whatever evils may exist in carrying out the programme of studies, we are still of the opinion that the present supervision and methods of examination in our schools, with the influence of the formal School, and the Supervisors' examination for certificates, in giving us better and more thoroughly trained instructors, are exerting a strong counteract- ing influence, which cannot but result in broader and more intelligent methods of instruction. And with these, acting on an improved course of study, we may fairly hope that before long, R cramming " may be a thing of the past, of which our schools contain no suggestion.

WORK OF SUPERVISORS.

As no provision is made, by our Rules and Regu- lations, for regular reports to the Board from the Board of Supervisors other than those contained in their records, which are open only to the inspection

14

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

of members of the Board, it seems proper that this report should give at least a brief summary of the work performed by this new element in our system of school inspection, which is naturally the object of so much attention and interest. The following is only an outline of the work accomplished either by the Supervisors or the Board of Supervisors since their appointment :

First. Examination of 410 candidates for posi- tions as teachers, 275 of whom have received certifi- cates of qualifications, while 18 have been credited with a partial examination, that is, with one satis- factory in certain branches, and which may be completed hereafter.

Second. Special examinations, in accordance with the provision in the Rules (Sect. 87), of 8 candi- dates, all of whom have passed. These examinations have been of the same character as the regular examinations, quite equal in difficulty, and have been taken by persons experienced in teaching, and selected as specially fitted for different positions.

Third. Uniform examinations of the graduating classes of the Grammar and High Schools, part in January and part in June, involving a considerable amount of labor in the preparation of questions, etc.

Fourth. Uniform examination in June of those classes in the High School where the uniform course of study had been begun, rendering such examina- tion possible.

Fifth. Examination of the graduating class of the Latin School.

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

15

Sixth. Examinations and monthly reports upon the Evening Schools.

Seventh. Revision and completion of the course of study for the Latin School : a work of great value, and one requiring much time and labor.

Eighth. Preparation of a uniform course of study for the High Schools, which has been adopted, and is in use throughout the city.

Ninth. Careful examination and consideration of the course of study for the Grammar and Primary Schools. The report upon this will be ready soon.

Tenth. The making of nearly 5,000 visits to separate class-rooms „and teachers, for the purposes of inspection and oral examination.

Eleventh. The recording of the results of these visits, with judgment of every teacher and class with respect to teaching ability, mode of government, con- duct of class, results of examination, ventilation and condition of rooms, etc., made in January, and again more fully in June.

The influence of this personal examination and in- spection was soon felt, as was shown by the improve- ment in methods of teaching, and many of our best teachers are very warm in expressing their sense of help and inspiration obtained from them.

Twelfth. If to these be added a great variety of work referred to the Supervisors by different com- mittees of the Board, which for various reasons cannot be spoken of in detail, we have a still incom- plete list of the labors accomplished by them.

Perhaps only those conversant with the working of our schools can be aware of the difficulties in-

16

AXXUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

volved in arranging the details of any plan which affects them all, and consequently can fully appreciate the great amount of time, thought, and hard work, which are covered by the foregoing short account, or can understand the great value of the services thus rendered. But all who are familiar with these things will realize that the Supervisors have been at least a very hard-working body of officials; and those who with unprejudiced eyes have most carefully watched the results of their work will, we are sure, be the most ready to acknowledge the good already accomplished by them, and to believe that still greater is to come.

The plan upon which the Supervisors have been working, although probably different from that which would have first suggested itself to most members of the Board, gives us the great advantage of several and distinct judgments upon the work and merits of each teacher. If the schools were divided into groups, each subject, from lowest primary to highest grammar class, to the supervision of only one person, we should naturally feel some reluctance to accepting an unfavorable verdict; at least, in any case as not sufficiently supported. By the present arrangement, this difficulty is obviated; and we have every facility for obtaining a fairly balanced, and consequently just estimate in every class.

This plan also, by which each Supervisor, while having charge generally of a group of schools, has the oversight of some study or group of studies through all the schools, has another great advantage. Though it may not 60 rapidly give definite results,

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

17

which can be readily recorded and tabulated, it must ultimately give not only these, but with them infor- mation, and a uniform judgment on the working of our system of instruction throughout the city, and of the adaptation of one part to another, which will be of the greatest and most permanent value. For it is not merely a knowledge of the standing of individual schools and teachers to-day that we crave; but with this such information as shall lead to steady advance and improvement in our system of instruction, and in the efficiency of our schools.

It seems but just and reasonable, therefore, that the present method of supervision, which is somewhat novel to us, shall be allowed a full and thorough trial, and that all unfavorable judgment upon it shall be suspended till it has had ample time to prove its worth.

FREE BOOKS.

The cost of furnishing books for indigent children for the financial year 1876 and 1877 was $49,637.72.

This item of expense is increasing every year. Considering the large annual expense involved, the system now in use is very unsatisfactory in its opera- tion. It is unequal in its bearing upon the people. Many parents whose circumstances are such as to entitle them to free books for their children feel obliged to purchase them rather than to receive them as a charity, while, on the other hand, many who are abundantly able to purchase them refuse to do so. Moreover, the present plan is a cause of great loss of time in the schools, and a source of great annoyance to teachers, parents, and scholars.

18 ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

The only feasible way to remedy the evils com- plained of is to furnish free books to all the pupils. We see no reason why the books, as well as the tuition and apparatus, should not be furnished at the public expense. The experience of other cities and towns has shown that this can be done, after the first year, at but little, if any, more expense than under the present system. This subject has been referred to frequently, during the last ten years, in reports and documents of the School Board. The Superin- tendent, in his report of September, 1868, after clearly stating the inequalities, loss of time, and demoralizing effects of the present system, concluded his remarks on the subject as follows: "These considerations, and others which I have not space now to enumerate, have satisfied me that instead of furnishing a part of the children in the schools, as we now do, with books, it would be better to furnish all, and thus make our schools wholly free in reality as they are in name. The experiment has been tried in ~New York, Brooklyn, Philadelphia, Baltimore, and other cities, and it has been found to work well."

It is earnestly hoped that the experiment of pro- viding free books to all the pupils, of at least one grade of schools, will be tried the coming year.

SCHOOL SESSIONS.

A change in the arrangement of the sessions of the Grammar and Primary Schools has been made during the past year. There are now two sessions on five days of the week and none on Saturday.

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

19

As this plan, which must be regarded in the light of an experiment, has been in operation only since the beginning of the school-year, it has not yethad time, perhaps, to show whether it is an improvement on the former arrangement, which gave a half holiday in the middle of the week. It would seem wise, before the close of the year, for the Board to obtain information as to the working of the new system, especially as bearing upon the younger classes, from those who have had the best opportunity of judging of its effects, the teachers and the parents.

THE BOARD MADE A CORPORATION.

The School Committee has this year been made a corporate body, as will be seen by the following act passed by the Legislature of 1877 :

Chapter 53. COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS. In the Tear One Thousand Eight Hundred and Seventy-seven. AN ACT to Incorporate the Boston School Committee.

Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives, in Gen- eral Court assembled, and by the authority of the same, as follows :

Section 1. The School Committee of the City of Boston, for the time being, is hereby made a corporation by the name of 4 'The School Committee of the City of Boston," and said com- mittee and its successors in office, elected according to law in said cit}-, shall continue a body corporate for the purposes hereinafter set forth, with all the powers and privileges, and subject to all the duties, restrictions, and liabilities set forth in all general laws,

20

ANNUAL. SCHOOL REPOKT.

which now are or may hereafter be in force, relating to such corporations.

Sect. 2. Said corporation shall have authority to receive and hold all sums of money, and real and personal estate, not exceed- ing, in the aggregate, the value of two hundred thousand dollars, which monej'- may be given, granted, bequeathed, or devised to it, for the benefit of the teachers in the public schools of the City of Boston, or their families, requiring charitable assistance, or for the benefit of any persons, or the families of any persons, who have formerly been such teachers, requiring charitable assistance. It shall have power to manage and dispose of the same, according to its best discretion, and to execute any and all trusts, according to the tenor thereof, which may be created for the purposes afore- said.

Sect. 3. Said corporation shall likewise be entitled to receive from the members of the School Committee, within the present limits of that part of the Cit}T of Boston which was formerly the City of Charlestown, the fund known as the Charlestown School Trust Fund, and shall hereafter manage said fund, and disburse the income thereof within the limits of the former City of Charles- town, according to the tenor of the instruments creating said trust.

Nothing has yet been done towards the formation of a teachers' fund, as is contemplated in Section 2 of the above act. Undoubtedly steps will be taken next year, in cooperation with the teachers, to carry out the project of establishing a fund for retired or disabled teachers.

By Section 3 of the act the School Committee are made the Trustees of the Charlestown Free Schools, and are authorized to disburse the income of the fund known as the Charlestown School Trust Fund among the schools within the limits of the former city of Charlestown.

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

21

In this connection we desire to express the opinion, that convenience and propriety would seem to require that other school funds, the incomes of which are devoted to various school purposes, should be man- aged by the School Committee in its corporate capacity.

SALARIES OF TEACHERS.

In recognition of what appeared to be a general demand for the reduction of salaries in all depart- ments of the City Government, the Committee on Salaries, in their annual report to the Board, proposed a moderate reduction of the salaries of instructors.

The report of the committee was adopted by the Board, and the reduction went into effect on the first of September.

The aggregate reduction was $82,303, an average of about 1\ per cent.

The following table shows the present salaries compared with those of the previous year:

HIGH SCHOOLS.

Head-Masters

Present Salary. Former Salary.

First year 63,300 00 $3,500 00

Second year .... 3,780 00 4,000 00

Masters

First year 2,700 00 2,800 00

Second year . . . . . 3,000 00 3,200 00

Sub-Masters

First year 2,100 00 2,200 00

Second year 2,400 00 2,600 00

22

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

Ushers

Present Salary. Former Salary.

First year $1,500 00 SI, 700 00

Second year - 1,800 00 2,000 00

Assistant principals First assistants . Second assistants . Third assistants . Fourth assistants .

1,800 1,620 1,380 1,140 900

00 2,000 00

00 1,800 00

00 1,500 00

00 1,200 00

00 1,000 00

GRAMMAR AND PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Masters

First year $2,700 00 $2,800 00

Second year 3,000 00 3,200 00

Girls' Dudley .... 1,800 00 2,000 00

Sub-Masters

First year 2,100 00 2,200 00

Second year 2,400 00 2,600 00

Ushers

First year 1,500 00 1,700 00

Second year 1,800 00 2,000 00

First assistant .... 1,140 00 1,200 00

First assistant (second) . 852 00 1,000 00

Second assistant .... 792 00 850 00

Third and Fourth Assistants

First year 540 00 600 00

Second year 660 00 700 00

Third year 750 00 800 00

REPORT OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

23

SPECIAL GRADES.

Music

Present Salary. Former Salary.

Director

$3,000

00

$3,300

00

District teachers ....

2,400

00

3,000

00

West Roxbury and Brighton

1,320

00

1,800

00

XJ 1 UiWVIlU

Director .....

3,000

00

3,300

00

District teachers . . . .

2,100

00

2,500

00

Dorchester .....

1,320

00

1,700

00

Girls' Hip-h

\J 1 1 XXlhLLl .....

900

00

\J\J

1 000

X , \J\J\J

00

"RnvTinw TTirrli

1VUAUUI V XJLli^Il ....

600

00

700

00

Chemistry

Girls' High

1,380

00

1,500

00

Assistant .....

750

00

800

00

French

Latin and English High

2,400

00

3,200

00

Girls' High .

720

00

750

00

XJKJL CIICO LCI J. J. 11 ....

.540

00

600

00

\J\J

Roxbury High ....

540

00

600

00

Charlestown High

660

00

700

00

Brighton High ....

250

00

250

00

German

Latin ......

200

00

200

00

Girls' High

720

00

750

00

Dorchester, Roxbury and W. Rox.

1,500

00

1,700

00

CHAS.

L.

FLINT,

WM. H. FINNEY, LUCIA M. PEABODY.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 3.

AMENDMENTS

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 26, 1877,

REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON RULES AND REGULATIONS ON A COM- MITTEE ON SUPPLIES.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 7 8.

Ix School Committee, Feb. l'J, 1878. On motion of Mr. Morse, laid on the table and ordered to be printed. Attest:

GEO. A. SMITH, Secretary.

AMENDMENTS.

Ordered, That Section 2 of the Kules be amended by striking out the word "Salaries," and inserting the word "Supplies."

Ordered, That Section 42 be amended by substituting the following :

The Committee on Accounts shall consider and report upon all propositions requiring the expenditure of money before the final action of the Board, except such as may be submitted by the Committee on Text-Books, and except such as are included in the duties of the Committee on Supplies.

They shall consider all propositions to establish or to change the salaries of all persons, except janitors, in the service of the Board ; or to pay for extra services in teach- ing ; and shall report upon them in writing before they are acted upon by the Board. At the last meeting in June of each year they shall report to the Board a full schedule of salaries of the instructors, as herein provided, for the ensu- ing school year.

They shall audit all pay-rolls of salaries and all bills of expenditure authorized by the Board or its committees, and make requisition on the City Auditor, each month, for the payment of such as they have approved.

They shall, in conference with the Committee on Supplies, prepare and present to the City Auditor, before the fifteenth day of February, annually, an estimate of the expenses of the public schools for the next financial year.

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 3.

They shall make out bills for tuition of non-resident pupils attending the public schools, and transmit the same to the City Collector for collection.

The Auditing Clerk shall be present at all meetings of the committee, certify to the correctness of the accounts, and render such clerical assistance as may be required. An- nually, at the close of the financial year, he shall submit, in detail, an account of the expenditures for the past year, and this committee shall submit the same in a report to the Board in June of each year.

Ordered, That Section 44 be amended by substituting the following :

The Committee on Supplies shall have exclusive authority in the furnishing of all materials used by the Board, its offi- cers, or the public schools. They shall have the exclusive power to authorize such expenditures as may be required in the teaching of such branches of study as have been adopted by the Board, not exceeding the several amounts appropri- ated for the same.

They shall, if it be deemed expedient, annually advertise for proposals, and contract with responsible parties, to fur- nish the text-books necessary to carry out the provisions of the General Statutes, Chap. 38, Sects. 29 and 30, and shall see that the provisions are fully complied with.

They shall have the supervision of all printing, and furnish such as may be required by the Board, its officers, or the public schools, except such as may be otherwise provided for ; and all documents and reports, unless it be otherwise ordered, shall be limited to four hundred copies.

They shall have the custody aud management of all property belonging to the city which is held by this Board, and shall make such expenditures as may be necessary for the care and protection of the same.

AMENDMENTS.

5

They shall appoint the janitors for the several school- houses, make such rules as they may deem necessary for their government, and fix their compensation ; and may discharge them, subject to the approval of the Board. The compensation of janitors shall be in full for all services rendered.

The Auditing Clerk shall attend all meetings of this com- mittee, shall record their transactions, and render such assist- ance as shall be required. Annually, in the month of May, he shall submit, in detail, an account of the articles pur- chased and furnished to the several grades of schools, as well as of the material on hand ; and annually, in the month of June, the committee shall submit the same in a report to the Board.

They shall authorize, in writing, the Auditing Clerk to submit to the Committee on Accounts such bills as are cor- rect and duly authorized.

Ordered, That Sect. 89 be amended by substituting the word "accounts 99 for the word n salaries."

Ordered, That Sect. 46 of the Rules, and Sects. 107, 167, 183, and 196 of the Regulations, be amended by substituting the word w supplies " for the word " accounts 99 wherever it occurs.

Ordered, That Sect. 105 of the Regulations be amended by inserting, after the word " accounts," the following : r< and the Committee on Supplies, as provided by the Regulations ;" and by striking out the words " under the direction of this committee who shall fix their compensation."

Ordered, That Sect. 109 be amended by inserting, after the word "accounts," the following : "and the Committee on Supplies."

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 3.

Ordered, That the Committee on Accounts perform the duties heretofore devolving upon them by the Rules and Regulations, until such time as the Committee on Supplies shall be appointed.

/

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 4.

THIRTY-THIRD SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT

ttjjerrafmtet of public Skjwols

CITY OF BOSTON.

MARCH, 1878.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 78.

REPORT

To the School Committee of Boston :

In conformity with the requirements of your Regu- lations. I respectfully submit the following as my Forty-fifth Report, the Thirty-third of the semi- annual series :

Summary of Attendance for the half-year ending January 31, 1879.

General School*.

i

si

5 * iH

- z ~

<zr

3

||

> <<

a s * ~

m g

Z £ > <<

c r

zZ<

is

-

» s

o z

*

Normal

l

4

H

90

90

59

s

89

2,118

2,025

93

95

2,103

;

57S

24,591

23,473

1.41S

94

24,913

410

*410

20,396

15,694

1,702

.

Totals

468

1.0S1

47,497

44.252

"c

d

c -

- O

1

Special Schools.

X

-

bl

: 1 = > 5 =

= §

E =

£ Z

5 I >—

gj u

-

z

<<

< <

Z

.-•

2

70

62

70

1

9

73

1

2

35

32

s

90

35

1

12

1,250

497

16

114

1,935

1,094

6

16

S99

319

Totals

155

44262

11

106

4

THE NUMBER OF PUPILS TO A TEACHER.

The following table shows the average number of pupils to a teacher during the last half-year in the several grades of schools, as compared with the number during the corresponding six months of the preceding year :

Schools.

Pupils to a Teacher.

Schools.

Tl PILS TO A

Teacher.

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

49.7

48.1

Elementary Evening * . .

11.0

9.8

50.6

50.7

Evening Drawing ....

25.7

23.0

28.6

27.3

8.1

8.5

23.0

25.7

Licensed Minors ....

33.5

32.5

33.0

35.7

2.5

17.0

According to the present provisions of the Reg- ulations, the maximum number of pupils to a teacher in the several grades and descriptions of schools (excepting the Deaf-Mute and Licensed Minors' Schools, and the Kindergarten, in which the number is not fixed) is as follows :

Primary .......... 56

Grammar (principal not counted) ...... 56

High, mixed (principal not counted) . . . . .30

High, unmixed (principal not counted) . . . . .35

Normal (principal not counted) ...... 30

Evening (principal not counted) . . . . . .15

Evening- Drawing ......... 30

* Principal not counted.

5

NORMAL SCHOOL.

The number of regular teachers in this school the last half-year was 3, and the average number of pupils was 92.

In my last report I suggested that a limited num- ber of the graduates be appointed as supernumerary teachers, to act as substitutes whenever called upon to do so, and that, when not so employed, they be required to be in attendance at the formal School.

This suggestion having been referred to a commit- tee the following orders relating to the matter were reported and adopted :

That the Committee on the Normal School be authorized to assign candidates who are normal graduates to schools for practice without expense to the city.

That principals, in whose schools graduates of the Boston Normal School are emplo}'ed as substitutes, be instructed to report to the Head-Master of the Normal School, at the close of each month, the name and success of such substitute ; and that the Secretary of the Board furnish blanks for the same.

The requirements of these orders have been, carried into effect.

The plan inaugurated last year, of providing in connection with this school special courses of in- struction and training in methods of teaching par- ticular branches, for teachers of different grades who are already in the service, has been in operation during the past winter with increased interest and success.

6

The courses for the teachers to be given this year included Geometrical, Perspective, Freehand, and Model Drawing, and Design, lessons in Physics, Physiology, Psychology, Geography, History, Head- ing, and Penmanship; also lessons in Illustrative Drawing from the blackboard.

The courses in Physics and Physiology have been finished. They were attended by an average of about 250 teachers. The courses in Geometrical and Per- spective Drawing, and in Geography and Psychology, are now in progress.

- HIGH SCHOOLS.

The attendance at these schools, during the last half-year, was as follows :

The average whole number of pupils belonging was 2,118, boys 1,167, and girls 951,— against 2,171,— boys 1,238 and girls 933, for the corresponding six months of the preceding year. The average daily attendance was 2,025, against 2,054; and the average percentage of attendance, 95.5, against 94.6. The number of. regular teachers was 74: males 36 and females 38. Besides these there were special teach- ers of gymnastics, military drill, drawing, music, French, and German.

The following table shows the number of regular teachers, the average number of pupils, and the aver- age number of pupils to a regular teacher in each of the High Schools, during the half-year ending Janu- ary 31, 1878:

7

Schools.

Latin

English High

Girls' High

Roxbury High

Dorchester High . . . Charlestown High.. West Roxbury High Brighton High

Totals

No. of Reg. Teachers.

13 16 18 7 5 8 4 3

74

Av'ge No. of Average No. I pupils to a of pupils. Regular Teacher.

427 479 600 174 111 178 86 63

2,118

The following table shows the classification of the High Schools January 31, 1878 :

or

Classes,

years in the course, the first being highest.

Schools.

d

o 0

g

-J

w u

econ

hird

ourt

M

a

>

ight

otal

<

%

ai

Eh

ft

ft

QD

m

w

H

22

22

33

80

43

112

64

42

418

8

99

138

217

462

39

104

134

305

582

«

Roxbury High ....

73

44

35

63

215

Dorchester High . . .

11

31

31

35

108

20

55

37

60

172

West Roxbury High .

17

19

20

27

83

14

27

22

63

131

351

461

732

167 .08

43

112

64

42

2,103

Percentage . . . .

.06

17

.22

.35

.02

.05

.03

.02

1.00

8

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

The attendance at these schools during the last half-year was as follows:

The average whole number of pupils belonging- was 24,891: boys 13,013, and girls 11,878; the average daily attendance was 23,473, and the per cent, of attendance 94.3. The whole number of reg- ular teachers was 511, an increase of three female teachers and one male teacher, as compared with the number at the end of the corresponding six months of the preceding year. But, as there was an increase of 638 pupils, the number of pupils to a teacher rose from 19.7 to 50.6.

The following tables show the classification of the Grammar Schools in respect to grade and age, Jan- uary 31, 1878, as compared with that of January 31, 1871:

1874.

1S78.

Classes.

Number.

Per cent.

Number.

Per cent.

1,708

.07

1,572

.06

2,647

.11

2,558

.10

3,572

.15

3,673

.15 '

4,305

.18

4,594

.19

5,344

.23

5,<621

.23

6,035

.26

6,695

.27

9

Ages.

1874.

1878.

Per cent

U.LLL UCI

111

.005

56

.002

( 979

.04

879

.03

2,485

.10

2,605

.11

3,650

.15

4,103

.17

3,964

.17

4,328

.17

4,162

.18

4,171

.17

3,722

.16

3,659

.15

2,678

.11

2,733

.11

1,860

.08

2,379

.09

From the foregoing tables, taken in connection with those of the same kind presented in the preceding reports, it appears that the Grammar Schools have not, since 1874, quite maintained the standard then reached in respect to the percentage of pupils in the upper classes. There are now six per cent, in the first class against seven per cent, lour years ago. At the same time there has been an increase in the percentage of pupils who are fifteen years of age and upwards. We find, also, that the number of grad- uates in the years 1876 and 1877 falls considerably below the number in the years 1874 and 1875. This is the result, probably, of the adoption of the plan of a uniform examination for graduation. Few candi- dates have been rejected, but the principals are cautious in promoting to the first class such pupils as are not pretty sure of succeeding.

10

The following table shows the number of teachers, exclusive of principals, and the average number of pupils to a teacher (not counting the principal), in each Grammar School, for the half-year ending Jan- uary 31, 1878:

Schools.

No. of Teachers.

Average No. of Pupllfl.

No. of Pupils to a Teacher.

Schools.

No. of

Teachers.

Average No. of Pupils.

No. of Pupils to a Teacher.

10

504

50.4

Hancock.. . .

11

531

48.2

7

329

47.0

4

227

56.9

10

495

49.5

Harvard . . .

10

526

52.6

Bennett

5

280

56.0

Hillside ....

5

270

54.0

15

739

49.2

Lawrence . .

18

883

49.1

Bowditch. . . .

8

343

42.9

11

588

53.5

9

426

47.3

Lincoln

12

600

50.0

Brimmer

15

736

49.0

9

465

51.6

Bunker Hill.

11

570

51.8

Lyman ....

11

572

51.9

6

co

51.8

Mather

7

315

45.0

Chapman ....

11

538

48.9

5

230

46.0

Chas. Sumner

4

211

52.7

Mt. Vernon.

3

146

48.6

12

727

60.5

Norcross

12

655

54.6

Dearborn. . . .

17

868

51.1

Phillips ....

14

721

51.5

Dudley (Boys)

8

419

52.3

Prescott

9

440

48.8

Dudley {Girls)

6

310

51.6

11

625

56.8

10

543

54.3

12

597

49.7

16

780

48.7

Sherwin

17

852

50.1

Emerson. . . .

13

662

50.9

Shurtleff. . . .

14

671

47.9

14

691

49.4

Stoughton. .

5

222

44.4

Everett, Dor.

7

378

54.0

Tileston

1

67

67.0

Franklin

14

726

51.9

Warren

12

585

48.7

Frothingham

11

525

47.7

Wells

9

441

49.0

9

420

46.6

Winthrop . ..

18

889

49.4

4

242

60.5

492

24,891

50.6

11

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

The attendance at these schools during the last half-year was as follows :

The average whole number of pupils belonging was 20,396: boys 10,902, and girls 9,494; the average daily attendance was 18,694; and the per cent, of attendance was 91.6.

During the past year the increase in the number of pupils has been 485, and the increase in the number of teachers has been 7, so that the whole number of instructors in this class of schools, at the present time, is 410. The average number of pupils to a teacher was 49.7 against 49.4 for the corresponding six months of the preceding year. The number of pupils promoted to the Grammar Schools in January was 2,676, averaging 6.5 to a school, which is a slight gain on the number of a year ago.

The following table indicates the average number of pupils to a teacher during the twelve years from 1867 to 1878, inclusive :

Years.

No. of Pupils.

Years.

No. of Pupils.

1867

47.8 47.4 46.8

43.5 44.3 43.9

1868.

i 1874

1869

1875

12

The following tables show the classification of the Primary Schools in respect to grade and age, Jan- uary 31, 1878, as compared with that of January 31, 1874:

Classes.

1874.

1878.

Number.

Per cent.

Number.

Per cent.

First Class (highest)

3,131

.16

3,193

.15

2,992

.15

3,082

.15

2,916

.15

3,054

.14

2,856

.15

3,290

.16

2,930

.15

3,204

.15

4,665

.24

i

5,279

.25

Ages.

18

74.

18

78.

Number.

Per cent.

Number.

Per cent.

2,790

.14

2,990

.14

4,404

.23

4,581

.22

4,604

.24

4,990

.23

4,162

.21

4,357

.21

Nine years of age and over . . .

3,560

.18

4,184

.20

It appears that ±± per cent, of the pupils of the Primary Schools are in the three upper classes, while 56 per cent, of them are in the three lower classes. This is certainly a very good showing, but it is not quite up to the standard reached in 187-i.

13

The following table shows the number of Primary pupils in each district, and the average number of pupils to a school or teacher, during the half-year ending January 31, 1878 :

Districts.

Adams

Allston

Andrew

Bennet

Bigelow

Bowditch . . .

Bowdoin

Brimmer

Bunker Hill .

Central

Chapman

Charles Sumner

Comins

Dearborn

Dudley (Boys) Dudley (Girls)

Dwight

Eliot

Emerson

Everett

Everett, Dor. . .

Franklin

Frothingham . .

Gaston

Gibson

Av. whole No. of pupils.

00

~ "3

~ o

No. of Schools.

No. ofpi to a Bel

7

337

48.1

5

231

46.2

7

387

55.3

4

198

49.5

12

592

49.3

11

519

47.2

12

576

48.0

11

540

49.1

11

526

47.8

4

170

42.5

10

541

54.1

5

217

43.4

17

992

53.1

17

893

52.5

8

418

52.2

6

276

46.0

14

629

44.9

9

472

52.4

11

635

57.7

6

300

50.0

13

648

49.8

9

480

53.3

9

441

49.0

4

184

46.0

Districts.

Hancock . .

Harris

Harvard . . . Hillside ... Lawrence.

Lewis

Lincoln . . . Lowell Lyman Mather

Minot

Mt. Vernon Xorcross .. Phillips ... Prescott . . Quincy . . .

Eice

Sherwin. . . Shurtleff . . Stoughton . Tileston . . . Warren . . .

Wells

Winthrop . . Totals . . . ,

No. of Schools.

Av. whole No. of Pupils,

No. of Pupils to a School.

16

763

47.7

3

133

44.3

13

652

50.1

4

161

40.2

21

1,085

51.6

11

543

49.3

7

367

52.4

10

520

52.0

8

383

47.9

4

232

58.0

4

145

36.2

q

0

Q ~

Ol.O

7

344

49.1

6

241

40.2

6

302

50.3

7

355

50.7

7

348

49.7

15

755

50.3

7

357

51.0

2

119

59.5

1

36

36.0

8

439

54.9

12

586

48.8

6

323

53.7

410

20,396

49.7

14

The following table shows the number of Primary pupils in each district promoted to the Grammar Schools [January, 1878] , and the average number of promotions to each school in the respective districts :

No. of Schools.

Sent to 1 Gr. School.

No. to a School.

3

26

8.6

13

84

6.5

4

22

5.5

21

159

7.6

11

81

7.3

7

40

5.7

10

75

7.5

8

43

5.4

4

21

5.2

4

24

6.0

3

7

48

6.8

6

42

7.0

6

30

5.0

7

36

5.1

7 |

48

6.8

15

96

6.4

7

52

7.4

2

22

11.0

1

8

66

8.2

12

92

7.7

6

57

9.5

410

2,676

6.5

Districts.

No of Schools.

7

5

7

4

12

11

12

11

Bunker Hill...

11

4

10

Charles Sumner

0

17

17

Dudley {Boys)

8

6

14

9

11

Everett, Dor. . .

6

13

Frothingham . .

9

9

4

16

Sent to Gr. School

No. to a School.

25

3.5

18

3.6

65

13.0

33

8.2

93

7.7

78

7.1

77

6.4

69

6.2

63

5.7

30

7.5

73

7.3

99

5.8

50

2.9

72

9.0

44

7.3

83

5.9

56

6.2

91

8.2

43

7.2

88

6.7

49

5.4

62

6.9

64

16 0

87

5.4

Districts.

Harris

Harvard

Hillside

Lawrence . . Lewis ......

Lincoln.

Lowell ....

Lyman

Mather

Minot

Mt. Vernon Norcross. . .

Phillips

Prescott . . . Quincy

Rice

Sherwin Shurtleff. . . Stoughton .

Tileston

Warren

Wells

Winthrop . .

Totals

15

SPECIAL SCHOOLS.

It has not been the custom to present in this mid- year report, the statistics in detail of the Special Schools. A statistical summary of the attendance of these schools has been presented on the first pages of the report. By comparing this summary with that of last year, it appears that one additional evening draw- ing school has been opened, making the whole num- ber of Special Schools at the present time 27. There has also been an increase of the num- ber of pupils in attendance. Up to the 31st of January the average attendance has been 2,004 against 1,918 for the corresponding portion of the preceding year. On the other hand, there has been a decrease in the number of teachers, the whole num- ber at the date above named being 155, which is less by 22 than that of last year. This decrease is found in the Elementary Evening Schools, and it would seem that a still further reduction might be made, for it appears that there are in these schools only about an average of 9 pupils to a teacher. On the other hand, the Evening High School shows an average attendance of over 40 pupils to a teacher. This school has been constantly growing in numbers and usefulness. The average attendance the present year has been 497 against 352 for last year. It evi- dently meets a real want in the community, and the time is not distant, I imagine, when there will be a demand for more than one school of this descrip- tion.

16

THE PROGRESS OF THE SYSTEM.

The history of the improvements which have been introduced into the Boston system of public instruc- tion since my connection with it as Superintendent began, may be found, by those desiring information on the subject, in the record of the proceedings of the Board and in the twenty-one volumes of the Annual Reports of the Board, from 1857 to 1S77 inclusive, comprising the reports of the committees on the annual report, numerous reports of standing and special committees, my own forty-five regular reports, and several special reports, and other matter of dif- ferent descriptions. My twenty-ninth semi-annual report contains a somewhat extended review of the growth and progress of the system from 1856 to 1874 ; an examination of the documents above named would reveal the series of suggestions, discussions, efforts, and experiments which have resulted in those chaDges in the system wherein it differs from what it was a score of years ago. I do not purpose to attempt, in this report, to even enumerate the steps of progress by which that difference has been brought about, but shall content myself with the remark that those changes which have been introduced have been in the main in accordance with the most approved opinions on the subject of education. I do not intend, how- ever, to be understood as including in these remarks the present system of examining the schools.

THE PRESENT CONDITION OF THE SCHOOLS.

The condition of the schools in respect to matters which are susceptible of representation by statistics is

17

presented in other parts of this report. As to their condition in respect to those important elements of educational economy which do not admit of numerical exhibition, I have little to say, except to remark that there have been, during the period covered by the report, no changes requiring special comment. What I have said about the condition of the schools at different times during the past few years, in re- spect to the accommodations, the studies pursued, the character of the attendance and the discipline, and the efficiency of instruction, may be said now, with some not very important modifications. They are not free from imperfections, for no human institutions are perfect; but they are, as a whole, good, and I will venture to add that those persons who think differ- ently, either are not acquainted with them or they judge by a different standard from that which is generally recognized by sound and practical educa- tors. It would be easy to make them different; but to make them better is another task. Real, substan- tial improvements in a great system of schools are of slow and difficult achievement. I hope and trust that in the future the efforts for remedying the defects of the system will be more vigorous and more success- ful than they have been in the past, for there never has been a reform that did not need reforming.

THE GIRLS* LATIN SCHOOL.

The establishment of this institution, which went into operation the early part of last month, is an im- portant event in our educational history. It is in-

18

tended as a classical High School for fitting girls for college. It is the first and only institution of the kind within my knowledge. It has been organ- ized under favorable auspices. The master, Mr. John Tetlow, who has been elected as its principal, is a gentleman who is admirably fitted for the situation.

Previously to the action of the Board, in instituting this school, there was a protracted series of hearings held by the Committee on High Schools, on the question as to what course should be adopted for providing classical instruction for girls.

On the one hand it was contended that justice to the girls required that they should have advantages for classical instruction identical with those enjoyed by the boys, or, what amounted to the same thing, that they should be admitted to the boys' Latin School, thus rendering that ancient institution a mixed school.

On the other hand it was maintained that this ar- rangement would not be doing justice either to the girls or to the boys ; that it would render the Latin School less efficient as a preparatory school for boys, and that it would not give the girls as good a chance as they might have in a good separate school for girls. The latter position was that which I undertook to maintain. I did not pretend to deny that there were, and that there would continue to be, good mixed schools. But the proposition which I endeavored to prove was this :

That the physical and mental differences of the sexes, and the difference of the sexes in respect to function and destination, require separate education

19

for pupils between the ages of twelve and eighteen, especially in a large city, in order to secure the best results.

The question under consideration naturally led to the general question of the coeducation of the sexes, a question which had scarcely been touched upon before in connection with the administration of the Boston system of schools. From the origin of the system separate education of the sexes has been the rule, and coeducation of the sexes the exception.

I did not undertake to prove that coeducation of the sexes in the case of young children was not allow- able, or that the opening of certain departments of colleges and universities to women may not be expe- dient, or that there may not be fairly good mixed High Schools, judged by the ordinary standards. But what I claimed as true was, that if the end in view is the best result, physical and mental, and the best preparation for the functions and destinations of active life ; if the aim is to maintain the highest standard of excellence yet known, then, for pupils between the ages mentioned, the period of High-School education, pro- vision should be made for the separate education of girls and boys.

In support of this proposition I presented such proof as all educational science is built upon, namely that which is derived from a careful induction from facts. For the sake of perspicuity the evidence pre- sented was grouped under the three following heads :

1. The results of scientific inquiry, as developed and presented by the most reliable authorities.

20

2. The results of experience, as presented in the history and present condition of education.

3. Pedagogical authority in general.

The following were some of the authorities referred to : Herbert Spencer. Dr. Henry Maudsley, Dr. Edward H. Clarke. Dr. Kay, Dr. Mary Putnam Jacobi, Report of Massachusetts State Board of Health, W. B. Fowle, Mrs. Emma Willard, Jean Paul Riehter, Professor D. R. Fearon, Miss Annie E. Johnson, Miss Mary E. Beedy, Dr. T. H. Cochrane, Dr. "William A. Hammond, Dr. Eben S. Stearns, Dr. Raymond of Vassar College, President Fairchild of Oberlin College, and the Protocol of the Official Con- ference on High Female Education in Berlin.

I maintain that if there is such a thing as an f* American" system of High Schools, that system is the separate and not the mixed system. The number of the schools and places does not prove the rule, but the importance of them and their rank. Separate High-School education is the system in San Fran- cisco, Louisville, Charleston. Baltimore, Philadelphia, New York. Washington, and Boston. What other eight cities, with a coeducation system, can be cited to match these?

It was claimed that the Boston system should be counted as mixed, because the majority of the number of High Schools were mixed. This is absurd in view of the fact that Boston never organized a mixed High School, those now belonging to the system all having been recently annexed, and the number of pupils in all of them scarcely comes up to the number in a single one of the old separate High Schools.

21

The drift of civilization has been and is towards the separation of the sexes in education between the ages above named.

IMPROVEMENT IX METHODS.

Since my connection with the Boston schools began there has been a very marked improvement in the methods of teaching. This improvement in the methods of handling the subjects of instruction has resulted in a great saving of time and strength on the part of both teachers and pupils; and yet I must own that the progress in this direction has not been all that could be desired. Although the " skill busi- ness " has received a constantly increasing attention, owing to the operation of various agencies which have successively been put into operation, yet there are many teachers who have not yet gone into this matter as zealously as they should have done. There are still too many teachers in the service who have not that mastery of their art which they should have, and which they might acquire by a moderate amount of well-directed eflbrt.

As a body the teachers in our schools are excellent. Xo better corps is to be found in any city where the system of annual elections is in operation. There are many among them who have had no superiors in the past, and who are not likely to be excelled by any teachers in the future, who have enjoyed no better advantages of preparation and supervision. But there are others who might accomplish more than they now accomplish, and with less wear and

22

tear, if they were only in possession of that skill which they might acquire. What they need is to study their business, to study the principles and methods of teaching. Every teacher should be a constant and earnest student of education. Every teacher should possess a collection, smaller or larger, of the best books on education. Thorough scholarship, good common-sense and experience, are indispensable requisites to success in teaching, but they are not the only requisites. Professional study should be added.

In each of our schools there should be a well- selected library of pedagogical books. We are ex- pending quite large sums every year for books of reference, but, as far as I know, no pedagogical books have been purchased for our school libraries for sev- eral years past. Some ten or twelve years ago, the earlier volumes of Barnard's "Journal of Education" were, on my recommendation to the Board, placed in en cli of our Grammar and High Schools. This pub- lication has grown to twenty-four volumes, and com- prises by far the most comprehensive and valuable collection of educational literature in the English language. I think it would be a judicious expen- diture of money to place a complete set of it in each of our Grammar and High Schools. The new w En- cyclopaedia of Education," which has lately been published, and which is one of the most valuable contributions* to the educational literature of the country that has ever been made, should be placed in all the schools without delay.

23

PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING.

Improvements in methods of teaching, that are im- provements, must be the outgrowth of a better knowledge of the principles of teaching. The prin- ciples of teaching are founded on the science of the human mind and the science of the human body, and hence the necessity of studying these sciences on the part of teachers. But it is not essential that every teacher should undertake original investigations in this line. For the mass of teachers, it is sufficient if they study the principles of teaching, as they have been discovered and systematically arranged by the best educational authorities. Quick's "Educational Reformers " is a good introduction to the study of the principles of education.

My object in introducing this topic at this time is to draw attention to a valuable chapter on the sub- ject in the able report lately issued by the new sec- retary of the Board of Education, Hon. John "W. Dickinson. The following extracts will indicate his mode of treating the subject:

The first principle of teaching may be stated as follows : All topics should be taught objectively, by bringing into the presence of the mind the actual objects and subjects of study, or by bringing before the mind as complete illustrations as possible of them. By the term objects is meant plrysical things, or those things which are external. By the term subjects is meant mental things, or those which are internal, such as thoughts and mental states and the sciences. An object is in the presence of the mind when it holds such a relation that the mind perceives the object. A sub- ject is presented by awakening in the mind those thoughts or

24

mental states, or that knowledge which constitutes the subject of which the teacher desires the pupil to become conscious. All teaching is objective that succeeds in bringing the object or subject of thought before the mind for its consideration. The more teachers stud}' their art, and understand it, the more inclined they are to teach by bringing into the presence of their pupils the objects to be studied. The principle here illustrated is violated whenever the teacher employs words as substitutes for that which the words describe.

Another principle of teaching is, objects and subjects should be be taught first as wholes. The principle is violated when the alphabet is taught as a step towards reading, or when the teacher attempts to teach geography proper by leading the pupil to com- bine his knowledge of the school-yard, the town, and the country into a knowledge of the earth. Parts can never be parts to the learner before he knows the whole of which the}7 are parts. An object is taught when that is taught which is expressed by a name. A subject is taught when the teaching prepares the mind for a definition.

A third principle of teaching arises from the relations elementaiy holds to scientific knowledge. The first is a knowledge of facts pertaining to individual things. The second is of classes, and is general knowledge. A knowledge of classes depends upon a knowledge of individuals, hence the necessity of an elementaiy course of studies that shall precede its corresponding scientific course. The stud}' of arithmetic should be preceded by a sys- tematic study of numbers : the study of grammar by a study of language ; a knowledge of astronomy should grow out of the changes observed in the heavenly bodies ; a knowledge of botany out of a knowledge of individual plants ; and a knowledge of every science out of a knowledge of those facts that the science requires to be generalized and combined. In this country there is not yet to be found in any of the schools a systematic course of elementary teaching.

Now there may, and will be, differences of opinion as to the right application of these principles; but

25

the principles themselves, as I understand them, seem to me to be sound, and I hope they will be carefully studied by teachers, and others having responsible relations to the management of educational affairs.

SECONDARY SCHOOLS.

Secondary instruction is that which comes between the elementary instruction, on the one hand, the instruction which in our system ends with the Gram- mar School, and the instruction given in the col- lege or university, on the other. Lately the question has been raised, whether it is expedient for the State, in making provision for education at the public ex- pense, to go beyond the elementary stage. I have no fear whatever that this question will be decided in the negative in this Commonwealth. History fully justifies this opinion. Much less will this question be decided in the negative in this city. At the very moment when the question is raised in this regard, and when the discussion of it may be said to be raging in some parts of the country, Boston's prac- tical treatment of the question has been the establish- ment of two new High Schools, in addition to the nine noble institutions for secondary education sup- ported at the public expense. I had intended to present in this report my views on this topic at con- siderable length, but I shall content myself with simply quoting and adopting the saying of Huxley: w No system of public education is worthy the name unless it creates a great educational ladder, with one end in the gutter and the other in the university."

26

SCHOOL-HOUSES.

In a former report I spoke of the progress which had been made in building school-houses within the past four or five years, mainly in consequence of the creation of the office of city architect, and the filling of that office by an architect of the present incum- bent's qualifications for the performance of its duties. I wish to emphasize what I then said. What has since been done in this department of school econ- omy has been increasingly satisfactory. The build- ings which have been finished within the last two years are more successful as specimens of school architecture than any which had been previously erected.

But the great achievement of Mr. Clough is found in the design and plans of the very remarkable group of buildings for the Latin and English High Schools. Never before in the history of our schools has there been a school-building project which afforded such a scope for the exercise of ability on the part of the architect. The result is gratifying in the highest de- gree. I feel safe in saying that this project has never been equalled, or even approached, by any other school edifice in this country. The foundation of this group is completed ; but I understand it will require nearly three years more to complete the buildings. An exhibition of the plans in the Univer- sal Exposition at Paris would have been highly cred- itable to the city and to the country, and I regret exceedingly that the Committee on Public Buildings, of the City Council, did not see fit to incur the very

27

small expense which the exhibit would have cost. In my judgment they should have done it, if not for the honor of the city, at least in justice to the accom- plished city architect, who has labored with so much zeal and success on this project; and this neglect on the part of the city authorities is the more striking in contrast with the action of the Cincinnati authorities this moment telegraphed to me, appropriating the sum of two thousand dollars for the exhibit of that city in the Educational Department of the American Exhibition.

TEACHEES, TENURE OF OFFICE.

As it is through the agency of teachers that all other educational provisions and means are put to use for the attainment of the desired ends, hence the prin- cipal criterion of the merits of a school system is found in the character and qualifications of the teachers in its service.

In my twenty-ninth Semi- Annual Report reference was made to some of the causes which had helped to secure for the Boston schools the services of merito- rious teachers. At the same time it was maintained that the 'provisions of our school system were not as well calculated as they might be to secure and retain the services of the best teachers. The defect in the provisions of the system relating to teachers especially dwelt upon was, that which requires an annual elec- tion of all teachers. On this topic the following lan- guage was used: w A change in the tenure of office is needed. While teachers should be subjected to the

28

proper tests, examinations, and probations, before they are confirmed as permanent incumbents, when once so installed in office they should not be subject to summary removal, at the end of each year, without any warning, and without any opportunity to meet any charge made against them.

" The situation of a large proportion of the subordi- nate teachers, in respect to the tenure of office, is very trying. The case of the principal teacher is, perhaps, still more trying. The effect of the existing provi- sions for the annual election of teachers upon the spirit and character of the teachers is not salutary. The honor of a position is always reckoned as an in- gredient of the compensation for services rendered. What dignity or honor is associated with a position held as a means of livelihood, from which the incum- bent is liable to be removed at the end of the year, without any fault, or the charge of a fault? Every- body knows that it is the tenure of office, and not the high salary, that attracts legal talent to the judicial bench. So, in our colleges, able professors are secured, not by the salaries alone, which are noto- riously low, but by the dignity and honor which the tenure of office gives to this situation."

This view of the matter was presented upwards of three years ago ; since that I have given much atten- tion to the subject, and the result has been to strengthen my conviction that the next important step to be taken for the improvement of our school system is to abolish that provision of the regulations providing for the annual election of teachers.

It should be done in the interest of economy. If

29

the dignity of the position of teachers is raised by the proposed change of the tenure of office, teachers of the present grade of qualifications could be secured at a less rate of salary than that now paid, and those of a higher grade could be induced to enter the ser- vice at the present rate of salary. Occasionally a grumble is heard about the luxurious appointments of our school system, but its most costly luxury is, in my judgment, that absurd arrangement by which each teacher is subjected to an annual election. It costs the city hundreds of thousands of dollars annu- ally, and for all this outlay no benefit accrues, but positive injury. It is a contrivance for spending money for what is worse than nothing. Instead of improving the character of the instruction it actually renders it far less valuable. This annual election is not only the individual cause of a worse than useless expenditure of a larger sum of money, but it is a cruelty. It subjects the conscientious and faithful teacher to a painful ordeal. And the suffering from this trial is not limited to the day of election; it is a thorn in the flesh during the whole year. It is a running of the gauntlet, and nothing less can be made of it. As the time of election draws near, the teachers are not unfrequently reminded in a jocose manner that they are " on the anxious seats." In years far back I have heard members of the committee thoughtlessly use such language to teachers, not meaning, certainly, to wound their feelings, and I thought they might have appropriately replied in the language of the pelted frogs in the fable. This constantly impending annual election is well imaged to my mind by the

30

sword of Damocles. Its effect both upon the teachers and the teaching is injurious. The teacher must have a love for his profession, or he cannot or will not work in it to the best advantage. But what more effectual contrivance could be devised for damp- ing the ardor of the professional teacher's love for his calling, than to set him up annually as a target for arrows to be shot at from behind the screen of the secret ballot ?

But it may be said that teachers should not be so sensitive ; that they should not mind it if they do have a few votes cast against them, provided they get the number requisite for election; they must take a phil- osophical view of the matter, and not be disturbed. I have myself, in former times, tried to take that view of the matter. But the fact remains that teachers are sensitive, very sensitive, and they are likely to be so as long as their nerves continue to be lacerated by this torturing process. Is it not enough to make even the strong men in the service somewhat nervous about election time, when they know that the morn- ing's paper after the election may tell any one of the number, with all the rest of the reading world, that he had not a vote to spare, or that he failed to get the requisite number, although not a breath of complaint had been breathed against him? And this is not fancy, it is fact. It is what has happened more than once. And, when it has happened, it has humiliated the whole body of teachers.

But it may be objected that this arrangement is a convenient way of getting rid of unworthy teachers. I admit that it is a convenient way, but at the same

31

time I affirm that it is not the wisest way. It is a way that does great harm to accomplish a little good. It punishes the good and bad without discrimination, and is therefore unjust. Justice to servants is essen- tial to good service.

The present School Board is not at all to blame for the existence of this regulation. They have inher- ited it from the past. It has been in operation for many years, although it is not found in the early records. Philemon Permont, when, in 1635, he was * entreated to become the school-master for the nurtu- ring of the children/' in the infant settlement of Boston, was not informed that, at the end of the year, the question of his continuance in that ca- pacity would be tested by a vote. Ezekiel Cheever was inducted into office as master of the Boston Latin School with great pomp and ceremony by the Royal Governor and all the magnates of the town. But what a senseless farce all that ceremony would have been if that venerable scholar had been told, when it was over, that at the end of the year the selectmen of the town would take a vote on the question of continuing him in office, and if a majority of the votes were adverse he would have to seek a situation elsewhere! In those foreign countries where education is much ad- vanced, such a thing as an annual election of teachers is unheard of, and in this country the city of Xew York sets us an example worthy of imitation, and I trust that it will be imitated in the near future. Let this paralyzing incubus be lifted from the teachers, and thev will serve the cause and serve the city with

32

tenfold more courage and with vastly increased efficiency.

OVER— EDUCATION.

The obligation of the State to provide the means of instruction for the children of the people is founded upon the acknowledged fact, that the diffusion of in- telligence and virtue is conducive to the public wel- fare. The advocates of the most liberal provision for education are not at the present day under the same necessity, as in times now very far in the past, of drawing their arguments from the nature of things. They are now able to point with confidence to results. After having described, thirty-five years ago, in his famous report on foreign education, the excellences of the Prussian schools, Horace Mann confessed to being nonplussed when asked to explain why the Prussian nation, with such a system of schools, stood no higher in the scale of civilization. He did not sufficiently consider the element of time in the prob- lem. The period of time which had elapsed since the efficiency of the system had been raised to the stan- dard which he witnessed had been short. There had not been time for the legitimate results of the system of instruction to become thoroughly incorporated into the national life. For it should be remembered that this education did not originate with the people them- selves, but with the philosophers and statesmen of the nation. But the Prussian system is now sufficiently vindicated. And by the Prussian system I do not mean any particular system of school organization, or any special method of instruction, but a comprehensive

33

scheme of education of all grades and descriptions, general and special, elementary, secondary, and supe- rior. The history of national education during the present century fully justifies the well-known saying of Jules Simon: "The first people is that which has the best schools ; if it is not the first to-day it will be the first to-morrow." During the past quarter of a century this truth has been repeatedly illustrated both in war and in peace. It has been made especially conspicu- ous in all the universal expositions which have been held. In fact, this saying of the French statesman, who was characterized by George Sumner as one of the most acute and discriminating of modern writers, must now be accepted as axiomatic; and it is as bril- liant as it is true. It is not only true of States, but it is also true of smaller communities. So we may say with truth, r- The city which has the best schools is the first city ; if it is not so to-day it will be so to- morrow." It may not be first in population or wealth, for these things depend largely on natural causes, which human effort cannot control ; but it will be first in the essential elements of social well-being.

It has been, I doubt not, the instinctive apprehen- sion of this truth on the part of the controlling major- ity of the people of this city, which has sustained its school system for so many years with so much liber- ality, — a liberality which has become proverbial, and has justified the adoption of those measures of improvement which have given the system the celeb- rity which it enjoys. And thus has come to exist the fact, that the Boston school system is the dis- tinction, the glory, and the strength of the city. The

34

wisdom of the policy which has produced this result has been abundantly justified. I hope and trust that the same liberal policy will be pursued in the future.

But it is well known that some signs of a reaction- ary tendency have begun to appear in certain quarters, especially in utterances from the platform and press. So far as I have been able to discover, these reac- tionary utterances emanate either from enemies of popular education, or from its injudicious and not well-informed friends. Both these classes deal in the same misrepresentations of facts, the same absurdities, the same platitudes, and the same exploded theories.

They superciliously ask, "Are we not educating the people too much?" I ask, in turn, who is meant by " We "? For my part, I do not know of any partic- ular class of persons in the community who have the right to say KWe educate the children of the people." Certainly, in the city of Boston, if official statistics are to be relied upon, only a small part of the taxes for the support of the schools is paid by those citizens whose children are not educated in those schools. In view of this fact it is the height of presumption for the small class of citizens who do not avail themselves of the advantages of the public schools to pretend that they are educating the people out of their pockets. And that class of citizens who claim to be the tax- payers ought to be intelligent enough to understand that it is the education of the people more than any- thing else that gives value to the property on which they pay taxes.

If any particular citizen thinks his own children are getting too much education for their good, his

35

proper remedy for the evil, as it seems to me, is to take them out of school, if they have arrived at that stage of schooling which the law requires. But the controlling majority must rule, and if this majority comes to believe that the educational advantages of their children are too good, and decide to curtail them, they will be acting according to the demo- cratic principle of our system of government. It is for the people themselves to say how much they will ex- pend for education, and not for any particular class of the people to arrogate to themselves this preroga- tive.

If children were boarded and clothed at the public expense while attending school, it is easy to see that the thing might be overdone; but so long as tuition alone, or tuition and books only are furnished, and parents are obliged to dispense with the labor of their children and support them while attending school, there is no danger whatever that they will keep their children in school too long for their good, except in some individual instances, which general arrange- ments cannot regard. The general tendency has everywhere and always been in the opposite direction. People are suffering, not from being too well educated,* but from not being well enough educated. The idea of devising a scheme of education which shall educate the children of the masses up to a certain point which shall be just sufficient to render them self-supporting and useful drudges, without exciting in them the desire to rise in the social scale, is utterly futile.

What I have said above in regard to the cause of the exceptional liberality of this city in respect to the

86

support of public schools is not a complete explana- tion of the matter. In addition to the operation of the instinctive perception of the tendency of education to promote the general welfare, a more personal and pri- vate motive has had a great influence in relation to this matter. I refer to the fact that the overwhelming majority of the well-to-do citizens, and those who ex- orcise a controlling influence in municipal all airs, as well as of those who actually vote the appropriations, educate their children in the public schools; and they feel that it is better and more economical to keep the public schools up to a standard which shall meet the wants of substantially all classes, than it would be to keep them down to a pauper level, for the children of the laboring classes, and provide for the instruction of their own children in private schools. I rely largely upon this feeling for the perpetuity of the ed- ucational liberality of the past, and the consequent maintenance and advancement even of the present standard instruction in the public schools.

HALF-TIME SCHOOLS.

By the term w half-time school " is meant a school that is kept half the number of sessions usually al- lotted to a full school year. The system may be con- veniently illustrated by the school calendar of St. Louis, in which the school time is expressed in round numbers. The school year consists of 200 school days, of two sessions each, and of course the half-year consists of 100 days, and the quarter, of 50 days. A half-time pupil might be one who attends the alternate

37

sessions, either those of the forenoon or those of the afternoon, or one who attends both the forenoon and afternoon sessions, of the alternate quarters or of the alternate half-years.

The theory of what is now technically called the half-time system is, that the half-time pupils, or w half timers," alternate between school and work. The country district school which I attended in my boy- hood was substantially a half-time school of alternate quarters, the one in midsummer and the other in mid- winter; but the quarters were usually of short meas- ure, averaging less than ten weeks. And, besides, the boys who were twelve years of age and upwards, did not enjoy even the privileges of half-time schooling; they were only quarter- timers, as their attendance was usually limited to the winter term.

In regard to this matter of half-time schooling, I speak with the more confidence, as I have had con- siderable personal experience in it, having from the age of four to twenty never attended school more than half the time in any one year, and after the age of eight years having been constantly at work when not in school.

The schools in rural districts are at the present moment throughout the country, to a very large extent, half-time schools, of alternate quarters. They are such, not from a theoretical belief in the superior- ity of the system over that of whole-time schooling on the part of the authorities in control of the matter, but from supposed necessity, this necessity being of a two-fold nature; first, the need of the assistance of the children in the household and farm labor, and,

38

second, the need of economizing in the expense of maintaining the school.

In England the half-time school has been advocated, and is now advocated, by some writers on education, as preferable to whole-time schools for the education of the children of the common people. And by the half- time schooling in England is meant attendance at alternate half-daily sessions. English advocates of this system claim that half-time pupils make as much advancement in scholastic attainments as whole-time pupils. Recently among us there has been some attempt to awaken an interest in favor of the half-time system. The American advocates of the system seem to take the testimony of its English advocates as to its merits as quite conclusive; moreover, this half-time theory has been seized upon>as a possible solution of the prob- lem of industrial education, or, at least, of the branch of it which relates more especially to the early training of children to hand labor, to the training of the hand as well as the intellectual faculties, which is generally agreed to be a matter of much educational impor- tance.

I do not propose to enter upon a full discussion of this subject in this report, but only to emphasize a few points bearing upon it.

1. So far as authority is concerned, by which I mean the weight of the opinion of experts, it is to be observed that the English advocates have no impor- tant support in their theory among educators in other countries.

2. The data which they present in support of the theory of superiority of half-time schools are insuffi-

39

cient to justify the conclusions which they have reached. It is not difficult to find individual instances of pupils who, while studying half the time and work- ing the other half, have outstripped others who have devoted the whole time to school attendance. But that pupils generally will learn as much in a half of the usual school day as they will in the whole of such a day is a proposition which has not yet been estab- lished by any adequate proof.

3. Whole-time attendance, that is, attendance at two half-daily school sessions, for at least two hundred days in the year, from the age of five to the age of fourteen, is necessary for the instruction of the chil- dren of the people, which is demanded by the exi- gencies of society at the present day, in every enlight- ened community.

4. It is desirable that all children, during the period of schooling above named, should be employed out of school hours, and during vacations, as far as practi- cable, in hand labor; and that this hand labor should be of such a nature as to develop and strengthen the physical system, and at the same time to call into exercise the intelligence and the acquired scholastic knowledge of the pupils. But it should be laid down as a principle in political economy, as well as in edu- cational economy, that the labor of children under fourteen years pf age should not be relied upon or counted as one of the elements of the productive power of a civilized community of the present day. And, further, that the self-denial and sacrifices necessary for securing the best education, physical, intellectual, and moral, of all children, until the period named, are

40

a sacred debt which the present generation owes to the future.

5. Were it possible to inaugurate half-time schools for the children of the common people, or for those children who are supposed to be destined to earn their livelihood by manual labor, the result would be a system of caste schools, and whatever arrangement might be submitted to in other countries, in a country where the democratic principle is so prevalent as it is in our country such a system is sure to find little toleration. While, in countries which we have been accustomed to stigmatize as despotic, the rapid ad- vance of the democratic principle is sweeping away the distinctions of caste in educational systems, any attempt to introduce such distinctions in a country where the institutions of government are founded on the principle of democratic equality must result in failure.

6. It is said in advocacy of the half-time system, that the results of the half-time rural schools, that is, the schools of the " country district," are better than the results of the whole-time city schools, and, therefore, that the results of city education would be improved by reducing the schooling by one half, and by substituting manual labor for instruction dur- ing the other half. Now, the fact is, that the results of instruction in the country half-time schools are far inferior to the results of instruction in good city whole-time schools ; that is, the pupils in the latter get far better training in the useful branches of knowledge than the pupils in the former. If the results of the processes of education, taken as a whole, including in

41

the word K education" all the influences which tend to the development and formation of character, the bring- ing out and strengthening of those qualities which contribute to efficiency and success in practical life, are better in the country than in the city, it is not be- cause of the shorter school time in the, former than in the latter, but because the circumstances of country life are more favorable than those of city life for the education of the child, in the larger sense of the word.

7. But although half-time schools cannot be ac- cepted as an adequate substitute for whole-time schools, on a general scale, they may be instituted with advantage in some cases as a temporary arrange- ment, as a makeshift, and even permanently in ex- ceptional institutions. It would be well if there were establishments, set up by private organizations, where boys and girls might be taught useful handicrafts and trades, by working a part of each day while an- other part is occupied in school, admission to such an establishment being considered a favor to be granted only to candidates who have attained a cer- tain age, and a certain adequate proficiency in the curriculum of an elementary education.

It would be well also to provide short-time schools for youth who have completed the elementary course, and who are already engaged in their apprenticeship. Such schools, called improvement schools, are quite extensively provided by law in several countries in Europe, and attendance is made obligatory up to six- teen or seventeen years of age .

42

CLASSIFICATION OF THE PRIMARY AND GRAMMAR

SCHOOLS.

[Report to the Board of Supervisors in view of the revision of the courses of study of the Primary and Grammar Schools.]

I. The first .point to be considered and determined is the period of instruction as a whole, that is, the number of years to be comprised in it, or the age at which pupils are to begin the course, and the age at which they are to terminate it. Of course it is not expected that the limitation as to period and ages is to be absolute, but some standard in regard to these matters must be fixed, to which other provisions and aims should, as far as practicable, conform.

The first point, then, to be determined is the age at which instruction in our public schools should begin.

From the time when our Primary Schools were established, in 1818, until 1862, pupils were admitted at four years of age. Since the latter date children under five years of age have been excluded. The statistics will show, probably, that the Primary pupils get into the Grammar Schools at as early an age as they did when they began their schooling at four years of age, and their attainments are no doubt much higher than they were when the course of in- struction was four years instead of three, as at present. But these results, doubtless, are due, not to the cutting off of the lower year of schooling, but to other causes, the causes which have contributed to the improvement of the schools. I have been accus- tomed to regard the cutting off of that lower year of the former school age as a wise measure. There is

43

no doubt but that it secured a gain in the interest of economy, although that was not its object. It was intended as a benefit to the children. Whether it was so must remain a matter of opinion, for it is not a question capable of being determined by demonstrative proof. I think I may take it for granted, however, that the question of restoring the old rule of admitting pupils to the Primary Schools at four years of age is now out of court.

The question in this connection, then, is, Shall the age of admission be raised, and, if so, how much ? If it should be thought best to raise the age at all, probably no one would think of carrying it above six years, and therefore it seems unnecessary to present any considerations for or against such a proposition. "Whether the age shall remain as at present, five, or be raised to six, is, as I conceive, the specific prac- tical question to be considered, so far as the lower limit of school age is concerned.

In determining the question of the proper age for children to begin their schooling, the character of their homes, and the character of the school provided for them, must both be taken into account. In fact, these appear to be the only two factors of the problem, if the schooling is to be voluntary and not compulsory. If the homes are good and the schools bad, then, of course, it is better not to hasten the children into the schools at an early age. But when the case is re- versed, and the schools are good, while the homes are unfavorable to the physical and mental well-being of the children, would it not be well to let the schooling begin at a comparatively early age? We come, then,

44

to the specific practical question whether, considering the character of the majority of the homes from which the children come, and considering the actual condition and management of the lower classes in the Primary Schools, with the reasonable prospect of adapting them still better to the care and training of young children, it would be for the good, physically, morally, and intellectually, of the children between five and six years of age to be excluded altogether from the school-rooms?

It must be conceded that the conditions in the schools, although not up to the standard of ideal per- fection, are very favorable, when it is considered that the acommodations are on the whole the best known; that the seating is quite the best known; that on ac- count of the system of seating there can be no such thing as a crowded room, in the ordinary sense of the term as used in connection with schools; that the teachers are for the most part cultivated ladies ; that the rules are explicit in enjoining upon the teachers the strictest care of the health of the children ; that the children cannot be kept still on their seats but a short time, except in violation of the provisions of the regu- lations; and that there is at this period no such thing as lesson getting and reciting, in the proper sense of those words.

It is quite probable, however, that even though the schools may be comparatively good, there are not a few homes where the children would be as well off, or better, at this early age than in the school-rooms. But is it not true, on the other hand, that the majority of the homes are not so good, for the children of this

45

age that belong to them, as are the existing schools? And if it is very probable, or, perhaps, certain, that it would be for the advantage of a large proportion of the children between five and six years old to attend the schools as now conducted, would it be a good thing to do to shut the school-house door against them? And if the schools are not adapted to the wants of such children, should they not be made to meet those wants, instead of excluding the children from them?

It is to be borne in mind that attendance at this period is not compulsory, but voluntary. Fixing the school age for compulsory attendance is one thing, and fixing the age below which voluntary attendance shall not be allowed is quite another thing. In com- pulsory systems the aim is to include in the obliga- tory school age only those children whose physical and mental development is such as to make it safe to re- quire their daily and continuous attendance at all seasons of the year. For this purpose the lower limit of legal school age is, in most countries, fixed at six years. This is the case in Prussia, Saxony Royal, and the Saxon Duchies, Baden, Wurtemberg, Bavaria, Austria, Spain, Greece, Italy, and Switzerland. In Denmark, Portugal, and Sweden, compulsory attend- ance begins with children at seven years of age, while in Norway the age is a year higher still, and in Massa- chusetts it is eight; and in the seven or eight States of the Union where compulsory laws have been enacted the Massachusetts limit of eight years appears to have been blindly copied. In England compulsory attend-

46

ance begins with children at five years of age, bnt children are admitted to the infant schools at four years of age.

But in all large cities in every country, where chil- dren are not admitted to the public schools until they are six years old, it is found necessary to provide sup- plementary institutions for the care and instruction of the younger children, especially those of the poorer classes. Even in countries where attendance is not compulsory, as in France and Belgium, such provision for young children is made on a large scale. All the institutions for this purpose have the same general character, although known by different names ; as, in England, infant schools; in France, salles cPasile; in Belgium ecoles gardiennes ; in Italy, scuole infantile; in Germany, hlein hinder schule; in Austria, hinder- bewaranstcdten. The Kindergarten has at least a foothold in most of the countries named, and the methods of Froebel are being introduced more or less into the different descriptions of schools for young children. In general, schools for children from three to six years old are established and carried on by charitable organizations, which are in some instances aided from the public treasury, and in most cases, perhaps, subjected to governmental regulation and inspection.

In view of all the facts within my knowledge, bear- ing on the question, I conclude that the present regu- lation of our schools admitting children to the Primary Schools when they have completed their fifth year of age should be allowed to stand. Experience has

47

proved the wisdom of this provision, and no objection to it has been raised.

In regard to the limitation of the other extremes of school age, it seems to me there is not much to be said. The universal, or ail-but universal, custom and opinion, in countries and states where popular educa- tion is most advanced, have made the completion of the fourteenth year the age for terminating the course of elementary instruction. England is an exception, where thirteen years is the age when obligatory at- tendance ceases. In some countries, Saxony Royal, for example, attendance is required for certain hours in the week, at improvement schools, of children who are between fourteen and sixteen or seventeen years of age. In Boston, until recently, boys were not allowed to remain in the Grammar Schools after the annual examination following the completion of their fourteenth year. Girls were allowed to remain two years longer, in consideration of the fact that there was then no High School for them.

The present Primary and Grammar School courses of study are based on the assumption that the pupils will get through at the age of fourteen. As a matter of fact the average age of the graduates is nearer fifteen than fourteen. The courses of elementary in- struction in all the leading cities of America are based on the assumption that pupils will get through at fourteen years of age.

The remarkable uniformity of school systems in dif- ferent countries, in respect to the feature which fixes the age of fourteen years as the upper limit of school-

48

ing in the elementary school, justifies the presumption that this limit is not an arbitrary one, but that it is based on the nature of things, or on social conditions of general prevalence. It is quite probable, however, that, as civilization advances, the period of schooling for the children of the masses will be extended. But it is a matter upon which mere paper regulations can have but little effect. Change in such a matter must come, if it come at all, as the result of a gradual modification of the condition and habits of the people.

No one, probably, would think of lowering the nominal age at which our pupils should be expected to complete their elementary education. We have, therefore, only to consider whether we should recom- mend that it be raised. The nominal age is now fourteen, while the actual age of graduates is near fifteen. If the nominal age is made fifteen, that is, if the course of study is arranged with reference to completion a year later, the effect would probably be to reduce the number of graduates materially, and to raise the age of the graduates to near sixteen years. Such a change does not appear to be desirable, since the High Schools are open to all graduates of the elementary schools who wish to continue their studies. I would recommend, therefore, that the present pro- visions of our system, permitting children to begin their elementary instructions in the Primary Schools at five years of age, and requiring a nine years' course of study in the Primary and Grammar grades for graduation, be continued.

II. The second point to be determined is the

49

division of this elementary school period of nine years, from five to fourteen, into classes. Or, perhaps, preliminary to this is the question as to the division of this period between the Grammar and Primary grades. The Primary and Grammar Schools are but parts of one system of elementary education, both . grades being under one and the same principal. The dividing line between them is an arbitrary one, and not at all founded on the nature of things.

If the matter were to be considered de novo, per- haps no very good reason could be given why the Primary course should be three years rather than four, or vice versa. But as all arrangements are now made with reference to a three years' course in the Primary School, and no objection to that arrange- ment is raised, I conclude that no change in that respect is advisable.

The division of the Primary School course into six parts, so that the period for studying in each class is a half year, is peculiar to Boston. This arrange- ment makes it practicable to form annually two classes of new recruits. In most places the classes correspond to the years of the course, requiring annual instead of semi-annual promotions, and mak- ing it inconvenient to form a class of beginners more than once in each year.

A notable exception to this arrangement of classes is found in the St. Louis system, where the period of study assigned to each class in the Primary, Grammar, and High School grades is one quarter, or fifty school days. My own opinion is that the

50

arrangement existing in our Primary Schools, where- by classes are promoted and new classes formed each half year, is better than either of the other arrangements named, and therefore I recommend that it be retained.

Shall the Grammar Schools retain the arrange- ment whereby the classes are made to correspond to the years of the course? If any change is made in this respect it will be necessary to make a corre- sponding change in the High Schools, which seems undesirable. I think, by judicious management on the part of the principals, pupils may be received by the Grammar Schools half-yearly from the Primary Schools, and promoted to the High Schools annu- ally, without any prejudice to the interest of the pupils, and that, considering the interests of the sys- tem as a whole, the present arrangement of classes is as good as any that can be devised. But, in order that it may produce its best results, it is necessary to insist that more than one grade or class may be taught in one room and by the same teacher, when the classification requires it.

By the present arrangement the Primary pupils are promoted from class to class and to the Gram- mar Schools semi-annually; the pupils in the lower classes of the Grammar Schools are promoted semi- annually from lower to higher sections of the same class, and, to some extent, from low^er classes to higher, while they are promoted annually from lower classes to higher classes, and from the Grammar Schools to the High Schools.

51

On the whole, therefore, it seems to me best to retain the present system of classification of the Primary and Grammar Schools.

Respectfully submitted,

JOHN D. PHILBEICK,

Superintendent of the Public Schools of Boston from December 22, 1856, to September 1, 1874; and from February 29, 1876, to February 28, 1878.

February 28, 1878.

STATISTICS

ACCOMPANYING THE REPORT OF THE

Superintendent of Schools.

JLA.ECH, 1S7S.

51

TABLES SHOWING THE NUMBER OF TEACHERS OF EACH SEX, IN THE DIFFERENT GRADES OF SCHOOLS, JANU- ARY 31, 1878.

REGULAR TEACHERS.

SCHOOL9.

Males.

Females.

Total.

1

3

4

13

* * *

13

16

16

1

17

18

1

6

7

1

4

5

2

6

8

1

3

4

1

2

3

86

455

541

410

410

2

2

8

8

16

16

46

80

126

2

2

185

998 1,183

55

SPECIAL TEACHERS.

Schools.

Males.

Females.

Total

tfnrTrYiimstf f*H f-r-irls' TTicrTi SfVinnl

1

Military Drill : High Schools

1

1

5

2

7

4

1

5

3

3

6

1

7

29

29

19

34

53

NORMAL AND HIGH SCHOOLS.

Abstract of Semi-Animal Returns, January 31, 1878.

Schools.

Average whole Number.

Average Attendance.

O 4>

8 "9

it

d Masters.

00

•~

V oo es

'rincipals.

s -

"sO

00

00

<j

X

X

X

X

-1

rth Assist's.|

m

00

*<s

on

H

U g

u

a

no ■—

-r

o

1

o

~ X

> X

00

-=

/.

L.

w

3

H

pq

3

Eh

«

&<

1

X

ta

X

.—

h

92

92

90

90

2

97.8

1

1

1

427

427

410

410

17

96.1

1

3

6

3

English High . . .

479

479

464

464

15

96.7

1

5

10

Girls' High ....

600

600

566

566

34

94.1

1

i

1

2

3

10

RoxburyHigh . . .

83

91

174

81

86

167

7

96.1

1

1

2

3

Dorchester High . .

50

61

111

48

56

104

7

94.9

1

1

3

Charlestown High .

70

108

178

68

102

170

8

95.6

1

1

1

1

1

3

West Roxbury High

24

62

86

23

60

83

3

96.6

1

1

2

Brighton High . . .

34

29

63

34

27

61

2

96.2

1

1

1

1,167

1,043

2,210

1,128

987

2,115

95

95.7

6

11

4

i

5

4

8

22

56

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

Abstract of Semi-Annual Returns, January 31, 1878.

Schools.

Average whole Number.

Average Attendance.

Average Absence.

Per cent, of Attendance.

Masters.

OB "

<5Q

Ushers.

1st Assistants. 2d Ist Ass'ts. | 2d Assistants.

3d Assistants.

Sew'g Teachers.,

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

355

149

504

338

142

480

24

94.4

1

1

1

1

7

1

147

182

329

127

159

286

43

90.7

1

1

1

5

1

Andrew ....

345

150

495

326

137

463

32

93.5

1

1

1

1

7

1

Bennett . «

151

129

280

138

115

253

27

90.3

]

2

3

1

Bigelow . .

739

739

711

711

28

96.2

1

1

1

1

11

1

343

343

320

320

23

93.2

1

1

1

6

1

426

426

391

391

35

91.8

1

1

1

1

6

1

Brimmer ....

671

65

736

632

61

693

43

94.1

1

l

1

1

2

1

10

.bunker Mill . .

288

282

570

279

269

548

22

96.2

1

1

1

1

2

6

1

Central ....

311

311

293

293

18

94.2

1

1

1

4

Chapman . . .

272

266

538

262

255

517

21

96.1

1

1

1

1

8

1

Charles Sumner

109

102

211

102

94

196

15

92.4

1

1

3

Comins ....

332

395

727

319

375

694

33

yo . o

i

1

q o

a

;

i

Dearborn . . .

461

407

868

424

376

800

68

92.2

1

1

1

1

3

11

i

Dudley (Boys) .

419

419

397

397

22

94.6

1

1

1

1

5

Dudley ( Girls ) .

310

310

291

291

19

93.9

1

1

I

4

i

Dwight ....

543

543

522

522

21

96.0

1

1

1

1

1

6

780

780

736

7o6

44

94 2

1

1

2

1

1

11

Emerson ....

366

296

652

345

281

626

36

95.0

1

1

1

1

2

8

i

691

691

654

654

37

94.5

1

1

1

3

9

i

Everett, Dor. . .

188

190

378

180

182

362

16

95.7

1

1

1

4

i

726

726

686

6S6

40

94.5

1

]

1

3

9

i

Frothingham . .

258

267

525

246

24S

494

31

94.0

1

1

1

2

7

i

420

420

391

391

29

93.0

1

1

1

1

6

i

Gibson ....

126

116

242

116

106

222

20

91.5

1

2

2

i

531

531

507

507

24

95.6

1

1

3

7

i

97

130

227

91

121

212

15

93.3

1

1

3

i

Harvard ....

264

262

526

251

246

497

29

94.5

1

1

1

1

1

i

57

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS. Continued.

Schools.

Average whole Number.

Average Attendance.

Average 1 Absence.

nt. of lance.

05

T.

s~

V

X

|

"oo

to "in

X

<J

dstants.

05

c rt /.

Teacli'rs. |

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

~

Sub-M

OEi U

l

X

<J

05

2d 1st

3d Ass

| Scw'g

Hillside ....

270

270

247

247

23

91.2

1

2

3

1

Lawrence . . .

883

883

852

852

31

96.4

1

1

2

1

1

13

Lewis

280

308

588

264

292

556

32

95.1

1

1

1

1

8

1

Lincoln ....

600

600

577

577

23

96.1

1

1

1

1

1

8

Lowell

261

204

465

248

192

440

25

94.5

1

1

1

1

6

1

Lyman

401

171

572

382

163

545

27

95.0

1

1

2

2

6

1

Mather

153

162

315

139

147

286

29

91.0

1

1

1

5

1

Minot

113

117

230

105

104

209

21

90.9

1

1

4

1

Mt. Vernon . . .

67

79

146

65

74

139

95.0

1

1

2

1

Norcross ....

655

655

. . .

631

631

24

96.2

1

1

1

3

1

Phillips ....

721

721

669

669

52

92.8

1

1

1

1

1

10

Prescott ....

215

225

440

207

214

421

19

95.8

1

1

]

6

2

Quincy

625

625

593

593

32

94.9

1

1

1

1

1

Rice

597

597

566

566

31

94.6

1

1

1

1

8

Sherwin ....

413

439

852

393

415

808

44

94.7

1

1

1

4

11

1

Shurtlcff ....

671

671

625

625

46

93.0

1

1

1

3

9

1

Stoughton . . .

124

98

222

118

92

210

12

94.3

1

1

4

1

Tileston ....

35

32

67

34

30

64

3

95.2

1

1

1

Warren ....

303

282

585

292

269

561

24

96.0

1

1

1

1

2

7

1

Wells

441

441

411

411

30

93.0

1

1

1

1

6

1

Winthrop . . .

8S9

889

821

821

68

92.3

1

2

4

12

2

Totals . . .

13,013

11,878

24,891

12,339

11,134

23,473

1,418

94.3

41

27

17

45

11

76

324

40

*

* Deducting repetitions, 28.

58

•J3A0

puB sjboX uooyiji

00©h-»Oe*»-©rH>r9(MCO©i-HiN-*©a>tO»1'©><?*l' •0(M'^"r-lcOF-IOOCO-»t-^<C5(NiMCOM'^<KC-«00000

•sjboa" uoa).moj[

0"*tCOCOi— lOCOt— l~a)©-*OC-)r-iO}|— 'NCOf-ftt

'tMBaA* uoojjiqj,

CO©0©0-tlOC->-r©-f~i<N<0 1~t~r:~rOO-*<OU5 l-iO»0<©r|H'*'«0000<C>tOeOOeOlf50?OOMO>C|l«Or-c

•SJBaA" aApAY.L

•8JB3A* U8A3jg

•94«a.{ uoj,

-*0»~©»0>0|-~©<000>©rH<OT»<if5 00k— MOlOiO

•8JB0A" OUlJsl

<oaOCT>oOi-i»ooo©M<Noo'*«©h-ifto>T*ic>e«5 0'. (NO eoooeo<N©-<*eo©'0<No<Ni-(oeoeN-3>oo«ooeoio

•b.iboa" iqSig

coioooaiooCT,iocoiOi-H<Moa50ooiio>o-f<ao-^e»

rHC^CO O r-i i-( rH >-( (M , rH d rH CO r-l

•SJBOA*

iqSto japan

uaqmnu o-oqAl

<<N<M00-*C'0e0t-a0<N©rHrH-*<N©iOl--1<O><O©

oe<5oc^t-c?Ti<t~.ioeo»0(Nt-'C>OTiie«3>ni-«o«ocot-

•88BJQ q^XlS

o>ao®ioooooeoi-eooso5(Nt-t~t-rH(Neoc<»t-oo

•8SB[0 qyitf

O l~ lO O 00 05 1^ «3 00 o >o I— O OO t— I >c o -f I- o rH lHr-1 rH <N I-t rH' 1H >-l IH

•ssBio qiano^

i--*tti-iT*i©<oto©eO'tf<0'#>-'<o»f5r~©<owco«raw

OOOl^OOi-lOOt^-TOlOOO'-lT^OiOOCO'M'^l-'r r-l rH rl H IH rH |H rH rH rH rl rH

•8SBIQ paiqx

©(M<MC0-*C<5IM'«<»rHif5O5t-©T)<C>CO©'l,e0rH»-l rH-*OiO©T}»t-.rH©-»jti-HrH©©>rtTllCitrt©©-<i<© rH rH »"l rl . H H r-irHrHH

•ssBjo puooog

rH-^t-IMt-OJOOCOflNeOO^rHCOOSOOJCO^N "OCIOOrHvOrH-^iOOIM-^t'rHiOl— oiMOiiOl^OOO

•SSBtO ISJljI

C»Tjl0i©>C£><Nt~©iOt-iOCS<M*-0><O©©C0©<NC0 HjtrHrHrH'«*rH,<l<Oe<5C^eO COCOeOrHOTCOOCNCO

Schools.

59

60

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Abstract of Semi- Annual Returns, January 31, 1878.

Average -whole

Average

- y

E

K

d

X

Xumber.

Attendance.

tr -

u 9

c J

y 2

11

00

fc .

° 2

J

X

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

O I < <

u 3 §3

is 00

-

y

K 3

u

9 >

c

o -

7

237

100

337

220

90

310

27

91.9

214

149

363

5

197

104

231

113

CO

202

29

87.4

158

88

246

7

192

195

387

17S

177

355

32

91.7

271

142

413

4

99

99

198

S6

84

170

28

85.8

134

89

223

12

330

262

592

311

241

552

40

93.3

401

210

611

11

254

265

519

234

248

4S2

37

92.9

359

188

547

12

234

292

576

259

260

519

57

90.1

421

219

640

11

285

255

540

263

232

495

45

91.7

369

222

591

11

247

279

526

230

252

4S2

44

91.6

335

236

571

4

92

7S

170

85

70

155

15

91.1

99

71

170

10

313

228

541

290

207

497

44

91.8

351

211

562

5

109

108

217

102

99

201

16

92.6

140

78

218

17 ,

457

415

902

417

409

826

76

91.5

490

386

876

17

474

419

893

431

367

798

95

89.4

489

398

887

8

214

204

418

200

186

386

32

92 3

223

211

4:}4

6

128

14S

276

117

132

249

27

90.2

220

95

315

14

440

1S9

629

406

171

577

52

91.7

367

265

632

9

267

205

472

245

185

430

42

91.1

267

191

458

11

341

294

635

316

269

585

50

92.1

364

322

6S6_

6-

161

139

3C0

143

126

269

31

89.6

173

118

291

13

316

332

648

298

303

601

47

92.8

373

281

654

9

23S

242

_ i

4 so

219

217

436

44

90.8

320

189

509

9

214

227

441

204

208

412

29

93.4

258

193

451

4

89

95

184

80

82

162

22

88.0

115

81

196

16

364

399

763

359

361

720

43

94.4

447

317

764

3

«

72

133

54

60

114

19

85.7

83

47

130

13

313

339

652

289

298

587

65

90.0

426

269

695

Dl>TRICT>.

Adams . . . Allstou . . Andrew . . Bennett . . Bigelow . . Bowditch . Bowdoin . . Brimmer . . Bunker Hill Central . . Chapman . Charles Sumner Corains . . Dearborn . Dudley {Boys) Dwight . . .

Eliot

Emerson . . . Everett . . . Everett, Dor. . Franklin . . . Frothingham . Gaston .... Gibson .... Hancock . . . Harris .... Harvard . . .

61

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Continued.

Districts.

i s

Average whole Number.

Average Attendance.

II

z Z -

OO

o

4 g

= |

Boys.

Girls.

j Total.

!

Boys. Girls.

Total.

- -

- X

1 > ~

1 ^

z~

u

1

^-

P" -

Hillside ....

4

84

„_

161

77

67

144

17

89.4

112

69

181

Lawrence . . .

21

815

270

1 ,085

731

250

1,031

54

95.0

, 7<r2

Z~h

1,077

11

292

251

543

264

222

4*6

57 S9.5

379

is-;

565

Lincoln ....

7

299

68

367

275

57

332

35 90.5

237

14!

380

10

285

235

520

266

209

475

45 91.3

311

22-

539

8

2-54

129

383

239

121

360

93.9

218

Itf

404

Mather ....

4

120

112

232

107

94

201 31 86.6

116

116

232

4

74

71

145

66

61

127

13

87.5

100

46

146

Mount Vernon .

3

48

47

95

45

43

7 92.6

59

41

100

Norcross ....

i

...

344

344

331

331

13

96.2

207

146

353

Phillips ....

6

155

86

241

136

74

210

31 87.1

122

138

260

Prescott ....

6

147

155

302

138

13S

276

26

91.3

163

147

310

7

209

146

355

194

136

330

25 92.9

240

111

351

7

195

153

34S

179

138

317

31 91.1

205

160

365

Sherwin ....

15

376

755

35S

351

709

46

93.9

433

345

1 1 o

Shurtleff ....

7

176

181

357

162

166

323

29

91.9

201

156

357

Stoughton . . .

2

56

63

119

53

59

112

7I

94.0

99

27

126

Tileston ....

1

16

2 j

36

15

19

34

2 94.0

29

9

38

Warren ....

8

233

106

439

213

187

400

39

91.1

269

204

473

Wells

12

2S3

303

586

264

273

537

49

91.7

366

227

593

Winthrop . . .

6

135 '

1S7

323

125

169

294

29

91.5

224

117

341

Totals ....

410

10,902

9,494

20,396

10,106

8,58S

1S.694

1,702

91.6

12,659

8,443

21.102

62

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Table shovnng the number of Pupils in each Class, the number of the different ages, and the whole number in each District, January 31, 1878.

Districts.

First Class.

Second Class.

Third Class.

Fourth Class.

Fifth Class.

Sixth Class.

Whole No. Jan. 31, 1878.

Five years.

Six years.

Seven years.

Eight years.

Nine years and over.

Adams . . .

50

54

48

52

55

104

363

57

76

81

81

68

Allston . . .

55

32

38

22

24

75

246

42

54

62

57

31

Andrew . . .

76

38

58

61

59

121

413

65

102

104

74

68

Bennett . . .

27

30

30

33

31

72

223

40

46

48

57

32

Bigelow . . .

103

105

66

107

80

150

611

78

162

161

131

79

Bowditeh . .

105

83

99

49

96

115

547

97

138

124

104

84

Bowdoin . .

oo

QO \3A

118 110

mi

1U1

89

10 1

111

ioy

100

IZo

CO

Brimmer . .

59

93

84

67

64

224

591

83

116

170

121

101

Bunker Hill .

90

82

83

94

61

161

571

93

119

123

109

127

Central . . .

30

25

23

31

24

37

170

31

24

44

38

33

Chapman . .

75

86

106

80

72

143

562

95

117

139

126

85

Chas. Sumner

43

32

29

34

23

57

218

35

62

43

32

46

Comins . . .

119

114

137

138

137

231

876

95

213

182

195

191

Dearborn . .

123

129

139

117

167

212

887

94

178

217

185

213

Dudley (Boys)

77

77

35

64

86

95

434

59

67

97

106

105

Dwight . . .

44

48

50

52

44

77

315

45

87

88

56

39

Eliot ....

89

105

103

100

111

124

632

87

161

136

117

131

Emerson . .

60

67

76

65

54

136

458

62

97

108

101

90

Everett . . .

91

95

124

123

124

129

686

77

134

153

141

181

Everett, Dor.

37

28

43

59

48

76

291

33

72

68

60

58

Franklin . .

116

103

111

97

86

141

654

91

122

160

130

151

Frothingham

71

70

88

60

39

181

509

75

86

103

128

117

Gaston . . .

44

91

51

103

48

114

451

77

78

103

94

99

Gibson . . .

42

17

22

35

35

45

196

23

35

57

37

44

Hancock . .

92

123

93

150

138

168

764

117

145

185

137

180

Harris ....

26

15

20

17

17

35

130

13

35

35

29

18

Harvard . .

123

84

72

147

123

146

695

107

135

184

148

121

Hillside . . .

27

17

28

38

26

45

181

38

32

42

31

38

63

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Continued.

JUIniUILlo.

00

C3 O

oc oc C3

Q

c o

rd Class.

irth Class.

h Class.

th Class.

ole No. . 31, 1878.

>*

years.

en years.

ht years.

e years over.

Fin

Sec

Thi

o ft

Fift

Sixi

Fiv

Six

Sev

so ft

Lawrence . .

167

156

154

171

174

255

1,077

164

228

275

-

209

201

Lewis ....

82

89

106

79

70

139

565

63

132

138

139

93

Lincoln . . .

50

69

25

62

60

114

380

71

78

88

71

72

Lowell . . .

86

72

83

84

56

158

539

91

107

113

120

108

Lyman . . .

77

64

53

57

50

103

404

47

73

98

88

98

Mather . . .

22

39

29

33

55

54

232

26

44

46

64

52

Minot ....

26

27

21

26

23

23

146

21

44

35

22

24

Mt. Vernon .

23

20

17

14

5

21

100

15

23

21

30

11

Norcross. . .

48

54

49

52

50

100

353

46

94

75

84

54

Phillips . . .

59

44

43

26

50

38

260

30

45

47

31

107

Prescott . .

61

47

35

50

59

58

310

35

57

71

75

72

Quincy . . .

41

54

50

53

53

100

351

57

98

85

69

42

Rice ....

48

50

58

112

37

60

365

29

74

10. >

76

84

Sherwin . . .

99

76

88

127

175

213

778

■82

174

177

167

178

Shurtleff . .

52

86

59

24

86

50

357

42

81

78

90

66

Stoughton . .

22

17

21

20

12

34

126

27

44

28

14

13

Tileston . . .

12

10

10

6

38

8

13

8

6

3

Warren . . .

92

64

57

50

48

162

473

72

102

95

92

112

Wells. . . .

92

69

72

88

111

161

593

100

129

137

100

127

Winthrop . .

57

50

60

56

59

59

341

44

79

101

62

55

Totals . .

3,193

3,082

3,054

3,290

3,204

5,279

21,102

2,990

4,551

4,990

4,357

4,184

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 5.

REPORT

OF THE

COMMITTEE ON MUSIC.

1S77.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL , CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET.

1 8 7 8.

In School Committee, March 12, 1878. Accepted, and, on motion of Mr. Perkins, ordered to be printed.

Attest :

GEORGE A. SMITH,

Secretary

EEPOET OF THE COMMITTEE ON MUSIC.

The report of the Committee on Music, which formed part of the last Annual Report, concludes with the expression of a hope that a Musical Festival will be held at the Tabernacle in the spring of 1877, and ventures to predict that it will be a great success, in such case, first, because it will be possible to bring together a chorus of two thousand voices, and an audience of over four thousand; secondly, because the acoustic properties of the building are exceptionally good ; and, thirdly, because the pupils of the public schools have made great progress in singing during the three years which have elapsed since the last Festival. This anticipated success was fully realized when, in pursuance of the recommenda- tion of the Committee on Music, the Festival took place at the Tabernacle, on Saturday, June 2. The remarkable smoothness and evenness of tone, the careful observance of light and shade, the prompt and simultaneous attack which then gave such fine effect to the singing of the young choristers under the leadership of Mr. Julius Eichberg, were due not only to the generally efficient method of instruction pursued in our public schools, but also to the careful training of the singers by the special instructors in music since the month of March. At the request of the Music Committee the music of the programme then

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 5.

began to be made a part of the regular lessons in the High and Grammar Schools, and thus the pupils selected to sing at the Festival were thoroughly well drilled without encroachment upon the hours assigned to other studies. Shortly before the first general rehearsal at the Tabernacle, the special instructors held mass rehearsals at some convenient place in their several districts, and the result was, that when the separate contingents of this musical army were brought together it proved to be a unit, inspired with one feeling and one spirit.

The chorus, which was double the size of that at any previous Festival, numbered two thousand one hundred singers, divided equally into first and second sopranos and altos, who collectively represented all the High and Grammar Schools of the city.

The first rehearsal, on Tuesday, May 28, was at- tended only by those directly engaged in the per- formance; the second, on Friday, June 1, by the masters and teachers of the public schools and the parents and teachers of the children, and the final performance, on Saturday, June 2, by the State and city authorities, invited guests, and persons inter- ested in the cause of musical culture.

The general appearance of the building was excel- lent, thanks to the tasteful arrangement of plants, green branches, flowers, and flags, by the well-known florist, Mr. William Doogue. The vast choir at the back of the building formed an immense semicircle, sloping towards the orchestra, in front of which stood the conductor's desk. The organ, which formed the apex of the singing multitude, was built

REPORT OX MUSIC.

by Mr. George H. Ryder, set up expressly for the Festival, and played by Mr. J. B. Sharland, one of the special instructors of music. All the arrange- ments were under the control of the Chief Marshal, Mr. Larkin Dunton, Master of the Xormal School, to whom the master of each participating school reported after he had conducted his portion of the choir to its assigned place.

The seating of the audience was confided to Col. Twombly and thirty officers of the Boston School Regiment, who acquitted themselves of this duty most efficiently and courteously.

Owing to the vast size of the Tabernacle, the musical effect was not as great as that produced in the Music Hall at former festivals by half the num- ber of singers. The spectacle also was less impos- ing than that furnished at the Music Hall, where the singers were brought more closely together, and seated as in an amphitheatre, in rows rising one above the other, at a much sharper angle than at the Tabernacle. Nevertheless, the sight was one not easily to be forgotten, and the body of tone, though less powerful and less magnetic, was singularly clear, compact, and pure.

Abundant and well-deserved praise was given both to the children for their singing, and to their instruc- tors, who had labored most assiduously to bring it up to the highest standard of attainment.

Among the choruses sung, many of which had been arranged by the Director of Music, Mr. Julius Eichberg, were several old favorites, which were received with even more than usual applause,

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 5.

such as the solo and chorus from Mendelssohn's Athalie, Mr. Eichberg's stirring national hymn, w To thee, O Country," and the Hundredth Psalm, which fitly closed the exercises. Of the new numbers, the most effective was a four-part chorus by Schubert, which was exceptionally well sung by the pupils of the High Schools.

The following programme was performed :

ORDER OF EXERCISES AT THE EIGHTH MUSICAL EXHIBITION OF THE HIGH AND GRAMMAR SCHOOLS, OF THE CITY OF BOSTON, UNDER THE DIRECTION OF THE STANDING COM- MITTEE ON MUSIC, AT THE TABERNACLE, SATURDAY AF- TERNOON, JUNE 2, 1877, COMMENCING AT 4 P.M. PRECISELY.

Julius Eichberg (Director of Musical Instruction) . . . Conductor.

J. B. Sharland (Special Instructor) Organist.

Larkin Dunton (Master of the Normal School) . . . Chief Marshal.

PR 0 GRAMME.

PART FIRST.

1. Voluntary on the Organ.

2. Solo and Chorus, from " Athalie," . .

"Heaven and earth display," etc. The Solo will be sung by Pupils of the High Schools.

3. Overture to Ruy Blas

By the Orchestra.

4. Choral in Unison

" Now night comes softly stealing." Sung by the full Chorus of more than two thousand voices

Mendelssohn

Mendelssohn

Bach

REPORT ON MUSIC.

7

5. Chorus Meyerbeer

" Thy flowery banks, O lovely river, Thy sparkling stream and golden strand."

6. Hallelujah, from the Christmas Song " Chant de Noel," . Saint Saens

" Raise now your song on high, and adore the Lord our God," etc.

INTERMISSION.

PART SECOND.

7. Overture, "Jubel," Weber

Orchestra.

8. Four-Part Chorus, " Night," Schubert

"So fair art thou, Silence divine, enfolding us now," etc.

Sung by the Pupils of the High Schools.

9. To Thee, O Country (by request) . . . Julius Eichberg

" To thee, 0 Country, great and free, With trusting hearts we cling," etc.

Words by Miss Anna P. Eichberg.

10. Evening Song Mozart

" Mid the evening's quiet splendor, Lord, to thee my thanks I render," etc.

11. Chorus, from " Massaniello," Auber

11 Come, come with me, and I will give thee All that can thy hopes entwine."

Arranged by J. Eichberg.

12. The One Hundredth Psalm.

1. 11 Prom all that dwell below the skies, Let the Creator's praise arise ; Let the Redeemer's name be sung, In ev'ry land, by ev'ry tongue.

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 5.

2. " Eternal are thy mercies, Lord; Eternal truth attends thy word ; Thy praise shall sound from shore to shore, Till suns shall rise and set no more."

The audience is requested to rise and join in singing the second verse.

The organ, built by George H. Ryder & Co., was placed in the Tabernacle expressly for the Festival.

Since the commencement of the present school term, in September last, nothing especially worthy of record has occurred in connection with musical in- struction. A course of lessons in High-School in- struction has been given at the Normal School to its pupils, and to teachers in the High Schools. The Music Committee has carefully considered the best course to be pursued in regard to the granting of certificates to well-qualified teachers, and of giving those who are not so an opportunity to obtain them, after passing their examinations. The power to oblige all teachers who have not passed examinations to attend lessons at the Normal School, was given to the Music Committee by the School Board in May last ; but the committee did not deem it expedient to exercise this power too hastily, for the reason that, owing to the long course of instruction which has been given to the teachers in past years, and to the practice which they have had, many of them are perfectly competent to give the musical instruction

REPORT ON MUSIC.

9

required in their grade of schools, and are thus fairly entitled to certificates without any further employment of their already heavily taxed time. When it has been ascertained who these qualified teachers are, attendance on lessons and the pass- ing of examinations will be required of those only who are at present unfit for their duties. This plan has already been followed out so far as the Pri- mary-School teachers are concerned, and the Music Committee now propose to issue certificates to those of their number whom they have ascertained to be worthy to receive them. The same course will be pursued in regard to the Grammar and High School teachers.

In behalf of the Committee,

CHARLES C. PERKINS,

Chairman.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 6.

REPORT

OF

AMENDMENTS TO SECTIONS 138, 139, 140.

(DUTIES OF SUPERVISORS.)

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS

No. 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 7 8.

In School Committee, March 26, 1878. On motion of Mr. Learnard, laid on the table and ordered to be printed.

Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

i

REPORT.

In School Committee,

March 26, 1878. The Committee on Rules and Regulations, to whom was referred, Feb. 26, an order for the amendment of Sections 138, 139 and 140, respectfully report the following order :

Ordered, That Sections 138, 139, and 140 of the Rules and Regulations be changed to the following :

Section 138. The Supervisors, one or more, as they shall determine, shall visit all the schools and shall, once a year, examine in detail each teacher's method of conducting a school, and of teaching classes in various branches of study ; and shall, before May 10, record the results of the examinations in suitable books kept in the Supervisors' office, and open only to the inspection of the Board and of the Superintendent.

Sect. 139. In addition to the examinations in detail, it shall be the duty of the Supervisors to inspect all the schools, in order to ascertain,

1st. The sanitary conditions of the schools, houses, and premises, including the working of the heating and ventilating apparatus.

2d. The mode of government, including motives to study. 3d. The principles and methods of classifying and pro- moting pupils.

4th. The merits, defects, and needs of the various schools and classes, and, in general, the physical, mental, and moral condition of the scholars.

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 6.

And the Supervisors shall, before December 10, of each year, and may at other times, report thereon in writing, with such remarks and suggestions as they may deem expe- dient, to the several Division Committees and to the Com- mittee on High Schools and the Committee ou the Normal School. These reports shall be open only to members of the School Board and to the Superintendent.

Sect. 140. The Board of Supervisors shall make a report in writing on their work as a Board, and as Supervisors, to the School Committee at their last meeting in June of each year.

For the Committee,

WM. H. FINNEY,

Chairman.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 7.

REPORT

Committee an pities anir lUplatimts

CONSOLIDATION OF COMMITTEES ON SPECIAL SUBJECTS.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET.

1878.

In School Committee, March 26, 1878. On motion of Mr. Morse, laid on the table and ordered to be printed.

Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

REPORT.

March 26, 1878. In compliance with the order referred to it on March 12, the Committee on Eules and Regulations have "considered the expediency of amending the rules to provide for a con- solidation of the Committees on Special Subjects," and rec- ommend, —

1st. That the Committees on Drawing and Music be united in one Committee, to be called the Committee on Drawing and Music.

2d. That the military training be given in charge to the Committee on High Schools.

3d. That the instruction in sewing be under the charge of the several Division Committees.

4th. That these changes be made at the close of the present school year.

To carry these recommendations into effect, sundry changes in the Rules and Regulations are needed, and to that end the following orders are offered :

Ordered, 1st, that Section 2 be amended by adding in line

8, after "Drawing" and " Music," and by striking from line

9, the words "on music, five." Also, by striking from line 12, the words, "on sewing, five," and from line 15, "on military drill, three."

2d, that Sections 47 and 49 be combined to read as follows :

Section 47. The Committee on Drawing and Music shall have the general supervision of these branches of instruction in all the schools. At the second meeting in

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 7.

June, or when vacancies occur, they shall nominate to the Board, for election, the directors and special teachers for these departments. They shall examine the pupils in the same, as far as practicable, and shall report to the Board, in writing, in September.

That Section 204 be amended by substituting committee for "committees" in the third line; and that Section 276, last line, be amended in the same manner.

Ordered, 3d, that Section 48 be stricken out, and that Sec tion 255 be amended by substituting the following:

" Instruction in military drill shall be given to all boys of good physical condition, who are thirteen years old, or more. The time occupied in drill shall not exceed two hours in each week, and shall be under the charge of a special drill- officer."

Ordered, 4th, that Section 50 be stricken out, and that Section 235 be amended by striking out "joint" from line 5, and "Committee on Sewing and the," from line (>.

That "Division Committee" be substituted for "Com- mittee on Sewing" in line 8 (same section) ; and that Section 214 be amended by striking from lines 8 and 9 the words, " under the direction of the Committee on Sewing."

Ordered, 5th, that the Committee on Rules and Regula- tions be authorized to make any other verbal changes in the Rules and Regulations that conformity to the above changes may require.

For the Committee on Rules and Regulations,

ABBY W. MAY,

Secretary.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 8.

ADDITIONAL AMENDMENTS

REGULATION S

RELATING TO THE

DUTIES OF SUPERVISORS.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street. 1878.

In School Committee, April 9, 1878.

Voted, That the Committee on Rules and Regulations have leave to report in print on the order referred to them to consider the expediency of amending the regulations relating to the duties of Supervisors ; and that they have leave to report, in print, such verbal or other amendments as in their judgment are necessary before the revised edition is printed.

Attest: GEO. A. SMITH, Secretary.

REPORT.

In School Committee, May 14, 1878.

The Committee on Kules and Kegulations, who were in- structed to consider the expediency of further amending the rules and regulations relating to the duties of the Super- visors, have given careful consideration to the subject, and submit the following order :

Ordered, That the rules and regulations be amended as follows :

Section 48. (47 as printed.) Strike out the following words, " examine the pupils as far as practicable in this branch."

Sect. 50. (49 as printed.) Strike out M they shall exam- ine the pupils as far as practicable, in drawing and."

Sect. 58 (57 as printed). Strike out "semi-," at the end of the fourth line.

Sect. 83. Substitute the following:

If a vacancy exist in the principalship of the Normal or of any High School, the committee in charge shall be joined to the Committee on Nominations ; and this joint committee, after consulting with the Board of Supervisors, shall nom- nate one or more candidates to the Board for election. The successful candidate shall thereupon receive a certificate entitling him to draw his salary.

If a vacancy exist in the principalship of any district, the Division Committee in charge of such district shall be joined to the Committee on Nominations, and this joint committee shall select two or more candidates from those persons who

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 8.

bold the certificate of qualification of the Board of Super- visors, and nominate them to the Board for election.

Sect. 87. Substitute the following:

If a vacancy exist in a subordinate position in any school, and it is desirable, in the opinion of the committee in charge, to procure the services of some instructor who has not been examined as required, application shall be made to the Com- mittee on Nominations, who, if they approve the purpose, may invite a member of the Board, and direct a supervisor or the principal to examine and inquire into the qualifications of the proposed candidate, and if he is employed in teach- ing, to visit his school, at the expense of the city. Upon a favorable report, in writing, approved by the Committee on ^Nominations, the Board of Supervisors shall specially ex- amine the candidate, who, if qualified, shall receive the usual certificate.

Sect. 141. Substitute the following:

The Board of Supervisors, under the direction of the Committee on Examinations, shall superintend the annual examinations of the graduating classes of the High and Grammar Schools. In schools of like grade, written ex- aminations shall be conducted at the same time in each study, and with the same questions, as adopted by the Board of Supervisors, and approved by the Committee on Examina- tions. The results of the annual examinations, with the in- structors' record of the scholarship and deportment of the pupils, shall be exhibited in a suitable blank, and submitted, with such explanations and recommendations as the principals may desire to make, to the Committee on Examinations, who shall award the medals and diplomas ; and no further ex- amination shall be required of graduates of the Grammar Schools for admission to any of the High Schools. Those members of the graduating class who have failed to receive diplomas shall, if they have been earnest in study and cor- rect in deportment, receive a certificate of honorable mention.

DUTIES OF SUPERVISORS..

5

Sect. 143." Omit all after the word "teaching" in last line but one, page 31.

Sect. 149. Substitute the following :

K Xo certificate, the holder of which has been out of the service of the city for a term of two years, shall be valid, unless renewed by the Board of Supervisors after careful investigation."

Respectfully submitted,

For the committee,

WM. H. FIXXEY,

Chairman.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

NOMINATIONS FOE REELECTION.

REPORT

Committee on Nominations.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS. No. 39 Arch Street. 1 8 7 8.

Ix School Committee, May 28, 1878/ Ordered ^ That the Committee on Xoininations be author- ized to report in print the nominations for reelection for the next school-year.

Attest: GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

NOMINATIONS FOR REELECTION,

Boston, June 11, 1878.

The Committee on Nominations have considered the sev- eral recommendations for the nomination of subordinate in- structors for reelection, submitted to them by the Committees in charge of the Normal and High Schools and the several divisions, and nominate the candidates named below as in- structors for the ensuing school year.

For the Committee on Nominations,

WILLIAM T. ADAMS,

Chairman.

HIGH SCHOOLS.

LATIN SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 437

Average whole number belonging during the year 417

Entitled to 12 teachers.

NAME.

RAH K.

NAME.

RANK.

Joseph W. Chadwick.. Arthur I. Fiske

Frank W. Freeborn... John K. Richardson...

Master.

Ci

Junior Mast'r.

(( (C

( ( it

William Gallagher .... Edward P. Jackson .... William T. Strong .... Egbert M. Chesley....

Phillipe de Senancour |

Junior Mast'r.

( ( H (( «( (C (i

Spc'l teacher French.

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

ENGLISH HIGH SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 489

Average whole number belonging during the year 470

Entitled to 14 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Luther W. Anderson . . L. Hall Grandgent

Charles J. Lincoln .... Lucius H. Buckingham

Master. < c

<( <(

Junior Mast'r. it <<

(< < (

«< «(

Alfred P. Gage

H. Winslow Warren.. Eugene Raymond . .

Junior Mast'r (i (<

(i u

(< (<

ii it

Spc'l teacher French.

GIRLS' HIGH SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 637

Average whole number belonging during the year 595

Entitled to 17 teachers.

Harriet E. Caryl

Margaret A. Badger. . .

Emma A. Temple

Katherine Knapp

Adeline L. Sylvester . .

Emerette O. Patch

S. Anne Shorey

Augusta C. Kimball... Lucy R. Woods

RANK.

Ass't Prin. First Ass't. Second "

Third "

Fourth

Ellen M. Folsom

Mary S. Gage

Mary E. Lathrop

Lizzie L. Smith

Charlotte M. Gardner . .

Laura B. White |

Margaret C. Brawley . . Emily M Deland . . . | E. C. F. Krauss j

RANK.

Fourth Ass't.

Spc'l teacher Chemistry.

Labor'y Asst.

Spc'l teacher Physical Cul. Spc'l teacher German.

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

5

GIRLS' LATIN SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 32

Average whole number belonging during the year 29

Entitled to 1 teacher.

Jennie R. Sheldon

NAME.

RANK.

Assistant.

ROXBURY HIGH SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 216

Average whole number belonging during the year 190

Entitled to 7 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

First Ass't. Third "

U II

Fourth "

Fourth Ass't.

««

Spc'l teacher German.

DORCHESTER HIGH SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year Ill

Average whole number belonging during the year 101

Entitled to 4 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Mary W. Hall

Rebecca V. Humphrey.

First Ass't. Fourth "

JohnF. Stein

Fourth Ass't.

Spc'l teacher German.

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

CHARLESTONS" HIGH SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 183

Average whole number belonging during the year * 175

Entitled to 6 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Katherine Whitney

Emma G. Shaw

Adelaide E. Somes

First Ass't. Second M Fourth "

(< . c

Fourth Ass't. <( <(

Spc'l teacher French.

Eugene Raymond . . \

WEST ROXBURY HIGH SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 91

Average whole number belonging during the year 85

Entitled to 3 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Third Ass't. Fourth "

John F. Stein {

Spc'l teacher German.

Louise M. Thurston . . .

BRIGHTON HIGH SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging during the year 65

Average whole number belonging during the year 63

Entitled to 2 teachers.

Annie J. George.

Third Assistant.

REPORT OX NOMINATIONS.

7

NORMAL SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging 99

Average whole number belonging 90

Entitled to 3 teachers.

L. Theresa Moses First Assistant.

Annie E. Chace Assistant.

W. Bertha Hintz Special Teacher.

RICE TRAINING SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 691

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 618

Entitled to 12 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 408

Entitled to 7 teachers.

RAKK.

Edward Southworth. Charles F. Kimball.. Martha E. Pritchard

Sub-Master. Usher. First Asst.

Florence Marshall Second

E. Maria Simonds.

Ella T. Gould

J. Annie Bense

Eliza Cox

Dora Brown

Mattie H. Jackson

Third

SAME.

UIK.

Elizabeth M. Burnham

Third Ass't.

Ct u

Ella F. Wvman

Fourth "

Florence M. Proctor . .

(< u

Ellen F. Beach

ct a

M it

Emma L. Wyman

ll ii

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

FIRST DIVISION.

ADAMS DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 594

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 555

Entitled to 11 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 365

Entitled to 6 teachers.

RAXK.

y.AiTK.

RAXK.

Lewis H. Dunon

Mary M. Morse

Mary A. Davis

Ellen M. Bobbins

Clara Eobbins

Sarah E. McPhail

Harriet Srurtevant

EUenene Pillsbury

Ida M. Oliver

Sub-master. Almira E. Reid.

Eirst Ass- Second Third

Lina H. Cook . . .

Ellen James

Sarah A. Cook . . Mary E. Wiggin Eliza A. Wiggin. Anna E. Reed . . Lucy A. Wiggin.

Fourth

REPORT OX NOMINATIONS.

9

CHAPMAN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 618

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 555

Entitled to 11 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 558

Entitled to 10 teachers.

SAME.

EAXK.

Orlendo TV. Dimick . . . Sub-master.

Mary E. Allen First Ass't.

Jane F. Reid 'Second il

Maria D. Kimball Third

Sarah F. Tenner

Sarah T. Synett

Harriet E. Morrill... Judith P. Meader . . . Lucy E. TVoodwell..

Mary E. Buffum

Susan E. Gever

XAME.

BAXK.

Fourth Ass't.

Abby D. Beal

M

M U

Addie D. Chandler . .. *

ii <<

M

Mary C. Hall

«( H

(( ((

Clara A. Otis

14 u

Calista TV. McLeod. . .

in u

Hannah F. Crafts ....

u u

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

EMERSON DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 732

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 676

Entitled to 13 teachers. Greatest whole nuinber belonging to Primary Schools 508

Entitled to 9 teachers.

J. Willard Brown

Elizabeth R. Drowne . . Bernice A. De Merritt .

Sarah A. Bond

Mary D. Day

Carrie Eord

H. Elizabeth Cutter . . . Juliette J. Pierce

Georgia H. Tilden. . . .

Elizabeth A. Turner . .

Sub-master. First Ass't. Second " Third "

Hannah L. Manson . . Almaretta J. Critchett Mary E. Plummer . . Margaret A. Bartlett Mary A. Oburg .... Harriet E. Litchfield Ernestine Ditson . . . Susan A. Slavin. . . .

Fourth Ass't.

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

11

LYMAN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 652

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 593

Entitled to 12 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 429

Entitled to 8 teachers.

George K. Daniell, Jr. .

Cordelia Lothrop

Eliza F. Russell

Mary A. Turner

Amelia H. Pitman

Lucy J. Lothrop

Mary P. E. Tewksbury.

Harriet N. Webster

Irene A. Bancroft

Sibylla A. Bailey

Sub-master.

First Ass't. «(

Second " ii

Third "

Clara B. George

Emma P. Morey

Josephine A. Murphy. Angelina M. Cudworth

Sarah F. Lothrop

Anna I. Duncan

Florence Carver

Frances I. Daley

Mary E. Morse

Third Ass't. Fourth Ass't.

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

SECOND DIVISION.

BUNKER HILL DISTRICT

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 657

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 608

Entitled to 12 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 581

Entitled to 10 teachers.

Amy C. Hudson

Abby P. Josselyn .

Angelia M. Knowles . .

Georgie Palmer

Ellen E. Sanders

Georgiana A. Smith . . ,

Ida O. Hurd ,

Lydia F. Jones

Anna M. Prescott

Sub-master.

; Lydia A. Simpson ....

First Ass't.

Second 11

Mary E. Flanders ....

Elizabeth B. Norton . .

Third "

" "

Effie G. Hazen

H

Caroline M. Arnold. ..

M M

Sarah J. Worcester. . .

It ll

J Kate C. Thompson

BAXK.

Third Ass't. Fourth

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

13

FROTHIXGHAM DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 596

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 552

Entitled to 11 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 511

Entitled to 9 teachers. ,

Wm. B. Atwood

Charlotte E. Camp

Bial W. Willard

Harriet E. Frye

Ellen R. Stone

Arabella P. Moulton . .

Abby M. Clark

Sara H. Nowell

Jennie E. Tobey

Ellen A. Chapin

Sub-master. Lucv A. Seaver.

First Ass

Second

Third

Martha Yeaton . . . Helen E. Ramsev

Persis M. Whittemore .

Louisa W. Huntress.

Julia M. Burbank. . Oriana H. Morgan. . Fanny M. Lamson .

Mary E. Delaney

Third Ass' Fourth

u

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

HAEVARD DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 621

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 558

Entitled to 11 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 740

Entitled to 13 teachers.

Darius Hadley . . . AbbyB. Tufts... Ann E. Weston. . Sarah E. Leonard Mary A. Lovering Jennie E. Howard Martha F. Fay . . . Sarah J. Perkins . Edith W. Howe.. Emma F. Thomas Mary A. Emery. . Mary P. Howland

Sub-master. First Ass: Second Third

Fourth

Fanny B. Hall

Fanny A. Foster

ElizabethB . Weatherbee Elizabeth F. Doane . . .

Lucy M. Small

Louisa A. Whitman . . Catherine C. Brower . . Elizabeth A. Pritchard.

Mary F. Kittredge

Effie A. Kettell

Elizabeth R. Brower . .

Fourth Ass't.

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

15

PRESCOTT DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 530

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 490

Entitled to 9 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary School 362

Entitled to 6 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Martha M. Kenrick . . . Elizabeth J. Farnsworth

Usher.

First Ass't.

Second "

Third " <( <(

tt <(

<( it

Frances A. Craigin ....

Ellen Hadley

Zetta M. Mallard

Elizabeth C. Bredeen.. Emma C. Olmstead . . .

Third Ass't.

<( H

Fourth '" n it <( (<

(C ft

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 9.

WARREN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 656

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 621

Entitled to 12 teachers.

Greatest whole number belonging to Primary School 43-1

Entitled to 8 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

E. B. Gay

Sarah If. Chandler

Elizabeth Swords

Annie D. Dalton

Abby C. Lewis

Alice Hall

Frances L. Dodge

Abby E. Holt

Ellen A. Pratt

Annie M. Crozier

Sub-master. First Ass't.

14 M

Second " (< ii

Third "

u <<

ii ii

(< (<

N'AME.

RANK.

Maria L. Bolan

Third Ass't.

Effie C. Melrin

Fourth "

M. Josephine Smith...

ic (<

Abby P. Richardson. . .

(c (i

Caroline E. Osgood ....

(C ii

{{ ii

Josephine E. Copeland

ii ii

ii ii

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

17

THIRD DIVISION.

BOWDOIN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School. Average whole number belonging to Grammar School

Entitled to 9 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools .

Entitled to 12 teachers.

481 446

647

Sarah J. Mills | First Ass'

Mary Youn<

Sarah O. Brickett | Second

Eliza A. Pay Irene W. Wentworth.. Ada L. Cushman Dora E. Pitcher S. Frances Perry C. Eliza Wason Mabel West

Sarah F. Russell

Elizabeth R. Preston. .

Olive Ruggles

Lydia A. Isbell

Mary E. Ames

Barbara C. Farrington Josephine O. Hedrick.

Clara J. Raynolds

Kate Wilson

Sarah A. Winsor

Fourth Ass't.

18

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

ELIOT DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 879

Average whole nnmber belonging to Grammar School 813

Entitled to 16 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 658

Entitled to 12 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

Granville S. Webster..

Sub-master.

Frederic H. Ripley

Usher.

First Ass't.

Second "

Elizabeth M. Turner . .

Third "

Sophia E. Raycroft

<< <(

i( ((

Mary E. F. McNeil....

(( fl

Lucette A. Wentworth.

<<

(( (t

II II

(( (C

Annie M. H. Gillespie Margaret E. Robinson Cleone G. Tewksbury. Harriet E. Lampee ....

Rosa M. E. Reggio

J. Ida'Munroe

Juliaette Davis

Sarah Ripley

Marcella E. Donegan . .

Eliza Brintnall

A. Augusta Coleman..

Mary E. Barrett

Kate S. Sawyer

Emma C. Glawson

RANK.

Third Ass't. Fourth

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

19

HANCOCK DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 615

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 553

Entitled to 11 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 832

Entitled to 16 teachers.

Ellen C. Sawtelle

Amy E. Bradford

Ellen A. Hunt

Maria L. Macomber . . . Martha F. Winning. . . . Helen M. Hitchings . . . Josephine M. Robertson

Susan E. Allen

Mary E. Skinner

Sophia L. Sherman ....

Olive M. E. Rowe

Clara E. Bell

Sarah E. Ward

Adeline S. Bodge

First Ass

Second

Third

Fourth

NAME.

Harriet M. Fraser . . Teresa M. Gargan . .

Mary J. Clark

Marcella C. Halliday

Sarah F. Ellis

Josephine B. Silver. Esther W. Mansfield

Mary Bonnie

Kate T. Sinnott . . Sarah J. Copp. . . . Elizabeth A. Fisk Harriet A. Farrow Mary L. Desmond

Fourth Ass't.

20

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 9.

PHILLIPS DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 805

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 756

Entitled to li teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 274

Entitled to 5 teachers.

SAME.

RANK.

KAME.

RANK.

Sub-master.

Martha A. Knowles . . .

Third Ass't.

Usher.

Georgianna E. Putnam

<( it

First Ass't.

Martha F. Whitman . .

Second "

Eliza A. Corthell

Sarah I. Copeland. .

Third "

Sarah A. M. Turner . .

Fourth "

Ruth E. Rowe

Evelyn E. Plummer. . .

II M

<(

Elizabeth S. Parker...

(( ((

Elvira M. Harrington . .

u u

Emeline C. Farley

(( M

(( M

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

21

WELLS DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 518

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 473

Entitled to 9 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 649

Entitled to 12 teachers.

Ella F. Inman

Mary G. Shaw

Susan R. Gifford

Lavinia M. Allen

Mary S. Carter

Mary M. Perry

Lizzie F. Stevens

Georgia D. Barstow . . .

Lois M. Rea .

Adelaide A. Rea

RANK.

First Ass't.

Third

Fourth

NAME.

Annie B. Gould

Maria W. Turner . . . Eliza A. Freeman . . Sarah C. Chevaillier Lucy M. A. Redding Mary F. Gargan E. Augusta Brown.. Florence E. Dexter . Adelaide E. Badger .

RANK.

Fourth Ass't.

22

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

FOUKTH DIVISION.

BOWDITCH DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School ....... 390

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 366

Entitled to 8 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 546

Entitled to 10 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Ruth H. Clapp

Hannah E. G. Gleason.

First Ass't. Second " <( it

Third "

Amelia E.N. Treadwell Rebecca A. Buckley . . .

Fourth Ass't.

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

23

BRIMMER DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 721

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School C78

Entitled to 13 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 506

Entitled to 9 teachers.

Q. E. Dickerman. . .

T. H. Wason

Rebecca L Duncan. Luthera W. Bird. . .

Kate C Martin

Mercy T. Snow Annie P. James Sarah J. March. . . .

Lilla H. Shaw

Annie M. Mitchell. .

Sub-Master. Usher First Ass't. Second Third

Helen L. Bodge . . Eliza A. Foster. . . Frances B. Dewey Emma F. Burrill . H. Ellen Boothby Malvina R. Brigham Nellie T. Higgins. .

M. E. Tiernay

Betsy P. Burgess. . Laura M. Stevens .

Third Ass't. Fourth

EXETER STREET SCHOOL.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 142

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 133

Entitled to 3 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools ,102

Entitled to 2 teachers.

SAME.

RANK.

First Assistant.

Third

Ella F. White

(( Ci

Fourth "

24

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9

QUINCY DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 675

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 639

Entitled to 12 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 376

Entitled to 7 teachers.

George W. Neal

N. Hosea Whittemore. .

Annie M. Lund

Mary L. Holland

Emily J. Tucker

Bridget A Foley

Margaret F. Tappan. . . Charl'te L. Wheelwright Emily B. Peck

RANK.

Sub-master. Usher. First Ass't. Second Third

Harriette A. Bettis.. Emma K. Youngman Mary E. Sawyer. . . Annie M. Reilly. . . Maria A. Callanan. Mary E. Conley . . . Emily E. Maynard Harriet M. Bolman Annie T. Corliss . .

Third Ass't.

Fourth

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

25

WINTHROP DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 1,040

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 962

Entitled to 19 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 350

Entitled to 6 teachers.

NAME.

Susan A. W. Loring May Gertrude Ladd

Mary F. Light

Emma K. Valentine Carrie F. Welch . . Annie J. Stoddard Mary E. Barstow . Lizzie H. Bird. . . . Caroline S. Crozier Mary J. Danforth. Mary E. Davis .... Elizabeth S. Emmons

RANK.

First Ass't.

Second

Third

Mary L. H. Gerry

Catherine K. Marlow . . Adelaide Meston ......

Ellen M. Underwood . .

Margaret T. Wise

Emma I. Baker

Mary B. Browne

Mary A. B. Gore

Henrietta Madigan

Julia A. Mclntyre

Ella M. Seaverns

Third Ass't.

Fourth

26

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

FIFTH DIVISION.

D WIGHT DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 667

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 602

Entitled to 12 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 317

Entitled to 6 teachers.

Walter S. Parker

Henry L. Sawyer

Ruth G. Rich

Mary C. R. Towle

Emily F. Carpenter . . .

Sarah C. Fales

Nellie L. Shaw

Jennie Eastman

Helen M. Kimball

RANK.

Sub-master. Usher. First Ass't. Second " Third "

Isabella G. Bonnar . . . .

Mary E. Trow

Elizabeth G. Melcher..

Augusta A. Davis

Martha B. Lucas

Sarah E. Crocker

Henrietta Draper

Fannie L. Willard

Third Ass't.

Fourth

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

27

EVERETT DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 772

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 706

Entitled to 14 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 666

Entitled to 12 teachers.

NAME.

S. Flora Chandler. Janet M. Bullard .

Anna C. Ellis

Maria S. Whitney.

Persia E. King

Susan S. Foster. . Emily F. Marshall Abby C. Haslet. .. Ann R. Gavett. . . . Sarah L. Adams . . Mary E. Badlam. Flora I. Crooke. .

First Ass

Second

Third

Anna E. Grover

Lydia F. Blanchard. . . Hannah M. Coolidge..

Mary H. Downe

Eliza C. Gould

Clementine D. Grover.

Emma Halstrick

Kate M. Hanson

Fanny M. Nason

Lydia A. Sawyer

Adelaide B. Smith

Evelyn E. Morse

RANK.

Third Ass't. Fourth

28

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

FRANKLIN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 816

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 743

Entitled to 15 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 704

Entitled to 13 teachers.

Jennie S. Tower

Isabella M. Harmon. . Caroline A. Mason . . . Catherine T. Simonds P. Catherine Bradford Mary L. Wheeler ....

Abbie M. Holder

Margaret J. Crosby . . Margaret C. Schouler Elizabeth J. Brown . . Roxana W. Longley. . Kate E. Blanchard . . .

Mary A. Mitchell

Anna E. L. Parker . .

First Ass't.

Second

Third

Harriet M. Faxon . . Georgiana E. Abbott

Isadora Page

Sarah A. Brown. . . . Mary E. Josselyn . .

Affie T. Weir

Josephine G. Whipple Georgiana A. Ballard Emma E. Allin. . . . E. Josephine Bates Jennie E. Haskell . Martha L. Beckler Kate R. Gookin . . .

Fourth Ass't.

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

29

SHERWIN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 969

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 925

Entitled to 17 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 841

Entitled to 15 teachers.

NAME.

Frank A. Morse

Julia F. Long

Lucy L. Burgess

Elizabeth B. Walton . .

Martha A. Smith

Sarah R. Bonney

Anna B. Carter

Harriet A. Lewis

Marian Henshaw

Isadora Bonney

Frances McDonald. . . .

Louisa Ayer

Lucy J. Mellen

Caroline K. Nickerson. Fannie L. Stockman . . . E. Elizabeth Boies

Sub-master. First Ass

Second

Third

NAME.

Alice T. Kelley

Annie E. Walcutt

Mary E. Gardner

Martha E. Page

Anna G. Fillebrown . .

Sarah J. Davis

Sarah E. Gould

Emma L. Peterson . . .

Abby E. Ford

Elizabeth F. Todd....

Maria D. Faxon

Louise A. Kelley

Mary F. Cogswell

Elizabeth A. Sanborn. Annie H. Berry

RANK.

Third Ass't. Fourth

30

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

SIXTH DIVISION.

ANDREW DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 613

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 596

Entitled to 11 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 452

Entitled to 8 teachers.

Joshua M. Dill

Elizabeth A. Winward. Henrietta L. Dwyer. . .

Mary S. Beebe

Sara W. Barrows

Martha A. Jackson ....

Lucy M. Marsh

Mary E. Perkins

Frances M. Bell

RANK.

Sub-master. First Ass't. Second " ti <(

Third "

RANK.

Esther F. Nichols . Nellie W. Allen . . . Mary A. Jenkins . . Estelle B. Jenkins. Alice L. Littlefleld M. Louise Moody .

Lizzie Ordway

Jessie C. Tileston .

Third Ass't. Fourth "

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

31

BIGELOW DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 848

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 794

Entitled to 15 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 648

Entitled to 12 teachers.

Ered O. Ellis

J. Gardner Bassett...

Amelia B. Coe

Ellen Coe

Eliza B. Haskell

Hattie A. Watson

Mary Nichols

Malvena Tenney

Catherine H. Cook . . .

Lucy C. Bartlett

Abbie J. Adams

Lucy R. Cutter

Ellen L. Wallace

Harriet A. Clapp

Sub-master

Usher

First Ass't. Second " Third "

Jennie A. Cheney

Alice Danforth

Abbie B. Kent

Lucy E. T. Tinkham . .

Ann J. Lyon

Mary P. Colburn

Lucy E. Johnson

Tiley A. Bolkcom

Emily T. Smith

Mary L. Howard

Josephine B. Cherring-

ton

Sarah A. Graham

Elizabeth G. Bailey. . .

Third Ass't. Fourth "

32

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

GASTON DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 479

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 467

Entitled to 9 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 496

Entitled to 9 teachers.

NAME.

BANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Sarah C.Winn

Myra S. Butterfield . . . Emogene F. Willett . . .

First Ass't. (i <(

Third "

Elizabeth M. Easton . . Frances A. Cornish...

Fourth Ass't.

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

33

LAWRENCE DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 985

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 924

Entitled to 18 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 1,130

Entitled to 21 teachers.

Delwin A. Hamlin. . . Grenville C. Emery . William E. C. Rich..

Alice Cooper

Emma P. Hall

Mary E. H. Ottiwell. Catharine M. Lynch. Margaret Holmes. Margaret A. Gleason Margarette A. Moody Mary A. Conroy Mary A. Montague...

Abbie C. Burge

Mary A. A. Dolan

Filena Hurlbutt ,

M. Louise Gillett

Hannah E. Burke

Lucy M. Cragin

Sarah E. Lakeman. .

Sub-master. Usher.

First Ass Second Third

Fourth

Ada A. Bradeen

Lizzie A. McGrath

Minnie F. Crosby,

Amelia McKenzie

Mary G. A. Toland. ..

Hattie L. Rayne

Maggie J. Leary

Emma F. Gallagher. . .

Ann E. Newell

Ophelia S. Newell

Sarah M. Brown

Mary W. Bragdon

Alice W. Baker

Elizabeth Crawford . .

Annie M. Connor

Mary E. T. Shine

Martha S. Damon

Minnie F. Keenan

Fourth Ass't

34

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

LINCOLN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 660

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 622

Entitled to 12 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 386

Entitled to 7 teachers.

Henry H. Kimball

John E. D wight

Margaret J. Stewart . . .

Mary E. Balch

Sarah M. Tripp

Vodisa J. Comey

Sarah A. Curran

Annie C. Littlefield

Lavinia B. Pendleton . . Mary A. H. Fuller

Sub-master.

Usher

First Ass't. Second " Third "

Silence A. Hill

Carrie L. Vose

Mary E. Powell. ..

! Laura J. Gerry

Mary E Perkins . . Ella M. Warner . . . Susan Hutchinson. Mary H. Faxon . . . Fannie G. Patten . .

Third Ass't.

Fourth

4

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

35

XORCROSS DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 739

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 679

Entitled to 13 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 388

Entitled to 7 teachers.

Mary J. Fennelly

Fiducia S. Wells

Sarah A. Gallagher. . . .

Juliette Wyman

Juliette Smith

Miranda A. Bolkcom . .

Mary E Downing

Emma L. Eaton

Harriet E. Johnston. Maria L. Nelson

First Ass't.

Second

Third Ass't.

Emma F. Crane

Mary R. Roberts

Nellie J. Cashman. . . . Sarah V. Cunningham

Mary K. Davis

Fannie W. Hussey

Abbie C. Nickerson...

Ellen T. Noonan

Lucinda Smith

Third Ass't.

Fourth

36

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 9.

SHCRTLEFF DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 759

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 706

Entitled to 14 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 376

Entitled to 7 teachers.

Anna M. Penniman. . . .

Ellen E. Morse

Abbie S. Hammond - . . Emeline L. Tolman . . .

Martha E. Morse

Margaret T. Pease

Catherine A. Dwyer. ..

Eliza F. Blacker

Sarah L. Garrett

Roxanna X. Blanchard.

First As

Second

Third

Harriet S. Howes

Jane S. Bullard

Marion W. Rundlett. . .

Edith A. Pope

Ella R. Johnson

Lucy A. Dunham

Mary E. Morse

Julia F. Baker

Alice G. Dolbeare

Alice C. Rran

Third Ass't.

Fourth

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

37

SEVENTH DIVISION

COMLNS DIVISION.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 837

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 747

Entitled to 16 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 967

Entitled to 17 teachers.

H. H. Gould

Julia Scribner

Lillie E. Davis

Martha A. Cummings . .

Sarah E. Lovell

Almira W. Chamberline

Julia A. C. Gray

Annetta F. Armes

Kate M. Murphy ......

Charlotte P. Williams .

Adelina May

Emma E. Towle

Emily Swain

Delia M. Upham

Caroline A. Gragg

Rebecca Morrison

Annie E. Clark

Sub-master.

First Ass

Second

Third

Fourth

Penelope G. Hayes Sarah E. Has kins . Helen P. Hall .... Sarah B. Bancroft Carrie M. Brackett Lizzie A. Colligan Isabel Thacher . . . Lizzie F. Johnson. Adaline Beale .... Caroline D. Putnam Carrie J. Harris Mary J. Backup Delia T. Killian. Elizabeth P. Brewer Mary E. Crosby . . . Anna R. McDonald

Fourth

38

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

DEARBORN DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School r 947

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 880

Entitled to 17 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 962

Entitled to 17 teachers.

NAME.

Harlan P. Gage

L. Anna Dudley

Philena W. Rounseville Martha D. Chapman . .

Helen F. Brigham

Frances L. Bredeen...

Cynthia G. Melvin

Sarah H. Hosmer

Anne M. Backup

Bell J. Dunham

Lizzie M. Wood

Elizabeth R. Wallis . . .

Phebe H. Simpson

Elizabeth E. Stafford . . Josephine A. Keniston.

Mary F. Walsh

Louise M. Epmeyer . . .

Sub-master. First Ass't. <c

Second " (< <(

tt a

Third "

(( <c << <<

It t<

NAME.

Mary F. Neale

Abbie L. Baker

Clarabel E. Chapman.

Mary K. Wallace

Mary M. Sherwin

Elizabeth E. Backup . .

Emily M. Pevear

Flora J. Cutter

Clara F. Conant

Anna M. Balch

Susan F. Rowe

Ellen M. Oliver

Mary E. Nason

Ada L. McKean

Annie M. Croft

Louise D. Gage

Kate A. Nason

Fourth Ass't.

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

39

DUDLEY DISTRICT.

Dudley School for Boys.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 467

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 453

Entitled to 8 teachers.

Entitled to 8 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Harriet E. Davenport .

Ruth H. Brady

Emmeline E. Torrey . .

Usher.

First Ass't.

Second "

Third U tt (i <( tt n it << tt

Henrietta M. Wood . . . Emma L. B. Hintz

Fourth Ass't.

Dudley School for' Girls. Entitled to 6 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Dora A. Pickering

First Ass't. Second " Third "

Third Ass't.

tt tt

it tt

40

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

LEWIS DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 664

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 605

Entitled to 12 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 605

Entitled to 11 teachers.

Charles F. King

Sarah E. Fisher

Eunice C. Atwood

Amanda Pickering

Emily B. Eliot

Mary D. Chamberlain . . Henrietta M. Young . . .

Louisa J. Hovey

Susan A. Dutton

H. Amelia Smith

Elizabeth Gerry

Sarah H. Bobbins

RANK.

Sub-master. First Ass't.

Second Ass't. <( (<

Third "

<< it

Joanna Monroe

Alice C. Pierce

Frances N. Brooks

Mary E. Deane

Helen Crombie

Mary F. Baker

Maria L. Burrill

Fanny H. C. Bradley. .

Eloise B. Walcutt

Almira B. Russell

Florence L. Shedd

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

41

LOWELL DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 560

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 530

Entitled to 10 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 567

Entitled to 10 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Eliza C. Fisher

Susan G. B. Garland . . Mary F. Cummings

First Ass't. Second " Third "

Jeannie B. Lawrence .

Ellen H.Holt

Emma M. Waldock . .

Sarah P. Blackburn . . M. Ella Mulliken

k ourtji ASS t. it n

(1 (<

<( (<

u <<

(< (<

<( <(

U ((

u tt

t

±2

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

EIGHTH DIVISION.

ALLSTON DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 354

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 340

Entitled to 6 teachers.

Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 270

Entitled to 5 teachers.

SAME.

RAXK.

XA1IE.

RANK.

Persia B. Swett

Mary F. Child

First Asst. Second " Third "

M ((

<t <(

(( M

Anna M. Farrington.. | Adelaide C. Williams . .

Fourth Asst. << <(

(( u ii ii <( (<

BENNETT DISTRICT.

Entitled to 6 teachers. Entitled to 4 teachers.

NAME.

BANK.

XAME.

EAXK.

Melissa Abbott

Annie M. Hotchkiss . . .

Second Asst.

Third " (< «<

1

Fannie W. Currier

Third Ass't.

Fourth " ii <( <( <( ii

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

CENTRAL DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 351

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 323

Entitled to 6 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 181

Entitled to 4 teachers.

Marv A. Gott First Ass't.

Clara J. Reynolds Second "

Martha M. Sias Third "

Victoria M. Goss " "

M. E. Stuart " "

Emily A. Hanna Maiy E. Brooks Annie P. Burton Mary E. Tufts. .

Third Ass't, Fourth M

CHARLES SUMNER DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School Average whole number belonging to Grammar School

Entitled to 4 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools

Entitled to 5 teachers.

219 213

254

Lottie B. Hall Second Ass't. Ella F. Hancock,

Fanny Ashenden Third

Elvira L. Austin i "

Fannie H. Wiswall ....

Ellen B. De Costa Fourth

Sarah Ashenden . Ella F. Howland. Angie P. Nutter ,

Fourth Ass't.

cc it

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

HILLSIDE DISTEICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School •. 314

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 282

Entitled to 6 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 199

Entitled to 4 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Alice B. Stephenson. ..

Second Ass't. ii (<

Third

ti c<

Ida Iff. Metcalf

Margaret E. "Winton . . Anna M. Call

1

Third Ass't.

Fourth " <( ti

ii <<

MOUNT VERNON DISTRICT.

Entitled to 3 teachers. Entitled to 3 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Emma J. Eossett

Second Ass't.

Third ii

Fourth Ass't. ti (<

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

45

NINTH DIVISION.

DORCHESTER-EVERETT DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 425

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 401

Entitled to 8 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 333

Entitled to 6 teachers.

HAMS.

EAXK.

George If. Fellows ....

Usher.

Mary F. Thompson . . .

First Ass't.

Second "

Third "

Anna M. Foster

H «(

(< ({

M. Rosalia Merrill ....

CI t(

«(

HAMS.

BASK.

Maud M. Clark

Fourth Ass't.

Cora L. Etheridge

U M

M II

<i t(

46

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 9.

GIBSON DISTEICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 298

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 271

Entitled to 5 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 238

Entitled to 4 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Ella S. Wales

Charlotte E. Baldwin..

Second Ass't. Third

44 (< (( 44

Ella TVhittredge

Hannah E. Pratt

Nelly G. Sanford

Fourth Ass't.

44 (( 4 4 4 4 «( tt 4 4 4 4

HABPvIS DISTEICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 250

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 225

Entitled to 4 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 142

Entitled to 3 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Second Ass't.

Marion B. Sherburne.

Fourth Ass't.

E. Maria Harriman...

Third

Elizabeth A. Flint....

4 4 4 4

Elizabeth P. Boynton. .

(4 44

Cora E. Plummer ....

44 4 4

Almy C. Plummer

4 4 4 4

REPORT ON NOMINATIONS.

47

MATHER DISTRICT.

Entitled to 6 teachers. Entitled to 5 teachers.

NAMB.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Second Ass't. Third " (< <i

«( ii

M. Esther Drake

Fourth Ass't.

ii (( <( it ii i I ii ii

MINOT DISTRICT.

Entitled to 5 teachers. Entitled to 4 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Isabel F. P. Emery....

Mary E. Glidden

Sophia W. French

Ellen M. S. Treadwell.

Second Ass't.

Third (< ii

H

Katherine M. Adams . . Angelina A. Brigham. .

Third Ass't. Fourth "

a a

48

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 9.

STOUGHTOX DISTRICT.

Greatest whole number belonging to Grammar School 254

Average whole number belonging to Grammar School 246

Entitled to 5 teachers. Greatest whole number belonging to Primary Schools 129

Entitled to 2 teachers.

NAME.

RANK.

NAME.

RANK.

Elizabeth H. Page

Margaret E.Whittemore

Elizabeth J. Stetson. ..

Second Ass't. Third " u {<

(( U

Carrie F. Melville ....

Third Ass't.

Fourth " si <('

TILESTOX DISTRICT.

Entitled to 1 teacher. Entitled to 1 teacher.

NAMB.

BANK.

RAMS.

KAXK.

Third Ass't.

Elizabeth S. Fisher...

Fourth Ass't.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

EXPENDITURES FOE THE PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

REPORT

or THE

COMMITTEE ON ACCOUNTS.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

Xo. 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 7 8.

REPORT.

Boston, June 1, 1878.

In conformity with the regulations of the School Board, the Committee on Accounts herewith present the Report of Expenditures for the Public Schools, for the financial year 1877 and 1878, it being their Tenth Annual Report in regular order.

In addition to the expenditures authorized by the School Board and all expenses chargeable to the appropriations granted to the School Committee, there have been added the expenditures made by the City Council through its Commit- tee on Public Buildings, thus presenting a complete report of all the expenditures for the Public Schools during the last financial year.

The expenditures made by direction of the School Board and City Council are as follows :

School Board.

Salaries of School Instructors . Salaries of officers, clerks, and messengers Salaries of janitors .... Fuel, gas, and water .... Printing, text-books, and supplies

City Council. Furniture, masonry, carpentry, roofing,

heating, etc 126,428 35

Total $1,582,116 09

The average number of pupils belonging to all the schools, 47,212. The average cost per pupil, $33.51.

. $1,157,746 09 58,035 94 75,109 93 53,321 70 111,474 08

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Your committee, under the various headings of High Schools, Grammar Schools, and Primary Schools, have given a brief history of each school or district, and the expenditures of each grade. This plan was adopted at the earnest request of the masters of the schools, a committee of whom presented the subject for consideration. It has been found to give better satisfaction than when each school was placed in contrast with the others in regard to general expenditures. The committee also present the cost of land and build- ings as originally made and as at present estimated, as follows :

The original cost of the buildings used for

High Schools $602,000 00

The original cost of the land for the same . 154,000 00

Total $7,56,000 00

The assessed value of the buildings at the

present time $537,456 00

The assessed value of the land at the pres- ent time 385,344 00

Total $922,800 00

The original cost of the buildings used for

Grammar and Primary Schools . . $3,808,000 00

The original cost of the land for the same . 1,109,000 00

Total $4,917,000 00

The assessed value of the buildings at the

present time $4,556,757 00

The assessed value of the land at the pres- ent time 1,821,943 00

Total $6,378,700 00

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

5

The total amount expended for High Schools, includ- ing expenditures by the Public Building Committee, was $191,580.99. Average number of pupils belonging to these schools, 2,140. Average cost per pupil, $89.53.

The total amount expended for Grammar Schools, includ- ing expenditures by the Public Building Committee, was $783,644.94. The average number of pupils belonging to these schools, 25,156. Average cost per pupil, $31.15.

The total amount expended for Primary Schools, includ- ing expenditures by the Public Building Committee, was $421,728.51. The average number of pupils belonging to these schools, 19,916. Average cost per pupil, $21.17.

The attendance at the different schools varies greatly both in the High and Grammar Departments. The establishment of fixed district lines by the Board in a measure accounts for this, but other circumstances beyond the control of the Committee render the subject one of great moment, which will require in the future the attention which its importance warrants.

The largest Grammar Schools are as follows : Lawrence . . . . . . . . 911

Winthrop 899

Dearborn . . . . . . . .875

The smallest, under the care of a Master :

Dudley (Girls) 309

Central . . 314

Mather 323

The largest school districts :

Lawrence . . . . . . . .1,993

Dearborn . . . .' . ... . 1,758

Comins . . 1,615

G

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

The smallest, under the care of a Principal :

Central 505

Mather .535

Allston ' . . 553

A question which often presents itself for consideration in connection with the size of the several schools, is "Are the responsibilities attendant upon the education of the pupils of these schools so nearly the same, that we are justified in paying equal salaries to the Principals?" AVhile it is un- doubted that each school should have the same appliances and apparatus for instruction of the pupils, and should have in- structors of corresponding ability, the question is one of im- portance, in relation to expenditures, which should receive careful attention.

The whole number of teachers upon the rolls during the past year was 1,268, of which number 1,112 were perma- nently employed in regular classes. During the past year there were 99 new appointments and 79 resignations.

The Evening Schools, commencing in October and end- ing in March, have a regular session of some 130 evenings. The number of pupils in regular attendance was 1,390. The number belonging is very much larger, but the at- tendance, not being enforced, becomes irregular, from a variety of circumstances over which the teachers have no control. Changes have been made in the regulations affect- ing these schools, which will have an important bearing in their management hereafter. The time of closing has been changed to one month earlier, and the number of pupils authorizing the establishment of a school or class fixed at 30. These several changes will reduce the expense consid- erably and conduce to more effective work. The schools have done and are doing a great good, and are of value to the community, rendering a full equivalent in results for the expense, time, and labor given to them.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

7

The supplies furnished to these schools are all free, except to the Drawing and Evening High Schools. The materials used in the latter schools are sold to the pupils at cost, and the amount so received paid to the City Treasurer. The amount returned last year from this source was $793.62.

The books, slates, and materials used in the regular even- ing classes are generally those which have been displaced in the day schools by the introduction of new books. When purchases are made, old editions are secured at reduced prices. These books are collected at the end of each term, sorted, and the worthless replaced ; they are then arranged for the next term.

The committee include in this report the amounts appro- priated by the City Council for the years 1877 and 1878, together with the amounts drawn each month, and charged to these appropriations. The aggregate amount expended is subdivided, showing the cost of the more important articles.

The largest expenditures were made for the following items :

By the School Board

Salaries (instructors, officers, and janitors)

Gas and fuel .....

Books for indigent children

Printing and postage

Stationery .....

$1,290,891 96 44,627 70 42,286 79 14,327 71 11,012 18

By the Public Building Committee :

Heating apparatus ..... 21,805 20

Carpentry f 19,573 54

Masonry 16,438 14

Furniture 11,712 87

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

The committee, in previous reports, have repeatedly called the attention of the Board to the large expenditure for books for indigent children. As they have stated, they are unable to limit or contract this expenditure. The law obliges the city to furnish a book to every child ivho will not or can not get one. It is true it allows the city to collect the amount on the tax- bill of the parent or guardian. This has been tried and found to be practically impossible.

Your committee are aware that many books are furnished that could be purchased by those receiving them ; but under the law they are powerless to act. The times are exception- ally hard, and many parents have found it difficult to obtain the means of subsistence.

Your committee believe that in no other way than in fur- nishing the books free to all the pupils, can this expense be limited, and justice rendered to all. The committee base no argument on the fact that these books are purchased by the city at prices far below the possibilities of the pupils ; but they cannot help feeling that the purchase at any price is a hardship, in these times, to which the poor can ill afford to submit, and is a reason for their dropping the burden upon the School Board. They believe that, under a fixed rule, all the books can be supplied at very nearly the same expense as is now attendant upon the furnishing of books to indigent pupils ; and masters and teachers will be relieved from the loss of time and the innumerable vexatious delays consequent upon the starting of new classes.

The committee on the Annual School Report of last year, after a patient examination of the subject, unanimously re- ported in favor of furnishing books free to all the pupils. This, together with other reports and documents bearing upon the matter, brought the subject so forcibly to the attention of the Committee on Public Instruction of the City Council that, of their own accord, they unanimously voted to request of the City Council a sum sufficient to make the trial in the

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

9

Primary Schools. This appropriation of $4,500 received the approval of the Committee on Finance, and was voted by the City Council. The committee hope to record in their next report its complete success.

The number of pianos in all the schools is 129 ; 84 square and 45 semi and full grand, of the manufacture of Messrs. Chickering & Sons, Hallet, Davis & Co., H. F. Miller & Co., J. W. Brackett & Co., and Hallet & Cumstou. Each piano is supplied with a suitable covering and stool; while, in addition to the same, each school-room is furnished with a music-chart.

Last May, owing to the decease of the former tuner of pianos for the city, the contract for the tuning and small repairs was awarded to the Management of the Blind Asylum of South Boston. The committee were not unanimous in this selection : it seemed to some of them to be of doubtful expedi- ency ; while they did not question the ability of the blind people to correctly tune an instrument, a matter depending upon the ear, they did not feel that they were as fully capa- ble of judging the need of small repairs constantly required by instruments submitted to such hard usage as the. pianos in our schools. They also believed that, should they be obliged from these circumstances to transfer the contract to other parties at the end of the year, it would be a matter of great regret to all concerned, and work to the injury of the Asy- lum. The contract, however, was awarded, the Management assuming the responsibilities cheerfully and with a full knowledge of their importance. At the end of the year their work received the unanimous approval of the music instructors, and the approbation of the committee. As an evidence of their entire satisfaction, the contract was again awarded to them at the same price.

The committee have added to this report the estimates for the present financial year, prepared and presented to the City Auditor in February last, in accordance with the Rules

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

of the Board. The Committee on Public Instruction approved the same, as follows : " The committee have been informed by the City Solicitor that, so far as regards the salaries of teachers, their only function is a purely advisory one, and that the only action they can take is either to approve the estimates so submitted or to recommend the closing of the schools. They therefore respectfully report to the City Council the request of the School Committee with their gen- eral approval."

The Committee on Finance of the City Council, however, reduced the estimate $70,064, authorizing the City Auditor to transfer from either of the School Appropriations such amounts as would serve to balance. These estimates your committee had reduced from those of the previous year, 849,736, showing an aggregate reduction in the last three years of $143,836, without the additional reduction as made by the Committee on Finance of the City Council. Unless changes involving the reduction of expenses are made, your committee will not have the means to carry on the schools without reporting a deficit to the Board.

In the meetings of the School Committee, March 12 and 26, the following were adopted as amendments to the Rules and Regulations :

The Committee on Accounts shall consider and report upon all prop- ositions requiring the expenditure of money, before the final action of the Board, except such as may be submitted by the Committees on Sal- aries and Text-Books, and such as are included in the duties of the Committee on Supplies.

They shall consider all propositions to establish or to change the salaries of all persons, except janitors, in the service of the Board; or to pay for extra services in teaching ; and shall report upon them in writ- ing before they are acted upon by the Board. At the last meeting in June of each year they shall report to the Board a full schedule of salaries of the instructors, as herein provided, for the ensuing school year.

They shall audit all pay-rolls of salaries and all bills of expenditure

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

11

authorized by the Board or its committees, and make requisition on the City Auditor, each month, for the payment of such as they have ap- proved.

They shall, in conference with the Committee on Supplies, prepare and present to the City Auditor, before the fifteenth day of February, annually, an estimate of the expenses of the public schools for the next financial year.

They shall make out bills for tuition of non-resident pupils attending the public schools, and transmit the same to the City Collector for col- lection.

The Auditing Clerk shall be present at all meetings of the commit- tee, certify to the correctness of the accounts, and render such clerical assistance as may be required. Annually, at the close of the financial year, he shall submit, in detail, an account of the expenditures for the past year, and this committee shall submit the same in a report to the Board in June of each year.

This committee shall appoint the janitors for the several school- houses, make such rules as they may deem necessary for their govern- ment, and fix their compensation ; and may discharge them, subject to the approval of the Board. The compensation of janitors shall be in full for all services rendered.

The Committee on Supplies shall have exclusive authority in furnish- ing all materials used by the Board, its officers, or the public schools.. They shall have exclusive power to authorize such expenditures, except it be for salaries, as may be required in teaching such branches of study as have been adopted by the Board, not exceeding the several amounts appropriated for the same.

They shall, if it be deemed expedient, annually advertise for pro- posals, and contract with responsible parties, to furnish the text-books necessary to carry out the provisions of the General Statutes, Chap. 38, Sects. 29 and 30, and shall see that the provisions are fully complied with.

They shall have the supervision of all printing, and furnish such as may be required by the Board, its officers, or the public schools, except such as may be otherwise provided for; and all documents and reports, unless it be otherwise ordered, shall be limited to four hundred copies.

They shall have the custody and management of all property be- longing to the city which is held by this Board, and shall authorize such expenditures as may be necessary for the care and protection of the same.

The Auditing Clerk shall attend all meetings of this committee, shall

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

record their transactions, and render such assistance as shall be required. Annually , in the month of May, he shall submit, in detail, an account of the articles purchased and furnished to the several grades of schools, as well as of the material on hand ; and annually, in the month of June, the committee shall submit the same in a report to the Board.

They shall give written authority to the Auditing Clerk to submit to the Committee on Accounts such bills as are correct and duly author- ized.

This subject had been before the Board for more than two years ; and while, in the opinion of many members, the changes proposed and adopted were not necessary, from the nature of the work and the performance of the same, it still seemed to some members that from year to year the work wmich devolved on the Committee on Accounts, as the com- mittee in charge of the business department of the Board, had grown so large that it might be w^ell to divide its labors and place a distinct portion of the same upon another com- mittee. The necessit}' of this was not so apparent to your committee, knowing so well that the work was the same in character and discharged in the same manner as in any and every department of the City Government. But they acqui- esced in the report of the committee, being willing to give the new regime a fair and generous trial. The committee deem it proper at this time, in view of the fact that this report is their last as a committee having charge of the entire work, to briefly give an account of their labors for nearly twelve years, beginning with the organization of the department, and advancing step by step, to its present growth and importance.

In 1866 the Committee on Rules and Regulations reported to the School Board the necessity of establishing a depart- ment for the care and management of its finances, viz. : pay- rolls, supplies, payments, and the custody of the property of the School Board. The Committee on Accounts were author- ized to employ a clerk, styled Auditing Clerk, and were given

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

13

the sole authority to purchase aud supply all articles or materials required by the Board, its officers, or the public schools. The committee organized in 1867, with Alvan Simonds as chairman. The work was thoroughly canvassed, and a systematic plan adopted for its performance. Books and material needed had been supplied by publishers and dealers, on the request of teachers and others authorized to use them. No regular system was known, and no account kept of what went into the schools or what was paid for, except the receipted bills in the Auditor's office. The firm supplying the largest part of the books and materials used in the schools, Messrs. Brewer & Tileston, for their own pro- tection, printed, at their expense, requisitions on which was written what was wanted and the delivery of the same was receipted for by the teacher. All this was immediately changed. Printed requisitions, drawn on the Auditing Clerk, were sent to the masters of the High and Grammar Schools and to the teachers of the Primary Schools. TVhen articles were wanted, a requisition was forwarded to the clerk, and, if approved by the committee, they were immediately supplied. The bills, when received for payment, if approved, were entered on a journal, and the several items charged to the schools or teachers having them, and the requisitions filed away as vouchers for such payments. In 1869 the commit- tee made their first report, embracing the expenditures for 1868; showing in detail what was purchased, and what delivered to the schools. In the following year the commit- tee, desirous of limiting the expense for books for poor children, collected from all the schools the names of the parents and guardians of the children receiving books, with their residences, the names of the books given to the chil- dren, and the prices of the same. It was found that 15,646, out of about 35,000 pupils, used city books. After a controversy with the Board of Assessors for the collecting of this money, it was given up as a hopeless case. During

14

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

this year a beginning was made in purchasing stock of manufacturers and publishers and delivering, it from the rooms of the School Committee. A great saving was made by this process, and this manner of buying has been con- tinued until nearly all the supplies required for the schools are purchased and carried in stock. At this time an assist- ant was furnished to the Auditing Clerk, he having been required, in addition to his other duties, to visit the schools and report on the condition of the material supplied and the permanent property in use. In 1870 Mr. Simonds, having held the position for three years, was succeeded by Mr. Wm. B. Merrill, as chairman of the committee, Mr. Simonds having failed of a reelection, a great loss to the committee and to the School Board. Mr. Merrill, as a merchant of large experience and great wealth, was peculiarly fitted for the im- portant position of chairman of this committee. During the six years of his chairmanship a large room in a Primary- school building at the South End was fitted up for the receiving of goods purchased ; another in Phillips street, at the West End, for the keeping of books, slates, and materials, either displaced by action of the Board, or no longer fitted for use in the day-schools. This material was carefully sorted, and the greater portion of it served each winter for the supply of the evening schools. Two addi- tional assistants were now furnished, one for services at the store-room, and the other as a book-keeper. The Board, May 14, 1872, passed an order that all the material required for use in the schools, including drawing and writing books, should be furnished to the pupils, so that scholars should be compelled to purchase* only text-books. This necessitated a tariff, which was drawn up with care, after consultation with masters and teachers. This tariff, with a few sub- sequent amendments, was as follows :

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

15

TARIFF OF SUPPLIES FT7ESI5HED THE HIGH AND GRAMMAR BCHOOUB FROM MAT 1, 1573, TO MAT 1, 1574.

Writing-books, 3 to each pupil.

Drawing-books. 3 to every two pupils.

Manilla covers for writing-books, 1 to each pnpil.

Examination-paper, practice-paper, or cap paper, as preferred, in amount 1 ream to every 100 pupils.

Letter paper, 1 ream to every 100 pnpils.

Xote paper, 2 reams to every 100 pnpils.

Composition books, High Schools 3 to each pnpil.

Composition books, Grammar Schools 25 to every 100 pnpils.

Blank books for spelling, 25 to every 100 pnpils.

Pens, 5 gross to every 100 pnpils, of either Gillott's 303, 404, Easter- brook's 333, Philadelphia School Pen, Doable Elastic Pen, Excelsior, or Universal School Pen.

Penholders, 50 to every 100 pnpils.

Pencils for drawing, either Faber, F. & H., or American Lead, F. £ H., 2 to each pupil. Medium pencils for ordinary work, 2 to each pupil . Rubber, Faber, Xo. 60, 2 pieces to each pupil. Map drawing. 10 quarto sheets Bristol board to every 100 pnpils. Paper for the same. 1 quarto sheet to each pnpil. Slates, 25 to every 100 pupils.

Miscellaneous articles furnished when necessary : Ink, chalk, slate-penciis, recitation-cards, black-board erasers, ink- stands and racks, record-books, truant-books, the various school-cards and envelopes.

The following, as may be required, in accordance vr.z'i :h= E-i'.es :f the Board :

Reference-books, philosophical apparatus, instruments, globes, maps, and charts.

It is the desire and intention of the committee, when practicable, to furnish the best material for the purpose : in pursuance of this course they have consulted with the Superintendent regarding pens and paper, and with the Art Instructor regarding materials for drawing. These articles will be furnished upon the basis of the number of children in each sch ool January :3 1 sr. The various items and the distribution of the same have been carefully examined, and are approved by the com- mittee. All cause for dissatisfaction or suggestion should be addressed

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

to the clerk, and will be acted upon by the committee at their next meeting.

In accordance with the provisions of the order under which these supplies are furnished, the pupils cannot be obliged to purchase any school material, excepting text-books, unless it be for unnecessary waste.

Supplies will be delivered to the schools on the following days : East Boston, Mondays ; South Boston, Tuesdays ; Boston proper, Thursdays; Roxbury and Dorchester, Fridays, excepting from the 18th day to the 26th day of every month. Office hour of the clerk, from 12.30 to 1.30.

GEO. A. SMITH, Auditing Clerk.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Charts, tablets, and slates will be furnished once in four years, if deemed necessary by the committee, and the following articles as often as may be required : slate-pencils, chalk, cards, black-board erasers, ink, stationery, and drawing materials.

All articles required in the Primary Schools must be asked for by the teacher needing them, that a record may be kept of the same.

Supplies will be delivered to the schools on the following days : East Boston, Mondays ; South Boston Tuesdays ; Boston proper, Thursdays; Roxbury and Dorchester, Fridays, excepting from the 18th day to the 26th day of every month. Office hour of the clerk, from 12.30 to 1.30.

GEO. A. SMITH, Auditing Clerk.

The system as then adopted, with few amendments, con- tinues to this day. Material when authorized, by the com- mittee, was purchased and sent to the store-room, received by the store-room clerk, and a voucher given for the same. Upon presentation of the bill, the clerk marked to the receival of the goods, the Auditing Clerk certified to the correctness of the bill, and the committee approved the same as duly authorized. The bill was then entered on the journal. The orders or requisitions received from masters or teachers, when allowed, wrere sent to the store- room. A transcript of each order, when filled, was entered upon a tariff book, the order then filed away as a voucher

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

17

for the delivery of the goods. Each separate line of goods was labelled, with a printed list of the schools, and the de- livery of any portion of the same duly marked on the list. Each week a second clerk, with the original vouchers as a guide, attested the accuracy of this work ; and each month the book-keeper charged the amount to the several schools, the lists being changed for that purpose.

Three times a year stock was taken by the book-keeper and the store-room clerk, and a statement of balances reported to the committee. During the administration of Mr. Merrill, the contract-system for the purchase of sup- plies, more especially books, was discarded. The work having grown to be so large from the increased number of schools, by reasons of annexation, it was found that, by judicious management, many thousand dollars could be saved, by purchasing of publishers, manufacturers, etc. The City of Boston was the first to induce publishers to allow agents' prices to a consumer, and, for a long time, stood without an equal in the country for the discounts received on its purchases as a consumer. Its equals at the present time are isolated ones, and it has no superior. .This is not the work of a moment, but it is due to experience, a constant knowledge of varying prices, and an acquaintance with manufacturers and their methods of dealing. Added to this are the facts that the use of a book or article of manu- facture, by the schools of Boston, is an advertisement of great value to a publisher or manufacturer, and that Boston's finan- cial credit is undoubted. A schedule of all the property in the schools is kept from year to year, and the wear and tear provided for. On the reorganization of the School Board in 1876, Mr. Merrill not being a member of the new Board, the present chairman, having been a member of this committee for nearly ten years, was appointed to the position, and has held it ever since. The Board has always recog- nized the important work intrusted to this committee; and,

IS

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

some of its ablest members have been assigned to its work. On the appointment of the Committee on Sup- plies an order was passed that they should commence their work May 1, 1^78. At that time an account of stock was taken, the books balanced, and the work transferred to that committee. A sub-committee of the Committee on Supplies was appointed to examine into the stock and accounts, and authorized to receipt for the same, if found correct. This sub-committee, with the chairman of the Committee on Supplies as chairman, examined the work and receipted for the books and material on hand, as per detailed account, amounting in the aggregate to $o 2, 4 17. 7 6*.

This receipt concludes the work of this committee in tlfe furnishing of supplies, and has been with their vouchers and other papers numbering tens of thousands, and serving as re- ceipts for the expenditure of over a million of dollars, cover- ing nearly twelve years of time, carefully and systematically filed in the otSce of the Auditing Clerk.

For the Committee,

WE H. LEARXARD, Jr.,

Chairman.

CALENDAR FOR SCHOOL YEAR.

18 7 8. 1S79.

EPTEMBER.

JANUARY.

MAY.

sn

7u

we

Til

Fr

TU

Fr

Sa

SU

MO

TU

We

TU

Fr

sa

2

3

4

b

6

2

3

i

2

9

10

11

12

13

14

5

6

7

S

9

10

11

4

5

6

:

8

9

10

16

16

17

IS

19

20

21

19

13

©

15

16

17

IS

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

23

2*

25

26

27

28

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

IS

19

20

21

22

23

24

30

27

29

30

31

26

®

2S

29

30

31

OCTOBER.

FEBRUARY.

JUNE.

Su

::

7:

Fr

Sa

Si

v;

TU

we

Til

Fr

Sa

51

~r - IT G

7;

Fr

7-

i

2

3

4

2

3

<g

4

5

6

7

7

(J

9

10

11

12

3

4

5

6

7

8

8

9

11

12

13

14

14

15

16

17

18

19

9

10

@

12

13

14

lfi

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

21

22

23

24

25

26

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

22

23

25

26

27

28

28

29

30

31

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

NOVEMBER.

MARCH.

JULY.

H:

T1

we

n

Fr

Sa

5:

10

n

Fr

Sa

sn

1:

in

we

Til

Fr

sa

i

i

i

3

4

5

6

7

s

3

4

5

6

7

8

6

8

9

10

ii

12

11

12

13

15

16

9

10

u

12

13

14

15

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

IS

19

20

21

22

23

16

17

IS

19

20

21

22

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

25

26

27

2S

29

23

24

£

26

27

2S

2. 3

27

2S

29

30

31

30

31

DECEMBER.

APRIL.

AUGU

ST.

S3

:::

::

we

I:

'

7:

ft)

TU

^:

7:

Fr

Sa

SU

MO Tl

we

7:

Fr

Sa

:

3

4

5

6

1

2

3

4

5

9

10

11

12

13

14

6

(8)

9

10

11

12

3

4

5

6

i

9

16

16

n

IS

19

20

21

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

23

a

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

so

31

2S

29

30

24

25

26

27

2S

29

30

Figures in black indicate days on which schools are in session ; in red. days on which they are closed.

Besides these, Thanksgiving, the Friday and Saturday following. Good Friday, and Fast Day. are holidays.

The figures inclosed in a circle, indicate days of regular meetings of the Board.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

21

PAY-DAYS FOR THE TEACHERS OF THE VARIOUS SCHOOLS.

Payments made at the school-houses on the following working days of each month :

By Mr. Gibbons. 5th clay. Dorchester.

7th day. Centre Section: Bowditch, English High, Latin, Girls' High, Everett, and Dwight.

8th day. South Section: Franklin, Rice, Brimmer, Quincy, Winthrop, Normal, and Horace Mann.

9th day. West Section : Bowdoin, Phillips, and Wells,

10th day. North Section : Eliot, Hancock.

By Mr. Gibson.

8th day. East and South Boston. 9th day. Roxbury.

10th day. West Roxbury and Brighton. 11th day. Charlestown.

When the pay-day occurs on Saturday, the teachers of that school will be paid on the next working-day, at the same hour ; and the subsequent payments of schools are each delayed one day.

No change will be made on account of transient holidays.

Teachers not paid those days are paid at the Treasurer's office, between 9 A.M. and 2 P.M., on the 15th of the month.

Evening School and special teachers will be paid on the twelfth working-day, between 1 and 2 P.M., unless notified to the contrary.

22 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Salaries of Officers and Teachers of the Public

Schools.

Superintendent

Supervisors

Secretary and Auditing Clerk

Head Masters of High Schools

Masters, High and Grammar Schools

Sub-Masters, High and Grammar Schools..

Ushers, High and Grammar Schools

Principal, Dudley School

Assistant Principal, Girls' High School

First Assistants, High Schools

Second Assistants, High Schools

Third Assistants, High Schools

Fourth Assistants, High Schools

Assistants, Normal School ,

First Assistants, Grammar Schools

Second First Assistants, Grammar Schools. Second Assistants, Grammar Schools

Third Assistants, Grammar Schools

Fourth Assistants, Grammar Schools.

Director of Music

District Teachers of Music

Music in West Roxbury and Brighton.

Director of Drawing

District Teachers of Drawing.

1st year.

$3,300 00 2,700 00 2,100 00 1,500 00

510 00 510 00

2d and subse- quent years.

f 660 2d yr. \l50 sub'nt.

f 660 2d yr. j 750 sub'nt.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

23

SALARIES OF OFFICERS A2TD TEACHERS. Continued.

Assistant Drawing Teacher, Dorchester

Roxbury High

Girls' High

Chemistry, Girls' High School

Assistant in Chemistry, Girls' High Shcool

Physical Culture, Girls' High School

French, Latin School

" Girls' High School

" Dorchester High School

" Roxbury High School

11 English and Charlestown High Schools. ..

German, Latin School

Girls' High School

" Dorchester, Roxbury, and "West Roxbury High Schools

" Brighton High School

Principal Deaf-Mute School

First Asst., " " "

Assistants, " " "

Instructor, Military Drill

Armorer

1st year.

8700 00

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

SALARIES OF OFFICERS AND TEACHERS. Concluded.

Sewing, one Division.

two Divisions three " four " five " six

seven "

eight "

nine M

ten 11

all over ten Divisions

Per annum.

S100 00 190 00 275 00 330 00 425 00 500 00 550 00 600 00 650 00 700 00 750 00

Per evening.

EVEXIXG-SCHOOL TEACHERS.

Principal, High' School I §10 00

Assistants. 11 " 4 00

'I

Masters, Drawing Schools 10 03

Head Assistants, Drawing Schools I 6 00

Assistants, " 14 5 00

Principals of Schools 3 00

Assistants " " ! 1 25

APPROPRIATIONS AND EXPENDITURES

FOR

PTJBLIG SOZHIOOLS.

APPROPRIATIONS EXPENDED BY SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

Salaries of Instructors . . . . $1,115,520 00

" officers 51,000 00

Incidentals 245,000 00

1877. Requisitions in ac- cordance with the same for May, Salaries of In- structors . $99,357 91 Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,775 50 School expenses 26,635 56

$130,768 97

Requisitions for June.

Salaries of In- structors . $97,992 98

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,780 50

School expenses 11,897 97

114,671 45

Carried forward . . $245,440 42 $1,411,520 00

26

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

Brought forward . . $245,440 42 $1,411,520 00

Requisitions for July.

Salaries of In- structors .$193,883 06

Salaries of offi- .

cers . . 9,681 22

School expenses 17,051 74

220,616 02

Requisitions for August.

Salaries of In- structors . $451 00

School expenses 27,341 97

27.792 97

Requis it ion sfo r Sep t ember.

Salaries of In- structors . $96,703 00

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,839 84

School expenses 23,452 54

124,995 38

Requ isitions for October .

Salaries of In- structors . $86,889 96

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,894 84

School expenses 39.687 40

131,472 20

Requisitions for November.

Salaries of In- structors . $96,276 14

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,856 00

School expenses 19,073 75

120,205 89

Carried forward . . $870,522 88 $1,411,520 00

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

27

Brought forward . . $870,522 88 $1,411,520 00

Requisitions for December.

Salaries of In- structors . $96,087 86

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,862 00

School expenses 12,385 01

113,334 87

1878. Requisitions for Jan- uary. Salaries of In- structors . $98,024 14 Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,855 00 School expenses 11,025 27

113,904 41

Requisitions for February.

Salaries of In- structors . $96,156 82

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,855 00

School expenses 15,325 99

116,337 81

Requisitions for March.

Salaries of In- structors . $97,095 77

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4,863 00

School expenses 15,586 91

117,545 68

Carried forward , $1,331,645 65 $1,411,520 00

23

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Brought forward . 331,645 65 $1,411,520 00

' Requisitions for April.

Salaries of In- structors . $98,827 45

Salaries of offi- cers . . 4.773 04

School expenses 20,441 60

124,042 09

Transferred from Reserved Fund to salaries of In- structors .... 44,325 00

Transferred from Reserved

Fund to salaries of officers 7,125 00

Balance to credit of School Department

$1,462,970 00 $1,462,970 00

APPROPRIATIONS EXPENDED BY COMMITTEE OX PUBLIC BUILDINGS, CITY COUNCIL.

High, Grammar, and Primary School-houses

Requisitions in accordance. 1877. May . M June

" July .

" August

" September

" October

" November

" December

1878. Januarv

Carried forward

$133,000 00

$5,163 25 4,641 08 4,691 59 4,937 87 18,720 84 31,807 73 15,941 23 9,823 32 7,439 09

$103,166 00 $133,000 00

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

29

Brought forward . . $103,166 00 $133,000 00

1878. February . . . 4,857 85

March. . . . 7,489 14

April .... 10,915 36 Balance to credit of Public

Building Department . . 6,571 65

$133,000 00 $133,000 00

SUBDIVISION OF EXPENDITURES,

Being the total amounts expended for the various articles furnished the Public Schools for the financial year 1877 and 1878 :

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

Advertising. . . . . . . $1,311 86

Books for Indigent Children .... 42,286 79

Maps aud Globes 1,029 18

Dedications, Festivals, and Exhibitions . . 5,379 27 Salaries of Instructors of Drawing, and mate- rial for Day aud Evening Schools, and

Drawing Instruments . . . . 19,956 78

Salaries of Instructors of Music and Music

Expenses ....... 19,630 34

Printing and Postage . . . . . 14,32771

Salaries of Officers and Instructors, less In- structors iu Drawing aud Music . . . 1,186,482 03

Salaries of Janitors ..... 75,109 93

Slates, Tablets, Pencils, Erasers, etc. . . 2,558 41 Paper, Composition Books, Pens, Ink, Pencils, Book-keeping blanks, for pupils' work . $7,782 44 Miscellaneous Stationery . . 2.202 79 Record Books . . . 1,026 95

11,012 18

Carried forward . . . $1,379,084 48

30 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Brought forward $1,379,084 48

Military Drill, Committee Expenses, care Horses for Officers, Carriage-hire, Carriage Repairs, Sewing Materials, Labor at Store-

room, Receiving Coal, etc.

3 1C\A

0,fU4:

A O

Diplomas ....

2,047

51

Ferries ....

ooD

A O

Trucking ....

2,535

04

Philosophical , Mathematical ,

and Chemical

Apparatus, Chemicals, etc.

8,830

80

Census ....

1,350

00

Gas and Fuel

44,627

70

Janitors' supplies .

3,928

30

Water-rates ....

8,694

00

Tntnl

«Jp±,4:c'c','JOl

PUBLIC BUILDIN

G COMMITTEE.

Furniture ....

. $11,712

87

Carpentry ....

19,573

54

Heating Apparatus

21,805

20

Masonry ....

16,438

14

Miscellaneous

2,973

40

Rents .....

O,0£70

A A

Painting ....

7,305

67

Gas and Water

126

08

Whitewashing and Plastering

5,738

15

Gas-fitting and Plumbing

4,613

34

Blackboards

3,627

08

Locks .....

561

77

Supplies .

777

43

Roofing ....

3,773

69

Iron Work ....

. ' 3,002

22

Carried forward .

. $110,921

98

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES. 31

Brought forward .....

$110,921 98

Grading and Watering ....

3,113 71

Sash Elevators and Weather Strips

510 15

Horseshoeing, care of Horses and Carriages .

1,184 01

Weighing Fuel ......

200 00

Fire Extinguishers and New Ventilators

2,682 60

Salaries .......

3,415 00

Teaming . . . . . .

867 35

Gutters and Conductors ....

307 91

Advertising . .

60 01

Printing .......

77 36

Lowering roof Adams School House

956 00

Eight of dower in Common-street School-

house, Charlestown . .

2,132 27

Total ......

$126,428 35

PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

The Public Schools of the city and its annexed wards com prise one Normal, nine High Schools, and forty-eight Gram- mar-School Districts. There are ninety-two buildings located in these various districts for Primary Schools, besides two ward-rooms and twenty-three hired rooms. The following is a brief account of the High Schools, with the expenditures for the same for the financial year 1877-78, as made by the School Committee and City Council ; also the average cost per pupil.

HIGH SCHOOLS.

NORMAL SCHOOL.

The Normal School was established in 1852, and located in the Adams School building on Mason street. In 1854 the course of study was rearranged and the name changed to the Girls' High and Normal School.

By vote of the School Board, the Normal School was sep- arated from the Girls' High School, and began an indepen- dent existence September 1, 1872, but continued to occupy a portion of the Girls' High and Normal School building.

In June, 1873, the payment of the teachers' salaries was stopped on account of a supposed lack of legal authority in the School Board to maintain a Normal School ; but the school was still continued, and in May, 1874, the Legisla- ture legalized the establishment and continuance of the school, and placed its management under the control of the School Committee.

September 1, 1876, the school was transferred to the

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

33

upper story of the Rice Grammar School building on Dart- mouth street.

The instructors are a head-master, a head-assistant, and two assistants.

LATIN SCHOOL, FOR BOYS.

The Latin School was established in 1635. Its present building, located on Bedford street, built in 1844, is a double building, one side occupied by the Latin and the other by the English High School. It contains twelve class-rooms, two halls, and an observatory.

Of these rooms, seven, besides a hall, are occupied by the Latin School. In addition to this, it occupies the build- ing on Harrison avenue formerly occupied by a Primary School, three stories in height, containing four school-rooms and a ward-room.

There are thirteen instructors for the school, one head- master, three masters, six sub-masters, and three ushers, besides special instructors in French, German, Drawing, Music, and Military Drill.

ENGLISH HIGH SCHOOL, FOR BOYS.

The English High School was established in 1821. It originally occupied the building now known as the Sharp Primary School-house, on Anderson street; its present building, being part of the Latin, has been described above. Of the rooms in the building, six, including a hall, are occupied by this school; in addition to these, it occupies the Bowditch School-house, on South street, formerly occupied by the Grammar classes of the Bowditch District.

There are sixteen instructors for the school, a head- master, five masters, ten sub-masters, besides special in- structors in French, Drawing, Music, and Military Drill.

34

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

GIRLS' HIGH SCHOOL.

The Normal School, which had been established in 1852, was converted into a High School for girls in 1854. It was provided at the same time that a Normal class should be formed by those who wished to prepare for teaching. In 1872 the Normal department was separated from the Girls' High School, and became independent.

The present building, originally intended for the Girls' High School, with its Normal department, on West Newton and Pembroke streets, was built in 1870. It has three stories, besides attic and basement, and contains sixty-six rooms, including eleven class-rooms, seven of which have seats or capacity for one hundred scholars each, and four for seventy-five each.

Of these eleven rooms, one is a botanical laboratory, one a physical laboratory, and one a lecture-room.

One large room in the basement is used for a chemical laboratory, with a side laboratory and a mineralogical cabinet.

Another basement room is used for musical instruction, and another still for drawing.

The hall in the third story contains various casts, and a frieze of the Parthenon, encircling the room, all presented to the school by several members of the Social Science Associ- ation. Four rooms in the attic are devoted to art, three being arranged for drawing, the other for photography. A large cupola surmounts the building, and may be fitted up for an observatory.

There are now twenty-one instructors for the school, a head-master, one assistant principal, one first-assistant, two second-assistants, three third-assistants, ten fourth-assist- ants, a teacher of chemistry, a laboratory assistant, a teacher of physical culture, besides special instructors in French, German, Music, and Drawing.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

35

girls' latin school.

The Girls' Latin School was established in 1878. It is located in one of the rooms of the Girls' High School build- ing. There are two instructors, a master and an assistant.

ROXBURY HIGH SCHOOL, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Roxbury High School building is located on Kenil- worth street, and was enlarged in 1861. It was originally two stories high, with a school-room on each floor. In the summer of 1874 it was remodelled and enlarged, and now contains eight rooms, besides a laboratory in the basement.

There are nine instructors for the school, a head master, a first assistant, two third assistants, four fourth as- sistants, and a drawing teacher, besides special instructors in French, German, Mu^ic, and Military Drill.

DORCHESTER HIGH SCHOOL, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Dorchester High School building is located at the corner of Dorchester avenue and Centre street, and was built in 1870. It is three stories high, having five school- rooms and a hall ; also a laboratory in the basement.

There are seven instructors for the school, a head mas- ter, a master's assistant, three female assistants, besides special instructors in French, German, Music, Drawing, and Military Drill.

CHARLESTOWN HIGH SCHOOL, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Charlestown High School was established in 1848. The building is located at the corner of Concord and Bartlett streets, on Monument square.

The original building was erected in 1848, and remodelled and enlarged in 1870. It has three stories, with French roof and basement, and contains thirty rooms, including a

36

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

hall, an apparatus room, a laboratory, and nine class-rooms, three of which have seats for one hundred scholars each.

There are eight instructors for the school, a head mas- ter, an usher, a first assistant, a second assistant, a third assistant, three fourth assistants, and a French teacher, besides special instructors in Music, Drawing, and Military Drill.

WEST ROXBURY HIGH SCHOOL, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Eliot High School was established in 1849, and was under the supervision of a Board of Trustees. After May, 1855, it was given over to the joint supervision of the Eliot Trustees and the School Committee of West Koxbury until February, 1874, when the Trustees withdrew their support. Since the annexation of the town to Boston it has been known as the West Koxbury High School. Its present building is situated on Elm street, Jamaica Plain. It, was built in 1867, and contains five school-rooms and a small laboratory.

There are four instructors for the school, a master, a third assistant, two fourth assistants, besides special instruc- tors in German, French, Music, Drawing, and Military Drill.

BRIGHTON HIGH SCHOOL, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Brighton High School was established in 1841. Its present building is located on Academy Hill, and is accessi- ble by one entrance, known as High-school place. It is two stories high, with French roof, and contains two rooms on the lower floor, one main room and two recitation-rooms on the second floor, and a hall above. One lower room is not fitted for occupation.

There are four instructors in this school, a master, a third assistant, one fourth assistant, and a teacher of German, besides special instructors in Music, Drawing, and Military Drill.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

37

EXPENDITURES FOR THE HIGH SCHOOLS.

Aggregate expenditures made by the Board of School Committee and the Public Building Committee of the City Council, for the High Schools of the city, during the financial year 1877 and 1878:

Salaries of Instructors ..... $158,526 58 Expenditures for Text-books, Maps, Globes, Writing and Drawing Materials, Stationery,

etc . . . 12,903 23

Janitors 7,375 72

Fuel 3,181 17

Gas '260 63

Water ........ 615 00

$182,862 33

Public Building Committee.

Furniture, Repairs, etc. . . . . 8,718 66

Total expense for High Schools . . . $191,580 99

Average number of pupils belonging to the various High Schools, two thousand one hundred and forty. Average cost of each pupil, $89.53.

The original cost of the buildings and land for the various High Schools amounts in the aggregate to $756,000.00 ; the assessed value at the present time to $922,800.00, an increase of $166,800.00.

The number of feet of land contained in the various High- School lots, exclusive of Charlestown, West Roxbury, and Brighton, aggregates 111,853 square feet, or an average of 15,979 square feet. The largest, the Dorchester High School, contains 43,560 square feet; the smallest, the Savage, a branch of the Latin, contains 5,537 square feet.

38

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

GRAMMAR AND PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

The forty-eight Grammar-School Districts are located as follows : fourteen in the City Proper, seven in South Boston, seven in Dorchester, five in Roxbury, five in Charlestown, four in West Roxbury, four in East Boston, and two in Brighton.

Each district contains as many Primary Schools as come within the district limits.

Accompanying is a brief statement of the various build- ings, together with the amounts expended for these schools, by authority of the School Committee and City Council, with the average cost per pupil for the same.

ADAMS SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Adams School was established in 1856. The build- ing, located on Sumner street, was built in 1856, is three stories high, with basement, and contains thirteen rooms, with hall.

Of the rooms in the building, eleven are occupied by Grammar and two by Primary classes.

The original lot of land was purchased in 1854-55, in which year the erection of the building was begun. An additional lot of land was purchased in 1866-67, to enlarge the yard ; and in the following year the outbuildings were rebuilt, together with a portion of the brick wall.

There is but one Primary-School building in the district, the Webster, on Webster street, built in 1852. It is three stories high, containing six rooms.

The number of instructors in the district is nineteen, two male and ten female instructors for the Grammar, and seven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

39

ALLSTON SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Allston School, of Brighton, was established in 1848, under the name of the Second Grammar School, and was so known until February, 1861, when it was given the name of the Harvard School ; in 18 7 G it was given the name it now bears. Its present building, located on North Harvard street, was erected in 1S52 ; it is two stories high, and contains four rooms, all of which are occupied by Grammar classes of the district.

There are three Primary buildings in the district. The building on Everett street is two stories high, containing two rooms, both of which are occupied by Primary classes.

The building on Webster place is two stories high, con- taining two rooms, one of which is occupied by Primary and one by Grammar classes.

The building at North Brighton contains two rooms, and is occupied by one Grammar and one Primary class.

The are thirteen instructors in the district, one male and seven female 'for the Grammar classes, including sewing- teacher, and five female for the Primary classes.

ANDREW SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Andrew School was established in September, 1873. The building, located on Dorchester street, and built in 1877-78, is three stories high, and contains fourteen school- rooms, two recitation-rooms, and a hall.

The district contains but one Primary building. The Ticknor, on Dorchester street, enlarged in 1865, is three stories high, and contains twelve rooms.

There are twenty instructors in the district, two male and eleven female instructors, including sewing- teacher for the Grammar, and seven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

40

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

BENNETT SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The school now known as the Bennett School was insti- tuted as the Harvard Grammar School, on September 28, 1847, aud was located in the lower story of the Town Hall building, on Washington street, Brighton, until 1861. In that year the town erected a building for this school upon a lot of land on Winship place, Agricultural Hill, presented by Stephen Hastings Bennett, a citizen of the town, for school purposes. On February 23, 1861, the School Com- mittee, in consideration of the donation of the land and as a compliment to the donor, voted that the school should take the name of Bennett Grammar School ; and the name of Harvard was transferred to the school at Allston, until then known as the Second Grammar.

The new building was two stories in height, and contained three rooms.

The present building on Chestnut-hill avenue for the accommodation of the Bennett School was erected in 1873. It is two stories in height, with a Mansard roof ; contains seven rooms and a hall, and six rooms are occupied. The original Bennett School building is now occupied by Primary classes of the district.

There are three Primary buildings in the district. One qn Winship place, previously mentioned, two stories in height, contains three rooms, and is fully occupied. One on Oak square, two stories in height, contains two rooms, only one of which is at present used. One on Union street, two stories in height, contains two rooms, and is now unoccupied.

There are eleven instructors in the district, one male and seven female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, arid four female instructors for the Primary Schools.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

41

BIGELOW SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Bigelow School was established in 1849. The build- ing, located on Fourth street, corner of E, was erected in 1850. It is four stories high, containing fourteen rooms and a ball.

The Primary buildings in the district are two, the Hawes, on Broadway, and the Simonds, in the rear on the same lot ; the Hawes building containing eight rooms, and the Simonds three. These rooms are all occupied, and there are two classes in the ward-room building, and one class in a hired room in Savings-bank building.

There are twenty-eight instructors in the district, three male and thirteen female instructors for the Grammar, and twelve female instructors for the Primary Schools.

BOWDITCH SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Bowditch School was established in 1861. Its first building, erected in 1862, was located on South street. The school was transferred to its present building, known as the Channing School-house, formerly occupied by the Primary classes of the district, in 1873. This building, located on Cove, corner of East street, was built in 1866, is three stories high, and contains nine rooms.

There is but one Primary building in the district, the Guild, on East street, built in 1836 ; is three stories high, and contains twelve school-rooms.

This house was originally occupied by the Winthrop Grammar School, and was so used until the erection of the present Winthrop School building, on Tremont street, in 1854. In 1847 the building was enlarged, and still further additions were made in 1861.

There are twenty-one instructors in the district, one male and nine female instructors for the Grammar, including

42

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

a sewing-teacher, and eleven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

BOWDOIN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Bowdoin School was established in 1821. Its present building, located on Myrtle street, was built in 1848, with' two rooms on a floor, the rooms being arranged for two classes.

The inconvenience for want of yard-room is seriously felt by the school. The building is surrounded by four streets, thus involving inconveniences and annoyances which it would seem impossible to remedy.

The Primary School buildings in the district are three.

The building on Somerset street, purchased for the use of the Primary Schools of this district, and afterwards partly occupied by the Normal Training School, is three stories high, and contains eight rooms ; four in the upper and one in the lower story being not now in use. Two of the re- maining rooms are occupied by Primary classes, aud one by the Kindergarten School.

The Sharp building, on Anderson street, formerly used for the English High School, and subsequently for the Phillips Grammar School, is three stories high, and contains six rooms, which are occupied by Primary classes of this district, and a ward-room.

The Winchell building, on Blossom street, was built in 1845. It is three stories high, with a room on each floor. On this lot there is a brick building, used for school pur- poses, containing two rooms. Four of the Ave rooms in the two buildings are occupied, leaving one vacant.

The number of instructors in the district is twenty-three, one male, ten female instructors for the Grammar, in- cluding sewing-teacher, and twelve female instructors for the Primary Schools,

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

43

BRIMMER SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Brimmer School was established in 1844. Its present building, located on Common street, on the site of the old Franklin School-house, was built in 1843. It is four stories high, containing fourteen rooms, with hall.

The Primary buildings in the district are three.

The Starr King, on Tenn}rson street, built in 1870, is three stories high, and contains ten rooms and a hall. Of these rooms, the hall, two rooms on the upper, and two on the second floor, are occupied by drawing classes evenings, viz. : Monday, Tuesday, Thursday, and Friday evenings, from October to April. Six rooms on the first and second stories are occupied by three Primary classes of the Brimmer District, and by three Grammar classes of the Winthrop District.

The Skinner School, on Fayette street, was built in 1870. It is three stories high, with two school-rooms to a floor, five of which are occupied by Primary classes of this district, and one as a store-room for books and material furnished to the schools by the School Board.

The Primary School building, at the corner of Newbury and Exeter streets, was built in 1875. It is two stories high, containing eight rooms and a hall. Of these, three rooms are occupied by Grammar, and two by Primary classes ; the remainder are vacant.

There are twenty-eight instructors in this district, three male and fourteen female instructors for the Grammar, and eleven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

BUNKER-HILL SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Bunker Hill School was established in 1801, under the name of the "Neck" School. It was first called the Bunker Hill School in 1838. Its present building, situated

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

on Baldwin street, was built in 1866, is four stories high, and contains fourteen school-rooms and a hall. Of these rooms, one is occupied by a class for special instruction, and twelve by Grammar classes of the district.

There are three Primary buildings in the district. The building on Bunker Hill street is two stories high, and con- tains eight rooms, all of which are occupied.

The buildings on Haverhill street are one-story wooden buildings, each containing one room, which is occupied by a Primary School.

There are twenty-five instructors in the district, two male and twelve female instructors for the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, and eleven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

CENTRAL SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Central School was established in 1849. Its present building on Burroughs street, erected in the same year, is three stories high, and contains six rooms, all of which are occupied. The building was remodelled in 1871.

There is one Primary building in the district, on Child street, which is two stories high, and contains two rooms, both of which are occupied. Two rooms in Village Hall are also occupied by Primary classes of this district.

There are eleven instructors for the district, one male and six female instructors for the Grammar, and four female instructors for the Primary Schools.

CHAPMAN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Chapman School was established in 1849. Its present building, located on Eutaw street, was built in 1850. It is three stories high, with ten rooms and hall.

The Primary buildings in the district are two.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

45

The Tappan building, on Lexington street, was built in 1846, and rebuilt in 1873. It is two stories high, with four school-rooms on each floor. Of these rooms, six are occu- pied by Primary classes, and one by a Grammar class of this district.

The Webb building, on Porter street, was built in 1853. It is three stones high, with two school-rooms* on a floor.

There are twenty-three instructors in the district. two male and eleven female instructors for the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, with ten female instructors for the Primary Schools.

CHARLES SUMNER DISTRICT. FOR ROTS AXD GIRLS.

The Charles Sumner School was established in 1*62. under the name of the Florence School. The present building, on Ashland street, known as the Charles Sumner School, was erected in 1876 and '17. It is three stories high and con- tains ten school-rooms and a hall.

There are two Primary buildings belonging to the dis- trict ? one on Canterbury street, built in 1864, and the other on Washington street, built in 1870.

The Grammar-school building on Florence street, and the Primary on Poplar street, are at pre-ent unoccupied.

There are eleven instructors in the district, one male and five female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, and five female instructors for the PrioMiy Schools.

COMLNS SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOE ROYS AXD GIRLS.

The Comins School building, located on Tremont street, was built in 1856. and remodelled in 1869. It is four stories high, containing thirteen rooms and hall.

The Comins-branch building, on Smith street, was built

46

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

in 1849. It is two stories high, with a school-room on each floor. One room each is devoted to the Grammar and Primary departments.

The Comins-branch building, on Francis street, built in 1853, and rebuilt in 1861, was again enlarged in 1876. It now contains four school-rooms and a hall ; three on the first floor and one school-room and a hall on the second. Of these rooms, two are occupied by Grammar and two by Primary classes.

The Primary buildings in this district are two, exclusive of the Smith street and Francis street, already mentioned.

The Phillips-street building, on Phillips street, Roxbury, was built in 1867, is two stories high, and contains eight rooms, four on each floor.

The Primal building, on King street, was erected in 1875, and contains eight rooms, six of which are occupied by Primary classes of the district ; the remaining rooms are at present occupied by classes of the Evening Drawing Schools.

There are thirty-four instructors in the district, two male and sixteen female instructors for the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, and sixteen female instructors for the Primary Schools.

DEARBORN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Dearborn School was established in 1852. Its build- ing, located on Dearborn place, was erected in 1851, en- larged in 1858, and remodelled and enlarged in 1870. It is three stories high, containing fourteen rooms and a hall. The first and second floors have each six rooms, and the third two rooms and a hall. There are also three Gram- mar classes of the school in the Primary building on Yeoman street.

The Primary buildings in the district are three.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

47

The Eustis-street building, on Eustis street, was erected in 1848, and enlarged in 1858'. It is two stories high, con- taining four rooms. Additional land was bought in 1864, and the yard was graded and a fence built in 1870.

The George-street building, on George street, was erected in 1861. It is three stories high, containing six rooms.

The Yeoman- street building, on Yeoman street, was erected in 1849, and rebuilt in 1870. It is three stories high, containing twelve rooms. Eight of these are occupied by Primary and three by Grammar classes.

There are thirty-six instructors in the district, two male, and seventeen female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, and seventeen female instructors for the Primary Schools.

DUDLEY SCHOOL DISTEICT. DUDLEY SCHOOL FOR BOYS.

The Dudley School, for boys, was established in 1849, under the name of the Washington School. Its present building, corner of Dudley and Putnam streets, was built in 1874. The school removed to the new building in Septem- ber of the same year, the old building being surrendered to the Public Building Committee of the City Council, and at present occupied by the Municipal Court and City Surveyor for the Highland District. The building is two stories high, with French roof ; contains fourteen school-rooms, and a commodious hall, besides six smaller rooms, used for the master's office, library, apparatus-room, etc. These rooms are occupied by nine Grammar and four Primary classes.

DUDLEY SCHOOL FOR GIRLS.

The Dudley School, for girls, was established in 1839. Its present building, on Bartlett street, built in 1846, and en- larged in 1867, is three stories high, and contains six rooms and a recitation-room.

48

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

There is but one Primary building in the district, the building on Vernon street, erected in 1849, and enlarged in 18(51. It is two stories high, and contains four rooms, all of which are occupied.

There are twenty-seven instructors in the district, two male and eight female instructors for the Boys' Dudley Grammar School ; one female principal and seven female instructors, including sewing-teacher, for the Girls' Dudley Grammar School, and nine female instructors for the Primary Schools.

DW1GHT SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Dwight School was established in 1844. Its present building, located on Springfield street, and built in 1856, is four stories high, containing fourteen rooms, and a hall.

There is but one Primary building in the district, on Rutland street, built in 1851. It is three stories high, and has two rooms on each floor.

There are nineteen instructors in this district, three male and ten female instructors in the Grammar, and six female instructors in the Primary Schools.

ELIOT SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Eliot School was established in 1713. Its present building, located on North Bennet street, was built in 1838, and rebuilt in 1860. It is four stories high, and contains fourteen rooms, and a hall. Besides these, two classes of the school occupy a room in the Ware Primary building.

The Primary School buildings are three. The Pormort, on Snelling place, was built in 1855 ; is four stories high, and contains six school-rooms. The building is raised one story from the ground, for the purpose of a play-room.

The Freeman, Charter street, was built in 1868 ; is three stories high, and contains six school-rooms.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

49

The" Ware, on Xorth Rennet street, built in 1862, is three stories high, and contains four school-rooms, and a ward- room.

There are thirty-one instructors in the district, four male and thirteen female instructors for the Grammar, aud four- teen female instructors for the Primary Schools.

EMERSON SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Emerson School was established in 1865, under the name of the Prescott School, and was so known until 1876, when it was given the name it now bears. Its present build- ing, located on Prescott street, was built in 1865 ; is three stories high, and contains sixteen rooms and a hall, there beins six rooms on the first and secoud floors, and four rooms and a hall on the third.

Of these rooms, thirteen are occupied by Grammar classes, two by Primary, and one by the sewing-teacher.

A Primary building, on Princeton street, with eight rooms, seven of which are occupied, was completed in this district during the year 1874.

There are twenty-four instructors in the district, two male and thirteen female instructors in the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, and nine female instructors in the Primary Schools.

EVERETT SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Everett School was established in 1860. Its present building, located on Northampton street, was built in 1860. It is four stories high, and contains fourteen rooms and a hall.

There is but one Primary building in the district, the Eice, on Concord street, formerly occupied by the D wight Grammar School; was built in 1846. It is three stories high, and contains ten school-rooms and a ward-room.

50

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

The number of instructors in the district is twenty-seven, one male and fifteen female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, and eleven female teachers for the Primary Schools.

DORCHESTER-EVERETT SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOTS AND GIRLS.

The new Dorchester-Everett building, located on Sumner street, built in 1876, is three stories high, containing ten school-rooms and a hall.

Two of these rooms are occupied by Primary classes ; the others are occupied by Grammar classes. Besides these there is one Grammar class in the old Everett building on Snmner street, built in 1855 ; two Primary classes in a building owned by the city on Dorchester avenue ; and two in a building recently erected by the city on Howard avenue.

There are fifteen instructors in the district, two male and seven female instructors for the Grammar, and six female instructors for the Primary Schools.

FRAXKLIN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Franklin School was established in 1785. Its present building, located on Ringgold street, built in 1858, is four stories high, containing fourteen rooms and a hall.

There are two Primary-school buildings in the district, the Cook School, on Groton street, built in 1852, is three stories high, and contains six school-rooms ; the Wait School, on Shawmut avenue, built in 1860, is two stories high, and contains eight school-rooms, seven of which are occupied.

There are twenty-nine instructors in the district, one male and fifteen female instructors in the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, and thirteen female instructors in the Primary Schools.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES. 51

FROTIIIXGHAM SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Frothingham School was established in 1825. Its first building was erected in 1827, and the school was first called the "Winthrop" School in 1838. In 1876 it was given the name of the ''Frothingham School." Its second building, situated on the corner of Bunker Hill and Lexing- ton streets, was erected in 1847. Its present building, situated on the corner of Pro>pect and Edge worth streets, was erected in 1875 and 1876 ; it is three stories high, containing sixteen rooms and a hall, six rooms each on the first and second floors, and four on the third floor.

The Primary Schools occupy four rooms in the Grammar^ school building, a building on Moulton street, two stories high, containing four rooms, and a building containing one room on Chauncy place.

There are twenty-two instructors in' the district, two male and eleven female instructors in the Grammar, includ- in£ sewing-teacher, and nine female instructors for the Primary Schools.

GASTON SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Gaston School was established in September, 1873. The building, located on the corner of L and Fifth streets, and built in 1873, is three stories high, and contains fourteen rooms and a hall.

The district contains but one Primary building, the Tuckerman, at City Point, built in 1850, and enlarged in 1861 ; was formerly occupied by Primary classes of the Lin- coln District. It is three stories high, and contains six rooms.

There are twenty instructors in the district, one male and ten female instructors, including sewing-teacher, for the Grammar, and nine female instructors for the Primary Schools.

52 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

GIBSON SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Gibson building, on School street, erected in 1857, is two stories high, and contains six school-rooms. Four of these are occupied by Grammar classes, and two by the Primary.

There are two Primary School buildings in the district.

The Atherton building, located on Columbia street, was erected in 1872, and contains six rooms and a hall ; three of the rooms only are occupied, one by Grammar, one by both Grammar and Primary, and the other by Primary pupils, leaving three vacant.

The Primary-school buiding, on Thetford avenue, was erected in 1875. It contains four school-rooms, only one of which is at present occupied.

There are eleven instructors in the district, one male and five female instructors for the Grammar, and five female instructors for the Primary Schools.

HANCOCK SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Hancock School was established in 1822. Its present building, located on Parmenter street, was erected in 1847 ; is four stories high, containing fourteen school-rooms and a hall. Three of the rooms are unoccupied, one owing to poor light. Besides these, there are five rooms which were formerly used by Grammar classes in the Primary building situated on the same lot ; all of these are now vacant.

The Primary buildings of the district are three.

The Cushman building, located on Parmenter street, erected in 1867, is four stories high, and contains sixteen school- rooms, ten of which are used for Primary classes, leaving six vacant.

The Cheever building, on Thacher street, built in 1846, is three stories high, and contaius three school-rooms.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

53

The Ingraham building, on Sheafe street, erected in 1848, is three stories high, and contains three school-rooms.

There are twenty-nine instructors in the district, one male, twelve female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, and sixteen female instructors for the Pri- mary Schools.

HARRIS SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Harris School building, located on Adams street, erected in 1861, is three stories high, and contains eight school-rooms and a hall, seven of which are occupied by Grammar and Primary classes.

There are eight instructors in the district, one male and four female instructors for the Grammar, and three female instructors for the Primary Schools.

HARVARD SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Harvard School, the first school in Charlestown, was established in 1(536. Its first building was erected in 1648, and rebuilt in 1682 and 1713. This building was destroyed June 17, 1775, by fire, and rebuilt immediately after the Revolutionary war. Its present building, on Bow street, erected in 1871, is three stories high, and contains four- teen rooms and a hall, all but two of which are occupied.

There are two Primary buildings in the district. The building on Harvard street is three stories high, containing eight rooms, all of which are occupied. The building on Common street is three stories high, containing four rooms.

There are twenty-five instructors in the district, two male and ten female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, and thirteen female instructors for the Primary Schools.

54

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

HILLSIDE SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Hillside School was established in 1858. Its present building is situated on Elm street. It originally contained four rooms. In 1870 the roof was raised and two additional rooms added ; so that the building, in its present condition, is three stories high, and contains six rooms.

There are two Primary buildings in the district.

The building on Green street is two stories high, and con- tains two school-rooms.

The building on Washington street is also two stories high, with two school-rooms.

There are twelve instructors in the district, one male and seven female instructors for the Grammar, including sew- ing-teacher, and four female instructors for the Primary Schools.

LAWREINXE SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Lawrence School was established in 1842. Its pres- ent building, located on B street, corner of Third, built in 1856, is four stories high, containing fourteen rooms and a hall. In addition, the classes of this school occupy four rooms in the Mather Primarv building, on Broadway.

The Primary buildings in the district are three.

The Mather, on Broadway, built in 1842, is three stories high, and contains twelve school-rooms, eight of which are occupied by Primary classes, and four, as before mentioned, by Grammar. The building was occupied by Grammar classes until the completion of the Lawrence School-house, on B street, in 1856-57, since which time it has been used for Primary classes. An iron fence on a granite foundation was built about the yard in 1862.

The Parkman, on Silver street, built in 1848, is three stories high, and contains six rooms.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

55

The Howe School, on Fifth street, is two stories high, with basement, and contains eight rooms, seven of which are occupied by Primary classes of this district, and one by a Kindergarten School.

There are forty instructors in the district, four male and fifteen female instructors for the Grammar, aud twenty- one female instructors for the Primary Schools.

LEWIS SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Lewis School was established in 1868. Its present building, on Sherman street, was built in 1868, and is four stories high, containing twelve school-rooms and a hall. All of the rooms are occupied.

There are five Primary buildings in the district.

The building located on Thornton street, built in 1847, i3 two stories high, and contains two school-rooms.

The building located on Munroe street, built in 1854, is two stories high, and contains two school-rooms, both of which are occupied.

The building on Winthrop street, built in 1857, was re- modelled in 1870 ; is two stories high, and contaius four rooms, three of which are occupied.

The building on Quincy street was built in 1875, and contains eight rooms, two of which are occupied.

The building on Mt. Pleasant avenue was built in 1847 ; is two stories high, and contains two school-rooms.

There are twenty-five instructors in the district, two male and twelve female instructors for the Grammar, in- cluding sewing-teacher, and eleven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

LINCOLN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Lincoln School was established in 1859. Its present

56

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

building, on Broadway, was built in 1859 ; it is four stories high, and contains fourteen rooms and a hall.

The Primary Schools occupy the Capen building. This was erected in 1871, and is located on I, corner of Sixth street ; it is three stories high, and contains six school-rooms.

The Lincoln School District was divided in 1873, the girls being placed in the Gaston School.

There are twenty instructors in the district, three male and ten female instructors for the Grammar, and seven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

LOWELL SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Lowell School building, located on Centre street, was built, and the school established, in 1874. The building is three stories high, and contains fourteen school-rooms and a hall, six rooms each on the first two floors, and two, with a hall, on the third floor. Fourteen of the rooms are now occupied.

There are three Primary buildings in the district. The building located on Heath street, built in 1857, is two stories high, and contains two school-rooms.

The building located on Chestnut avenue is two stories high, and contains two rooms.

The building on Egleston square, built in 1877, is one story high, and contains two rooms.

There are twenty-one instructors in the district, two male and ten female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, and nine female instructors for the Primary Schools.

LYMAN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Lyman School was established in 1837. Its present building, on Paris street, was erected in 1870 ; it is three

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

stories high, with six rooms each on first and second floor, hall and two school-rooms on third floor. All of these rooms are occupied. The building was partly destroyed by fire in August of 1871.

There is one Primary- building in the district.

The Austin, on Paris street, built in 1849, is three stories high, and contains six school-rooms. The building was en- larged and remodelled in 1855, and further additions were made in 18G8.

There are twenty-two instructors in the district, two male and twelve female instructors for the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, and eight female instructors for the Primary Schools.

MATHER SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOB BOTS A5D GIRLS.

The Mather building, located on Meeting-House Hill, was built in 1872, and contains ten rooms and a hall.

The old building formerlv used bv the Mather School was moved to a new position, not far from the site of the new building, and fitted up for a Primary School. It is two stories high, and contains eight school-rooms, only one of which is occupied.

There are thirteen instructors in the school, one male and eight female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teacher, and four female instructors for the Primary classes.

MXXOT SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOB BOTS AXD GIRLS.

The Minot School building, located on Walnut street, Dorchester, erected in 1856, is two stories high, and contains seven rooms.

Two rooms of a hired building on Wood court are occu- pied by classes of this district, and an intermediate school

58

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

occupies a building on Adams street, called the Stoughton Intermediate. The building was erected in 1861, is two stories high, and contains two rooms, only one being occu- pied.

There are ten instructors in the district, one male and five female instructors for the Grammar, and four female instructors for the Primary Schools.

MOUNT VERNON SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Mount Vernon School was established in 1862. Its present building, located on Mount Vernon street, was built in 1861-62 ; is two stories high, with French roof, and con- tains two large school-rooms, two recitation-rooms, and a hall, which is now used fur a school-room.

There are two Primary buildings in the district.

The Primary building on Baker street was erected in 1855, and contains one room.

The building on Washington street, formerly Shawm ut avenue, was erected in 1863 ; it is two stories high, and con- tains two school-rooms.

In addition to this, one Primary School is accommodated in Westerly Hall building.

There are eight instructors in the district, one male and four female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing- teacher, and three female instructors for the Primary Schools.

XORCROSS SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Xorcross School was established, and its present build- ing, on D, corner of Fifth street, was first occupied in 1868. The building is three stories high, and contains twelve rooms, besides a capacious hall in the French roof.

There is but one Primary building in the district.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

4

59

The Drake, on C street, corner of Third, was built in 1869. It is three stories high, and contains six rooms.

There is an additional Grammar class temporarily accom- modated in the hall, and a Primary class in the vestry of the church on D street, hired for that purpose.

There are twenty-two instructors in the district one male and fourteen female instructors for the Grammar, in- cluding sewing-teacher, and seven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

PHILLIPS SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS.

The Phillips School was established in 1844. Its present building, located on Phillips, corner of Anderson street, was erected in 1861, is four stories high, and contains fourteen rooms and a hall.

In July, 1876, the Mayhew School, established in 1803, was consolidated with the Phillips. The new Phillips Dis- trict contains. two Primary buildings.

The Grant, on Phillips street, built in 1852, is two stories high, and contains four rooms.

The Baldwin, on Grant place, built in 1864, is three stories high, and contains six rooms.

There are twenty instructors in the district, three male and twelve female instructors for the Grammar, and five female instructors for the Primary Schools.

PRESCOTT DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Prescott School was established in 1857, previous to which time the school was known as the Warren No. 2. The building, located in the rear of Elm street, Charlestown District, is three stories high, and contains ten school-rooms and a hall. There is also a room in the basement, occupied by an evening school.

60

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

There are four Priinarv-school buildings in the district.

The building on Polk street has two stories and two school-rooms, aud was moved upon the lot in 1873. It was erected, on the corner of Bartlett and Sullivan streets, in 184o.

The building on Medford street, and the one in the rear on the same lot, have each one room. The fourth building situated on Buuker Hill street, is two stories high, and con- tains two rooms.

There are twenty instructors in the district, two male and twelve female instructors for the Grammar, including sewing-teachers, and six female instructors in the Primary Schools.

QUrXCT SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOTS.

The Quincy School was established in 1847. Its present building, located on Tyler street, was built in 1847, damaged by tire in 1859, and rebuilt in 1860, is four stories high, and contains fourteen rooms and a hall.

There are two Primary buildings in the district. The Way-street building, on Way street, was erected in 1850. It is three stories high, with a school-room on each floor.

The Andrews, on Genesee street, was erected in 1848. It is three stories high, with a school-room on each floor.

There are twenty instructors in the district, three male and ten female instructors for the Grammar, aud seven female instructors for the Primary Schools.

RICE TRAINING SCHOOL, FOR BOTS.

The Rice School was established in 1867. Its present building, on Dartmouth street, was erected in 1869, partially destroyed by tire in 1&75, and rebuilt in 1876. It was changed to the Rice Training School in the same year. It is

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

61

three stories high, and contains fourteen school-rooms; six rooms each, on the first two floors, are occurred by the Grammar Department of the Training School. On the third floor the hall, two rooms, and the library are used by the Normal School.

There is one Primary building in the district, on Appleton street. This was built in 1870, is three stories high, and contains ten school-rooms and a hall. The hall and one room are used by the Normal School, for instruction in observation and practice. Seven rooms are used by the Primary classes of the district, and one room is unoccupied.

There are twenty instructors in the district, three male and ten female instructors in the Grammar department, and seven female instructors in the Primary department.

SHERWIN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Sherwin School was established in 1870. Its present building, located on Madison square, was built in 1870, is three stories high, and contains sixteen school-rooms and hall, seven on the first floor, six on the second, and four, in addition to the hall, on the third.

The Primary buildings in the district are three.

The Franklin-place building, on Franklin place, corner of Tremont street, was erected in 18b' 5 ; it is two stories high, and contains four rooms.

The AVeston-street Primary building was erected in 1858 ; it is two stories high, with four school-rooms on each floor.

The Avon-place Primary building was erected in 1851 ; it is two stories high, and contains two school-rooms.

There is also a Primary class occupying a small two-story building on the Milldam, on land not owned by the city. No account is taken of the building, the class simply occupying it. There are, also, two additional Primary classes located in hired rooms,

62

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

There are thirty-three instructors in the district, two male, and sixteen female instructors for the Grammar, in- cluding sewing-teacher, and fifteen female instructors for the Primary Schools.

SHURTLEFF SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The ShurtlefF School was established in 1859. Its present building, located on Dorchester street, was erected in 1869, is three stories high, and contains fourteen school-rooms and hall, six rooms each on the first two floors, and two smaller rooms, with a hall, on the third floor.

There is but one Primary building in the district. The Clinch, on F street, corner of Seventh, in the rear on the Grammar School-house lot, was built in 1871 ; it is three stories high, and contains six rooms, with basement, and yard for play-ground.

There are twenty-two instructors in the district, one male, and fifteen female instructors for the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, and six female instructors for the Pri- mary Schools.

STOUGHTON SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Stoughton building, on River street, erected in 1856, is two stories high, and contains eight school-rooms and one class-room.

There are nine instructors in the school, one male and five female instructors for the Grammar, and three female instructors for the Primary Schools.

TILESTON SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AND GIRLS.

The Tileston building, located on Norfolk street, built in 1868, is three stories high, and contains eight school-rooms and a hall. Only four of these school-rooms are in use.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES. 63

There are three instructors for the school, one male and one female instructor fur the Grammar, and one female instructor for the Primary School.

WARREN SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR BOYS AXD GIRLS.

The Warren School was established in 1840. It originally occupied a building on its present site, which was erected in the same year. This building was twice seriously injured by fire, and finally totally destroyed in 1866. Its present building, situated on Summer street, was erected in 1867, is four stories high, and contains fourteen rooms and a hall. All of these rooms are occupied, one by the class for special instruction, another for a Primary class, and the remainder by Grammar classes. Besides these, there are two play- rooms in the basement, one each for boys and girls.

There are two Primary buildings in the district.

The building on the corner of Cross and Bartlett streets is two stories high, of wood, and contains two rooms, both of which are occupied.

The building on Mead street is two stories high, of brick, containing four rooms ; these are all occupied by Primary classes of the district.

There are twenty-one instructors in the district, two male and eleven female instructors for the Grammar, includ- ing sewing-teacher, and eight female instructors for the Primary Schools.

WELLS SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The 'Wells School was established in 1833. Its present building, located on Blossom street, corner of McLean, was rebuilt upon the grounds of the old building in 1868, and is four stories high, containing ten school-rooms, hall, and ward-room.

64

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 10.

There are two Primary buildings in the district.

The Emerson, on Poplar street, built in 1861, is three stories high, and contains six school-rooms.

The Dean on Wall street, was built in 1853 ; it is three stories high, and contains six school-rooms.

There are twenty-three instructors in the district, one male and ten female instructors for the Grammar, including1 sewing-teacher, and twelve female instructors for the Pri- mary Schools.

WINTHROP SCHOOL DISTRICT, FOR GIRLS.

The Winthrop School was established in 1836. Its present building, on Tremont street, erected in 1855, is four stories high, and contains fourteen school-rooms and a hall. In addition to these, there are three rooms in the Starr King, building, on Tennyson street, occupied by Grammar classes of this district.

There is one Primary building in the district.

The Shurtleff, on Tyler street, built in 1855, is three stories high, and contains six school -rooms j occupied by Primary classes.

There are twenty-seven instructors in the district, one male and twenty female instructors for the Grammar, includ- ing two sewing-teachers, and six female instructors for the Primary schools.

EXPENDITURES FOR THE GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

Aggregate expenditures made by the Board of School Committee and the Public Building Committee of the City Council, for the Grammar Schools of the city for the finan- cial year 1877 and 1878 :

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

65

Salaries of Instructors .... Expenditures for Text-books, Maps, Globes

Writing and Drawing Materials, Stationery

etc., for Grammar Schools Janitors .... Fuel .

<Jas ..... Water . .

Public Building Committee, Furniture, Repairs, etc.

Total cost for Grammar Schools .

$609,848 74

51,033 98 35,913 82 20,481 18 1,425 92 3,068 00

$721,771 64

61,873 30 . $783,644 94

Average number of pupils belonging to Grammar Schools, twenty-five thousand one hundred and fifty-six. Average cost of each pupil, $31.15.

EXPENDITURES FOR THE PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Aggregate expenditures made by the Board of School Committee and the Public Building Committee of the City Council, for the Primary Schools of the city, for the financial year 1877 and 1878 :

Salaries of Instructors . . . . .$310,11050 Expenditures for Text-books, Maps, Globes, Writing and Drawing Materials, Stationery,

etc 9,026 92

Janitors . . . . . . . 29,232 63

Carried forward $348,370 05

*

66

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Brought forward . . . . . $348,370 05

Fuel 14,381 51

Gas 212 23

Water 4,881 00

$367,844 79

Public Building Committee.

Furniture, Repairs, etc. .... 53,883 72

Total cost for Primary Schools . . . $421,728 51

Average number of pupils belonging to the Primary Schools, nineteen thousand nine hundred and sixteen. Average cost of each pupil, $21.17.

The original cost of the various buildings, with the land used for Grammar and Primary Schools, amounts in the aggregate to S4, 9 17, 000. 00 ; the assessed value, at the pres- ent time, to $6,378,700.00,— an increase of $1,461,700.00.

The aggregate number of feet of land contained in the various Grammar and Primary School lots is 1,306,398 square feet ; or an average of 14,515 square feet. The largest Grammar-school lot, the Tileston, contains 54,450 square feet ; the smallest, the Bowdoin, contains 4,892 square feet. The largest Primary-school lot, the Quincy street, Roxbury, contains about 30,000 square feet; the smallest, the Joy-street building, 1,938 square feet.

SPECIAL SCHOOLS.

A HORACE MAHTI SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF.

This school occupies a building located on Warrenton street.

There are eight female instructors for the school, one

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

67

principal and seven assistants ; the average number of pupils in the school is seventy-three.

Average cost of each pupil for the year, $125.09.

A large portion of the expense for maintaining this school is borne by the State ; a payment of one hundred dollars for each city, and one hundred and fifty dollars for each out-of- town scholar being allowed and paid to the city from the State Treasury.

The amount received during the past year from this source was $10,118.83, a large portion of which was due at the close of the last financial year.

This school is a great success, instructing pupils in every grade, from the youngest Primary to the advanced Grammar scholar. The exercises are interesting and progressive, and the results are more than gratifying ; children that can neither hear nor speak are taught to read, to understand what is spoken, and to convey their thoughts to others by vocal sounds.

Salaries of Instructors $7,443 13

Expenses for Books, Stationery, etc. . . 465 65

Janitors 443 17

Fuel 199 75

Gas 6 83

$8,558 53

Public Building Committee. Kent, Furniture, Repairs, etc. . . . 573 66

Total expense for the school . . . $9,132 19

SCHOOLS FOE MINORS.

These schools are established for boot-blacks and news- boys, and are located in the Primary buildings on East-street place, and North Margin street.

68

SCHOOL DOCUMENT N'O. 10.

The building on East-street place was built in 1849, and contains four rooms.

The building on Xorth Margin street was built in 1837, and contains two rooms.

There are two female instructors for the schools.

Average number of pupils belonging, seventy.

Average cost per pupil, $29.65.

Salaries of Instructors $1,542 00

Expenses for Books, Stationery, etc. . 48 54

Janitors 257 80

Fuel 31 00

$1,879 34

Public Building Committee, Rent, Repairs, etc 196 28

Total expense for the schools . . . $2,075 62

KESDEKGAETEX.

This school, established in 1870, occupies a room in the Primary building on the corner of Somerset and Allston streets.

It is under the charge of a female instructor, with one assistant, and admits children from three to six years of age. Average number of pupils belonging, thirty-five. Average cost per pupil, $32.50.

Salaries of Instructors $1,129 89

Expenses for Books, etc. .... 7 83

Total expense of the school

$1,137

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

69

EVENING SCHOOLS.

These schools commence in October, and extend to the first of April, having about one hundred and thirty sessions. They are generally held in the ward-rooms in the various parts of the city. There are sixteen regular schools, with an average attendance of sixty pupils to each school. There is also an Evening High School, held in the old Bowditch School-house, on South street, with an average attendance of four hundred and thirty pupils, in which the higher branches are taught, including French, German, and Naviga- tion. There are eleven instructors for this school, a prin- cipal and ten male assistants.

These schools perform an important work, and are of great help to those who have been deprived of the early advantages of education, as well as to those who are obliged to leave the day-school to earn their living. Thev are looked upon with great satisfaction by all who are acquainted with their work, and the results are very encouraging.

The largest number of instructors for these schools at any one time was one hundred and forty. The average number during the whole period was one hundred and nineteen.

Average aggregate attendance, including the High School, one thousand three hundred and eighty-six. The average cost of each pupil for the time, $24.70.

Besides these, there are six Eveuing Drawing Schools for Industrial Drawing, one occupying the hail and four rooms in the Starr King building, on Tennyson street, under the direction of a master and four assistants : three classes in the old City Hall, Charlestown, under the direction of a head assistant and two assistants ; three classes in the Webster-street Primary School-house, East Boston, under the direction of a head assistant, with two assistants ; two classes in Curtis Hall, Jamaica Plain, under the direction of a head assistant, with oue assistant ; two classes in the Hisjh-

70

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

school building, Dorchester, under the direction of a head assistant, with one assistant ; and two classes in the Primary- school building, King street, Highlands, with a head as- sistant, and one assistant, pupils being examined at the end of the term, and certificates given to all who passed a satisfactory examination.

The schools are in session about one hundred evenings. Aggregate average attendance, three hundred and eight.

Average cost of each pupil for the time, $44.68.

EVENING SCHOOLS.

Salaries of Instructors .

Expenses for Books, Stationery, etc.

Janitors ......

Fuel and Gas .

Public Building Committee. Eepairs, Furniture, etc.

Total expense for Evening Schools

$28,048 25 1,157 50 1,477 92 2,604 88

$33,288 55

946 18

$34,234 73

DRAWING SCHOOLS.

Salaries of Instructors . . $9,510 00 Drawing Materials, Stationery,

Models, Boards, etc. . . 2,150 75

Janitors 408 87

Fuel and Gas . . . . 1,456 39

Public Building Committee. Kepairs, Furniture, etc. .

$13,526 01 236 55

Total expense for Drawing Schools . . 13,762 56 Aggregate expense for all Evening Schools. $47,997 29

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

71

EXPENDITURES FOR OFFICERS AND SPECIAL INSTRUCTORS.

Salaries of Superintendent, Supervisors, Sec- retary and Auditing Clerk, Assistant

Clerks, and Messenger .... $40,887 60

Salaries of fifteen Truant Officers . . . 17,148 34

" of seven Music Instructors . . 17,895 00

" of five Drawing Instructors . . 11,405 00

Military Instructor and Armorer . . . 1,954 00

Extra Instructor in Mathematics (James

Robinson for four mos.) .... 333 00

Stationery and Record Books and Printing

for office use and office expenses . . 3,237 04

Stationery, Text and Reference Books for

School Committee . . . . . 258 64

$93,118 62

INCIDENTALS.

These expenditures are made for objects not chargeable to any particular school, and consist chiefly of expenses for printing, advertising, festivals, reference-books, board of horses, carriage-hire, repairs, tuning of pianos, and other small expenses.

Musical Festival,

Use of Tabernacle . . . $755 00

Decorations .... 224 00

Band 448 00

Use of Organ . . . . 152 00

Transportation . . . 415 25

Printing Music ... 95 80

Carried forward . . $2,090 05

72

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Brought forward . . $2,090 05 Labor, including Services of

Doorkeepers . . . 231 03

Annual Festival.

Collation $903 00

Decorations .... 1,380 00

Halls 286 00

Band 125 00

Transportation . . . 150 04

Badges . . . . 7 35

Ribbons for Diplomas . . 124 50

Labor 6 70

$2,321 08

2,983 19

Board of horses, with shoeing expenses and

sundry repairs of vehicles and harnesses . 868 42

Advertising 1,311 86

Census of School Children .... 1,350 00 Printing Census Books . . . . . 87 12

Drawing Exhibition . . . . . 75 00

Printing and Printing Stock, including Post- age Stamps for mailing reports, exclusive of amounts charged to Schools . . . 10,405 49 Paper, Printing, filling out of Diplomas, in- cluding Drawing Diplomas for teachers, etc. 2,047 51 Expenses for Swords, Guns. Belts, Repairs;

etc., for High School Battalion ... 285 35

Band for Parade 102 00

Trucking and Expressage .... 2,535 04 Binding Reports, Pay-rolls, Records, Minutes,

Rules, and Documents .... 1,245 49

Carried forward . . . . . $25,61755

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

73

Brought forward $25,617 55

Care and tuning of Pianos, new instruments and Music expenses, including expenses for Covers, Stools, Music Charts, Stands, Mov- ing Pianos, etc. ..... 1,735 34

Expenses of Auditing Clerk to New York, by

vote of Com. on Accounts ... 28 25

Labor at Store-room ..... 239 22

Keceiving Coal ...... 418 14

Preparation of Paris Exhibit . . . 206 53

Import duties on apparatus and Drawing

Materials . ... . . \ . 611 63

Engraving Maps for Manuals . . . 275 00

Drawing-Books and material for Teachers'

classes . . . . . . . 322 48

Stationery and Printing, Supervisors' exam- ination ....... 300 44

Eepairs and small items . . . . 43 76

$29,79'8 34

SPECIAL EXPENDITURES BY PUBLIC BUILDING COMMITTEE.

Grammar School-house, Washington Vil- lage $74,124 38

Primary School-house, Weston street . . 39,536 71

$113,661 09

74

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

RECAPITULATION.

TOTAL EXPENDITURES.

School Committee. Public Schools, per detailed statement . $1,453,785 87 Miscellaneous articles not delivered . . 1,901 87

SPECIAL EXPENDITURES,

$1,455,687 74

Public Building Committee. Public Schools, per detailed statement . 126,428 35

Total ordinary expenditures . . . $1,582,116 09

Public Building Committee and Committee on Public Instruction.

School Buildings, as per statement . . 113,661 09

Total expenditures for the Public Schools . $1,695,777 18

INCOME.

Amount received from State, non-resident Deaf-

Mute Scholars . . . $10,118 83 from non-residents . . 3,962 10 from Trust Funds and other

sources .... 16,501 54 from sale of Instruments and Materials .... 793 62

$31,376 09

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

75

Office of Accounts, Feb. 15, 1878.

Alfred T. Turner, Esq. :

Dear Sir, The Committee on Accounts of the School Committee herewith transmit to you estimates of the amounts which will be required to meet the expenses of the Public Schools for the financial year commencing on the first day of May, 1878, and ending April 30, 1879, exclusive of the expenses for furniture, repairs, alterations, and the building of school-houses.

SALARIES OF INSTRUCTORS.

First Grade,

6 Head Masters, at $3,780 $22,680

12 Masters, " 3,000 36,000

16 Sub-Masters, " 2,400 38,400

4 Ushers, « 1,800 7,200

$104,280 00

Second Grade, 39 Masters, at $3,000 $117,000

28 Sub-Masters, " 2,400 67,200

17 Ushers, " 1,800 30,600

1 Principal Girls' Dudley, 1 ,800

216,600 00

Third Grade,

1 Assistant Principal,

$1,800

5 First Assistants,

at $1,620

8,100

4 Second Assistants,

" 1,380

5,520

9 Third Assistants,

<< 1,140

10,260

23 Fourth Assistants,

« 900

20,700

1 Assistant Normal,

1,380

47,760 00

Carried forward $368,640 00

76 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Brought forward $368,640 00

Fourth Grade.

44 First Assistants, at $1,140 $50,160 15 Second First Ass'ts, " 852 12,780 72 Second Assistants, " 792 57,024 347 Third Assistants, ." 750 260,250

380,214 00

Fifth Grade.

410 Fourth Assistants, at $750

307,500 00

Special Grade.

Music Director and 6 Instructors . $18,000

Drawing Director and 6 Instructors . 12,120 Industrial Drawing :

1 Master, 5 Head Assistants, and 11

Assistants, 104 'evenings . . 9,880

Evening Schools : 17 Principals,

121 Assistants, 130 evenings . 30,800

6 French Instructors . . . 5,100

3 German Instructors . . 2,700

Deaf-Mutes : 1 Principal, 7 Assist- ants . 7,200

Licensed Minors and Kindergarten, 4

Assistants ..... 2,650

Military Drill, Instructor and Armorer 1,920

Sewing, 29 Instructors, 178 Divisions 13,190

Assistant, Latin and English High . 600

Assistant in Laboratory Girls'

High 750

Instructor, Physical Culture Girls'

High 600

105,510 00

$1,161,864 00

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES.

77

SALARIES OF OFFICERS

Superintendent .... 6 Supervisors .... "Secretary and Auditing Clerk . Assistants, Messenger, and Officers 15 Truant Officers ....

$4,200 00 22,680 00 3,600 00 9,000 00 17,220 00

$56,700 00

INCIDENTALS.

Text-books for indigent children :

Grammar and Primary

$26,000

Text-books, iuc. Reference Books,

High Schools ....

4,000

Drawing Books ....

8,500

Writing B6*oks ....

6,000

Record Books ....

1,200

Festivals, annual . ...

3,000

Exchange of Books . . . .

2,000

Globes, Maps, and Brackets .

1,000

Music Expenses :

Instruments . . $,1800

Repairs and Covers . 2,200

Charts and Stands . 1,500

5,500

Printing . .....

14,000

Philosophical, Chemical, and Mathe-

matical Apparatus

9,000

School Census ....

Stationery .....

8,500

Slates, Diplomas, Racks, Pen-

cils, Erasers, etc. . . . 6,000

Carried forward

$94,700

$2,000 00

78

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

Brought forward

Drawing Materials : Evening Schools . $3,000 Day Schools . 3,800

Advertising Evening Schools Military Drill, Arms, etc. East Boston Ferries . Expressage and Teaming Miscellaneous .

Fuel, Gas, and Water Janitors . Janitor Supplies

$94,700

6,800

1,000 800

2,000 3,500

$2,000 00

1,500 00

1,200 00

108,800 00 70,000 00 78,000 00 5,000 00

$266,500 00

RECAPITULATION.

Salaries of Instructors Salaries of Officers . Incidentals

$1,161,864 00 56,700 00 266,500 00

$1,485,064 00

INCOME.

Non-residents, State and City . . . $10,000 00 Trust Funds and other sources . . . 9,000 00

$19,000 00

These estimates, as compared with those of last year, show a reduction of $49,736, and in connection with estimates of previous years, show an aggregate reduction in the last three years of $143,836.

REPORT OF EXPENDITURES .

79

The Committee present these figures, and state that these amounts. are actually required to carry on the schools as at present constituted.

Eespectfully submitted, for the Committee,

WM. H. LEARNARD, Jr.,

Chairman.

80

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 10.

City Hall, Feb. 28, 1878. The Joint Standing Committee on Public Instruction, having considered the foregoing estimates for the coming financial year, would respectfully report as follows :

The Committee recommend that the sum of four thousand five hundred dollars be added to the item of "Incidentals," for the purpose of supplying all books in the Primary Schools, free of charge, to the pupils. The Committee have been informed by the City Solicitor that, so far as regards the salaries of teachers, their only function is a purely ad- visory one, and that the only action they can take is either to approve the estimates so submitted, or to recommend the closing of the schools. They, therefore, respectfully report to the City Council the request of the School Com- mittee, with their general approval.

For the Committee,

gHAS. HAYDEN,

Chairman.

On the recommendation of the Committee on Finance, the City Council passed the following appropriations : $1,112,000 for Instructors, $251,500 for School Ex- penses, and $56,000 for Salaries of Officers, with the fol- lowing provision: "The Auditor of Accounts is hereby authorized to transfer from Salaries of Instructors, Salaries of Officers School Committee, or School Expenses School Committee, such unexpended balances as may be needed to make up any deficiency that may occur in either of the three named appropriations," the aggregate appro- priations showing a reduction from the Committee's estimates of $70,064.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 11.

ANNUAL EEPOET

COMMITTEE ON TEXT-BOOKS.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street.

1878.

REPORT.

June 25, 1878.

The Committee on Text-books respectfully report that they have carefully considered an "Outline Course of Study for Primary and Grammar Schools," prepared by the Board of Supervisors, copies of which have been laid before the members of the School Committee, and they recommend its adoption.

They also recommend the following changes in text-books, for the purpose of effectively carrying out that programme of study.

PRIMARY-SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS.

Strike out from the list now in use,

1. Franklin Primer, Leigh's type.

2. Franklin Second Keader, Leigh's type.V . 3. AYorcester's Primary Spelling-book.

4. Primary School Tablets.

5. Hillard's Fourth Reader (permitted book).

Adopt,

1. Monroe's Charts.,

2. Monroe's Primer.

3. Franklin First Reader.

4. Monroe's First Reader.

5. Monroe's Second Reader.

6. Sheldon's Third Reader.

7. Prang's Natural History Series.

GRAMMAR-SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS.

Strike out,

1. Eaton's Intellectual Arithmetic (so far as requiring its purchase by pupils).

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 11.

2. Worcester's Spelling-book.

3. Worcester's Elementary Dictionary.

4. Swinton's Language Lessons (now used in the 4th, 5th,

and 6th classes.

5. Kerl's Common-School Grammar.

6. Franklin Sixth Reader.

7. All writing-books of the A. R. Dunton and the Univer-

sity Series, and so many of the Payson, Dunton, & Scribner Series, as shall reduce the number of books to the following to be used in the respective classes, viz. : Sixth class, Nos. 1 and 2 ; Fifth class, Nos. 3 and 4 ; Fourth class, Nos. 2, 3, and 5 ; Third class, Nos. 12 and 6; Second class, No. 7.

8. Anderson's Grammar School History.

9. Worcester's History. Adopt,

1. Swinton's New Language Lessons (for the 1st, 2d, and

3d classes).

2. Barnes's Brief History of the United States.

3. Thalheimer's History of England.

4. Monroe's Third Reader. Sheldon's Fourth Reader. Monroe's Fifth Reader.

Higginson's History of the United States (to be used as a reader) .

Or, the reading prescribed for the use of the Latin School.

5. Prang's Aids for Object-Teaching: "Trades."

6. The provision of three copies of either Eaton's or Col-

burn's Intellectual Arithmetic for each teacher's desk.

7. The provision of blank-books for practice in writing, to

take the place of the writing-books superseded.

In explanation of the foregoing recommendations, the Committee submit the following considerations :

A large part of the changes are for the purpose of simpli-

k

REPORT ON TEXT-BOOKS.

5

fying the course of instruction in conformity with the best modern theories of education.

One treatise in grammar is made to take the place of two now in use.

The spelling-books are dropped ; the spelling-lessons to be taken hereafter from the books which the pupils are read- ing, or from lists prepared^ by the teachers with special adaptation to the peculiar wants of each class.

The writing-books are reduoedin number, that more prac- tice may be had in miscellaneous writing.

A considerable addition is made to the amount of matter for reading, the many shortcomings of the schools in that art being largely due to the limited range of reading-books, on account of which the pupil obtains practically no exercise in reading at sight, since he often knows by heart the selec- tions in the books long used. A wide field of choice is now offered to the teachers ; and in order that this may have the smallest possible restriction, the Committee advise that a definite number of sets of the various new reading-books be bought by the city, to be kept as a circulating library, and to be loaned to the several schools for a limited time, on requisition from the Principals. The sole weighty objection which can be urged against the proposition, viz., the added expense to the city, is met by the fact that the reductions submitted by the Committee will nearly, if not fully, equal the new expenditure.

The changes in the text-books in Grammar and History have been asked for by the majority of the masters, who agree with the Board of Supervisors that the treatises now in use are extremely unsatisfactory.

The Committee also recommend the following list of books for the High Schools ; the majority of the changes being in the line of reduction in the number of books now used, and many of the substitutions being simply in name. As the alterations are practically a reclassification of the whole list, the omissions and substitutions are submitted by classes.

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 11.

HIGH-SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS. ENGLISH.

First Year,

Strike out,

1. Hill's Genera] Eules for Punctuation.

2. Longfellow's Poems.

3. Lowell's Vision of Sir Launfal.

4. Scott's Poems and Prose.

Add,— 1. Scott's Lady of the Lake.

Second Year.

Strike out,

1. Haven's Khetorie.

2. Goldsmith's Poems and Prose.

3. Addison's Prose.

Add,

1. Hill's Rhetoric.

2. Haley's Longer English Poems.

3. Addison's Spectator (selections).

Third Year.

Strike out,

1. Milton's Poems.

2. Bacon's Essays.

3. Shakespeare's Plays.

Add,—

1. Trevelyan's Selections from Macaulay.

2. Shakespeare and Milton ; Selections in the Clarendon

Press Series (or any equivalent selections which may be recommended by the Board of Supervisors). Continue Haley's Poems,

REPORT ON TEXT-BOOKS.

FRENCH.

First, Second, and Third Years. Strike out, Keetel's Analytical and Practical Grammar.

Acid, Keetel's Elementary Grammar.

First and Third Years,

Substitute, Jay ne's Otto's French Reader for Bocher's " " "

Second Year.

Strike out all but, Saintine. Picciola.

Erckmann Chatrian. Le Conscrit de 1813.

" " Madam Therese.

Bocher's College Series of French Plays. Souvestre's Au Coin du Feu.

Third Year.

Strike out all but, Lacombe. La petite histoire du peuple franc, ais. Bocher's College Series of French Plays. Taine. Notes sur 1' Angleterre.

Add,— Herrig's La France Litteraire.

GERMAN.

First and Third Years.

Strike out, Balladenbuch.

Add, Storme's Easy German Reader.

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 11.

Second Year.

Strike out all but, Schiller's William Tell.

Add, Midler's College Plays. Whitney's Reader to be continued.

Third Year. Strike out all of the present list. Add,—

1. Goethe's Hermann uud Dorothea.

2. " Prose (Schul-Ausgaben Deutsch Classiker) .

LATIN.

First, Second, and Third Years.

Substitute for the present phraseology, Allen and Greenough's or Harkness's Latin Grammar.

First and Third Years.

Substitute for the present phraseology, Allen's New Latin Method or Harkness's New Latin Reader.

Third Year.

Change to,

" Virgil, any edition approved by the Committee on Text- books,"

HISTORY.

First, Second, and Third Years.

Add,—

" or Thalheimer's General History."

REPORT ON TEXT-BOOKS.

9

MATHEMATICS.

Second and Third Years. Substitute for present phraseology, Bradbury's Elementary Trigonometry ; or, Greenleaf s Trigonometry.

The Committee submit the following orders :

1. Ordered, That the outline course of study prepared by the Board of Supervisors be adopted for the work of the Primary and Grammar Schools,. for the year beginning Sept. 1, 1878.

2. Ordered, That the foregoing changes in text-books for the Primary Schools be adopted.

3. Ordered, That the changes above proposed in text- books for Grammar Schools be adopted.

4. Ordered, That the above omissions and substitutions in the list of High-School text-books be adopted.

5. Ordered, That Appleton's American Encyclopedia or Johnson's Encyclopedia may be furnished to newly-organ- ized schools, at present entitled to such books, whenever the stock of the old encyclopedias in the store-room shall be exhausted.

For the Committee on Text-books,

GEORGE A. THAYER, Chairman.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 12.

REPOET

OF THE

COMMITTEE ON SALARIES.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street. 1 878.

EEPOET OF THE COMMITTEE ON SALAEIES.

Boston, June 25, 1878. Section 44 of the Rules and Regulations of the School Committee requires the Committee on Salaries to report to the Board, at the last meeting in June, a full schedule of salaries of the instructors for the ensuing school-year. The Committee have carefully considered the subject, and, in accordance with the rules of the Board, respectfully sub- mit the following.

Tables are presented in each grade, in explanation of the various orders, and in comparison with the salaries as paid last year.

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT No. 12.

SCHEDULE OF SALARIES 1878-79. Order No. 1.

Ordered, That the salary of a Head Master be $3,600 per annum.

Ordered, That the salary of a Junior Master be, for the first year, $1,440, with an annual increase of $144, till the maximum salary, $2,880, is reached, when the rank of Master is attained.

FIRST GRADE.

Ushers.

Junior Masters.

Sub- Masters.

Junior Masters.

Masters.

Junior Masters.

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

$144

$144

$144

$1,500

1,440

$2,100

1,440

$2,700

1,440

1,800

1,584

2,400

1,584

3,000

1,584

1,800

1,728

2,400

1,728

3,000

1,728

1,800

1,872

2,400

1,872

3,000

1,872

1,800

2,016

2,400

2,016

3,000

2,016

1,800

2,160

2,400

2,160

3,000

2,160

1,800

2,304

2,400

2,304

. 3,000

2,304

1,800

2,448

2,400

2,448

3,000

2,448

1,800

2,592

2,400

2,592

3,000

2,592

1,800

2,736

2,400

2,736

3,000

2,736

2,880

2,880

3,000

2,880

REPORT OX SALARIES.

5

Order Xo. 2.

Ordered , That the salary of a Master be, for the first year, $2,580, with an annual increase of $60, till the maxi- mum salary of $2,880 is reached.

Ordered, That the salary of a Sub-Master be, for the first year, $1,980, with an annual increase of $60, till the maxi- mum salary of $2,280 is reached.

Ordered, That the salary of a Second Sub-Master be, for the first year, $1,500, with an annual increase of $60, till the maximum salary of $1,800 is reached.

SECOND GRADE.

Masters.

Sub-Masters.

Second Sub'Mastera.1

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

Increase

$G0

! ....

$60

$60

First year

$2,700

$2,580

§2,100

81,980

$1,500

$1,500

Second "

3,000

2,640

| 2,400

2,040

1,800

1,560

Third "

3,000

2,700

2,400

2,100

1,800

1,620

Fourth "

3,000

2,760

2,400

2,160

1,800

1,680

Fifth "

3,000

2,820

2,400

2,220

1,800

1,740

Sixth "

3,000

2,880

1

2,400

2,280

1,800

1,800

1 Formerly Ushers.

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 12.

Order No. 3.

Ordered, That the salary of an Assistant Principal be fixed at $1,800 per annum.

Ordered, That the salary of a First Assistant be, for the first year, $1,440, with an annual increase of $36, till the maxi- mum salary of $1,620 is reached.

Ordered, That the salary of a First Assistant be, for the second year, $1,200, with an annual increase of $36, till the maximum salary of $1,380 is reached

Ordered, That the salary of a Second Assistant be, for the first year, $960, with an annual increase of $36, till the maximum salaiy of $1,140 is reached.

Ordered, That the salary of a Fourth Assistant be, for the first year, $768, with an annual increase of $36, till the maximum salaiy of $948 is reached.

THIRD GRADE.

Assistant Principal $1,800

First Assistant.

Second Asst.

Third Asst.

Fourth Asst.

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

$36

$36

$36

$36

1,440 1,476

$1,380 1,380

1,200 1,236

$1,140

960 996

900 900

768 804

1,620

1,140

Third "

1,620

1,512

1.380

1,272

1,140

1,032

900

840

1,620

1,548

1,380

1,308

1,140

1,068

900

876

Fifth "

1,620

1,584

1,380

1,344

1,140

1,104

900

912

Sixth "

1,620

1,620

1,380

1,380

1,140

1,140

900

948

REPORT ON SALARIES.

7

Order No. 4.

Ordered, That the salary of a First Assistant be, for the first year, $900, with an annual increase of $36, till the maximum salary of $1,080 is reached.

Ordered, That the salary of a Second Assistant be, for the first year, $756, with an annual increase of $12, till the maximum salary of $816 is reached.

Ordered, That the salary of a Third and Fourth Assistant be, for the first year, $504, with an annual increase of $48, till the maximum salary of $744 is reached.

FOURTH AND FIFTH GRADES.

First Assistant

Second Assistant

Third Assistant.

Fourth Assistant

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878. $12

1877.

1878.

1877.

1878.

S36

$48

$48

$1,140

900

$792

756

$540

504

$540

504

Second " ....

1,140

936

792

768

660

552

660

552

Third " ....

1,140

972

792

780

750

600

750

600

Fourth "

1,140

1,008

792

792

750

648

750

648

Fifth " ....

1,140

1,044

792

804

750

696

750

696

Sixth " ....

1,140

1,080

792

816

750

744

750

744

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 12.

SPECIAL INSTRUCTORS.

Order No. 5.

Ordered, That the salaries of the Sewing Teachers be as follows :

sions

One Division Two Divi Three Four Five Six Seven Eight Nine Ten Eleven Over Eleven

Divisions

$108 00 192 00 276 00 348 00 420 00 492 00 540 00 588 00 636 00 684 00 732 00 744 00

SEWING TEACHERS.

One Division. . . Two Divisions . Three Divisions Four « Five " Six

Seven " Eight " Nine " Ten " Eleven " Over eleven. . . ,

1877.

$100 00 190 00 275 00 350 00 424 00 500 00 550 00 600 00 650 00 700 00 750 00 750 00

1878.

00 192 00 276 00 348 00 420 00 492 00 540 00 588 00 636 00 684 00 732 00 744 00

REPORT ON SALARIES.

9

MODERN LANGUAGES.

French and German.

Order No. 6.

Ordered, That the Special Teachers of Modern Languages be paid at the rate of $90 per week for every hour of actual service in the school-room for the school year 1878-9.

Ordered, That the Committee on High Schools determine by vote the number of hours per week the several special teachers shall be employed in the respective schools under their charge, and transmit a certified copy of such vote to the Committee on Accounts, on or before the 15th day of September in each year, and also whenever any change is made in such number of hours.

MUSIC.

Order No. 7.

Ordered, That the salary of the Director of Music be $3,000 per annum, and of three Assistant Directors $2,640 each per annum.

1876.

1877.

1878.

$3,300 00 3,000 00

$3,000 00 2,500 00

$3,000 00 2,640 00

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 12.

DRAWING.

Order No. 8.

Ordered, That the salary of the Director of Drawing be $3,000 per annum ; of two Assistant Directors, each $2,280 ; and of one Assistant Director, $1,500.

1876.

1877.

1878.

$3,300 00 2,500 00

$3,000 00 2,100 00

$3,000 00 2,280 00 1,500 00

CHEMISTRY.

Order No. 9.

Ordered, That the salary of the Instructor of Chemistry in the Girls' High School be $1,380 per annum, and of the assistant in the Laboratory $744.

1876.

1877.

1878.

$1,500 00

$1,380 00

$1,330 00

880 00

750 00

744 00

PHYSICAL CULTURE.

Order No. 10.

Ordered, That the salary of the Instructor of Physical Culture in the Girls' High School be $600 per annum.

1876.

1877.

1878.

$600 00

$600 00

$600 00

REPORT ON SALARIES.

11

HORACE MANN SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF.

Order No. 11.

Ordered, That the salary of the Principal of the Horace Maim School be $1,500 per annum ; of the First Assistant, $900 per annum ; of Assistants, first year, $700 ; second year, $800.

1877.

1878.

$1,500 00

$1,500 00

900 00

900 00

700 00

700 00

Assistants, second year, and subsequently.

800 00

800 00

MILITARY DRILL.

Order No. 12.

Ordered, That the salary of the Instructor of Military Drill be $1,504 per annum; and the salary of the Armorer $504 per annum.

1876.

1877.

1878.

$1,500 00 500 00

$1,500 00 420 00

$1,500 00 504 00

EVENING SCHOOLS.

Order No. 13.

Ordered, That the salary of the Principal of the Evening High School be $10 per evening; and the salaries of the Assistants in the Evening High School be $5 per evening.

Ordered, That the salaries of the Principals of the Evening

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 12.

Grammar Schools be $3 per evening, and of the Assistants in the Evening Grammar Schools $1.25 per evening.

1877.

1878.

Principal Evening High School (per evening)

$10 00

$10 00

Assistants " " " "

4 00

5 00

3 00

3 00

1 25

1 25

EVENING DRAWING

SCHOOLS.

Order No. 14.

Ordered, That the salaries of the Masters of the Evening Drawing Schools be $10 per evening, and the salaries of Head Assistants of Evening Drawing Schools $6 per evening ; and of Assistants in Evening Drawing Schools $5 per even- ing.

1877.

1878.

Master Evening Drawing

Schools (per eve'ng)

$10 00

$10 00

Head Assistant "

6 00

6 00

Assistants "

n u

5 00

5 00

Order No. 15.

Ordered, That Masters elected as Principals of High Schools, whose average whole number for the preceding school-year exceeds one hundred pupils, receive $288 ; Sub- masters, elected as Principals, $216; Second Snb-masters, elected as Principals, $144 ; First Assistants, elected as Principals, $72 ; each, in addition to the regular salary of the rank.

REPORT ON SALARIES.

13

First Assistants . Add .

Total . Increase

Second Sub-masters Add .

Total . Reduction .

Sub-masters Add .

Total .... Reduction .

Masters (in High Schools) . Add

Total . . . Increase

$2,280 216

$2,496 66

$2,880 288

$3,168 168

Order No. 16.

Ordered, That the salaries of instructors not entitled to maximum rates on the eleventh day of June, 1878, shall be continued at the present rates until such instructors shall be entitled to an increase of salary in accordance with the schedule for 1878-79, and they shall thereafter receive the rates therein provided.

Order No. 17.

Ordered, That the salaries of the teachers heretofore recognized as w Second First Assistants," begin at the minimum salary of First Assistants, $900, with an annual increase of $36, till the maximum salary of $1,080 is reached.

For the Committee on Salaries,

GODFREY MORSE,

Chairman,

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 13

REPORT

COMMITTEE OH RULES AND REGULATIONS.

REVISION OF CHAPTER XIX. OF THE RULES AND REGULATIONS.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PEINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street. 1878.

In School Committee,

June 25, 1878.

On motion of Mr. Thayer, laid on the table and ordered to be printed.

Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

CHAPTER XIX.

Regulations of the Boston Normal School.

Section 275. The Boston Normal School is established for the purpose of giving distinct professional instruction to those young women who intend to become teachers in the public schools of Boston.

Sect. 276. The head-master shall be a graduate of a college in good standing. He shall have a first assistant, and as many other assistants as may be necessary, provided the whole number of teachers, exclusive of the head-master, shall not exceed one for every thirty pupils. Special instruc- tion in music and drawing shall be given in this school, under the direction of the committees on these departments.

Sect. 277. Candidates for admission must signify in writing their intention to become teachers. A diploma of graduation from any Boston High School shall entitle a can- didate to admission without examination. Candidates not graduates of the Boston High Schools must pass a satisfac- tory examination in the ordinary High School studies, and must present evidence of good character. No candidate shall be admitted to this school who is not at least seventeen years of age, except by special vote of the committee in charge.

Sect. 278. The Board of Supervisors, in connection with the head-master, shall, from time to time, examine the pupils in the Normal School, and near the close of the school year recommend for graduation those whom they shall deem qual- ified ; and the committee in charge shall grant diplomas to such of those thus recommended as shall have satisfactorily completed the course of study.

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT No. 13.

' Sect. 279. A diploma of graduation from the Normal School, issued after the year 1872, shall entitle the holder to receive a fourth-grade certificate of qualification.

Sect. 280. The text-books used in this school shall be such of the text-books used in the other public schools of the city as are needed for the course of study, and such others as shall be authorized by the Board.

Sect. 281. When teachers are to be employed in the public schools, graduates of this school shall have the pref- erence, other things being equal; and such graduates who are also graduates of a public High School of this city shall, when so employed, receive the same salary for their first and subsequent years of service that others receive for the second and subsequent years.

Sect. 282. This school shall begin the second Monday in September ; and shall close on such day of the week preced- ing the Fourth of July, and with such exercises, as the committee of the school may direct.

Sect. 283. A catalogue of the Normal School shall be annually prepared, under the direction of the committee in charge, and sent to the members of the School Committee and of the Board of Supervisors, and to the principals of schools.

Sect. 284. When a graduate of this school is appointed as a teacher in any public school of this city, it shall be the duty of the head-master to make, or cause to be made by his assistants, one or more visits to her school for the purpose of criticism and suggestion in regard to her teaching.

Sect. 285. Such instruction shall be given in the Nor- mal School, to teachers in the employ of the city, as the Board may from time to time direct.

Training Department. Sect. 280. The Rice Training School is intended to give the pupils of the Normal School a practical knowledge of

REVISION OF CHAPTER XIX. 5

the methods of instruction and discipline in the public schools of Boston.

Sect. 287. The Committee on the Normal School shall have charge of the Training School.

Sect. 288. The head-master of the Normal School shall have the direction of the observation, practice, and methods of instruction in the Training School, subject to the ap- proval of the committee in charge.

Sect. 289. The principal of the Training School shall perform in that school the usual duties of master of a Grammar School, and such duties in connection with the Normal School as the committee in charge may direct.

Sect. 290. The number and rank of teachers other than principal, and the course of study, in the Training School, shall be the same as in the Grammar and Primary Schools of the city.

REPORT.

The Committee on Rules and Regulations have given careful consideration to the several orders referred to them, May 28, concerning the revision of Chap. XIX., and they submit recommendations for such amendments as appear to them expedient.

With the exception of a few amendments of minor im- portance, the orders herewith submitted propose to raise the ' standard of admission to the Normal School ; to eliminate from it all pupils who are manifestly unfit to pursue the full course ; and to place the examinations for diplomas on the same basis as that of other schools ; the general effect of all the proposed amendments being, in the opinion of the committee, to raise the standard of the school, and, in a great degree, to provide our Primary and Grammar Schools in the future with better prepared and more successful teachers.

The Normal School has undoubtedly done a good work since its establishment, and has sent out many well-fitted and excellent teachers ; but the evidence seems to show that, for the past one or two years, it has labored under the disad- vantage of being obliged to receive, and carry along as dead weights, many who ought never to have entered, and who will never be able, under the training of a Normal or any other school, to perform successfully the duties of a profession for which they are entirely unfitted by nature. It is unjust to such to hold out to them assurances that,

REVISION OF CHAPTER XIX.

7

whatever their natural deficiencies may be, they will be made over in one year into well-prepared instructors of youth. It is unjust to the teachers of the Normal School to ffive them such a task. It is unjust to the city and the tax- payer to waste time and money in the endeavor to per- form impossibilities. It is unjust to the cause of education and to the children of our schools to furnish to incom- petent persons certificates of eligibility as teachers in our public schools, merely because they have passed a year in the Normal School.

With an earnest desire to remove the obstacles to the greatest success of the Normal School, and with the hope that the proposed changes are in the right direction, the committee recommend the adoption of the accompanying orders.

As it is undoubtedly the case that many of the graduates from our High Schools have made preparation for admission to the Normal School under the present regulations, it is recommended that the amendments do not go into effect until after the commencement of the school in September.

Respectfully submitted.

For the Committee,

WM. H. FINNEY,

Chairman.

Ordered, That Section 275 be amended by striking out the word " distinct. "

Ordered, That Section 276 be amended by substituting the word " second " for the word " other," in the third line.

Ordered, That Section 277 be amended by substituting the following :

" Candidates for admission must be at least eighteen years old, and be recommended by the master or committee of the

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 13.

last school they attended. Those who have completed the fourth year in the Girls' High School will be admitted with- out examination. Other candidates must be examined by the Board of Supervisors, under the direction of the Com- mittee on Examination, and must present evidence of good character. All pupils will be put on probation, and as soon as they prove unsuitable for this school shall be discharged by the committee on the school ; the probation to cease at the end of the half year. No pupil who has attended the school for more than a half year shall return a second year without special permission from the committee in charge."

Ordered, That Section 278 be stricken out.

Ordered , That Section 281 be appended to present Sec- tion 279.

Ordered, That Section 282 be amended by substituting the word "first" for the word " second " in the first line.

Ordered, That Section 283 be stricken out.

Ordered, That the Sections in Chap. XIX. be renumbered in accordance with the amendments thereto.

Ordered, That so much of the amendments to Section 277 as changes the qualifications for admission go into effect after the commencement of the school in September, 1878.

Ordered, That Section 141 be amended by inserting the word " Normal " before the word " High w where it first occurs.

Ordered, That Section 205 be amended by inserting the word " Normal " before the word " High " in the tenth line ; by striking out the words " except that the High Schools shall begin on the following Wednesday."

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 14. ANNUAL REPORT

BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS ,

No. 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 78.

In School Committee,

Juoe 25, 1878.

Received, and, on motion of Mr. Finney, ordered to be printed.

Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

i

REPORT.

Supeeestexdext's Office,

Mason Street, June 24, 1878.

To the President of the School Committee :

Dear Sir, I beg to present the Report of the Board of Supervisors, as required by Section 140 of the Rules and Regulations.

Respectfully yours,

S. ELIOT, Chairman.

To the School Committee of Boston :

In conformity to the requirements of Section 140 of the Rules and Regulations, the Board of Supervisors hereby present a report of their work as a Board, and as Superv isors, for the school year beginning Sept. 1, 1877.

The Board was reorganized in April, with such modifica- tions only as the experience of two years had suggested. :<nd such changes in the standing committees as would economize the time and equalize the work of the members.

In accordance with the Rules, the Board of Supervisors has examined the graduating classes of the Grammar Schools, two classes of the High Schools, and candidates for teachers" certificates. At the examination in April for certificates of qualification, one hundred new candidates presented them- selves, and fourteen who had previously been examined, returned, either to secure a transfer to a certificate of a higher grade or to complete an examination begun last year. Of this number seventy-six received certificates, which were

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. U.

distributed as follows : Eleven of the First Grade ; twelve of the Second ; five of the Third ; twenty-seven of the Fourth; seven of the Fifth; two of the Special Grade; seven transfers ; and five certificates for completed examina- tions. Thirty-four of the remaining candidates were cred- ited with satisfactory results in certain departments, in the expectation of securing a certificate at the next regular examination.

This report will indicate the good scholarship of many of the candidates ; and we are happy to add that a larger pro- portion than at any previous examination were teachers of experience, who brought high credentials of success.

Previous to April the Board had been called upon at in- tervals to examine sewing teachers, teachers of evening schools, and candidates specially selected to fill vacancies, numbering in all, seventy-seven. As the list of eligible can- didates who combine successful experience with good scholar- ship is now quite large, it will probably supply all the needs of the schools till another regular examination occurs, so that it will not be necessary often to withdraw the super- visors from their daily work to conduct special examinations. The previous term of service of candidates certificated in April is indicated in the printed list, as an aid in the selec- tion of teachers for positions where experience is the indis- pensable condition of success.

In addition to the above, the Board has been called upon for much service of a miscellaneous character, consisting, to a considerable extent, of matters referred to it by the School Board, or sub-committees, or members thereof. An enumer- ation of these matters seems unnecessary in this report, and it is, perhaps, enough to say that the records of the Secre- tary of the Board of Supervisors will show that much thought and labor have been bestowed on all matters thus referred.

But perhaps the most important, and certainty the most

REPORT OF BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.

5

difficult work of the Board, has been the preparation of a new programme for the Primary and the Grammar Schools. This may not appear, at first sight, to be a matter of much difficulty or one involving much labor. Indeed, the pro- gramme itself will hardly give one, who has not performed similar work, any adequate idea of the labor and time spent in its preparation.

The need of a new programme has been felt more and more as we have visited the schools. Whatever may have been the original adaptation of the programme now in use. the new studies which have since been introduced, with the higher requirements now made in the ordinary branches, have not only rendered it impracticable and burdensome, but it has tended to confine the instruction too much to text- books, and take from teachers that freedom without which there can be no £ood teaching.

It is not intended however to say that this was the pur- pose or tendency of the programme when first adopted, but that it necessarily became the tendency, as new studies were from year to year added, while the original requirements re- mained a constant, if not an increasing quantity. Nothing has been more apparent, as we have visited the schools, especially the primary, and the lower classes of the grammar schools, than that teachers have felt a constant pressure to "go over," in school phrase, a certain number of pages, and that it has in many instances prevented them from doing the best work of which they were capable.

In the programme we have presented, it will be observed, therefore, that we have been obliged to recognize not ouly the claims of the new studies, but of even better results in the ordinal*}' branches, and at the same time to relieve the pressure which leads almost necessarily to K cramming."

If we have succeeded in the preparation of a programme which will secure the necessary uniformity, and, under com- petent teachers, will give better results with less pressure.

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. U.

it will be admitted, we think, that our labor has not been in vain. To secure these results, it will be seen that con- siderable routine work, the value of which is more than doubtful, has been omitted.

The success of the programme, however, whatever maybe its merits, must depend mainly on the aid and cooperation of teachers ; and to secure this to the greatest extent wo have been careful to leave as much freedom in methods to teachers as is consistent with the uniformity necessary in our system of schools.

The work of the several supervisors to meet the require- ments of Sections 138 and 139 has taken a large portion of their time when the schools were in session, most of the work of the Board of Supervisors having been done out of the regular school hours.

The plau of work has been in accordance with that adopted at first, with only such changes as experience has suggested. Each supervisor has been assigned to a single group, in which he has inspected and examined all the classes. In addition to this, each has had a specialty, to which he has given particular attention when visiting schools in other groups than his own. Thus, one supervisor, when visiting schools beyond his own group, has heard classes in grammar, another in arithmetic, another in history, etc., reporting to the supervisor in charge. This has given an opportunity for each supervisor, while obtaining a special knowledge of the schools in one group, to make a general estimate of the standing of the several teachers throughout the city. It is only in this way, and by frequent consultation, that we have been able to approximate a uniform standard of excellence.

To have an adequate idea of the labor required for the performance of this service it must be borne in mind that we have more than twelve hundred regular teachers, making an annual requirement of more than twenty-four hundred examinations. The visits to schools have, in fact, been

REPORT OF BOARD OF SUPERVISORS.

7

very much in excess of this number. In cases of doubt, several visits liave been made by the supervisor in charge, and not unfreqnently a consultation has been held with other supervisors who have visited the school. Feeling that the reputation, and perhaps the position, of the teacher is at stake, as Avell as the welfare of the school, we have been careful in our record that no injustice should be done either to teachers or pupils.

This record, the School Committee have wisely, by their rules, made confidential, open to the inspection only of the Superintendent and members of the School Committee. Of course any reports that may gain currency of the mark- ing of the supervisors must be unauthorized and are mere conjecture. This record is not, however, the only estimate on which a teacher's reappointment depends, the wish of the master, in many instances, being consulted, apparently with little reference to the record.

Perhaps the fact that the rules, as originally drawn, did not require the record to be made till after the teachers had been canvassed for reappointment may have led to this course. For some unknown, or at least unexplained, reason, however, there seems to be a very general opinion among dropped teachers that they have lost their places solely in consequence of an unfavorable report by the supervisors.

As the rules are now amended so as to require the record to be made before the 10th of May, ample time will be given hereafter for making the record a more important element in the reelection of teachers, and the supervisors will not object to taking their full share of responsibility.

The " heating apparatus " in our schools is, we think, generally satisfactory. In the few instances where it has seemed defective in any respect information of such defect has been given to the Division Committee by the supervisor in charge.

We cannot say that the " ventilating apparatus " is satis-

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 14.

factor}7. How to preserve the purity of the air and the proper temperature of a room of the ordinary size, contain- ing some fifty pupils, is a problem not easily solved. We know of but one school- house in the city where this is done without using the windows, which is objectionable on account of exposure to the drafts. We say but one, the Andrew, and perhaps this may not yet have been subjected to the severest test. This building has been occupied since the first of April, and the principal of the school reports that he has had no occasion to use the windows as ventilators, and that the air has seemed perfectly pure. If the report should be equally favorable after a winter's trial, we think there would be abundant reason for introducing the same system into other school buildings.

This imperfect report may seem, to those who do not take into consideration the fact that so large a portion of our work is of such a nature that only a confidential report can be made of it, to be wanting in definiteness. Those who, by their official position, have recourse to that report, will, wre are confident, give us the credit of having performed a large amount of work ; of the quality and value of the service the School Committee must judge. We can only say that it has been done according to our best judgment.

Respectfully submitted,

B. F. TWEED,

For the Board of Supervisors.

June 25th, 1878.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO 15

R E P O R T

^ommittee mi joules and filiations

AMENDMENTS

TO THE

RULES AND REGULATIONS

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street.

In School Committee, April 9, 1878. Voted, On motion of Mr. Finney, that the Committee on Rules and Regulations have leave to report in print such verbal or other amendments as in their judgment are neces- sary before the revised edition is printed.

(Attest,) GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

REPORT.

In School Cosimittee. July 2, 1878. The Committee on Rules and Regulations, who were authorized April 9, 1878 to report in print such verbal and other amendments to the Rules aud Regula- tions as in their judgment are necessary before the revised edition is printed, respectfully report the following amend- ments and recommend their adoption.

For the Committee,

YTM. H. FIXXEY.

Chairman.

Ordered, That the following amendments be made to the Rules and Regulations :

1. Section 54 (53 as printed). Strike out. "but no person not holding a certificate of qual ideation of the proper grade, or of the special grade for male instructors of Evening Schools, granted by the Board of Supervisors," aud sub- stitute " only persons holding certificates of the qualifications of the proper grade, granted by the Board of Supervisors."

2. Sect. 57. Insert after the word " Schools," in the twelfth line, the words, "and the Annual Report of the Board of Supervisors."

3. Sect. 142. Insert the words "annually in the month of April, oiv at the commencement of the section, before the word 'f whenever."

4:

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 15.

4. Sect. 147. Strike out from line 5 to line 22, and substitute the following :

"First Grade. To masters and junior masters of High Schools, and principals of Evening High Schools.

Second Grade. To masters, sub-masters, and second sub-masters of Grammar Schools, principals of Evening (not High) Schools, and assistants of Evening High Schools.

Third Grade. To assistant principals and assistants of High Schools.

Fourth Grade. To assistants of Grammar and Primary Schools.

Special Grade. To instructors in Special Studies, Schools for the Deaf and for Licensed Minors and Kindergartens."

5. Sect. 169. Substitute the following : " Annually on the last session of the school-day, next preceding the twenty- second of February, the principals shall assemble the pupils of the High and Grammar Schools for such patriotic exer- cises as they may deem advisable."

6. Sect. 177. Strike out the words, "without recess," in the sixth line, and substitute the wTords, "with a recess of ten minutes in the Primary Schools."

7. Sect. 186. Strike out the first five lines and substi- tute the following : K Whenever a pupil has left school, intending not to return, the teacher shall take the name of such pupil from the list ; but the previous absence shall remain recorded."

8. Sect. 191. Strike out the words "Wednesday and Saturday afternoons," and substitute the words " Saturdays, or during vacations."

9. Sect. 213. Insert, after the word "scholars" in the first line, the words "from class to class."

10. Sect. 229. Strike out the last sentence, and sub- stitute the following: "Pupils regularly discharged from a Grammar School may be admitted at any time to the same

AMENDMENTS TO RULES AND REGULATIONS.

5

class of any other Grammar School on presenting their certificates of transfer."

11. Sects. 306 and 314. Strike out the words, " desig- nated as."

12. Sect. 44. Substitute the word " May " for the word "June."

13. Sect. 46 (45 as printed). Strike out the words "Aunually in the month of May," and insert the word "annually" after the word " shall" in the second line.

Substitute the word " May " for the word " June " in the fourth line.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

THIRTY-FOURTH SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT

|ii|)eriii(e(iieiif of fiiHir Mn\%

SEPTEMBER, 1878.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street. 1 8 7 8.

SUPERINTENDENT'S OFFICE HOURS.

Monday to Friday 1 P.M.

Saturday 9 A.M. to 1 P.M.

REPORT.

Boston Public Schools, Superintendent's Office,

September 2, 1878.

To the School Committee :

I respectfully present my first report, the thirty- fourth semi-annual report of the Superintendent of Public Schools.

I entered upon duty March J, and began that day to visit the schools, spending the forenoon of every school-day but one in visiting them, until I had seen them all. My first object was simply to see them, to make the acquaintance of the teachers, so far as I did not already know them, and to obtain some knowl- edge of the different classes and children entrusted to their care. Since completing this round, on May 8, I have revisited many of the schools, endeavoring to become more familiar with them and with their members.

I wish I could have been accompanied on my round by every member of the School Committee. "Whatever knowledge of the schools they possess, it must have been heightened by witnessing the living panorama as it unrolled itself day after day for forty days, the school-houses and their appointments, the throng of teachers, the yet greater throng of pupils,

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

the animation which characterizes most of their les- sons, and, above all, the high purpose which ennobles many of them, and makes it a privilege to be asso- ciated with them. Seen at intervals and in fragments, the schools cannot be so thoroughly appreciated, nor can the sympathy which they deserve from those in authority over them be so widely spread or so deeply seated, as when they are seen continuously in all their relations with themselves and with one another.

This I will say at the outset, that the public schools, whether of Boston or the country at large, never merited greater concern than they do now. If popular education can effect but a part of what has been claimed for it in the past, the present is the very time to prove it. We need a generation of clearer thoughts and nobler motives, to take the places that are now but poorly filled, and lift our occupations, our institutions, and our lives to a higher range. This, it is said, the public schools cannot bring to pass. But if they cannot, what other schools, what colleges, or universities even, can? It is in the public schools that the great body of the nation is to receive its intellectual training, and, I venture to add, its moral training. No other sources of instruction are so open, none flow so freely, none so helpfully; and it is not their fault, so much as ours in drawing from them, if they fall short of our wants. "What we most want must be clear enough by this time. w Character," says Mr. Emerson, " gives splendor to youth." He might say it gives other things, and among them the power to profit by the opportunities which educa- tion offers. Discipline is essential to tone, and

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT.

5

tone to learning. The child who behaves ill, who has no manners, perhaps no principles, certainly no appar- ent ideals, may have the best literary or scientific in- struction ever given, bat in vain; he comes to it in indifference and leaves it in ignorance. The help that character gives to youth is continued to manhood and womanhood. Every opportunity, every interest, every purpose of life may be said to centre here. Moral training is at the heart of all training. To it as to the object for which no effort or sacrifice was too great, our schools were devoted by their founders, and we who come after can find no better.

Nothing surely can give the schools greater power over the homes connected with them. Next after their work for the children, that for the families to which the children belong is the greatest. Their intellectual force, yet more their moral force, when exerted, is felt on every side, and by none more than by those who deny its operation. Of all educational institutions the public schools reach farthest beyond themselves. They have helped to start many a family on a course never attainable or even conceivable without them, and have kept many a one from swerving from the way once taken towards purity or truth. Every child they send home at the close of the day better than he was at the beginning is a power to which the house- hold yields, perhaps unconsciously, perhaps unwill- ingly, but at last.

To see wiiat the schools are capable of doing, how- ever, is not the same as to see them doing it. Confi- dence in them for what they have done is consistent with desire that they may do more. Let me make this report, in substance, an inquiry into some of the

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

causes which impede the action of our system, and some of the means by which they may be removed.

The most obvious impediments are those which arise froru local or individual sources. Sometimes the situation or construction of a building, sometimes the ignorance or indolence of a teacher, sometimes the pressure of requirements at a particular point, these and similar explanations may be given for many of our deficiencies. They are fair subjects of criticism, and they generally receive an ample amount of it : but they do not justify opposition to the system of which they are far from being characteristic traits. They should be frankly admitted, and freely treated, each by itself, and with all the consideration which each requires. Xever vindicated, never allowed to throw their shadow over a school a moment longer than is inevitable, they may be removed, and, though other similar imperfections appear from time to time, the dark spots gradually diminish as the light increases from all quarters.

It is more difficult to see, and much more difficult to remedy, the defects arising from general causes. These may be so ingrained in a system as to be in- separable from it, until it is itself modified. If a scheme is too limited, for instance; if it admits but few studies, and but small portions of those few : if it is shorn of time, means, and resources, then the education given under it will be limited, no matter how competent the teacher or how diligent the pupil. Should we draw up our lines in an alley when they need open ground, their movements must be ineffective. To free the schools from some of their failures it may be wise to give them more room in some directions,

SUPERINTENDENTS REPORT.

7

and let them outgrow all narrowness. On the other hand, a scheme may be not too restricted, but too ex- panded, stretched over more space than it can really cover, and thus involving teachers and pupils in loose and fragmentary courses. Scattering fire does not win a field. Once more, the ground may be neither too broad nor too narrow, but too crowded, so that the ranks interfere, and sometimes press upon each other, to the confusion of them all. An educational course may be packed so full of work that one piece crushes out another; so many books to be gone over, so many pages to be taken at a lesson, so many ex- ercises of all sorts to be attempted, if not accom- plished : and then the pressure is the obstacle against which both teachers and taught beat until thev are often pitifully bruised.

There are other causes of imperfection for which neither a scheme of education nor its local or in- dividual details can be held in the slightest decree

_ ^

responsible. They are the fault, sometimes the mis- fortune, of the community. Their aspect varies with varying classes, looking now like poverty, now like luxury, and yet wearing the kindred features of ignorance and error. Xo committee, no school, no teacher, it might almost be added, no pupil, but is aware of these influences from without, and of the obligation to resist them. The schools may be open to the charge of vieldins: to them, but not to that of creating them; for this the home, the street, the theatre, and similar places, are accountable, and heavy must the account be to render.

Of all the means to remove these hindrances to our work I know none so sure to operate as the essential

s

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 16.

principles of education. One such principle is re- spect for child-nature. Its weakness as well as its strength, its tendency to distraction and weariness, its slowness of growth, and its immaturity even when all the growth possible has been reached, this should be alwavs in view. Treat children as children. Do not say a thing should be done as if the children set to do it were years older than they are, or, having set them upon it, demand a great part of it from them when little portions are all they can really give us. We are apt to think they need more work than they do : that they had better pursue this study or that, because we like it, or estimate its advantages very highly, and yet, though our estimate may not be exaggerated, or our liking unreasonable, it maybe unwise to prescribe the study to our children. The last model to imitate is

" Blind Authority beating with his staff The child that might hare led him."

Our schools are for our pupils, not our pupils for our schools. Pupils" wants are the ends, and pupils' capacities the means, of all wholesome education.

Another principle to maintain is respect for our teachers" nature. Treat them as teachers. They are often treated as pupils, and pupils requiring excep- tional control. Why not trust their aspirations? If we would have them equal to their office, we must believe that they are so, and make them believe it; the last thing to do is to make them disbelieve it by putting them into close restraint. They need what others need, a sense of freedom. They must of

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT.

9

course be under authority, observing general regula- tions and striving after general results, but every law that lifts itself like a wall on the right hand and the left, every requisition that is dr agged after one like a stone, is an injury not only to the teacher but to the taught, and not to them alone but to the system which inflicts the injury, and the community which suffers from it. I fear we often inflict it with the best inten- tions. We want to help our teachers, and so we frame a rule or programme, as if it would set their feet in the right direction, and bring them out at the point to be reached in the distance. But when we show them the way they are to take, and make sure ' that they take it, then let them go forward by their own landmarks, or, if these fail them, by the stars above ; if both fail them, then it must be because they cannot keep on, and our restrictions will never help them. The freer their movements, consistently with order and efficiency, the better for them, the better for the schools to which they will then be able to give their own life, instead of one borrowed or im- posed.

Both the principles just mentioned have been counteracted by the drift of public education for the last ten or twenty years. Studies have been extended, and methods multiplied, at serious hazard to teachers and pupils engaged in them. John Adams wrote to his wife from the Continental Congress of 1774, rI believe, if it was moved and seconded that we should come to a resolution that three and two make five, we should be entertained with logic and rhetoric, law, history, politics, and mathematics, and then we

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

should pass the resolution." Our public schools sometimes seem almost as much oppressed as Congress. To fill, or try to fill, a course too full, results in emptying rather than filling it. One fact pushes out another, one study renders another fruitless, and, when the end is reached, it is like a desert. If this were all it would be bad enough, but there is some- thing worse. The minds of those employed upon such work are necessarily treated as if they were physical, not intellectual, and so jammed and strained are they in. most cases as to lose their elasticity, almost their vitality. Cramming never was, and never will ' be, educating. If educating is drawing out, cram- ming is driving in; if the one means bringing up or nurturing, the other means pressing down or stunting, always the opposite. Cramming asks, How much? How soon? Educating, How well? How long? Cramming cares nothing for teacher or scholar, but only for the school or the system. Edu- cating makes everything of the teacher and scholar, and leaves the school, if it can be spoken of as a separate object, and the system very much to them- selves, sure that they will be right if the teacher and the scholar are.

Education, real education, aims straight at the will. It is not so much what young people are learning, as how they are learning, or how much they want to learn, which proves their training. The best points of training are motives. Boys and girls come to school with hardly a single motive that can be called rational, and yet this is what they must have before they can make any progress, or even take any posi-

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT.

11

tion. Such a motive is the first lesson, and the best that their school can give them, and other lessons will follow- fast. The only way I know of beginning is to make a child's work an enjoyment rather than a burden, by helping him to see to what it leads, and by making it, whether he knows what we are doing or not, a means to an end beyond it, the exertion of some faculty he likes to exert, the satisfaction of some curiosity he likes to satisfy. Zeal for study is the great object to attain.

With more zeal there comes more ability. Excite a heartier desire to learn, and the power to learn will soon be stronger. Sir William Hamilton said, "The primary principle of education is the determination of the pupil to self-activity." Calling it the primary principle is immaterial, but making it one of our primary objects is material, I should say indispensa- ble. What we do for a pupil is measured by what he can do for himself. This is a truism upon which I need not write. But we do not always act upon it, and without acting upon it, moral and intellectual training has a poor chance in school or out of school.

What we will do, or attempt to do, being deter- mined, the next thing to determine is what we will not do. A German writer of the last century said : "Education should at first be more negative than positive, in order to get rid of obstructions." It cer- tainly should be negative as well as positive. It should practise self-denial. It should avoid the danger of doing too little by trying to do too much. Let me point out some parts of our work where mod- eration, as I think, could not fail to be beneficial.

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT No. 16.

If some studies of our higher schools, for example, were dropped, it would be a gain rather than a loss. There are subjects taken up, it would almost seem, only to be laid down. A score or two of lessons, not always even two, can teach but very little that is desirable in any branch, while they can teach a good deal that is undesirable in encouraging superficial acquisitions. Furthermore, they take away lessons that can ill be spared in other branches, and thus ren- der the whole course far less substantial than it should be. When one considers the great advantage of con- tinuing a study once begun, so that after the com- paratively slow advance of the earlier stages is won, the comparatively rapid advance of the later may be enjoyed, and the encouragement invariably following easy progress may attend the close, one cannot but regret that so many of the higher studies terminate a few weeks or months only after they begin. Even when continued longer, as in the languages, they do not have time for much more than a beginning, and the scholars of our High Schools put away their French, or German, or Latin, just when they ought to go on with it, rather than dabble with another language.

The course of study in the Grammar and Primary Schools, laid out by the Board of Supervisors, was adopted by the School Committee at the close of the last school year. It now goes into operation. If we do not expect too much at the outset, or too little as we become familiar with the plan, it will prove, I am confident, better suited to our present wants than the programme which it succeeds. Its great advantage

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT.

13

is its elasticity. One teacher can use it in one way, and another in another, and yet both can reach the same end, and see their pupils growing as they and all of us desire. It frees teachers to a considerable extent from the bondage of the text-book, and calls upon them for oral instruction in larger proportion than has been customary among us, and thus gives them, as well as their pupils, an opportunity to grow in knowledge and in the power of imparting it. If they will but spare themselves discouragement in beginning upon this comparatively new part of their work, they will soon be greatly encouraged by the signs of fresh life in themselves and in those they teach.

It will be easier to carry out the revised course of study if that part of it depending upon text-books can have some better books to depend on. Indeed, one might say that it would be more successful in some respects without any books, or any of a technical character. Spelling-books, for instance, block the way they profess to open. Children should learn to spell partly from their reading-books, partly from the other books they use, and partly from oral and writ- ten exercises. When we study a foreign language, we do not get a spelling-book to help us. We read, and write, and either correct our mistakes or leave them to our teacher, and with no other direct instruc- tion we learn to spell the words we use. The work is to a large extent unconsciously done, and there is no better way of doing such work as spelling, at least after its first stages are passed.

On the other hand, while dispensing with some

14

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16,

books, we should introduce others, particularly books to be read. We not only want more reading-books, but different ones ; no*t Readers, not fragments of writ- ings, but writings, however brief, a story or a history, a book of travels or a poem, associated as vividly as possible with the author who wrote them, not a mere book-maker who has patched together pieces of them. With such reading-books, intelligently used, the in- ability of our children to read at sight and with ex- pression would become less common and less painful. As for grammar, it would almost develop itself from such reading as this. Familiarity with the best thoughts and expressions would lead children, with comparatively little effort, to think and express them- selves in good language. As they grow older they will be helped by a general, yet perfectly trustworthy, treatise on grammar, provided they are kept from committing any of it to memory.

Writing, like spelling and grammar, is capable of self-development, but not unless many of the books pre- pared upon purely mechanical principles give way to blank books or sheets, which our children may use with greater freedom of hand and of the will that guides it. The days of copy-setting were better than those of copy- engraving, for this reason, if for no other, that the teacher wrote for the pupils as well as the pupils for him. If he went further, and encouraged them to write out passages in prose or verse, perhaps helping them a little in their choice, then those days were a great deal better, and we had better revive their prac- tices. Text-books in arithmetic are open to the same sort of criticism respecting their mechanical charac-

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT. 15

ter. Hardly a pupil, not to say a teacher, who uses them, but is injured by the way in which they inter- pose themselves, their definitions and complications, between the student and the study, until it is trans- formed and he with it. A faculty to be called out by the knowledge of numbers and their relations is too often stupefied by the drugs substituted for them. Instead of some conception of the simpler laws of mathematics, our scholars are misled with rules or bewildered with puzzles, until they know neither what they are trying to learn, nor what powers they are trying to use. Geography is less perplexing, but almost equally artificial. Studying the earth does not seem to be what it means, but committing lists of names, pointing out spots upon maps, perhaps draw- ing a map without any vision of the land or sea which it nominally represents. Most of the geogra- phies contain an extraordinary amount of matter, not only useless to the few who can master it, but inju- rious to the many who cannot. History stands like a skeleton in many a school. Far from recalling the past, it frightens it away to return no more. Text- books have much of this to answer for; but not all. The best text-book in history ever printed would be a hindrance, if it were used alone, so that those using it were led to think that the movements or characters it describes are shut in between its two covers. It is still worse if they are supposed to be understood by mere repetition of the description. Perhaps the best plan is to have no text-book, but only reading-books in his- tory; there is then no temptation to use words for thoughts, or depend on memory where imagination is

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

indispensable. I wish this same imagination had freer play in drawing, and that the books through which instruction is given were both more aesthetic and more elastic. But it is unnecessary to carry these remarks any further. When -we consider that most text-books owe their existence to commercial rather than educa- tional considerations, they certainly lie open to criticism.

But were the books in our schools beyond criti- cism, were they the best to be had or even desired, they would still do harm if too closely followed. " The function of books," says Herbert Spencer, " is supple- mentary, — a means of seeing through other men what you cannot see for yourself." The master- pieces of literature are guides to be trusted, and yet it is their spirit rather than their style which we are to catch, if we are able. But the mere school-book is nothing more to the teacher or the pupil than a walking-stick. It is the direct action of mind upon mind which makes good teaching, and how much or how little of this action there is in the servile use of a text-book I need not try to analyze. One of the things which most struck a recent English visitor to some German schools was his never seeing a book in the hands of a teacher while teaching. This is greater freedom than I am asking for, but not greater than it might be well to ask for. There is real meaning in the line,

" And, learning, wiser grow without his books."

After reducing our books to terms it may be well to do the same with our examinations. From the day

SUPERIXTEXDEXrS REPORT.

17

they begin they seem to gather volume as they proceed, until they sweep away a good deal of time and strength that might be better employed, and heap up difficulties that need never be encountered. They sometimes look as if they were intended to exclude rather than admit those who take them, and even when this forbidding aspect is avoided, a shadow still hangs over them, depressing the more sensitive pupil and preventing his doing himself justice. A long period of apprehension often precedes examinations. It may be unreasonable, but it is more unreasonable in us to give it an opportunity than for the young people to fall its victims. Bold and careless natures, the very natures which might well be more apprehen- sive about their responsibilities, these go unmoved, and would go so were their examinations ten times more disquieting. To such scholars our examinations do no harm, even if they do no good ; but to the timid, of whom there are many, and the conscientious, of whom there are more in our keeping, I feel compelled to say that they are positively injurious. They undo a large proportion of what is done, or ought to be done, by the instruction going before them. They often undo the instruction itself, turn it from training into coaching, or whatever else the process may be called, and thus work permanent rather than tem- porary harm. Indeed, under an influence so arid, the stream naturally dries up at the source, and the fields through which it ought to flow are parched.

Studies too generally conform to examinations. Teachers and pupils are induced, not to say obliged, to shape their work according to the tests they expect

18

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

to be applied to it. Questions which, unanswered, prevent a study from being brought to a successful end, necessarily determine its beginning and its continu- ance. It becomes us, therefore, so far as we have any hand in examining, to examine in such a way as to show our respect, and encourage others in theirs, for the course that has been laid out. We should con- tent ourselves with the subjects which it has brought into prominence, and which the average pupil may be supposed to have mastered. Subjects rather than separate facts should be the staple of our examination papers, and those whom we examine should be told to treat them freely as well as fully, with a grasp of the principles and relations which they involve. In short, we should treat our pupils as we would wish to be treated ourselves, and ask them what they may be expected to like, rather than dislike, to be asked. We should never question them on points beyond their training. If their training has been defective, it is too late to correct it by examination questions. All we can do is to look forward, and at the beginning of a new study, or a new year, suggest the broader treat- ment, or the fuller detail, or whatever else we may think required. Examinations themselves should take studies as they have been pursued.

It is, also, to be wished that examinations would have more concern for studies yet to come. The two, as a general rule, have little or no connection, ending on the one hand, or beginning on the other, as if they stood alone. Not one in a hundred examined retains any wish to know more of the subject under examina- tion. The great majority are weary of it, perhaps

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT.

19

mortified about it, and look back as to a bad dream from which they have waked, never, they hope, to dream it again. Who thinks this right ? Who doubts that the object of an examination is missed, if it does not leave the scholar in the mood of continuing the study which he has but begun, however success- ful he may have been ? Is the examination really " the be-all and the end-all " ? Or have we made it so, without thinking of the blank wall we are building right up against our children's faces ? The kinship of study to study, the attractiveness of each increasing as the course goes on, the charm of knowledge growing more and more winning ; in short, the highest re- wards of learning, all run the risk of being lost.

There is a still greater risk. Examinations of the sort we are considering are usually prepared for, at least just before they are taken, by a burst of cram- ming. On this let an English expert in mental disease, Dr. Hack Tuke, be heard for a moment :

" The psychological mischief," he sa}*s, " done hy excessive cramming both in some schools and at home is sufficiently serious to show that the reckless course pursued in many instances ought to be loudty protested against. As we write, four cases come to our knowledge of girls seriously injured by this folly and uninten- tional wickedness. In one, the brain is utterly unable to beat* the burden put upon it, and the pupil is removed from school in a highl}T excitable state ; in another, epileptic fits have followed the host of subjects pressed upon the scholar ; in the third, the symp- toms of brain fog have become so obvious that the amount of schooling has been greatly reduced ; and in a fourth, fits have been induced and complete prostration of brain has followed. These cases are merely illustrations of a class, coming to hand in one day, familiar to most ph}*sicians. The enormous number of subjects which are forced into the curriculum of some schools, and are re-

#

20 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

quired b}- some professional examinations, confuse and distract the mind, and try lowering its healthy tone often unfit it for the world. While insanity may not directly result from this stuffing, and very likely will not, exciting causes of mental disorder occurring in later life may upset a brain which, had it been subjected to more mod- erate pressure, would have escaped unscathed."

" The other day," adds Dr. Tuke, " we met an ex- aminer in the street with a roll of papers, consisting of answers to questions. He deplored the fashion of the day; the number of subjects crammed within a few years of growing life ; the character of the ques- tions which were frequently asked. . . . He sin- cerely pitied the unfortunate students." Perhaps the examiners are to be pitied likewise. They use hard words about examinations in England. Canon Barry laments " the almost fanatical belief in them." Mr. F. W. Newman speaks of their "spreading as a leprosy," and Prof. Huxley calls them w the educa- tional abomination of desolation of the present day."

Examination has two distinct functions. One is disciplinary, a mere means of compelling attention and perseverance through a course of study. The other is educational, a process of gathering up the facts that have been acquired, presenting them in their connections, and thus developing the subject to a degree not otherwise so easily attainable. This educational part should be played all through a study as well as at its close, and it should be so played as to make the student more and more confident of his acquisitions and his powers. It is the only part to be taken either with dignity on its own side, or to the lasting benefit

SUPERINTENDENTS REPORT.

21

of education. The other is the part of a watch-dog rather than a teacher. It pleads the necessity some- times of enforcing order and keeping a school in out- ward diligence; sometimes of guarding graduation and excluding the undeserving from the crowning honor of the schools. If diligence is what we want, there are simpler ways of encouraging it; if safe- guards of graduation are what we seek, we shall find better in a careful and uniform system of promotions; take care of promotions, and the graduations will take care of themselves. It is only by using examinations helpfully that we can make them helpful. Adapted as they should be to what precedes, and what is to follow after them, too moderate to injure health of mind or body, true to their own functions, the}' are among the most serviceable of our agencies. Like everything else that is good, like exercise, like study, like enthusiasm, they can be perverted, and then they turn into evil. Just as any other burdens, these may bend the shoulders and break the spirit, or they may be borne upon uplifted head and with buoyant heart.

If we look at examinations from the side of exam- iners, we shall find further reason to moderate them. The preparation and correction of examina- tion papers in schools so numerously attended as ours absorb a large amount of time and force that might be better used. While it is wise to test instruc- tion, it is unwise to make as much of testing as of instructing. Yet this is the natural result of keeping teachers busy as examiners. It is the same with the supervisors, as they direct the diploma examinations

22

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

of our pupils, or both direct and conduct those of teachers from other places who seek appointment here. The tendency of such incessant examining is to turn the supervisors from inspectors into examiners. Examination means judgment ; inspection means this and a great deal more. It is counsel, encouragement, sometimes inspiration. It is welcome to the teacher of mature methods, because it approves them ; and to him of immature, because it improves them. It is welcome to pupils of fair capacity and industry, for it assures them of appreciation, and sets them on to- wards success. It brings light to uncertainty, hope to depression, and makes the school a scene of cheerful activity and cheerful expectation. This is the office which I know the supervisors wish to fulfil, and they will have all the aid I can give them in fulfilling it. I welcomed their organization at the time it was effected as a measure of inspection, and as such, of the highest promise to public education. The good they have accomplished in face of all the difficulties inseparable from a new work has already proved the wisdom of undertaking it, and it will prove itself yet more clearly, I believe, in the future.

In moderating the requirements of our educational system we shall find opportunity of improving the moral tone of the schools. Half the temptation to dishonest}', to which too many children are constantly yielding, would disappear with the strain to which I have been objecting. Other good qualities besides truthfulness would have a better chance of cultivation. Courage, vigor, thoroughness in detail, especially in that which is comparatively unobtrusive, high-minded-

SUPERENTEXDEXTS REPORT.

23

ness in generalization ; these are results of infinitely greater value than the highest percentages. They cannot grow, indeed they cannot live, under the driv- ing wind that has been allowed to sweep through our schools.

There is an opposite extreme to be guarded against. It is keeping back pupils when fully prepared to advance. This does not teach patience, but exhausts it; it does not kindle ardor, but quenches it. There is something absolutely wrong in shutting up a pupil within the pages of a book, or the limits of any exercise, long after his work is done, merely because the work of his fellow-pupils is not done. If we drag him down so completely to their level, he can do nothing to lift them a hair's-breadth to his ; his, indeed, ceases to be his, and the brightness he brought with him into the school may be extinguished, perhaps for life. Our promotions should be not merely bolts drawn against the slower or the idler children, but also swinging gates through which the quick and the earnest can go forth rejoicing.

Such are some of the simpler means by which I think the efficiency of our educational work can be increased. I have not yet so much as thought of the expedient which appears to be more popular than any other; but it may now be considered briefly. Public education, it is alleged, once useful, has become, or is becoming, ornamental; it includes many things inap- propriate, while it omits many appropriate to its pur- pose. This purpose itself, we are told, is perverted. Instead of fitting our boys and girls to earn their bread, and making them serviceable to themselves

24

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

and others as working-men and working-women, we are turning them into scholars and artists, and throw- ing them as almost helpless burdens upon society. They should leave school so well trained for "the dif- ferent industries as to have no difficulty in entering upon them without the delays of pursuit or appren- ticeship. If this is what a useful education means, and everything else, physical, mental, and moral train- ing, so far as it does not fit those who receive it for manual labor, is ornamental, then it must be confessed that ornament is the characteristic of our system. But there may be a far more widely useful tendency in such a system than in anything to which we may prefer to give the name of practical. If we could but spare ourselves the common mistake of thinking ornament useless, we should be spared a good many unsound arguments against ornamental education. Is there anything in human nature or human training more useful than "the ornament of a meek and quiet spirit" ?

Were industrial education tried in the way usually recommended, it would, I fear, not only fail to remove our difficulties, but add to them. Introduced into our existing schools, it would increase the pressure already too great, or multiply the shortcomings already too numerous, in the studies now taught, while it would fiud so slender opportunities for itself as to turn out in all probability the most imperfect branch of all. Schools are not, and cannot be, work- shops or kitchens. They can provide benches and tools where a certain number of boys may be occu- pied, perhaps really instructed, in handicraft. Or

SUPEPvTS'TEXDEXTS PvEPORT.

25

they can set up a range, at which a few girls may be tausrht cooking of a general character. But it may be doubted if there is a mechanic in Boston who would think much of mechanical training in a common school, while it may be taken for granted that no house- wife would consider school cookery of any practical advantage there or elsewhere. If industrial education it to be given, it should be of a more substantial sort. It needs its own schools, to which our bovs and grirls may be admitted when they are old enough to profit by them, let us say at the High School age, when, in- stead of attempting the higher studies, they might be better employed in manual occupations. "We should then have Industrial Schools parallel with our High Schools, yet independent ; a better plan, I think, than making them mere fragments of the Grammar Schools.

Even then, however, and admitting all the advan- tages of industrial education, we are not bound to admit that the city should provide it. It is of just that character which will flourish better on private than on public soil. It needs specialists to found it, and specialists to build it up, so that it may do its work effectively. If given by these, and to those who really feel the need of it, it will be saved from a great deal of waste, waste of energy and waste of money. It will also receive a larger share of general con- fidence, and, in return, contribute more to the welfare of the community. There is no greater mistake in education than in clamoring for the State to do what can be done better by individuals. If it must pro- vide training for labor, it may soon be called to pro-

26 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

vide labor itself, and then we shall have a sad ex- perience of full-blown communism,

" The something that infects the world."

If the object is, as sometimes stated, to make labor respected, it will hardly be secured by making labor dependent on public education. By such education one reaches only the forms, not the realities of labor, and if the former get into the place of the latter, if toil, under constant oversight, is sup- posed to be the same as that which oversees itself, then genuine' labor is robbed of the respect which is its due. Shall we take boys and girls, just as they are, and train them manually, supposing that they will therefore learn to honor manual employ- ment ? Or shall we try to make them more than they are, and train them mentally and morally, in the hope that as they grow wiser and better they will attain a higher idea of the industries in which they will probably engage? There can be little doubt which of these courses will exalt labor in the long run. But it is to be frankly admitted that there is such a thing as exalting labor above its merits. Un- skilled labor, the toil of an unthinking man or woman, followed only for the sake of the wages it brings, this deserves little respect, and we should do nothing to secure it any. Our best work must be to increase both the supply and the rewards of skilled labor, and there is no way so direct as the common lessons of the school. These, if well taught and well learned, will make men better mechanics, better followers of every calling; these will make women better house-

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT.

27

keepers and mothers, or, if they are work-women, better work-women.

Industrial education is not the only educational panacea. But the few remarks here offered about it may suggest the spirit in which other special remedies are to be considered. Anything special is really out of keeping with a public-school system. If admitted, it should be very cautiously, and not a line beyond .its essential relations with tfye system. If it can be turned from a special into a general study, it is in place, and should be cultivated by all the means we have ; but if it must always remain special, requiring to be specially handled, then it should be dropped at the earliest opportunity. Such studies as continue special are always unsatisfactory. The part they bear in the work of the schools is not only a small one, but it is generally poorly performed, and the low standard of the special courses is sure, sooner or later, to depress the higher one of the general.

It is therefore for the interest of education to keep special teaching within moderate bounds. It is equally for the interest of economy to do so. Such branches, though not the costliest absolutely, are much the costliest relatively, and if retrenchment is desirable anywhere, it is here.

Another expense to retrench is that of supplies now given to children who can pay for them, as freely as to those who cannot. The text-books bought on public account and lent to those applying for them are constantly increasing in number without jus- tifying reasons. Some books, such as those for read- ing, may be purchased to circulate from school to school,

28

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO, 16.

or class to class, at comparatively moderate cost and on comparatively good grounds. But the almost indiscriminate supply of text-books, by the city, in- volves an outlay which appears to me indefensible. Then there is the appropriation for stationery, writ- ing-books, and drawing-books, not lent, like the text-books, but given outright to all the children of the schools, without any regard to the preference of many and the ability of more, many more, to furnish themselves. The items for the last financial year were,

Stationery, 810,219 01

Writing-books 6,37799

Drawing-books 9,088 65

$25,685 65

I went one day to a Primary School, in a suburban street, filled with poor children of foreign origin. As they were using blank-books for a purpose not re- quired by the Regulations, I asked how they obtained them, and was pleased to be told that they bought them for themselves, without an objection from their parents. It is impossible not to feel that such sup- plies might be procured, generally, at as little cost, either to the City Treasury, or, what is of infinitely greater importance, to the character of the people.

"What a citizen can provide for himself or his family ought to be left to his providing, for his sake and for theirs. For the city to play the benefactor unnecessarily is no benefaction. It cannot do so without discouraging the self-dependence of its citizens, which is its best foun-

SUPERIXTEXDEXT'S REPORT.

29

dation, or encouraging ideas concerning the relations of the government and the governed, which, of all social dangers, are, perhaps the most menacing. Xot how much, but rather how little, can the State do for the individual, consistently with the welfare of both, is the question to be asked in education, as in every other provision for the community. It will, of course, be variously answered; yet there is no gainsaying the general principle, that the more our schools can favor self-support among those whom they reach, the greater will be their service to the nation. As for their pupils, it is easy to see that the pouring out of school materials at their feet is no way to train them in thrift or foresight. Would we check the wasteful habits by which we are sometimes characterized nationally, here is an opportunity. There are large numbers of our children who cannot buy their books or stationery; there are others who cannot clothe themselves; there are some without the food they need. Who does not wish to help them? But help should be given with a degree of caution entirely impracticable, if the city is to give it to the mass. It should be for associations, or families, or, better still, individuals, to look after the needy, and to take care that because they are children of want they are not also children of ignorance. But it is best for every child, and for every parent, that education should cost something, and that frugality and self-denial should be as necessary to obtain it as to get food, or clothing, or shelter.

Here, as in all other influences of the schools, we are to consider what makes most for the character we wish to form. It is not merely how much these sup-

30

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

plies cost in money, but how much in self-reliance, in self-sacrifice. There are a thousand ways of looking at the same object, but only one way of grasping it, and this is by turning from the system to the living being, from the benefit or the injury, whichever it be, to him who receives it. "Not thinking," says the author of Friends in Council, "of the things that are to be done, but of the persons who are to do them."

I have spoken for the sake of economy. Let me add something in favor of wise expenditures, more economical in many circumstances than any retrench- ments. Such, I think, are the salaries of our teachers, which, instead of being true first expenses to be cut down, ought to be the very last. "We can get on without vast buildings or materials; we can wait for better times to fill our libraries or our collections; we can part forever with drills, exhibitions, and festivals, or with all that is expensive about them; but we must have men and women, whom nature as well as train- ing has made teachers; we must have the heads and the hearts that are not found wherever we seek them; we must have the personal force which is beyond all other forces, in earth as well as heaven. If every- thing else were sold that we might have .these treasures, they would not cost too dear. Economy beginning with them is not economy, but waste- fulness.

Another point where it ceases to be real economy is in our Primary Schools. How it ever came to pass, or how, having come to pass, it has since been tolerated, that Primary teachers should be thought worth less than

SUPERINTENDENT'S REPORT.

31

others, or that their pupils should be thought as well off with inferior as with superior instruction, seems difficult to explain. Twenty-one years ago, the Report of the School Committee says, " It is scarcely possible to attach too much importance to the Primary Schools." "In every work," adds the Superintendent, my pre- decessor, " the first steps are the most important. Especially is this true in the business of education." From this position, taken so many years since, there has been but slight advance; indeed, it would almost seem as if the motion, if any, had been backward, I do not mean in the methods or results of teaching, but in its estimation. Of this we may be as sure as we can be of anything, that we must choose our Primary teachers from the very best candidates who offer themselves, the best in culture, the best in skill, and, when we have chosen them, honor them as their high calling merits, until the whole community appre- ciates how sacred a charge is that of the little children. It would be an improvement, in my opinion, and per- haps the greatest single improvement to be made in our system, were a few men of character and educa- tion employed exclusively in Primary instruction. I am not insensible to the value of that given by our principals, but with all their fidelity they cannot do just what others with undivided responsibility can, for the Primary Schools. Suppose a vice-principal were appointed for each district large enough to be en- titled to his services, or for two or more districts together, with the immediate supervision and instruc- tion of the Primary classes, and is it too much to hope,

32

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 16.

if he is a man of true stamp, that he will raise them to a higher work than they have ever done?

Here let us pause before entering into the parts of our system. It is enough at present to consider it as a whole, and to suggest such general modifications as appear to promise favorably. There are many subjects in which I feel deep concern, but they can be deferred without harming anybody.

However general this report, it should not be closed before alluding to the retirement of two men long and intimately connected with the Boston schools. Mr. Philbrick, as Master and Superintendent, has been more identified with our system than almost any one before him, and no one who comes after him can hope to leave a broader mark upon it. He is, and long will be, missed by those associated with him in common labors. Mr. Hvde will be resetted far bevond the limits of the Everett School. The mere length of his service would make it memorable. Its animation and its efficiency have rendered it one of the historical masterships of Boston. Let us who remain imitate, as well as cherish the good qualities of those who have retired.

Xothing whatever can take the place of individual consecration. There is a possibility of making too much of subjects or methods, too much of courses or programmes; but we cannot make too much of the spirit in them. Apart from that, they are as lifeless as the empty shells upon our shores; perhaps very fair, graceful in shape, brilliant in color, but with no living principle. That comes to our educational forms only by the life which can be breathed into them. Where

SUPERESTEXDEXrS REPORT.

33

shall we seek it ? It does not spring from literature or science. It is not knowledge, or power, or any- thing which issues from or ends in the mind. It is something coming from without us, and tending to what is beyond us, that feeds the inner nature, and makes it apt to learn, apt to teach, and «apt to live. If a single word can stand for it, that word is Faith, faith in human capacity, faith in divine power, faith in the love on which the lever that is to move educa- tion may rest. One of its chief supports is still at our command. The Bible, driven out of other schools as if it were a source of evil, remains in our schools a source of good. One thing in it, or the natural use of one thing in it, has been taken away, for reasons doubtless sufficient to those who removed it, but in- sufficient, oh, how utterly insufficient, to many of those from whom it was withdrawn. Can it not be restored? Cannot the Lord's Prayer again be repeated, as it used to be, and the opening of the morning session become once more devotional? I am sure that if either teachers or pupils were consulted, not one who had ever felt his dailv studies lightened bv asking a bless- ing upon them, but would plead for being permitted once more to arise and go unto our Father. Schools can never be wholly secular. Prayer, or common prayer, can be hushed in them, and all their immediate lessons can be drawn in from the invisible to the visi- ble. But their ultimate teaching leads on beyond all bounds of sis:ht or time, and carries, or aids in carrv- ing, back the soul to Him who gave it. " Take care," said a visitor to a sculptor who was erecting a monu- ment in Westminster Abbey; "you are working for

34

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

eternity." The eternity for which he worked was but a shadow compared with that for which our schools are shaping, consciously or unconsciously, the children of their care.

SAMUEL ELIOT.

STATISTICS,

June, 1878,

ACCOMPANYING SUPERINTENDENT'S THIRTY-FOURTH SEMI-ANNUAL REPORT,

SEPTEMBER, 1878.

SUMMARY.

Schools :

Normal, Latin and High . . . . . .10

Grammar ........ 49

Primary . .116

Licensed Minors . 2

Deaf-Mutes 1

Kindergarten 1

Evening High ....... 1

Elementary . . . . .16

Drawing ...... 6

23

Total number of Schools 202

44 44 Teachers 1,244

PUPILS.

Males 29,553

Females 25,859

Total number enrolled for the year .... 55,412

Number of children in Boston between 5 and 15 years of

age 60,762

EXPENDITURES.

Salaries of Officers 858,035 94

44 Teachers 1,157,746 09

Incidental expenses :

By Committee on Public Buildings .... 126.428 35

By School Committee ...... 239,905 71

School-houses and lots 113,661 09

Total 61,695,777 18

STATISTICS. SCHOOLS AST) TEACHERS.

SCHOOLS.

rXACHTRS.

H J ~Z 5 i S .

p

Male

Normal School

3

100 ;

1

2

3

English High School . . .

)

33

1,127

13 16

... ...

13 16

Girls' High School . . .

49

&33

1

17

13

Girls' Latin School . . .

1

2

Roxbury High School . .

7

238

1

6

7

Dorchester High School .

7

1

4

5

Charles town High School

9

300

7

3

West Roxbury High School

5

1

3

4

Brighton High School . .

4

S4

1

2

3

Grammar Schools ....

49

550

473

c53

Primary Schools

M

412

23,000

4: 3

Totals

143

1,076

55,003

SPECIAL SCHOOLS AXD TEACHERS.

Schools.

Males.

8

34

-

Evening Drawing Schools

16

16

2

1

1

1

_

0

T

o

»

«

3

....

3

6

1

7

2S

1

1

T.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 16.

NORMAL AXD HIGH SCHOOLS. Semi- Annual Returns to June, 1878.

Schools.

Average -whole Number.

Average Attendance.

CO c

Ex a

nt. of lance.

X

u

X.

-

■—

- -

=

E

3 =

X

CD

0D

X X

-

X X

<^

aa

CD X CO

i

c

"a

i

1 I

to ■-

<

=

O ■~

CJ

-

1 1

pq

s

■-<

w

X

<

0Q

Eh

formal

83

83

80

80

3

96.0

1

QOQ

ooo

ooo

Ol O

olo

15

1

3

6

3

Girls' Latin ....

28

28

27

27

1

95.7

1

1

English High . . .

441

441

421

421

20

95.3

1

5

10

Girls' High ....

537

537

501

501

36

93.0

1

1

2

3

10

Roxbury High . . .

81

112

193

79

107

186

7

96.0

1

2

3

Dorchester High . .

45

60

105

43

58

101

4

95.0

1

3

Charlestown High .

64

101

165

62

95

157

8

95.0

1

1

1

1

3

"West Roxbury High

21

61

82

20

59

79

3

96.2

1

1

2

Brighton High . . .

31

28

59

30

27

57

2

95.1

1

1

1

i.on

1,010

2,081

1,028

954

1,982

99

95.2

11

»

4

1

5

4

9

22

Classification, June, 1878.

Schools.

Normal

Latin

Girls' Latin . . . . English High . . . Girls' High .... Roxbury High . . . Dorchester High . . Charlesto-wn High . "VTest Roxbury High Brighton High . . .

Totals

Percentage . . .

68 27 16 193 242 56 34 51 26 21

734

37J

65 3

120 114

32

433

223

32

65

20

172

65

20

232 088 021

033

STATISTICS.

39

NORMAL AND HIGH SCHOOLS.

Number of Pupils to a Teacher, excluding Principals, June, 1878.

Schools.

No. of lleg. Teachers.

Average No. of Pupils.

Pupils to a

Regular

Teacher.

2

83

41.5

12

388

32.3

1

28

28.0

ID

A At

441

OQ A

17

537

31.6

6

193

32.2

4

105

26.2

7

1(55

23.6

3

82

27.3

2

59

29.5

Totals

G9

2,081

30.2

Diplomas of Graduation, June, 1878.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

19

19

81

81

104

104

21

20

41

15

'21

36

13

25

38

1

8

9

4

7

11

154

185

339

Schools.

Latin

English High

Girls' High, Regular and Advanced

Roxbury High

Dorchester High

Charlestown High

West Roxbury High

Brighton High

Totals

40

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

Semi- Annual Returns to June, 1878.

Schools.

Average whole Number.

Average Attendance.

Average Absence.

Per cent, of Attendance.

co

CO

X

1

X

2

x QQ

u

a> -

1st Assistants.

| 2d Assistants.

3d Assistants.

*

Eh bo

©

GQ

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

368

166

534

342

156

498

36

93.1

1

1

i

8

1

158

190

348

145

174

319

29

91.9

1

1

1

5

1

362

185

547

337

164

501

46

92.0

1

1

1

S

1

165

143

308

149

131

280

28

91.0

2

4

1

787

787

756

756

31

96.2

1

1

1

1

11

358

35S

337

337

21

94.0

1

1

1

6

1

447

447

412

412

35

92.2

1

1

2

5

1

713

68

781

669

63

732

49

93.7

1

1

2

1

10

Bunker Hill . . .

306

296

602

292

279

571

31

94.8

1

2

2

7

1

329

329

309

309

20

94.0

1

1

1

4

Chapman ....

278

287

565

266

272

538

27

95.2

1

1

1

8

1

Charles Sumner .

105

100

205

100

92

192

13

93.7

1

3

1

365

411

776

350

386

736

40

94.7

1

2

3

10

1

Dearborn ....

470

407

877

429

373

802

75

92.2

1

2

3

11

1

Dudley (Boys) . .

444

444

414

414

30

93.1

1

1

1

1

6

324

324

304

304

20

93.6

n

1

1

4

1

588

588

558

558

30

95.0

l

1

1

1

8

842

842

792

792

50

94.0

l

2

1

1

11

376

307

683

356

291

647

36

95.0

l

2

2

7

1

694

694

647

647

47

93.0

l

2

3

9

1

Everett, Dor. . . .

206

200

406

196

188

384

22

94.6

l

1

1

1

5

1

742

742

694

694

48

93.5

l

2

3

9

1

Frothingham . . .

270

276

546

253

254

507

39

93.0

l

1

2

7

1

433

433

398

398

35

91.0

i

2

1

6

1

151

145

296

138

133

271

25

91.5

2

S

573

573

547

547

26

95.6

i

1

3

7

1

106

136

242

99

126

225

17

92.9

1

3

273

280

553

259

264

523

30

94.5

l

1

1

8

1

1 Female Principal.

STATISTICS.

41

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS. Continued.

Schools.

Average whole Number.

Average Attendance.

U. x

o g

l\

g

-

z

X

X

\

"x "x

m ■-

-f

X

■—

z

X

■I.

X

60

Boys.

Girls. Total.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

9 % < <

\%

\

X

SB

-

X

301

301

277

277

24

91.9

1

-

2

3

1

Lawrence ....

920

920

886

886

34

96.5

1

1

2

1

1

13

294

326

620

283

306

589

31

94.9

1

1

1

1

9

1

620

620

585

585

35

94.3

1

1

1

1

1

8

302

219

521

289

207

496

25

95.0

1

1

1

1

7

1

423

185

608

396

178

574

34

94.5

1

1

2

2

6

1

148

169

317

129

148

277

40

88.0

1

*

1

1

5

112

113

225

106

104

210

15

93.2

l

-

1

4

Mt. Vernon ....

65

77

142

62

73

135

7

94.9

1

1

2

1

699

699

669

669

30

95.6

1

2

3

7

1

741

741

682

682

59

92.0

1

l

1

1

1

10

-

243

235

478

231

221

452

26

94.6

1

1

1

1

7

2

651

651

622

622

29

95.2

1

l

1

1

8

632

632

595

595

37

94.4

1

l

1

1

8

423

464

887

403

427

830

57

93.8

1

l

1

4

11

1

679

679

623

623

56

92.0

1

2

3

9

1

Stoughton ....

134

107

241

125

101

226

15

93.4

l

1

5

1

34

29

63

31

28

59

4

93.3

1

1

311

303

614

297

284

581

33

95.0

1

l

2

2

7

1

473

473

433

433

40

92.2

1

2

7

1

927

927

856

856

71

92.3

1

2

4

12

2

Totals ....

13,715

12,474

26,189

12,931

11,620

24,551

1,638

93.7

40

29

16

55

342

35

->

1 Deducting repetitions, 28.

42 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

•J3AO

pin? sjboa* uoayij

© iO co •* CO K5 pH CO rH CO

i-H © OS CM CO

CO CO OS CM

CO OS X5 >(5 OS

t~ CO OS

i- ^ n ^

CO <N O 00 ^ CO

© CM

•8JB8A" aAJOMX

O CO O co CM

CO CO -r O O O as as eo co o oo

o CO i-l

•SJBOA* U9A8(a

if5 CM -rl< CO CO

as to co co cm

co -f as 10

l- O 00

•SJBaA* U0J,

«o CO o as *o to

iO CM ©

S 3

CO OS O O CM

O rH CO CO O

O TJ< ift

CO *"f © CO

O OS i-i

K5 CM rH CM

CM >f5 © CM

O CM OS

'8JB9A*

•joqtunu oioiiAV

g 3

o o o

CO CO I-

CM CM i(5

CO "* CO TJt

•88B[0 i^xig

CO O O OS

-* © ©

CO CO I-

S S 5

rH t- Q

•8SB[Q HWtf

© © «rt co

as oo o o

l~ CO l— i— I K5 OS O rH

CO O CO K5

O O CO CO o CM iT5 © Ti< ©

3 3

CO © -* CM ©

CO CM

•ssbiO PJRX

CM >C O O CO o

CM CO CO o

•BSBIQ pUOOOg

m th co cn

TrCOCOCO^cOOSt— «r-«5 0s OCOCOCMCOrHiOl.^'CrCMt-

CO r-i rH rH

© O CO

rH tJ< CM CM

S 2

cs co

«3 CU O

n o o o

o

II 1 H

Sc»P3P^:H>>

STATISTICS.

43

3

CO 01

o

CO

CO

.ft

CO

ift

CO 01

CO

CM lffl

<<*

01

CM

iB

CO

co

co ift

Ol

CO

CM Ol

CO CO

CO

©

iffl

©

CO

Ift ©

CO

2,625

Iffl ©

8

co

GO CO

CO

ol

5

-t

CO

CO

ia

o iffl

CO

Ol

CM

s

CO CO

CO CO

o

iO

«*

CO

©

CO <M

CO

CO

ift

© o

is in

CM

©

rH

X

o

o t-

CO

CO

•ft

CO

GO CO

o

©

Ol CO

©

-*

eo i -

CO L—

CO

S3 CO

HO

ce

©

CO

CO

©

CO

1

CO CO

CO CM

CO

00

rH

CM rH

CO

to oo"

CO rH

1

co t-

to

t—

©

CM

5C OS

1

cc

s

co

CO

©

iffl iffi

C51 CO

OS

o

01

©

© ©

© ©

1ft

at

CM

CO

CO CO

'-2

rH

Iffl I—

-hT

t-

to

I

l-

CO

©

CD

Ol

©

co CM

©"

o

Ol

OS

co

CO

©

uo

CO

00

CO CO

I— 1

Ol

o

CO

t-

!:

CO

©

©

©

CO rH

?/

CO

© CO

CO CM

©

Ol

01 CM_

o>

CO

g

H

g

co co

CO

01 01

co os

00 lffl

iffl

L-

<*

CO

CO

co

•ft rf

3

CM Ol

g

s-

<*

CO

CO CO

01

01

©

rH

«ffl

0-1

© ©

co

CO CO

CO

© ©^

1

H

to

co

Ol

CO CO

©

CO

CM

iffl

CO

os

CO

CO iffl

CO

.ft

Ol

o

©

S

b-

co

CM

CO

CO

t~

© ift

CO

Ift

Ol

©

UO

1ft cm'

©

00 IH

© 01

rH

T*

01

ift.

>ft rH

CO

<*

**

00

00 rH

0-1

CO

a>

1ft

Ol CO

CO Ol

-r

CO CO

CM CM

CO

>ft

rH

CO CM

1ft

01

co

CO

CO

©_

©

CM

CM

^

ift

CM

01

CM

-

T-l

eo

Ift

CO

rH

© ©

CO

© ©

•ft -1

& CO

cm

CO ift

co

CO 01

CO iffl

i -

CO CM

© iffl CO

-H

s

s

©

OS

**

01

eo

ift

eo

8

01 01

CO rH

IO

CO

©

CO CO

©

©

© CO CO

© o

co eo

CO

CO CO

CM

CO

CO CO

1ft "*

CO

1ft

CO

1ft ©^

Ol

CO

H

g

i -

CO

o

0<

CO Ol

01

CO

OS rH

lffl

t-

CO CO

rH

O

i -

0) rH

■a

01

01

i

co

CO

t-

Ol CM

<*

01

CO

©

0-1

©•

CO

Ol

CO rH

©

OS

©

eo

°i eo

CO t— CM

CO

•o

§

ift

© o

o ce

OS

-.

US ift

OS S3

04 O i-i

CO

CO

CO CO r1

1ft

iO

CM lffl

eo ift

00

CM ©

m

CM

© Ift

Ol

Iffl

CO

C35

rH

Ol

©

©

©^ eo"

Ol

CM

s

l-l

co

|Q

T* O

-f

-+

01

©

CM

co

CO

©

o o

CO OS

co

Ol

ift

eo

co

Ol

CO Ci

CO

CO

CO ©

© ©

CM

©

cp

© OS

©

o ©

Ol

© io

t)T

OS

CO

g

co

co iffl

Iffl

ift

©

~p

©

o

CO

ift

CO

-p

CO

CO

ift

©

© ©

rH

co

co 0>

©

CO

©

.ft

CO

■<*

Ol

CO CO

CO

1ft

CO

©

rH

01

CO

-*

CO"

CO

to -1

CO

-T

o

CO

CO co

co

CO

*

CP

CM 09

OS

-r

Ol

ift

Ift

ift

-i* 01

Ol 01

CO 09

Ol

ift

Ift

eo ©

CO

«*

CM rH

1 -

©

©

01

•t

of

OS

©

■ft

©

CO CM

CO

rH

ift 01

■a

co

CO 00

OS

co

CO

-+

01

03

t-

©

CO

CO 01

©

CO

CO

CO

eo

CO

©

CM

I-

CO

iffl ift

rH

1ft ©

I

i

a |

s

a

q to

c:

3)

C

o

00

©

3

M

o o o

a a

.2 eg

pa

1

s

M

CD <p

5

co

B co s-,

Rt

d ►4

00

t?

CP

c

CJ

3

co o

a a

B >.

Ih

co

o

>-,

co

>

5 o

00

p o

U

o

y<

00

.&

la

O

a

CD CO

u Ph

o C

'3 o-

co o

c u

CO

QD

EH

CO

u

^3

1=1

3

■a

o

QQ

C

o

CO

fl

CO

s* s-

cS

00

p

a

SB O

Eh

co

CO

60 C

CO

o Fh

CO

Ph

44

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS. Number of Pupils to a Teacher, excluding Principals, June, 1878.

Schools.

No. of Teachers.

Average No. of Pupils.

No. of Pupils to a Teacher.

Schools.

No. of Teachers.

Average No. of Pupils.

No. of Pupils to a Teacher.

11

534

48.G

Hancock

11

573

52.1

7

348

49.7

4

242

60.5

11

547

49.7

Harvard . . .

11

553

50.3

Bennett

6

308

51.3

Hillside ....

5

301

60.2

15

787

52.5

Lawrence . .

18

920

r. i l OL.l

Bowditch, . ..

8

358

44.8

12

620

51.7

8

449

56.1

Lincoln ....

12

620

51.7

xS runnier* -

15

781

52.1

T 11

10

521

52.1

Bunker Hill.

12

G02

50.2

Lyman ....

11

608

55.3

G

329

54.7

Mather

7

317

45.3

Chapman

11

565

51.4

Minot

5

225

46.3

Chas. Sumner

4

205

51.3

Mt. Vernon .

3

142

47.3

10

77G

42.3

Norcross. . ..

12

699

OO.o

Dearborn

17

877

57.5

Phillips ....

14

741

52.9

Dudley (Boys)

9

444

49.3

Prescott. . .

10

478

47.8

jyiiciiey \ trtris)

6

324

54.0

n .

12

651

54.3

12

588

49.0

12

632

52.'<

1G

842

52. G

Sherwin ....

17

887

52.2

Emerson

12

G83

5G.9

Shurtleff. . . .

14

679

48.5

14

G94

49. G

Stoughton. .

6

241

40.2

Everett, Dor.

8

40G

50.8

Tileston

1 1

63

63.0

Franklin

14

742

53.0

Warren ....

12

614

51.2

Frothingham

11

54G

49.6

Wells

9

473

52.5

9

433

48.1

Winthrop- ..

18

927

51.5

5

29G

59.2

Totals ....

509

2G,189

51.4

[At.]

STATISTICS.

45

GRAMMAR. SCHOOLS. Diplomas of Graduation, June, 1878.

Schools.

Adams

Allston

Andrew

Bennett

Bigelow

Bowditch

Bowdoin

Brimmer

Bunker Hill . . .

Central

Chapman

Chas. Sumner.

Comins

Dearborn

Dudley (Boys) Dudley (Girls)

Dwight

Eliot

Emerson

Everett

Everett, Dor. . .

Franklin

Frothingham . .

Gaston

Gibson

Hancock

Boys.

34

32 13 24 13 3 10 18 17

41

33 18

Girls.

12

13

45 14 34

7 32

9 17

Total.

30 13 18 18 34 10 31 43 26 24 30 8 28 29 17 14 41 33 31 45 21 34 15 32 18 17

Schools.

Harris

Harvard, Ch

Hillside

Lawrence . .

Lewis

Lincoln

Lowell

Lyman

Mather

Minot

Mt. Vernon. Norcross. . . .

Phillips

Prescott

Quincy

Rice

Sherwin Shurtleff. . . . Stoughton ..

Tileston

Warren

Wells

Winthrop . . .

Totals

Boys.

7 12

27

39 15 14 5 4 4

37 11

22

38

Girls.

12 7

14

36

14 10

7 6 4

33

15

31 47 6 3 12 18 39

590

645

46 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Semi-Annual Returns to June, 1878.

Districts.

oo

13

Average whole Number.

Average Attendance.

!p 1

jent. of ndance.

Between 5 aud 8 years.

' 8 years.

d

as ©

Schc

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

> % < <

u2

Over

7

221

87

308

205

80

285

23

92.5

213

120

333

Allston ....

5

132

105

237

121

91

212

25

89.4

184

84

268

Andrew ....

g

191

189

174

168

342

38

90.0

309

142

451

Bennett ....

4

97

99

196

87

87

174

22

88.8

150

74

224

Bigelow ....

12

308

246

554

280

221

501

53

90.0

382

188

570

Bowditch . . .

11

256

226

482

235

207

442

40

91.3

324

183

507

Bowdoin ....

12

276

252

528

245

219

464

64

87.8

361

211

572

Brimmer ....

11

256

241

497

233

214

447

50

89.9

327

198

525

Bunker Hill . .

11

236

266

502

210

236

446

56

88.8

320

240

560

Central ....

4

76

69

145

71

61

132

13

91.0

95

59

154

Chapman . . .

10

303

217

520

267

185

452

68

86.9

357

196

553

Charles Sumner .

5

113

116

229

106

105

211

18

92.0

109

106

215

Comins ....

16

425

417

842

389

374

763

79

90.6

530

358

888

Dearborn . . .

17

456

395

851

407

339

746

105

87.6

535

446

981

Dudley (Boys)

8

207

188

395

191

168

359

36

91.0

243

179

422

Dwight

6

123

139

262

110

121

231

31

88.4

211

93

304

14

335

171

606

395

150

545

61

89.9

352

270

622

Emerson ....

9

256

195

451

236

179

415

36

92.0

274

196

470

Everett ....

11

286

254

540

262

230

492

48

91.1

364

288

652

Everett, Dor. . .

6

151

124

275

136

107

243

32

88.3

203

108

311

Franklin ....

13

297

318

615

272

287

559

56

91.0

381

231

612

Frothingham . .

9

209

223

432

188

193

381

51

88.2

339

149

488

8

203

195

398

185

173

358

40

90.0

258

168

426

5

73

78

151

63

66

129

22

85.4

113

61

174

Hancock ....

16

355

378

733

329

356

685

48

93.4

431

327

758

3

57

69

126

52

60-

112

14

88.6

98

30

128

Harvard ....

13

282

290

572

255

249

504

68

88.1

405

259

664

STATISTICS.

47

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Continued.

Average whole

Average

o o

00

00

rt

o

Number.

Attendance.

s

■g eg

C 4)

cu >>

Districts.

_oj "o

6C o cS C

5 'S

8 >>

CO

£ 2

Betw and 8

u

a

*r &

O) 00

< <

u s

O rt

Schi

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

Boys.

Girls.

Total.

Ove

Hillside ....

4

89

81

170

80

70

150

20

88.3

119

66

185

Lawrence . . .

21

791

251

1,042

752

229

981

61

94.1

621

412

1,033

Lewis

11

267

240

507

242

210

452

55

89.1

339

219

558

Lincoln ....

7

267

67

334

234

55

289

45

86.5

205

147

352

Lowell

9

258

220

478

234

195

429

49

91.8

306

191

497

Lyman

8

231

118

349

216

108

324

25

92.4

207

173

380

Mather ....

5

125

110

235

110

95

205

30

87.2

156

96

252

Minot

4

81

81

162

76

73

149

13

92.0

124

62

186

Mount Vernon .

3

52

50

102

50

45

95

7

93.1

53

48

101

Norcross ....

7

315

315

302

302

13

96.0

196

127

323

Phillips ....

5

120

80

200

105

67

172

28

86.0

109

101

210

Prescott ....

6

159

133

292

143

119

262

30

90.0

184

140

324

Quincy

209

129

338

193

118

311

27

92.0

260

84

344

Rice

7

193

147

340

175

132

307

33

90.3

169

129

298

Sherwin ....

15

373

347

720

348

323

671

49

93.2

460

314

774

Shurtleff ....

6

161

154

315

144

141

285

30

89.0

185

120

305

Stoughton . . .

2

50

59

109

46

54

100

9

91.3

110

19

129

Tileston ....

1

19

19

38

18

17

35

3

91.3

30

15

45

Warren ....

8

185

206

391

165

181

346

45

88.6

264

162

426

Wells

12

267

259

526

242

229

471

55

87.8

351

193

544

Winthrop . . .

6

124

174

298

114

158

272

26

91.0

206

100

306

Totals ....

408

10,301

8,787

19,088

9,391

7,847

17,238

1,850

90.3

12,522

7,882

20,404

48 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Number of Pupils in each Class, whole Number, and Ages, June, 1878.

cc

X

es O

X

X

_a

CS

O

a

CO

co

CJ

X

E cs

X

E

E

CO

X

es V

X

u

* u

Districts.

B

o

O

T3

o •5

o

a!

2 S

5 >>

s

>>

c

o

O y D O

u

a

s

O

En

g

£

H

>

«

£

>

4) 0Q

t*

Adams . . .

60

31

53

52

53

84

333

56

74

83

87

33

Allston . . .

57

40

31

28

33

79

268

66

53

65

57

27

Andrew . . .

62

56

57

56

88

132

451

86

106

117

76

66

Bennett . . .

28

25

30

32

31

78

224

56

43

51

39

35

Bigelow . . .

104

84

93

86

112

91

570

75

155

152

111

77

Bowditch . .

95

81

90

64

73

104

507

73

140

111

99

84

Bowdoin . .

102

86

95

8S

85

116

572

89

133

139

118

•93

Brimmer . .

58

87

76

58

83

163

525

71

111

145

119

79

Bunker Hill .

95

81

98

70

86

130

560

71

130

119

115

125

Central . . .

24

25

27

38

19

21

154

32

34

29

35

24

Chapman . .

78

79

103

79

77

132

553

98

136

123

113

83

Cbas. Sumner

43

31

26

35

31

49

215

30

51

28

38

68

Comins . . .

142

115

174

103

153

201

888

128

192

210

177

181

Dearborn . .

138

133

138

117

188

267

981

119

203

213

212

234

Dudley (Boys)

56

66

49

86

78

87

422

59

89

95

85

94

Dwight . . .

48

48

45

49

49

65

304

53

83

75

67

26

Eliot ....

102

104

102

93

114

107

622

72

155

125

118

152

Emerson . .

70

88

53

56

87

116

470

76

92

106

98

98

.TjYeretL ...

84

89

122

115

106

136

652

88

144

132

144

144

Everett, Dor.

22

43

58

54

51

83

311

55

78

70

64

44

Franklin . .

100

90

106

100

87

129

612

107

119

155

110

121

Fro thin gham

54

88

57

58

52

179

488

125

110

104

90

59

Gaston . . .

58

48

88

66

100

65

426

67

. 84

107

82

86

Gibson . . .

34

37

28

22

53

174

24

42

47

33

28

Hancock . .

101

117

105

153

123

159

758

109

155

167

159

168

Harris ....

21

16

17

25

18

31

128

22

42

34

21

9

Harvard . .

106

85

75

166

75

157

664

118

145

142

145

114

Hillside . . .

25

26

30

26

29

49

185

37

44

38

35

31

STATISTICS.

49

PRIMARY SCHOOLS. Continued.

Districts.

First Class.

Second Class.

Third Class.

Fourth Class.

Fifth Class.

Sixth Class.

Whole Number.

Five years.

Six years.

Seven years.

Eight years.

Nine years and over.

Lawrence . .

169

158

152

164

147

243

1,033

155

234

232

199

213

Lewis ....

85

88

99

72

80

134

558

66

133

140

132

87

Lincoln . . .

44

54

49

57

79

69

352

48

77

80

68

79

Lowell . . .

72

69

72

84

79

121

497

68

121

117

116

75

Lyman . . .

75

59

50

48

45

103

380

50

82

75

85

88

Mather . . .

33

17

31

39

39

93

252

45

47

64

47

49

Minot ....

54

20

34

27

11

40

186

37

42

45

36

26

Mt. Vernon .

35

25

10

5

13

13

101

15

17

21

32

16

Norcross. . .

49

39

51

50

45

89

323

46

80

70

54

73

Phillips . . .

31

42

38

37

34

28

210

38

37

34

40

61

Prescott . .

57

53

47

45

55

67

324

38

57

89

77

63

v^iXiu^y »

51

43

50

55

69

76

344

76

93

91

60

24

Rice ....

40

40

46

79

43

50

298

29

63

77

76

53

CJltl VY HI m m m

88

70

131

111

161

213

774

105

185

170

179

135

Shurtleff . .

51

50

51

47

50

56

305

28

75

82

78

42

Stoughton . .

22

16

29

18

12

32

129

37

37

36

14

5

Tileston . . .

12

13

10

10

45

8

14

8

6

9

"Warren . . .

92

59

51

51

60

113

426

61

94

1Q9

73

98

Wells. . . .

76

69

68

62

140

129

544

109

128

114

108

85

Winthrop . .

51

57

49

44

52

53

306

51

74

81

66

34

Totals . .

3,154

2,890

3,161

3,086

3,317

4,796

20,404

3,172

4,633

4,717

4,193

3,689

Percentage. .

.154

.142

.155

.151

.163

.235

.156

.227

,231

.206

.180

50

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Number of Pupils to a Teacher, June, 1878.

Districts.

Adams

Allston

Andrew

Bennett .... Bigelow .... Bowditch . . . Bowdoin . . . Brimmer . . . Bunker Hill.

Central

Ch's Sumner Chapman . . .

Comins

Dearborn . . Dudley {Boys)

D wight

Eliot

Emerson . , ,

Everett

Everett, Dor. Franklin . . . Erothingham

Gaston

Gibson

Hancock. . . .

7 5 8 4 12 11 12 11 11 4 5

10 16 17

8 6

14 9 11

6 13 9 8 5

16

308 237 380 196 554 482 538 497 502 145 229 520 842 851 395 262 606 451 540 275 615 432 398 151 733

P.O

PA

O «J

6 2

44.0 47.4 47.5 49.0 46.2 43.8 44.0 45.2 45.6 36.2 45.8 52.0 52.6 50.0 49.4 43.7 43.3 50.0 49.1 46.0 47.3 48.0 49.8 30.0 45.8

Districts.

Harris . . Harvard . Hillside . . Lawrence Lewis .... Lincoln . . Lowell, . . Lyman . . . Mather . .

Minot

Mt. Vernon Norcross. Phillips . . Prescott , Quincy . . Rice

Sherwin . Shurtleff. S tough ton Tileston. . Warren . . Wells.... Winthrop

Totals

3 13 4 21 11 7 9 8 5 4 3 7 5 6 7 7

15 6 2 1

8

12

6

408

O O a;

126 572 170 1,042 507 334 478 349 235 162 102 315 200 292 S38 340 720 315 109 38 391 536 298

19,088

STATISTICS.

51

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Number of Pupils promoted to Grammar Schools, June, 1878.

Districts.

Adams

Allston

Andrew

Bennett

Bigelow

Bowditch

Bowdoin

Brimmer

Bunker Hill . . .

Central

Charles Sumner

Chapman

Comins

Dearborn

Dudley (Boys)

Dwight

Eliot

Emerson

Everett

Everett, Dor. . .

Franklin

Frothingham . .

Gaston

Gibson

Hancock

No. of Schools.

Sent to Gr. School.

No. to a School.

7

66

8.0

5

48

9.6

8

57

7.1

4

26

6.5

12

104

8.7

11

82

7.5

12

94

7.8

11

66

6.0

11

70

6.4

4

17

4.3

5

43

8.6

10

77

7.7

16

118

7.4

17

111

6.5

8

58

7.3

6

42

7.0

14

96

6.9

9

69

7.7

11

76

6.9

C

22

3.7

13

80

6.1

9

50

5.5

8

52

6.5

5

24

4.8

16

168

10.5

Districts.

Harris

Harvard

Hillside

Lawrence

Lewis

Lincoln

Lowell

Lyman

Matlrer

Minot

Mt. Vernon. . .

Norcross

Phillips

Prescott

Quincy

Rice

Sherwin.

Shurtleff

Stoughton

Tileston

Warren

Wells

Winthrop . . . .

Totals

3

13 4 21 11 7 9

4 3 7 5 6 7 7

15 6 2 1 8

12 6

408

13

60 23

157 81 44 73 52 23 42 29 49 20 28 47 49 97 50 21 12 63 76

111

2,926

52

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 16.

EVENING SCHOOLS.

Half-year, October, 1877, to March, 1878. HIGH.

1877-78.

o '5

i> QD

9

«

bp o "3

Q

Average Attendance.

So. of Teach-

Average No. of Pupils to a Teacher.

Average I lng.

Males.

Females.

Total.

Average ] ere.

23

1,600

439

197

636

12

60.5

November, 1877 ....

20

1,300

386

170

556

12

51.

December, 1877 ....

19

1,100

284

123

407

12

37.7

23

1,000

272

116

388

11

38.8

February, 1878 ....

19

900

214

117

331

11

34.

21

700

166

93

259

10

29.4

Totals

125

6,600

1,761

816

2,577

68

1,100

294

136

430

11

43.

The whole number registered for the year was 2,597.

6

STATISTICS.

53

ELEMENTARY.

Schools.

o 2

s|

o 5 «■§ if

It

II

Average Attendance.

± if.

~Z .5

X

^ xl <

s it;

. r- .5

O «

_ /.

m

= to

Males.

Females

Total.

Anderson Street . . .

117

185

107

35

17

52

1

7

Blossom Street ....

117

319

206

60

22

82

8

12

Broadway, S.B

113

794

97

78

78

11

8

Cabot Street

119

351

109

55

16

71

7

12

Dorchester

126

252

104

53

9

62

6

12

Eustis Street

127

142

71

23

10

33

6

7

Hudson Street ....

115

297

116

45

31

76

9

9

Jamaica Plain ....

128

108

46

19

3

22

3

11

Lincoln School ....

122

332

89

49

16

65

7

11

Lyman School ....

1 OR

401

121

51

9

60

1

i rk

1U

Neponset

126

92

44

14

9

23

3

11

No. Bennet Street . . .

117

511

151

53

23

76

9

13

Old Franklin

127

355

186

88

53

141

12

13

Prescott School ....

126

173

64

32

32

4

11

"Warren School ....

125

130

106

29

29

3

15

Warrenton-st. Chapel .

76

252

94

27

27

6

11

Totals

1,907

4,744

1,711

682

274

9.!,6

108

10 [ Av.]

DRAWING.

Schools.

•BUOJHHO

a

6 .

Average Attendance.

x" . ~ X

3 o

1

00

£ ¥

6 ? v

No. of

11

%~

aa o r ~

<!

Males.

Females.

Total.

Av. N( inc. 1

> -

99

273

151

41

1

42

2

42

50

S9

71

24

11

35

2

35

100

271

182

37

4

41

2

41

Jamaica Plain ....

51

120

73

31

2

33

2

33

100

360

102

37

5

42

2

42

100

521

2S3

100

15

115

5

29

500

1,634

862

270

38

308

15

34 [Av.]

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

SUGGESTIONS

ACCOMPANYING THE

COUESE OF STUDY

FOE

GRAMMAK AND PEIMAEY SCHOOLS.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

NO. 39 ARCH STREET.

1 8 7 8.

In School Committee, July 9, 1878.

Ordered, That the Board of Supervisors be authorized to issue suggestions to accompany the outline courses of study for the Grammar and Primary Schools.

Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

r/1

<J2

M

o

0

X

o

g

'S

8

&5

M

8

1 1

V

s

P

H

QD

8

r-

0

y

Of?

p

0

H

H

P

0

•sno9n«i •I99SIH

es hi if—

•SSBI3

8^

3 S » b

? +3 o> od x fto> o

US/Hi

-^J!ltfg§

.o o

^rt g

<u rt

«5 2<o » « B _

c.2.S

.-2Sg|||§

o hoaj.S bo— Q o

- Ill

s se to?;

CO

s°r-Ss.2H ..2§8>:

O :3.d d ftrt ftrt'

o

Z a> ? 2 l.CP

) j3 4} rt

5 ^

n ;i <l

is

« 8

8 S ~

.2>

* a

a a.

7

>-< S ? o

G e .B rt «<-t->ofcl o d rt

O J"

lv

o

00 rt CP

< -g -g d d .ts « .5/

Hd S^^.Eos.s

OS 00,0 S rt O a*"*-1 C S—

2 u is a -a ■-5 w 5 jz 15 bo 0*13 £*.

.^s boa<d a~

1EL ° is « d ^ g

V _ z, ni B rt ^

8 q

S S j Sfl

c as g

sit I

.sis « g Si2 a^

a =s<J to>>5- rt . . on* So a

.2"&<

> o*° ^

2- >,= o d

a

Ci u Qt oo Oi"^ 2 « c 2

-4 d a s a c s-0* s

o > « cc**; om«m

is o

It «Ji" » p C

8<i3 rt« a

Q to ^.o'rt

oo <u "3 ]o .2

. . . pH(M CO

5j— b s o ^ j, g jaojto d. S3 . c ° ^ § «- +* a «a

5 hill:

o o d cs

§^■2 -Si's

'J K 5)

Si

-d | sa 6 ,d ^ 2 - r ^> ft to

«~ p^i « 3

=> .£V3ft2.

ce S 'd J3 cS 2 A <

g rt^-g !

rt rt od S^-St''

^ b a ^ u i

t2 Q a o

>d£ i-d.£P2

Hand's

<u o d oo

3£>>2 Sdg ? « -c ta S s

•2.2

3 2

CO

« ^ I 2 .2 rt

*. oo a> _ 2 on

8 ■g'd rt . «

* .5^.2 oo>

•sa " ft 8 2ft

c„ bo<" . 60 rt u

h d © a> a o o

- O

P3 o> ao

d

d CO

O to

H) in C *i

8/

'O rt^^

5 IS do

«— d

<D d

o p

S * c d.a d o a>

a

I o §

dew

as-

I ft^S . 2 8301 ^a

So-

o o

bo a

5 .-r oo bo.^ d t.

la

8 2 e

' 2

- § « a

•2 -«« 2 -3 o

60S

u y

a-d

^ j, - ooS » . 2 "2 ^'S. n ° N d d

0J" O »

« r§«^strt'ar. § ^ s §t-« I

•b v rt bo a) a

^ !3.22'g

-i-S a

1g * rt S t o^= a cn go 2

o 8 a

* ftft-o a o d «

' bo«w . b bo'2'd

*H*d a £ * 2

'd a) cs S Jd

W 4> ft.a cd +j

•=-d

rt

S >>!

CO

< a e

gid.2c oa3 a— «« § 2

rt

a

M"0 % So S cfttf

d S 155 i .

o a ^ °"

.d fti

cc bO^

Mil

! >■

Is

Si

2 23 a

o £ft » 2 23

eB^

i § 0) S

<=> 5 «o s .S

* |Si§sl

O "3

>>>*

'JH S 8 "3 PAN'S

S S 0) »

3

a o p a 31 ^

^ m be in

1*1 &S -5

■3*^ © 2-2-3 §

O B £

* O o

£.2

© c«.2

I fc P 3 H

p, . 5 bo

5 2 a** °.2 a i-h^ a" ^ ^

< O OP

. mti S o5 »5 o>

CD P.

ill

.' ©I 1

:«! s >,

^ sa J fc « S

;> O ~ P

3 Elj so a a

J fc 54

ft» ;

08 B 1

ft-2" c p.:

-P oj

B .C <M

-1 awa a Bas'S § 2:2" £ *

s a

2 c S a a

►4 a

2?

If

if

fe Sfc-«.50

C . bt-fc^s §g

3£.= ^a <3 Pi

a o3

5 a

2 a . S . .'5 ^ co

o bt.£ 3 s

si-gal

a „p o

5£.2^Sa'a>.

O CO

J - O « .

<N CO

a=^

u u' OVhU 8 ■P o C,Q

Bill

y o •2^*2

<1

.2 1 2 a

P O

u a 5

* 2 «

CSV, GO

p. CP

t»3rO

■Si o .53 a

PeH-o S p

CO

go -2

r'P p .3

3 bpS'a

^ .S o a

° S*" a a

.£>§ S ^5 p S a^a- .

PiO

If &5I

J;( CO ftP,M

« o cv 'C §

Baa's a

x x c v ooo'frj.r.

i'ssla .«5SlS

tf «) » rt li r ^ t30

' « | §

O O-O txffl P.*

CSrO 4<M CP

« « » .2

co jg in ^ »"p

CO

a

jri 9 * "fl ai w cp a

5^c— ©^a'^cur; ctsl

a be ? a <u

be

iicscc^oo.a^

^2

INS

»5i * 2

fft o p.a <5 o

^agag S.22^1 -2

S'O cp g S pj

<|1^a - ft©

W op ft.a «g

-ii f ftft-c jl'o^B a3

S"0 « g § P3 5 csfl ha cp .

« S3"

CS rO

c a c

rp OP I

Eft

i to*'* a ® -2

•a « o - « ci

I r .2^a^

!,»••>>> op^r 'I 41 n .CO . *?

a ^ co p op fc. 2 tS p « 2i 8 S

Ufc^^.2«l I iP co o o* tj Sa

5; o

.1°

ob a 2 .2 S

fi CO CD CP <s

B cp

So

_r o

B ^ ^3

■Sft»<H

B B pQ O

" fl

a a

a«s

5 >

o CP

cnO,

E 2 g -■

O B S o

'pa

83-3.2 a

o00 a o 2-J3<«

op 5 o 5 »-

« a a «

. . m g m. Eh * .J h

co o P o a t>o

*s o

a?

a s

a 85 6 a-3

: a 32

■* a co a, -a a 2 m £ fr. S CP . caO co

.is-acow^m^o-

>-3H £Ph«.S> a «0

o o &oa3 cs P

a t®u

^.2-3 a 53

^^3

" Prp

at

« cp op •-; >h o ft-^ ej fc1*-1 e*

F s°g

iff

>> 2pB

r a co

pI « «

cm QD O

^ 2

<^ es

« CD

ill-

<i CS «M CN QOOS

•snoaatJi

H 1

< 8

illlsa^

gS—'fealO~-~4)<j K 5 co p, (0 oo ^

oSsSg-ggSSag

«> K es .2 -"T H O

«lS.$l**H1*

S.pVi.is-2 . «-2 ° g "2

"h9o2 ">>o o 5 oa^,cao-s«v-

§> eS M *J cS .2 .5 ° o

1- p.s-S= .-;8

O ■•5^=1 3 PhcS

tS 5 tea 3 S3 .2 a

.6

So o

OS fl

O 4> I

O SIC

£ Sfioo

birS

Mo

"3

isa-asi

86 rt<B fl

«= 55 a 2 .3

SHIS'*

«N(2J . . . rH CO

•S^a c 2

5 .2 ec" £ © "E to fl

So

ej O

^ a ^ rt &

S*" eS'O B*

s 3 lull

ee ej *j »o «- « § g

,0 yP3 o>

.V 00 00

£^ es «

« a

. 4>

a s-

v r" - ft o es O $ O

Q a 2 -a -a. 2 a « -g -a c a .a « . &

S.a>o c fe.a2

.a-0 « a

| S «

® 01 5 S °2

a cu 3 es Jfl

"Si!

- at 3-2 JJ S g-g

1 8

oo co v eS

1 8 45 (fl »d

iM.a>

.73 o<M es g o a

a u a

"bh £ »i

b « B cs 3

s > o o

o u a, co a,'

•r* el ■3i3 2 «

4> <u a^ aa«ft S a &s

_QD ^ 3 ^ . oo"

a a s u

tJ S a a o m

:> 3 2 g

rH **" >3

•^a^;

<a n a

» § a 1 * 2

||a « 4,

9 15. a « a

* ^ s § 2 -a .s

a 2

o s.

OS rtrrt

»4 41 fe es 13 «i P S

a ° 4> a

iCSTjEIaJri^a

^esescaSSas01

2 ° 2 a

s^-a I ssoa

> o

.Hi

4) 3

U2

< g c8 js ja;

o;

'5 a a

5 e o o sis 3

I n C ej _ a

^a«fl g~

r «t fe «s . o § 2 a B.3 g o «

*§5fio^fl a

^ a

a a

O 4)

^ 2

<u a

8 o

CO «

& 4>*a

oo k

•eS

p*i«J

4> 4>

O cS

-*o.

S3

I CO cc" U 4) 2 >,

I g-g ag<S «

oo 08 to «m a

- » -a ra o ""si esw^3.a tees 613

.a « & rt ? .a -2 x

a

5 a £

ill

rlCCQ

I 2 s |

4>'fi^.'S

a . 4> •s.2 Sq

J 43

Co

7* a

3 a . O

a5 »«§

? a

. o J tj!> 3 2

o

3o:S

« a

» d g «

§|*2

-le«£

§2- a

1 Jo

81 &£)2 oo .

- a u a o s*r -on

a^^ o

-d*, p 4)1-1 <1 P3

* . ~ ^ CO

a eo oa 4)^2 x .

§I^i^a

x 4) a a *c? JS

5

oo O

"s es ce a >- aa: a.

-l°illeoa&,

s a ?.? a

S.a?^^

a a

"3 '•'d fl

g "3 4) eS S *— o

CC ai CL.3 co iSI o

ia^^.a1

.oaJ 3a3

J|g.g.Sp,-S

If

111 I

« «s g S

a fe

•88B13

OS »

s *

£ 8

1*1

SI

s»>aa « 8

BO mill- utea a weekM

Same as lp preced- ing classes.

50 min- utes a week.

Twice in the fore- noon and once in the afternoon.

50 min- utes a week.

Same as in Class II.

1 hour a week.

Review, and ad- vance to end of Chart No. 15. Exercise upon sounds of the scale by numer- als, syllables, and pitch names. Kote songs.

degrees under dictation.

1 hour a week.

Review, and ad- vance to end of No. 20. Scale practice by sing- ing and writing. Rote songs.

1 hour a week.

Charts from 21 to 36 inclusive. Rote songs. "Writing of scales in different keys.

2 houra u week.

Review work of previous classes. Proportion and size. Testing accuracy by scale. Designing new combinations of old forms. Symmetry and repetition further illustrated. Enlarging from cards. Re- ducing from black-board. Black-board and slates.

2 hours a week.

Drawing on paper in books. Review work of Classes V. and VI. on paper. Even qual- ity of lines. Subjects of les- sons in previous classes re- peated in regular order.

2 hours a week.

Drawing on paper in books. Review work of Classes IV. and III. on paper. [For fur- ther description see programme of instruction issued annually.]

2* houra a week. Numbers from 1 to 100.

1. Combinations of tens, and

of tens with smaller num- bers.

2. Adding, subtracting, mul-

tiplying, and dividing numbers from 1 to 50, with results in figures.

3. Relations of numbers from

1 to 50.

4. Roman numerals to L.

5. Square and cubic decimeter.

3| hours a week. Numbers from 1 to 100.

1. Adding, subtracting, mul-

tiplying, and dividing, with results in figures.

2. Relations of numbers from

1 to 100.

3. Roman numerals to C.

4. Liter and dekaliter; deka-

meter.

hours a week. Numbers from 1 to 1,000.

1. Combinations of hundreds,

and of hundreds with smaller numbers.

2. Adding, subtracting, mul-

tiplying, and dividing numbers from 1 to 144, with results in figures.

3. Relations of numbers from

1 to 144.

4. Adding and subtracting,

multiplying and dividing numbers from 144 to 1 ,000, no multiplier or divisor larger than 10 being used.

5. Roman numerals to M.

6. Centimeter ; gram and kilo-

gram.

2 houra a week.

I letters, words, and short elm- pie sentences; the proper use of capitals. Ro- man numerals.

2 hours a week. Letters, words, and sentences from dictation and from the black-board.

Sentences made in the language les- sons to be used for writing ex- ercises.

2 hours a week.

Words and sentences.

Sentence s used in lan- guage lessons will furnish material for exercises.

The proper form of dating, addressing.and signing a let- ter ; also the correct method of superscrib- ing an enve- lope.

8 houra n u-r,-k.

Reading from a Reader <>t"n prop- er grade. Sup- plementary read- ing.

Spelling as be- fore, written and oral.

7 hours a week.

Reading from a Reader of a prop- er grade. Sup- plementary read- ing.

Spelling as be- fore.

7 hours a week.

Reading from a Reader of a prop- er grade. Sup- plementary read- ing.

Spelling as be- fore.

2| houra a week. Samo as before. < ; ron ping of animals by habits, traits, and structure; and of objects by form and qualities.

Lessons in size and distance by simple measurements, inch, foot, yard.

2% hours a week.

Observation of less obvious qualities; tints and shades of color.

Study of strange an- imals from pictures, to infer mode of life from structure, or structure from mode of life.

Simple lessons on weights and divisions of time.

Talks about the hu- man body and hy- giene, continued.

Fables, anecdotes.

23 hours a week.

Work of Class II. continued.

Complement ary colors.

Harmonies of col- ors.

Plants and animals gathered into fam- ilies.

Vegetable, animal, and mineral prod- ucts distinguished.

Observation of the qualities and mech- anism of things as adapted to their use.

5CS,a'C « cj u

Sop H g

mm .

*iZi c » *

2hoursaiceek. Same as in Class III.

2 hours a week. Same as in Classes II. and

in.

in.

L

Music.

1 hour a week.

(As in Rules and Regula- tions, Chap. XXIX.

Music Charts ( Second Se- ries. Exerci es and songs in the first 20 pages of the Charts, and in the first 33 pages of Sec- ond Music Reader. Con- tinued prao- tice in writ- ing.

1 hour a week.

Charts, from No.21 to ^.in- clusive. Chro- matic scale, both in sing- ing and writ- ing. Songs at option of teacher. Rules of breathing.

1 hour a week.

Charts (Third Series). Scale and staff in- tervals. Sing- ing in differ- ent Keys up to three sharps and four flats. Practice of the first 20 num- bers in Charts, and firnt 'Z2 pnges of Third Header.

Drawing.

\\ hours a week.

(As in Rules and Regulations, Chap. XXVIII.)

Drawing on paper in hooks. Re- view lines, angles, and figures on large scale. Division of lines into equal and unequal parts. Figures inscribed within, and described about figures. Elementary design. Dictation and memory. Proportion of parts to whole design.

I5 hours a week.

Drawing on paper in books. Tangencv of curved with curved, and curved with straight lines. Review compound and sim- ple curves on large scale. Abstract curves. Details of historical ornament. Conven- tionalism explained and illustrated. Repe- tition on an axis and around a centre. Geo- metric views of objects. Dictation and memory. Elementary design, with conven- tional leaves. Geometrical drawing with compasses. Definitions, and eight problems.

lj hours a week.

Drawing on paper in books. Fill- ing of geometric shapes with con- ventional ornament. Details of his- torical ornament, unsymmetrical. Abstract curves based on the spiral. Conventional leaves. Objects in profile. Dictation and memory. Elementary design. Processes of mechanical repetition. Geometri- cal drawing with compasses. Prob- lems 9 to 44.

Book- keep- ing.

History and Civil Gov'm't.

Geography.

2 hours a iceek.

Oral lessons, with the use of the globe and maps, as soon as the class is prepared for them.

2 hours a week.

Oral lessons continued, with such use of the text-book and such map-draw- ing as is appro- priate.

3 hours a week.

Study of the earth as a globe, with reference to form, motions, parallels, meridians, zones (with their char- acteristics), winds, currents, and the life of man as varied by climate and civilization.

The physical features of the grand divisions studied and com- pared ; with map-

Arithmetic.

4 hours a week.

1. Combination of thousands; writing and reading integers.

2. Relations of tenths, hun- dredths, and thousandths to units ; writing and reading deci- mals to thousandths.

3. Addition and Subtraction of integers to millions; of deci- mals to thousandths; and of U. 8. money. .

4. The units of U.S. money with relations to one another; also, of Liquid and Dry Measure.

Oral exercises with simple numbers, to precede and accom- pany Written Arithmetic.

4 hours a week.

1. Multiplication and division of integers ; of decimals ; and of U.S. money.

2. The units of Avoirdupois weight and of Troy weight, with their relations.

Oral exercises.

4 hours a week.

1. Factors, measures, and multiples.

2. Common Fractions.

3. The units of Long, Square, and Solid Measure, with their relations.

4. Decimal Fractions reviewed and completed.

Oral exercises.

Writing.

2 hours a week. Two books each half- year. Blank- books at alternate lessons.

2 hours a week. Two books each half- year. Blank- books at alternate lessons.

2 hours a week. Two books each half- year. Blank- books at alternate lessons.

Reading

and Spelling.

6 hours a week.

Reading from a Read- er of a prop- er grade.

Supplement- ary reading throughout the course.

Spelling from the read- ing, and oth- er lessons; chiefly writ- ten exercises.

6 hours a week.

Reading from a Read- er of a prop- er grade, or its equiva- lent.

Spelling as before.

5 hours a week.

Reading from a Read- er of a prop- er grade, or its equiva- lent.

Spelling as before.

Oral In- struction.

hours a we(k.

Elementary studies in Na- tural History.

Plants, May to Nov.

Animals, Nov. to May.

Qualities and proper- ties of objects.

Talks about trades, occu- pations, and articles of commerce.

Poetry re- cited.

1\ hours a week.

Subjects of Class VI. con- tinued.

Talks about common phe- nomena.

Stories. Anec- dotes.

Poetry recited.

2\ hours a week.

Elementary Natural History continued.

Common met- als and miner- als.

Useful woods.

Stoiies from Mvthology and Ancient His- tory.

Poetry and prose recited.

4S

6* es

§

OS

•SOSXCIJ

3 hours a wet k.

Oral and writ- ten exercises in the use of lan- guage as the expression of thought. Exer- cises the same in kind as those of the Primary Schools, adapt- ed to the capac- ity of pupils of this class.

Letter-writ- ing.

3 hours a week.

Same as in Class VI.

3 hours a week.

Same as in Classes V. and VI.

I*. a

S^PSg 2 POMS k SOI

ba 3

|5H

<u p

G o'2

8.2 °

'IcS

ilia

'J Jo

og . . » w

^ 8.2 c 8 p p: bo ^ .

^ .2 5 2 IE

3 8 o-e d p. '^i?'1' ^ S ° B

cv OD ® O * « o

"S* s a c°-sg

i*g«|a^i§3

a

® P O " ©J;

J « * 2 g

c o § b-s to a

ioSSs » "rfJ « g

^J^gg^a

O 3 P ci3"5J5 «rP

- a> -3 «^ 9

£al

-3-S O

§p*

_ o

a

O m <3

« p o

; o So ej a> IS3 o «

■P rS -Pa

>m C 0,-0

w a

§°

*i

P 00

I p,^

« ©p: *. a "S

S'S-3

p. a

^K&a

•» g ® « p

«^ ag .^a £ p

p

p*c »|

.5? 00 .a 8 P

<S 3

< «5

gsg

C3 Pnij <n -u P! -Pi

^pl'^as^g,

O p ao oo -3 0«P P«^ O !

O £ »

_ wr^ o 3 P «> b

O 5j s oo >>t£"

b^ , O i P .

«Mp2.2^ -

3^ ^ o.2 ^-r s^-H >.ip S"3

<£-p &.P ^ 6C«

S 15 z S o ft.'p

S ^ .2 8 § a)

. >, ' 3 _j » OS oo

3^ 53 a> v., .P o> a S © .2 a

a o g > «

fli^ap>

^ ft,2oM)Wp'3

P o-o o

?4J Soq5

5 I

•43 p

P o

spa

«ga

|S3

1 il§s a— o a

cT_ b'P °<3

*P * P O a

O 3 P. 3 £ C

Ph^-P O P-^s

S 2 CJ I § O PhPhO o a

c4 co .

•^•S p

8 g

i. 0= > s <a s p a

«0 00

oj .2 _

® ft, X ~

O O 03

o p *-l p f

ft a) o 3 a> o q)

§ . .<! 3 03

e

3 g W,§£

s-^ a -s a 1 2 a^ 2

5 *~ JS "P

<ppq o

^2 .

P « <Z go ^

" P1 *i ? C ^ P ^- =

2 a « « 5 = 2 =p-p-= ft^g

bC tS P) *i ? C 5 ? h c »

W « O Jj 3 P^S

a -

t .EC

s s p pi = a

« , U en "3 -3

S-p o oj c g pjft.2'3rt-3

P g.2 ft

Ilg§g-^l

5s * oo 00 co lp

c ^Pi-2 p^^

o 05 O »o p oo * r^ P ^ 3 o a>

rH " O «

*.P\ 03 '

00 a 1 ^ * 2 a *o 5 « oo'

C8 P bt ft, I ^0 P

Je 3 £H g 3 >-«) g

%Pfejliitilii

life*

^ . < . p p t».P

~ S S CO CO ? P

^p.^^«S

p So* 5f

5

(S3 a tO» 0/

co co P a

OS

SUGGESTION S

ACCOMPANYING THE COURSE OF STUDY

FOB

GRAMMAR AND PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Note. These are suggestions, not directions. They have been prepared in the hope of helping our teachers to follow the revised course of study with greater ease. But there is no intention of restricting the methods of teaching, or of turning any one from methods that have been tried suc- cessfully, to those that are untried. There is only one end in education, but there are many means of reaching it ; and the teacher who has his own means, and those effective, has the best for him.

LANGUAGE.

Primary Schools.

The purpose of these lessons, which is to accustom pupils to express what they know in language suited to their age and capacity, at first orally and afterward in writing, should be kept constantly in mind by the teacher, to stimulate her invention and to guide her judgment in the adoption of the best methods.

The programme can do little more than to indicate the im- portance of this work by the time allotted to it, and to suggest some among the many methods which the ingenious teacher will use. Nor is it possible to set definite limits to the work to be accomplished by the several classes. This will depend much on the capacity and aptness of the teacher,

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

and cannot fail to manifest its results in any examination to which the pupils may be subjected. It will, of course, be understood that though the exercises are essentially the same in the several classes, they are expected to be pro- gressive, and that pupils should be thrown more and more on their own resources as they advance.

It may not, however, be improper to caution the teacher against the expectation of great and immediate results. The process must necessarily be slow in its early stages ; but, if intelligently persevered in, its effects will be felt with in- creased force as pupils advance to the grammar and high schools.

In the oral exercises pupils should be required to speak audibly and distinctly, and to make complete sentences. This cannot be too strongly insisted on. An answer given in a word or phrase, which can only be understood by knowing the question, does not secure the end desired.

As soon as pupils begin to write, care should be taken that every sentence should begin with a capital, that the words should be spelt correctly, and that a period should be placed at the end of a sentence that tells something, and a question mark at the end of a sentence that asks a question. Beyond the use of these two punctuation marks, it would seem un- necessary to trouble pupils in the primary schools, since the sentences that they form will be short, and they are not able at this stage to make proper discrimination in the use of the comma, semicolon, etc.

The earriest teacher will experience little difficulty in find- ing material for these language lessons. The pictures in the reading-book, the selections that the pupils read, and what- ever may arouse their curiosity and lead to habits of obser- vation and discrimination, the skilful teacher will use ; especially the oral lessons on plants and animals will fur- nish interesting and instructive material, that maybe used indefinitely.

SUGGESTIONS.

5

At first only the most prominent objects in a picture, or the most obvious qualities of an object, should receive attention. Thus, in examining a picture in the reading- book, in answer to suggestive questions by the teacher, the pupil will say that he sees two little girls, that they are looking at a bird's nest, that the nest has four eggs in it, and that the bird is sitting near by on the branch of the tree.

This, perhaps, is sufficient for the lowest class. At a later stage the skilful teacher will find no difficulty in interesting the pupil in the skill with which the nest is made, the beauty of the eggs, and the motherly anxiety of the bird whose hiding-place has been discovered.

No doubt the pupils will at first, and for some time, require much assistance, which may be given chiefly by suggestive questions, leading them to name the most important thing, or quality first, and then to speak of other things in relation to it.

Whenever an imperfect or ungrammatical sentence is made, it is recommended that an opportunity be given for some pupil to correct it. As pupils advance, more particular descriptions may be brought out by judicious questioning. In some such way as that indicated above, it is believed that .these oral exercises may furnish material for elementary lessons in composing and writing.

LANGUAGE.

Grammar Schools.

The purpose of these lessons is the same as that of the primary lessons, to develop the power of oral and written expression. The attempt to do this by a study of the technicalities of grammar has proved a failure, and it seems now to be generally admitted that facility in the use of language can only be acquired by abundant exercise in using it as the expression of thought.

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

The time specially allotted to this does not, perhaps, fully indicate what is regarded as its relative importance to other studies. All the recitations, whether oral or written, in whatever branch, should be regarded also as exercises in the correct use of language. The material for these les- sons will thus be found to some extent in the subjects suggested for the primary schools, and also in the les- sons in geography, history, and almost all the branches taught in our schools. Nothing fixes knowledge so defi- nitely in our minds as to state it in our own language. Much information on subjects not connected with the school work may be imparted by the teacher, to be reproduced by pupils in these lessons. As in the primary course, it is im- possible to assign definite limits to the work of the several classes ; it is, perhaps, enough to say that it should be pro- gressive, more being required both in thought and expression as we advance towards the higher classes. It is believed that a careful supervision of the work of the several classes by the principal, with an occasional test of their success, may, in time, furnish a proper standard of the results to be expected in the several grades.

ORAL INSTRUCTION.

Primary Schools, t

This phrase is applied to that department of instruction which aims to secure proper mental activity in children by the study, first of their surroundings, and afterward, of whatever is appropriate, though unfamiliar. Children are naturally observant and curious. They begin early to care for plants, animals, and other things around them. We need only to cherish and guide their curiosity, in order to train their eyes to quick seeing, their ears to attentive lis- tening, their hands to careful handling ; and thus to lead

SUGGESTIONS.

7

them, through the use of their perceptive faculties, to the development of thought and to its proper expression.

For introductory lessons in the lower grades, the teacher may present familiar animals and plants, in the living forms, in preserved specimens, or in pictures ; choosing, as far as possible, those which represent families, as the cat, the dog, the duck, etc. The lessons upon any animal may begin with the characteristics which are best known ; whether habits, uses, or structure. Thus, a talk about the habits of the cat may lead to adaptations of structure ; while the uses of the cow or the horse may lead to the study of parts. Later, by comparing different animals, attention may be called to marked likenesses and differences.

In studying common objects with little children, the teacher may direct observation to the most evident proper- ties, — form, color, and general qualities. Under this last head may be included, in the higher grades, the study of measure, weight, size, place, direction, etc. Simple scales and a few measures, which may be easily obtained, will furnish means of recreation and of profitable occupation.

" Little and often " is the secret of success in primary schools ; and a few minutes of each session rightly employed in oral instruction will give large results. The teacher gets many hints by studying children at their play ; watching the natural activity of their faculties, and noticing that, while intensely interested for a little while, they soon turn to a new amusement.

Whether at play or in school children can be kept inter- ested and busy only by frequent changes of occupation. This needed variety is, however, the opportunity of the primary teacher ; and, by using it wisely, the children are brought to a varied though simple knowledge of the world in which they live. The, mistake of trying to teach too much in any direction should be carefully avoided, especially in the lower classes.

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

While hints and suggestions may be sought on all sides, the teacher should not look for models to be blindly copied. The details of her method should be her own, adapted to the special circumstances, and varied by her own experience of success or failure. Certainly no work in any grade of schools can be a surer test of* teaching ability, or of the range and accuracy of a teacher's knowledge.

The true teacher will begin with the child where he begins ; remembering always that, while he will be constantly gain- ing useful information, his mental development is the more important result. He should, therefore, be told nothing which he can find out readily for himself, through the exer- cise of his perceptive faculties in examining objects, natural and artificial. At the proper time, he will, by comparison, form judgments and find ways to express them. This train- ing is fundamental, and will facilitate progress in the higher grades of instruction.

Applying these principles to any line of oral teaching, it may be said, first, that the material for the lessons must be well chosen and skilfully presented ; secondly, that as the natural movement of the child's mind is toward the new, in the direction of his curiosity, much will be gained by such change of material as will give novelty while reviewing the points of former lessons. The materials for studying the common qualities of objects are easily accessible ; and, for lessons on color, different colored worsteds, silks, tissue papers, bits of ribbon, pattern cards, etc., will serve a good purpose, even where color blocks and charts are provided. The inventive and interested teacher will have no difficulty in finding resources.

As a result of proper oral teaching, the vocabulary given, and the ideas it represents, will be so naturalized in a child's mind, that the presentation of a new object will suggest as many of the known terms as are applicable to it ; thus making " an object-lesson," in the technical sense, possible anil profitable.

SUGGESTIONS.

9

Children should be able to tell, in simple, easy sentences, what they know of any object studied, and how they learned it. They will thus take their first steps in language natu- rally, and will add daily to their vocabulary. Freedom and variety of expression should be encouraged, and the teacher should be careful not to fall into the use of formulae, or set phrases, however well understood.

By these and similar methods, proper early training is given to the observing powers by their daily use ; to the memory, so retentive in childhood, by learning to apply and to spell new words as they are introduced ; to the judgment by the comparison of objects as to their similarities and differences ; and in the use of language by practice in oral and written descriptions ; while incidentally, yet surely, the habit of close attention is formed. At intervals the teacher will naturally call up mental images of absent objects, or will encourage a child to describe what he is thinking of, so that the class may be able to guess his thought ; and thus the teaching will become conceptive and begin to train the imagination. Familiar fables and stories that illustrate traits of character may be introduced, by which effective moral influence and valuable aid in discipline will also be secured.

If such teaching gives proper play to all the faculties, and helps to develop the child's whole nature, may it not claim the thoughtful preparation and the best efforts of every primary-school teacher ?

ORAL INSTRUCTION.

Grammar Schools.

With the same purpose in view, the same methods will apply to grammar schools as to primary. Children learn to see by seeing, and to think by thinking. As they pass on to higher grades they will be prepared to observe more and more the relations of things, how they depend upon

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

each other ; how they differ from and resemble each other, and so to begin to arrange them into natural classes. Thus the simple lessons from nature will become elementary studies in natural science, giving fresh enjoyment and bring- ing healthful moral influences, through an intelligent and reverent appreciation of nature and of life. More and more may be done each successive year to cultivate the taste and the imagination, and to prepare for the practical duties of life.

Simple talks about the sun, moon, and stars ; about the common phenomena of wind, clouds, rain, frost, etc. ; about what we obtain from plants, animals, and the mineral world, and how it is prepared for use, thus leading to lessons on trades, occupations, and commerce ; stories of life in ancient times, in the middle ages, in other countries ; accounts of great discoveries and inventions ; vivid biographical sketches ; all these and many more topics will be fruitful resources for mental training, while they illustrate the reading, geog- raphy, and history lessons, and furnish abundant material for language lessons, oral and written. The aid needed in preparing for this oral instruction will be found in such books as Miss Yonge's Stories of History, Hawthorne's Wonder Book, Bulfinch's Age of Fable and Age of Chiv- alry, Cox's Tales of Ancient Greece, Wood's Homes without Hands, and recently published books on familiar science and natural history.

Teachers should not be troubled with the question, M how much is to be accomplished with any class," but should seek to secure the best results in the time assigned to this depart- ment, letting the range of topics treated vary with the character and ability of the different classes.

PHYSIOLOGY.

The chief purpose of a series of lessons in physiology, in the grammar-school course, is to give that knowledge of the

SUGGESTIONS.

11

structure and functions of the human body which is essential to the preservation of health. The following topics may be treated with reference to their practical bearing, and with great freedom from the technicalities of scientific study :

I. The framework of the body, important as a protection for the internal organs, and for the attachment of the muscles. The structure of bones, as adapted to their use. The principal parts of the skeleton and their contents, without putting stress upon the number and names of the bones.

II. The muscles, as a motor apparatus. Their structure as adapted to their use. How motion is effected. Use of joints, tendons, and ligaments.

III. The growth and renewal of the parts of the body, as dependent upon good food, good blood, good air. Digestion organs of ; use of each ; process and result

of digestion.

Circulation organs of ; their use ; course of the blood. Kespiration organs of ; their use ; effects of good and bad respiration.

IV. The skin. Its structure and functions.

V. The nervous system as the directing power in the body, and the special senses briefly treated.

VI. Hygiene : naturally treated in connection with the pre- ceding topics, but the following points may need special emphasis :

Exercise amount and limits of.

Food quality, quantity, time, and manner of eating. Bathing, clothing, posture, ventilation, sleep. Conditions for and amount of mental labor.

READING.

The object to be sought in this branch of instruction is twofold. The pupils should be taught (1) to take in, with the

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

eye and the mind, the meaning of the printed sentences ; and then (2) to express this meaning intelligently by the voice. The reading matter should therefore be suited to their understanding, or not far above it.

The methods used to accomplish this result in the differ- ent grades must vary with different teachers. Good sense, helped by observation and experience, will suggest new and changing ways of interesting the pupils and of advancing them in the various steps.

The following susrcestions may be of use :

After children have learned to recognize simple words they may be taught to read short simple sentences from the black-board or cbart and from the book, the teacher aiding them by reading e.ich sentence ; for at the outset they can be expected to do little except by imitation.

Bad habits formed at the beginning will be very hard to correct, either by the teachers who allow the children to form them, or by the teachers who next receive the class : such a habit, for example, as that of uttering the words one by one, slowly and monotonously. The articles a and the should from the first be pronounced with the following word, as if they formed a part of it ; for instance, a boat, a goat, should be spoken as if they were single words like about, ago. So, too, the pupils may from the outset be taught by the ex- ample of the teacher to read in phrases; e.g., The-two-kits lap-the-milk iu-the-pan.

Some explanation of what is to be read is often needed in every grade. Proper emphasis and expression, of 4 the sim- plest kind, are impossible if one does not understand what he is reading; but, when the thought is well understood, the reader, of whatever age, may be expected to express it in an easy, natural manner. In the lower grades, and with more difficult selections, the teacher will of course prepare the lesson with the class, explaining, questiouing, and making clear all new and hard words and phrases. A talk about

SUGGESTIONS.

13

the picture will often give an opportunity to make the children familiar with words which they are to meet for the first time in print.

It is better to take the easier and more interesting selec- tions first.

As the teacher sets copies on the black-board for writing, so he should set an example in reading naturally and intel- ligently. It is not rules for reading that will help the children, but imitation and practice of a natural manner of reading.

Constant care must be taken to prevent screaming, shout- ing, and drawling. A natural pitch of the voice, not too high, pleasant intonation, and distinct articulation should be aimed at. Declamatory reading is never desirable, but a style of readiug suited to the home circle should be culti- vated.

If a pupil miscalls a word it is not best to correct by repeating the isolated word, but rather to give the whole phrase of which it is a part.

It is well for the teacher and a part of the scholars some- times to close their books and listen to the reading of others. Or sometimes one or two copies of some book containing an interesting story may be passed from one scholar to another, the class listening. The hearers will wish to understand the whole story, and the readers will be incited to read so that they can be understood.

Pupils should frequently be called upon to give, in their own language, the sense of a paragraph or sentence which they have just read. So, after the lesson has been read, they should be called upon to give, in their own language, an oral or written account of its contents.

Each class should go over as much ground as possible, provided that all be fairly understood and read understand- ing^. The text-books assigned to the various classes indi- cate not the amount to be read, but the kind of reading-

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

matter to be used. No exact limits can be fixed as to what is to be read within a given time. The classes should have as much supplementary reading as possible, outside the book assigned. The "Nursery" and Mrs. RickofPs "Monday Mornings" are specimens of suitable reading, equivalent to a Reader of the " Second" or " Third" grade. Equivalents to the higher grades can be found in the reading-books pre- scribed for the Latin School.

As soon as a child can read easy sentences he should be encouraged to read other books than the reading-books.

It is impossible to state the exact results which are to be expected in each class. The intelligent and ingenious teacher, who aims to accomplish the object first mentioned, will produce satisfactory results.

SPELLING.

In the outline course of study spelling is associated with reading, but it belongs quite as properly with language lessons, writing, and other branches. The practical use of correct spelling is found only when thoughts are expressed in writing. Exercises in spelling should therefore be as far as possible written. The aim all along should be for the pupil to be able to spell the words of his own vocabulary. He should have constant practice in familiar words and also in the new words met in any of his lessons. It is too much, of course, to expect him to remember the correct spelling of (/// the words of his constantly increasing vocabulary ; but he may at least be spared useless drill upon words which he cannot use and of whose meaning he is ignorant. It is desir- able to train children to spell correctly common words ; but they should not be expected to spell unusual and difficult words.

As early as possible passages from the reading-lessons should be copied, and sentences should be written daily from dictation. The sentences which the pupils make in

SUGGESTIONS. 15

their oral exercises or in their language lessons will thus give material for a spelling-lesson. When the pupils are far enough advanced they may write out the substance of any of their daily lessons in geography, history, physiology, etc., or copy good passages of prose and poetry. It is manifest that words spelled thus in vital connection with each other and with their meaning will be better remembered than when they are written in lists as isolated, dead frag- ments.

Care should be taken that the pupils copy correctly. The imitative faculty being strong in children, they would, no doubt, make fewer mistakes if they were never to see or hear words misspelled.

Through the whole course of study, beginning with the earliest attempts, pupils should be held responsible for good spelling in all the written exercises connected with the vari- ous branches.

Yaried and interesting methods to secure good spelling, and at the same time to lead pupils to a good choice of words in speech and writing, will occur to teachers. Among these may be mentioned the use of synonyms ; of words of similar meaning that cannot be substituted one for another ; of the different modes of forming derivatives from root-words, etc. Pupils in the upper classes may be led to perceive the few fundamental rules of orthography and pronunciation which belong to our language.

WRITING.

A good handwriting, free, uniform, legible, and natural, is better than engraved copies, and to secure this, much more depends on the teacher than on the system taught.

A well-arranged, progressive series of lessons in copy- books is indispensable in order to discipline the hand to regularity, and to correct errors ; yet too exclusive use of

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

engraved copies tends to destroy individual characteristics, an essential clement of the best writing.

Good position, securing the power to move the hand and arm in any direction, without which we cannot write easily or legibly, is fundamental; hence, from the lowest to the highest grades, correct position, movement, and form, should be systematically and persistently taught, good forms made and analyzed, and poor ones corrected, by illustrations upon the black-board.

Neatness and legibility should be required in the written exercises in connection with the various studies.

To encourage and secure the individuality which ought to characterize good writing, blank books, in which to copy valuable maxims, choice selections of prose and poetry, abstracts of lessons, etc., arc recommended to be used, alter- nating with the copy-book.

Upon the lowest line of each page of the copy-book let the pupil write his name and age, the name of the school and class, and the date when the page was completed.

Ketain the last set of writing-books finished till another set is completed and criticised.

ARITHMETIC.

The course of study in arithmetic includes only subjects that are either essential or useful, and that may, if studied in their proper order and by natural methods, be understood by the pupil. From the beginning to the end of the course he is to acquire a real knowledge of numbers and of their relations and uses. Although a knowledge of arithmetical terms, figures, and processes is essential to the expression and use of numbers, it cannot be a substitute for a knowledge of numbers themselves. The immediate end to be reached in the study of arithmetic, as well as of other subjects of elementary instruction, is the acquisition of a useful amount of real knowledge, with the ability to use it understandingly

SUGGESTIONS.

17

and readily, and to express it correctly and clearly. If this knowledge, acquired in the right order and in a sensible manner, be simply and naturally expressed in the language appropriate to arithmetic, numbers and their expression will be so firmly associated that the one will naturally respond to the other.

Not only should the pupil be kept from repeating mere words and figures as if they were numbers, and mere formu- las and processes as if they were reasons and ends, but also from the opposite, though lesser, evil of slighting the sign and the process. Correctness in the use of figures is essen- tial, and, if cultivated with the understanding, has a not un- important moral influence. On the other hand, rapidity, although desirable, is not indispensable, and, when made an end, is too likely to consume the time, which, instead of being spent in acquiring unnecessary skill, might be given to a more intelligent and useful exercise.

Let the pupil, then, do real work in numbers, and let him express what he does, to the end that he may by daily exer- cise grow into a clear and useful knowledge, and that he may express that knowledge by the language of arithmetic instead of studying the language as if it were arithmetic itself.

Happily, in acquiring the most useful knowledge of arith- metic, a pupil must at the same time receive the best mental training that this study can give. At least in this subject "practical utility" and " mental discipline " are not at vari- ance ; neither need be sacrificed to the other.

The School Board has determined the general subjects of the course in arithmetic, and the general order of subjects, but has left details and with some slight exceptions methods to the wisdom and skill of the teachers themselves. Of the familiar principles which should determine the meth- ods of teaching arithmetic, none deserve greater attention than the following :

1 . That in childhood the activities of perception are greater

18

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

than other mental activities. 2. That both single and re- lated perceptions must be clear and distinct in order that the memory may do its proper work. 3. That the imagination and reflective powers of children cannot live and thrive on abstractions, but must feed daily and hourly on present or recalled perceptions, or on conceptions that may at any mo- ment be realized in thought. 4. That children when their minds are acting freely and naturally think and reason, and can no more help thinking and reasoning than they can help seeing when their eyes are open. 5. That the mind is not educated until its power, not only of gaining knowledge without help, but also of applying and using its knowl- edge, has been drawn out and made effective.

Although these principles do not apply to instruction in arithmetic alone, yet the right methods of teaching it depend especially upon thern. They plainly teach

1. That arithmetic, although a deductive science, should at first be studied and taught inductively ; that, accordingly, objects of sense especially those of sight, of sound, and of the muscular sense should be numbered singly and in groups by the child ; that the numbered objects and groups of objects, present, recalled, or imagined, be of so many kinds, and be represented so often by the same figures, that the child will gradually learn the general ( "abstract") nature of numbers and the general office of figures ; that the opera- tions be at first with numbered objects and groups, and be so simple, of so many kinds, and expressed so frequently by the same signs and figures, that the elementary truths of arithmetic will, in a general form, begin to dawn on the mind of the child.

2. That figures and names of numbers should, at first, be associated immediately with numbered objects and groups whose relation to each other is distinctly per- ceived, and with the simple mental work that the child actually does in order to reach a certain end; afterwards,

SUGGESTIONS.

19

slowly and understandingly, with numbers themselves, and the operations performed with them; and, untiringly, year after year, with real and representative problems both within and slightly beyond the knowledge and the ability of the child to solve : to the end that " the memory may do its proper work," and may not, because eye and ear have been trained to associate only names of numbers with names, figures with figures, operations with little or nothing that is actual and intelligible, be left to the fatal and wasteful process of recall- ing little else than unmeaning signs and sounds.

3. (1) That, because much of the mental activity of a child consists in forming the images of sensible objects and in the play of the imagination, he should be allowed and en- couraged to number the familiar objects which he has recalled or which are pictured before him, and, by changing their number, together with their size, form, or color, and the time, place, or other circumstance connected with them, to make up simple problems which may be solved by himself or his class-mates. (2) That, as thought involves a consciousness of identity, similarity, or difference, and as these relations are the basis of thought in numbers, but cannot be clearly con- ceived in an "abstract" form by children, there should be at the very start and during the study of elementary arithmetic exercises which involve the perception of the relations of numbered objects ; that, accordingly, the following questions varied, of course, in matter and simpler in form should be asked and their answers should be sought and found by the pupils themselves. [The questions given below are not such as should be put to the pupil. They merely indicate the subjects and the order. The questions actually put should be in the simplest form and be varied according to circumstances.]

Primary School, Class VI. a. How many objects [of sight, sound, touch, motion, etc.] do you perceive [see, hear, touch, move, etc. ; whether at once or in succession] ? b.

20

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

How many objects in a certain group [or collection, line, series, etc., natural or artificial] ? c. How many objects in two groups [and more ; whether equal or unequal in number ; whether perceived at once or in succession] ? d. How many groups ? e. How many objects after adding a certain num- ber? f. How many objects after subtracting a certain number? g. How many more objects in one group [and in several groups] than in another [and in several others] ? h. How many less? i. Plow many objects of a group must be taken away from it in order that there may be a certain num- ber left in it? j. How many objects must be added to those in a group in order that the sum may be a certain number? Ic. How many objects must be added to or taken away from a group in order that the sum or difference may be equal to the number of objects in another group? [Such exercises as are indicated by the foregoing questions should be con- tinued until the child (1) recognizes and names one object and the number of objects in groups of two, three, four, and five ; (2) combines every two or more of these groups into a single group of not more than ten objects, and names the number; (3) is able to find out the relations of addition and subtraction, (4) and of more and less, between every two groups of not more than ten objects. (See illustrations of (2), (3), and (4), under i. and/, in class V.)]

Class V. a. If the number of objects in each of the equal groups and the number of groups be known, how many objects are in all the equal groups? Also, b. how many objects in all the equal groups, together with those in a smaller group, if there be one? c. If the number of objects in each of the equal groups be known, how many groups must be combined to form a group of a given number of objects? d. How many objects must belong to each group, in order that a given number of equal groups may be com- bined into a group of a given number of objects ? e. If the whole number of objects and the number in each of the equal

SUGGESTIONS.

21

groups into which the whole number is separated (" divided") be known, how many equal groups are there? Also,/*, how many equal groups are there, and how many objects in the remaining group, if there be one? g. If the whole number of objects and the number of equal groups into which the whole number of objects is separated (" divided ") be known, how many objects in each of the equal groups? Also, h. how many objects in each of the equal groups, and how many in the remaining group, if there be one ? i. In general, of what numbers is each number of objects, not larger than ten, the sum? {e.g., Three objects are the sum of one object, one object and one object ; of two objects and one object ; of one object and two objects.] Also,y. what is the rela- tion of each number of objects not larger than ten to itself and to each of the other numbers not larger than ten? [(1) The relation by addition and subtraction ; (2) by more and less, or by difference ; (3) by multiplication, and by divis- ion in its two forms ; e.g., The relation of three and one to each other: (1) Two objects added to one object make three objects ; two of the three objects taken away leave one object. (2) Three objects are two more than one; one object is two less than three objects. (3) Three objects are three times one object ; one object in three objects three times, and one object is one-third of three objects. The re- lations of three and two : (1) and (2), as above. (3) Three objects are either once two objects and one object more, or once two objects and one-half of two objects ; two objects in three objects, either once with one object remaining or once and one-half ; two objects are two-thirds of three objects. The relations of three and three. to each other: (1) If no objects be added to three objects, and if none of the three be taken away, the result will be three objects. (2) Three objects are neither more nor less than three other objects; i.e., three objects are equal to three objects. (3) Three objects are once three objects ; three objects in three

22

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

objects, once ; three objects are three-thirds of three. It is suggested that, as the relations of 1 to 1 cannot be easily apprehended, they be studied last, the following order being perhaps the best : 2 to 1 , 2 to 2 ; 3 to 1, 3 to 2, 3 to 3 ; 4 to 1 , 4 to 2, 4 to 3, 4 to 4 ; and so on to 10 ; and last 1 to 1.]

Class IV. a. What is the sum of the objects in a group of ten and a group containing less than ten? Also, 5. of two groups of ten ? c. What are the relations of addition and sub- traction, and d. of more and less, between ten objects and every number of objects from eleven to twenty? e. In gen- eral, of what numbers is every number of objects from eleven to twenty the sum? Also,/, what are the relations of addi- tion and subtraction, of more and less, of multiplication and of division in its two forms, between every two numbers not larger than twenty? [Order: 11 to 1, to 2, to 3, and so on to 11 ; 12 to 1, to 2, to 3, and so on to 12; etc. See illustrations under i. andy. class V.]

Classes III., II., I. [The relations correspond to those in the lower classes. See illustrations. If the relations of the smaller numbers be really perceived, and if they be often expressed by words and figures in solving the simple prob- lems given, the pupils will probabty need no other exercises to fix these relations in the mind. The limits of useful famil- iarity with results in addition and subtraction are plain. It is sufficient for practical purposes to know and to have ready for use the sum of every two numbers neither of which is larger than ten, and the difference of every two numbers neither of which is larger than twenty. If a pupil is famil- iar with these results, and has a real knowledge of decimal composition, relations, and notation of numbers, he is pre- pared to add and subtract with larger numbers. In multi- plication and division the boundaries of desirable familiarity with results are not so plainly marked. Logically, a hun- dred is the largest product and dividend, and ten the largest multiplier and divisor that need be ready for use in the larger

SUGGESTIONS.

23

numbers. But eleven is so easy and twelve so useful a mul- tiplier and divisor, that one hundred forty-four and twelve are not undesirable limits. Beyond the limits referred to, no special effort need be made to fix relations in the mind ; the most useful, being used the oftenest, will fix themselves. Indeed, it is sufficient for the pupil to be able to find, within a reasonable time, the true relations of the larger numbers, and to express the results correctly.]

4. That because children think and reason though not consecutively and logically they should be alloived to think and reason in numbers, inductively and by immediate infer- ence at first, and deductively after arriving at simple truths that, accordingly, neither " rules " nor principles should at first be presented to pupils, but simple facts which they can apprehend, and simple problems whose solution requires them to use their mother-sense, and does not prevent them by difficulties in matter and form from using naturally and understandingly their mother-tongue ; that after a principle has been evolved from the solutions of simple problems, and has been clearly stated by the pupils, they may illustrate and apply it, may use it as a guide and a reason, in their future and more difficult work.

5. That, in order to educate the power of applying and using the knowledge of arithmetic and of gaining further knowledge of it without help, the mind must be so exercised that it will be able not only to receive and reproduce ideas of number that have been clearly, orderly, and pleasingly presented to it, but also to make a positive effort to arrive at a definite end, although the way to it be hard and rough ; and, accordingly, the ear and eye should be trained with the understanding to perceive readily what is given and what is required in the simple oral and written problems, and the mind, knowing the object to be accomplished, should do the work with no more than needed help ; the problems should gradually become more difficult to solve and should

24

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

represent as nearly as possible reality ; the inventive power should be exercised in making up both oral aud written problems ; and, finally, a " subject" should be studied by the pupil aud should, with little or no help, be mastered by him.

In teaching the metric system, instructors may be helped by reading Sawyer's "Metric Manual," and other publications of the Metric Bureau.

Each pupil should see, handle, and use the measures and weights. Witb the help of his teacher, he can easily make of wood, tape, paper, or of other material, a meter and any useful part of a meter. In his drawing lessons, he may rep- resent a decimeter in length and a square decimeter, and, also, sub-multiples and small multiples of these. In the number lessons, he may use to advantage ten splints or straws, each a decimeter long. By placing them in line he may illustrate any desirable part of a meter, and, at the same time, have an exercise in the relations of the first ten num- bers. With four splints he may enclose a square decimeter ; and, with simple apparatus, he may be made familiar, or, better, may make himself familiar, with the most useful units of volume, capacity, and weight. Whatever real knowledge of the metric system he gets, must help him in understanding the decimal system of numbers.

GEOGRAPHY.

This should not be a study of dry details, but of the home of man ; the study of the diversified surface and varied climates of the earth ; of the distribution of vegetable and animal life ; and of the conditions of human life as to manners, customs, occupations, governments, and religions.

As travel broadens the ideas, so will the study of geography if rightly pursued ; and pupils may increase the value of their lessons by reading books of travel, and stories of great explorers. The teacher can afford to deal sparingly in statistics, latitudes, longitudes, areas, and

SUGGESTIONS.

25

heights, and to avoid dry definitions and detailed map- questions, that lead only to a recital of names of places destitute of associations. Such knowledge is not worth the time it takes to acquire it, though it may secure rapid, accu- rate recitations. Rather let pupils be encouraged to express, in their own language, whatever of interest and value they may gain from the text-book and from other sources of in- formation.

The first lessons, with little children, may be entirely oral, the teacher using vivid style and familiar language ; the aim beins; to create an interest in different natural features and products, and in the customs and occupations of people in different parts of the earth. The teaching cannot be too simple, the treatment of subjects too familiar. It is proper to presuppose a certain preparation for geography in the primary schools, where the children will have heard of north, south, east, west ; of plants and animals from hot and cold countries ; and of different wrays of living in different places. The teacher of geography may begin, then, by talks about travelling over the great earth to see it, to get what is needed here, or to carry to people in other parts what they need. She may address the imagination and make the first lessons a series of word-pictures, as far as possible. Show- ing a globe, she may give an idea of the form and size of the earth ; and by simple illustrations, as, for instance, that plants grow on the land, and ships sail on the sea, and that everywhere birds fly into the air, she may lead to the conception of land and water on the surface of the earth, and of air surrounding it.

The study of the natural features may begin with object- teaching, a hill, a pond, a river, whatever is known to, or can be seen by, the children. Pictures, or black-board drawings, will serve to give the first ideas of unknown features ; and a tray of moulder's sand, in which the children will delight to form mountains, valleys, peninsulas, etc., will

26

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

be a valuable aid. After such conceptions children will read intelligently the concise expressions of the text-book, called definitions.

What the earth affords on its surface (or vegetation and animals) ; under its surface (as coal and metals) ; what the water affords (as fish, salt, and sponge) ; what is around the earth (leading to talks about wind, clouds, and rain), these, and similar topics, will form a series of ap- propriate early lessons.

The children will thus come naturally to the need of maps, and by making a map of the streets in the vicinity of the school-house, and a plan of the school-room, they will learn the difference between maps and pictures. Outline maps of the grand divisions may be introduced, and the children may learn to point out rivers, mountains, bays, and other natural features, designating very few, if any, by their special names. It will be natural next to compare these maps with the globe, and to show the position of the grand divisions there, and, perhaps, the equator and the hot and cold parts. By simple methods the maps of hemispheres may be explained, and then briefly studied.

In the second year the children will be ready to take up such general study of the countries of each grand division as is adapted to their age. This study will be more interest- ing and useful if still largely oral, with such explanation of the text that the children may catch its full meaning before attempting to read it for themselves. The teacher may think it wise to take very early in this course the study of our oavh vicinity, and state, and country, giving more time and detail to it than to other parts. Map-drawing may be associated with this study of countries from the beginning, though it may not be desirable to insist yet upon drawing from memory.

A class will thus be prepared for what may be designated the second stage of study ; or to take up a more careful, sys-

SUGGESTIONS.

27

tematic course. This would naturally begin with further consideration of the form of the earth, the observation of the circles on the globe, easy statements and illustrations of the earth's motions, seasons, zones, and of the life of man as dependent upon surface, climate, and civilization. Here it would be interesting to point out the earliest civilized coun- tries, to trace briefly the progress of discovery, and the transplanting of languages, manners, and customs, by coloni- zation.

Then would follow the careful study of the physical and political characteristics of different countries, noting the dependence of the latter upon the former, and important historical associations, giving more or less time to each country according to its importance. Recitation by topics and map-drawing will be the indispensable accompaniments of this course. Rapid sketching of maps on slate or black- board, as an aid to the study of countries and for reference during recitations, will be useful; but elaborately finished maps are unnecessary. It may be suggested that, while a system of triangulation is an aid to many pupils, it is more difficult for others to hold it in the memory than to draw good outlines without it.

The third and last stage of study is intended to be a gen- eral review, with special attention to important points. The pupils of the first class are mature enough to form clear con- ceptions of the phenomena that belong to astronomical and physical geography, and of their effects upon climate and civilization. They can consider more fully than before the earth as a planet ; the changes of the seasons ; the variation in the length of day and night in different parts of the earth ; the different daily path of the sun at different seasons ; the variation in time as corresponding to variation in longitude ; the causes of winds and currents ; the contrasts in contour and relief and natural scenery ; the commercial and political relations of different nations, with the special interests

28

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

of each. They can thus arrange and classify knowledge acquired in previous years and make it a permanent possession.

HISTORY.

The leading purpose of this study should be to awaken an interest in historical subjects.

Make prominent the men, localities, facts, and features that are of a representative character, so that the pupil will have a clear idea of the place each occupied in the development of the nation.

Maps and diagrams of places where important events have occurred should be made and freely used. Nothing assists more to fasten in the mind an event than a knowledge of the place where it occurred.

Short biographical sketches of persons prominent in dif- ferent periods will help fix the time, place, and circumstances of the events in which such persons were conspicuous. Only a very few of the most important dates of such events, as have become landmarks in history ought to be memorized. The order and sequence of events, rather than the exact date of each, should be the aim.

As little as possible, including dates, should be committed to memory. It is the thought, the relation of cause and effect, that is desirable ; and this will rarely be secured if the pupil is required or allowed to commit and repeat the words of the text-book. The imagination especially should be cultivated.

Assign lessons by topics, not by sections or pages of the text-book, and require pupils to recite in their own language.

Encourage pupils to consult other histories beside the text-book, and to read any book illustrating the period studied. Historical relics, engravings and views of places historically important, should, if possible, be exhibited and explained.

SUGGESTIONS.

29

In United States history carefully consider the principal discoveries and explorations, the settlement of such colonies as especially moulded and modified the social, political, and religious institutions of the country, the different kinds of government established by the colonies, and how they were united in a common defence, to secure their rights as set forth in the Declaration of Independence and embodied in the Constitution. The period since the establishment of the Federal Government should be more thoroughly treated than any other. It is better to know what the nation has done, how it has increased its territory, developed its resources, settled great and vital questions, and advanced to its present position, than to be acquainted with a large number of ante- cedent but less important facts.

The value of English history depends very largely upon connecting it with the history of our own country. Teachers are therefore recommended to pass more lightly and rapidly over the earlier periods, dwelling only upon such points as the earlier races, governments, and institutions, and reserv- ing their labors in detail for the later periods, from about 1500 to our own time. No single text-book will be found sufficient.

In studying the Constitution of the United States, and of Massachusetts, read the documents themselves, referring from one to the other and from both to the English Con- stitution, or those parts of it which are the sources of our own. We have here an excellent opportunity of studying his- tory by original documents, and it should be made as much of as possible.

PHYSICS.

The course of study provides that the teaching of Physics shall be "as far as practicable by the experimental method." The ingenuity of the teacher will, doubtless, find the practi- cability of this method under nearly all circumstances. It

30

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

may be well, however, to indicate the reasons for intro- ducing this branch of study earlier in the grammar-school course, and the nature of the work it seems desirable to accomplish in the respective classes.

The object of the change is to give to a larger number of scholars than heretofore the opportunity of obtaining such knowledge of the elementary facts and principles of Physics, and such training in methods of observing and investigating, as will be helpful to them in life. As a large majority of these scholars are cut off from school privileges either at or before the end of the grammar-school course, the plan of instruction should have chief reference to their especial requirements.

Only the most familiar physical facts need be made the study of the third class. In some instances the underlying principle may be recognized ; but the aim will chiefly be the cultivation of the observing faculty, and the attainment of some practical knowledge. It will not be necessary to follow closely any particular order of subjects or lessons. The result, however, will probably be an acquaintance, on the part of the scholars, with a few facts from most of the departments of Physics, some understanding of simple mechanical principles and their applications, and consid- erable interest in experimenting.

In the second class former attainments may be tested, instruction continued with the same ends in view, attention given to the general divisions of the subject, and the classification of phenomena. Inquiry into causes will naturally come into greater prominence. This will demand much experimental practice, for the purpose of discovery or verification.

The way will thus be opened for systematic, and some- what more comprehensive study in the first class. This will insure a review of previous work, and the completion of the outline study of the subject. More attention may be

SUGGESTIONS.

31

given in this class to physical laws and theories, to mechani- cal contrivances for utilizing the forces of nature, and to the principles involved in the construction of philosophical instruments. Experimental practice may thus be made more general and effective.

SEWING.

The main object of instruction in sewing is to fit girls for greater usefulness in their homes ; and, to this end, the teaching should be progressive and thoroughly practical. Eight beginnings will be secured by special attention, at first, to the posture of pupils, the proper holding of the work and of the needle, and the adaptation of needle and thread to the material in use. With sewing, as with all other branches of instruction, variety and interest are necessary to success, and the teacher will gain much by in- ducing parents to supply the little ones with work requiring only simple stitches and short seams, and to vary the material and kind of work as the instruction proceeds. As far as the teacher can control it let the child have, at the start, the encouragement of making something useful, not the weari- someness of taking meaningless stitches on meaningless pieces of cloth. And let her be promoted from one kind of stitch and garment to another, till she has- learned all the varieties of useful sewing. Especially let her be encouraged to mend, patch, and darn well, to make good button-holes, to cut, fit, and baste her work, and to secure neatness of finish.

PHYSICAL EXERCISES.

A few exercises well done will be much more pleasing, interesting, and beneficial than many indifferently performed ; therefore teach a few well-arranged, simple movements that pupils can make without imitating the teacher or a pupil placed before the class to guide or direct the exercise.

32

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 17.

Require precision and uniformity. If pupils know just what movements to make, without dictation from the teach- er, they will delight in them, especially when executed to music.

Avoid all sudden or jerking movements. If the hand or arm is to be carried out from the body horizontally, verti- cally, or obliquely, let it be done as though carrying a heavy weight as far as possible, stretching every muscle to its utmost tension.

It is a poor excuse for neglecting physical exercises in school to say, "No time." Time will be gained by prac- tising a few well-arranged, symmetrical exercises. When- ever a recitation languishes on account of inattention or weariness, and pupils become restless, a moment or two spent in judicious physical exercises will change the entire aspect of the room, and pupils will be prepared to apply their minds to study with renewed vigor.

If practicable, rooms should be thoroughly ventilated dur- ing these exercises.

Sitting, counting aloud, or singing, should not, as a general thing, be allowed while ^exercising.

Do not allow pupils to strike upon their chests unless their lungs are fully inflated. It is not safe to practise any physi- cal exercise with very small children in which they will be required to strike their chests, for they will not and cannot keep their lungs properly inflated.

Teachers should give personal attention and direction to the subject, and not permit exercise in any way but the right one. Have a well-defined object in view, and endeavor to make every movement tend toward that object.

KECREATION.

Part of Wednesday and Friday afternoons, or other more convenient times, may be spent in merely entertaining exer-

SUGGESTIONS.

33

cises. The following are suggested, not as a list, but as specimens :

1. Nursery Songs.

2. Games with action, as, King George and his Troops.

3. Games without action, as, Putting in a Word.

4. Stories.

5. Talks.

MISCELLANEOUS.

The half-hour under this head is not intended for work, but for a breathing-time as the children in the primary schools grow older, and need an occasional pause in their lessons. It is also meant to provide the teachers with a few comparatively spare moments in which they can attend to various details.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 18.

RULES

SCHOOL COMMITTEE

CITY OIF BOSTON

JULY, 1878.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS

No. 39 ARCH STREET.

1 8 7 8.

CITY OF BOSTON.

In School Committee, June 11, 1878. Ordered, That a sufficient number of copies of the Rules of the School Committee and Regulations of the Public Schools, including all amendments to the close of the pres- ent school year, be printed for the use of the Board and of the Schools.

Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

CONTENTS.*

CHAPTER PAGE

I. Organization 5

II. Powers and Duties of the Presiding Officer ... 7

III. Rights and Duties of Members ..... 9

IV. Duties of Standing Committees . . . . 11 V. Duties of Committees in Charge of Schools . . . 17

VI. The Committee on the Annual Report .... 20

VII. Election of Instructors 21

VIII. —Duties of the Messenger 24

IX. Duties of Secretary 24

X. Duties of the Auditing Clerk ...... 26

XI. Duties of the Superintendent ...... 27

XII. Duties of the Supervisors 29

XIII. —Duties of the Principals ....... 34

XIV. General Regulations of the Public Schools ... 37 XV. Regulations of the Primary Schools 45

XVI. Regulations of the Grammar Schools .... 48

XVII. Regulations of the High Schools 56

XVIII. Regulations of the Public Latin School . . , . 61

XIX. Regulations of the Girls' Latin School .... 62

XX. Regulations of the Boston Normal School ... 63

XXI. Regulations of Horace Mann School for the Deaf . . 66

XXII. Regulations of Kindergartens ...... 67

XXIII. Regulations of Schools for Licensed Minors ... 68

XXIV. Regulations of the Evening Schools 69

XXV. Regulations of the Evening Drawing Schools . . . 71

XXVI. Regulations of Truant Officers 73

XXVII. Boundaries of School Districts 75

APPENDIX.

Laws relating to School Committees :

1. An Act reorganizing the School Committee of the City

of Boston 95

2. An Act to incorporate the Boston School Committee . 98

3. Rules of the Corporation ...... 99

4. Extracts from General Statutes ..... 99

♦Chapters XXVII., XXVIII., XXIX., of the previous editions, viz. : Courses of Study, Programme of Instruction in Drawing and Music, are now embodied in Document 21, 1878.

TERMS USED IN THE RULES AND REGULATIONS.

Board. This word, used alone, applies only to the School Committee as a body.

Board of Supervisors. This term is always printed in full, and is applied to the Superintendent and the Supervisors,, when acting as an organized body.

Supervisor. One of the Board of Supervisors acting as an individual. The Superintendent is not a Supervisor ; but he is a member and the chairman of the Board of Supervisors.

Principal. A Head-master, Master, Sub-master, or second Sub-master in charge of a school or district.

High Schools. This term includes the Public Latin Schools, as well as all the other High Schools, except the Normal.

Division. Several districts grouped together in charge of a Committee of the Board.

Division Committee. Three or five members of the Board in charge of a division.

Committee in charge.. Applied in a general sense to the Committee on the Normal School, the Committee on High Schools, a Division Committee, or to any other committee in charge of one or more schools.

District. A Grammar School with the Primary Schools attached to it. The word is used in no other sense in the Rules and Regulations.

School Officers. Applied to the Superintendent, Supervisors, Auditing Clerk, and Secretary.

Rules. Applied only to the duties of the members of the Board.

Regulations. Applied to the duties of all school officers, instructors, and other persons in the service of the Board.

RULES

OF THE

BOARD OF SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

CHAPTER I.

Organization.

Section 1. The mayor of the city shall be ex officio Presiding

officer*

president of the Board of School Committee. A vice- president, whose duty it shall be to preside in the absence of the president, shall be elected, by ballot, at the meeting for organization. When neither of these officers is present the Board shall choose a president pro tempore by ballot.

Sect. 2. At the meeting for organization, each Secretary, year, the Board shall elect, by ballot, a secretary, an auditing clerk, and a messenger, each of whom may be removed at the pleasure of the Board ; and the president shall appoint, subject to the approval of the ^djgng com' Board, the following standing committees, each con- sisting of the number of members set against its title : on Accounts, five ; on Drawing and Music, five ; on Examinations, five; on Evening Schools, five; on Nominations, five ; on Rules and Regulations, five ; on Salaries, five ; on Supplies, five ; on School-houses and District Lines, five ; on Sewing, five ; on Text- Books, five ; on Truant Officers, five, including the mayor, who shall be chairman ; on Elections, three ;

G

Sects. 3-7.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. I.

Districts.

Divisions.

Committees in charge.

Chairman.

Meetings.

Quorum.

on Kindergartens, three ; on Schools for Deaf-Mutes, three ; on Licensed Minors, three.

Sect. 3. The city shall be divided into districts, comprising a Grammar School and a certain number of Primary Schools, as the Board shall designate, each district taking the name of the Grammar School. The several districts shall be grouped in Divisions, for the purpose of supervision by the members of the Board, as follows : No. 1, the schools of East Boston ; No. 2, of Charlestown ; No. 3, Eliot, Hancock, Mayhew, AVells, Phillips, and Bowdoin schools ; No. 4, Bow- ditch, Quincy, TTinthrop, and Brimmer Schools; No. 5, Franklin, Dwight, Everett, and Sherwin Schools ; No. 6, the schools of South Boston; No. 7, of Kox- bury ; No. 8, of West Roxbury and Brighton; No. 9, of Dorchester.

Sect. 4. The president shall appoint, at the meet- ing of the Board for organization each year, subject to its approval, a committee for each division, of three or five members. At the same meeting he shall also appoint a Committee on the Normal School, and a Committee on High Schools, each committee consisting of five members.

Sect. 5. The member first named on any com- mittee shall be the chairman thereof; except that the Committee on the Normal School, on High Schools, and each Division Committee, shall elect its own chairman.

Sect. 6. The regular meetings of the Board shall be held on the evenings of the second and fourth Tuesdays in each month, except July and August; and special meetings may be called whenever they are necessary.

Sect. 7. A majority of the Board shall constitute

Chap. II.]

RULES.

[Sects. 8-11.

7

a quorum ; but a less number may vote to send for No <iuoruin- absent members, to call the roll and record the names of absentees, or to adjourn.

Sect. 8. Whenever a vacancy occurs in the Board vacancy, the Committee on Elections shall consult with the chairman of the Board of Aldermen, and report to the Board of School Committee, on or before the day of election, one or more suitable candidates to fill Candidates, said vacancy.

CHAPTER II.

Powers and Duties of the Presiding Officer. Section 10. The presiding officer shall call the0peningof

* ° meetings.

Board to order at the hour appointed for meeting, and cause the records of the last meeting to be read as soon as a quorum is present. Business shall proceed in the following order, unless the Board otherwise direct :

1. Papers from the City Council. °rder of busl

nees.

2. Unfinished business of the preceding meeting.

3. Reports of the Committee on Nominations on the nomination and confirmation of teachers.

4. Reports of other committees.

5. Written reports from the Superintendent and Board of Supervisors.

6. Motions, Orders, Resolutions, Petitions, etc.

Sect. 11. The presiding officer shall preserve order Duties of the in the meetings ; he shall decide all questions of order, officer!"8 subject to an appeal to the Board by any member, which appeal shall be decided forthwith ; and on

8

Sects. 12-17.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. II.

Same.

Same.

points of order he may speak in preference to any other member.

Sect. 12. The presiding officer shall, when two or more members claim the floor, name the member entitled to it.

Sect. 13. The presiding officer shall state to the Board, in their order, all motions when seconded, and they shall be acted upon, unless withdrawn by the mover previous to an amendment; he shall declare the result of each vote, and, in case of doubt, shall without debate require the members to stand and be counted.

Sect. 14. The presiding officer shall appoint the chairman of the Committee of the Whole, and may at any time call a member to the chair, but for not more Presiding officer than one meeting. He may take part in debate, but shall leave the chair and not resume it until the ques- tion is decided. On questions of order he may state facts and give his opinions without leaving his place.

Sect. 15. The presiding officer shall order the yeas and nays on any question whenever one-fifth of the members present require it.

Sect. 16. The presiding officer shall, when motions are made naming sums or fixing times, first put to vote the largest sum, or the longest time. When a question is under debate, he shall entertain no motion but Ho adjourn, 2to lay on the table, 3for the previous question,4 to postpone to a day certain, 5to commit or recommit, 6to amend, or 7to postpone in- definitely, which motions shall have precedence in the above order.

Sect. 17. The presiding officer shall consider a motion to adjourn always in order, except when a member has the floor, or a question has been put and

Chairman of Committee of the Whole.

may debate a question.

Yeas and nays.

Order of mo tions.

Motion to ad- journ.

Chap. III.] RULES. [Sects. 18-26. (]

not decided. Motious to adjourn, to lay on the table, Motions not

debatable.

to take from the table, and for the previous question, shall be decided without debate. Any member who moves to adjourn to a day certain shall assign his reasons therefor.

Sect. 18. The presiding officer shall put the pre- Previous ques- vious question in this form : " Shall the main question be now put?" And its adoption shall end all debate, and bring the Board to a vote upon pending amend- ments, if there are any; and then upon the main question.

Sect. 19. The president, or, in his absence, the special meet- ings.

vice-president, may, and, at the written request of three members, shall, call a special meeting of the Board ; but on not less than twenty-four hours' notice.

Sect. 20. Committees shall be nominated by the Appointment

. 1111 of committees.

presiding officer, unless otherwise ordered by the Board.

CHAPTER III.

Rights and Duties of Members. Section 25. A member desiring to present any Duties of mem*

bers in debate.

matter for the consideration of the Board, or to speak upon any question, shall rise and address the presiding officer, and, when recognized by him, shall be at liberty to proceed ; he shall avoid personality, and, when referring to any member, shall designate him by the ward in which he resides, or in some other appro- priate and respectful manner.

Sect. 26. No member while speaking shall be in- Cal1 to ordcr- terrupted by another, except by a call to order, or to

10

Sects. 27-35.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. III.

Violation of rules.

Kales of debate.

Motions.

Motions to reconsider.

Members to vote.

Motions, etc., may be com- mitted.

Division of a question.

Reading of a paper objected

Suspension of rules.

correct a mistake ; if called to order, he shall imme- diately sit down, unless permitted to explain ; and the Board, if appealed to, shall decide the case without debate.

Sf.ct. 27. If the Board decide that a member has violated any of its rules, he shall not be allowed to speak, unless by way of excuse for the same, until he has apologized therefor.

Sect. 28. No member shall speak on a question more than once until all others have had an opportu- nity, nor more than twice without permission from the Board, when objection is made.

Sect. 29. Motions shall be submitted in writing, if the presiding officer or any member of the Board request it.

Sect. 30. The action of the Board on any ques- tion may be reconsidered at the same meeting by a majority of the members present ; but at a subsequent meeting, a majority of the whole Board shall be re quired. A motion to reconsider must be made by a member voting with the majority, and only one motion for that purpose shall be in order.

Sect. 31. Every member present shall vote unless excused by the Board.

Sect. 32. Motions and reports may, at the pleas- ure of the Board, be committed and recommitted.

Sect. 33. Any member may require the division of a question, when it is susceptible of division.

Sect. 34. If objection be made to the reading of any paper, the question shall be decided by a vote of the Board.

Sect. 35. Xo rule or regulation of the Board shall be suspended except by the vote of three-fourths of the members present, unless the motion therefor has lain on the table at least one week.

Chap. IV. J

RULES.

[Sects. 40-42.

11

CHAPTER IV.

Duties of Standing Committees. Section 40. The Committee on Elections shall, committee on

Elections.

immediately after the appointment of the standing committees, at the meeting for organization, receive and examine the certificates of election of the mem- certificates of

elections.

hers, and shall report the result without unnecessary

delay ; and whenever any person is elected to fill a

vacancy in the Board this committee shall examine his

certificate of election, and report as above, provided.

All cases of contested election shall be heard and contested elec- tions.

reported upon by this committee.

Sect. 41. The Committee on Rules and Regula- committee on lions shall take into careful consideration every propo- 21n"dSeg;D sition to establish, to repeal, or to amend any rule or regulation which is referred to them b}r the Board, and shall report in writing, stating their reasons, for or against such rule, regulation, or proposed alteration ; and no such proposition shall be acted upon by the Board until after it has been referred to this committee and reported upon. Amendments to the Rules or Regulations shall be read at two different meetings of the Board before they are finally acted upon.

Sect. 42. The Committee on Accounts shall COll- Committee on sider and report upon all propositions requiring the Accounts- expenditure of mouey, before the final action of the Board, except such as may be submitted by the Com- mittees on Salaries and on Text-Books, and such as are included in the duties of the Committee on Supplies.

They shall audit all pay-rolls of salaries and all bills Pay-rolls, of expenditure authorized by the Board or its commit-

12

Sect. 43.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. IV.

Estimate of expenses.

Auditing clerk.

Janitors.

Committee on School-houses and District Lines.

Warming and ventilation. Changes of district lines.

tees, and make requisition on the City Auditor, each month, for the payment of such as they have approved.

They shall, in conference with the Committee on Supplies, prepare and present to the City Auditor, before the fifteenth day of February, annually, an estimate of the expenses of the public schools for the next financial year.

They shall make out bills for tuition of non-resident pupils attending the public schools, and transmit the same to the City Collector for collection.

The Auditing Clerk shall be present at all meetings of the committee, certify to the correctness of the accounts, and render such clerical assistance as may be required. Annually, at the close of the financial year, he shall submit, in detail, an account of the ex- penditures for the past year, and this committee shall submit the same in a report to the Board in June of each year.

This committee shall appoint the janitors for the several school-houses, make such rules as they deem necessary for their government, and fix their compen- sation ; and may discharge them, subject to the ap- proval of the Board. The compensation of janitors shall be in full for all services rendered.

Sect. 43. The Committee on School Houses and District Lines shall consider all applications for the erection or alteration of school-houses, and for the establishment of new Primary Schools ; and they shall report to the Board in writing before any action thereon is taken. They shall have the general super- vision of the warming and ventilation of the several school-houses. All applications for changes of district lines shall be referred to this committee, who shall report upon them in writing before they are acted upon by the Board.

Chap. IV.]

RULES.

[Sects. 44-45.

13

This committee shall consider the fitness of any Erection of

. r , n ' school-housep.

location, and the suitableness ot any plans, tor any school-house to be erected ; or the plans for any addi- tion to or alteration of any building to be used for school purposes, which plans may be submitted to the Board for approval by the City Council, or any com- mittee thereof. And this committee, after having obtained the opinion thereon in writing of the Super- intendent of Schools, is hereby authorized, unless otherwise ordered, to approve or disapprove any such location or plans.

Sect. 44. The Committee on Salaries shall consider committee on all propositions to establish or to change the salaries Salanes* of all persons, except janitors, in the service of the Board ; or to pay for extra services in teaching ; and shall report upon them in writing before they are acted upon by the Board. At the last meeting in April 0f Scheduleof

1 ^ ox salaries.

each year they shall report to the Board a full schedule of salaries of the instructors, as herein pro- vided, for the ensuing school year.

Sect. 45. The Committee on Supplies shall have committee on exclusive authority in furnishing all materials used Supplie8, by the Board, its officers, or the public schools. They shall have exclusive power to authorize such expenditures, except it be for salaries, as may be re- quired in teaching such branches of study as have been adopted by the Board, not exceeding the several amounts appropriated for the same.

They shall, if it be deemed expedient, annually Test-books, advertise for proposals, and contract with responsible parties, to furnish the text-books necessary to carry out the provisions of the General Statutes, Chap. 38, Sects. 29 and 30, and shall see that the provisions are fully complied with.

14

Sect. 46.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. IV.

Printing.

City property.

Auditing Clerk,

Committee on Text-books. Courses of study.

Books of reference, globes, maps, charts.

They shall have the supervision of all printing, and furnish such as may be required by the Board, its officers, or the public schools, except such as may be otherwise provided for; and all documents and re- ports, unless it be otherwise ordered, shall be limited to four hundred copies.

They shall have the custody and management of all property belonging to the city which is held by this Board, and shall authorize such expenditures as m;Iy be necessary for the care and protection of the same.

The Auditing Clerk shall attend all meetings of this committee, shall record their transactions, and render such assistance as shall be required. Annually, in the month of May, he shall submit, in detail, an account of the articles purchased and furnished to the several grades of schools, as well as of the material on hand ; and annually, in the month of June, the committee shall submit the same in a report to the Board.

They shall give written authority to the Auditing Clerk to submit to the Committee on Accounts such bills as are correct and duly authorized.

Sect. 46. The Committee on Text-Books shall annually examine the courses of study prescribed for the schools, and recommend to the Board, at the first meeting in April, such changes in the text-books and such improvements in the courses of instruction as they may deem expedient. Every proposition for the introduction of a text-book, book of reference, globe, map, or chart, must come from or be referred to this committee ; and no new text-book or book of reference shall be used in any day-school until it has been recom- mended by this committee and approved by the Board.

Chap. IV.]

RULES.

[Sects. 47-51.

15

Sect. 47. No new text-books shall be adopted, i°«™>™«<>»

1 ' of new text- eXCept on condition that the pupils of the public books.

schools be furnished at such a reduction from the wholesale price as shall be agreed to by the Commit- tee on Supplies, who shall see that this condition is complied with, and that the book is introduced only at the beginning of the school-year.

Sect. 48. The Committee on Drawing and Music Committee on

o Drawing and

shall have the general supervision of these branches of Music, instruction in all the schools. At the second meeting in June, or when vacancies occur, they shall nominate to the Board, for election, the director and special teachers for these departments ; they shall report to the Board in writing in September.

Sect. 49. The Committee on Sewing shall have the committee on

~ Sewing.

general supervision of the instruction in sewing in all the schools where it is taught ; they shall examine the pupils, as far as practicable, in this branch ; the}' shall nominate to the Board, for election, the teachers of sewing for the several Grammar Schools in which girls are instructed, at the second meeting in Juue, or when vacancies occur ; and they shall make a written report to the Board in September.

Sect. 50. The Committee on the Horace Mann committee on

Horace Mann

School for the Deaf shall have the care and manage- school for the ment of the institution of this name, and shall no mi- Deaf" nate to the Board, at the second meeting in June, or when vacancies occur, as many suitable teachers as may be required. Annually, in the month of Sep- tember, they shall submit to the Board a written report of the condition of the school.

Sect. 51. The Committee on Kindergartens shall committee on

Kindergartens.

have the care and management of all schools of this name and character wThich are supported by the

16

Sects. 52-54.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. IV.

Committee on

Evening

Schools.

Committee on Schools for Li- censed Minors.

Committee on Truant Officers.

City of Boston ; they shall nominate the teachers for them at the second meeting in June, or when vacancies occur, and shall make a written report in September.

Sect. 52. The Committee on Evening Schools shall have the general supervision of the Evening Schools ; they shall nominate the teachers for them as they are needed; only persons holding certificates of quali- fications of the proper grade, granted by the Board of Supervisors, shall be nominated ; and in the selection of instructors the preference shall be given to grad- uates of the Normal and High Schools of the city.

Sect. 53. The Committee on Schools for Licensed Minors shall have the care and management of all schools included in their title ; they shall nominate to the Board, at the second meeting in June, or when vacancies occur, the teachers for the schools of this kind ; and in the month of September they shall make a written report of the condition of the schools under their charge.

Sect. 54. The Committee on Truant Officers shall have the general supervision and control of the truant officers employed in connection with the public schools ; they shall make such regulations for the government of the officers in the discharge of their duties as may be necessary, and assign them to the several school districts as they shall deem expedient. Annually, at the second regular meeting in June, or when vacan- cies occur, or as otherwise ordered by the Board, they shall nominate suitable persons for truant officers, one of whom shall be designated as chief ; and shall report an appropriate compensation for the same. Such officers, when confirmed, shall hold their office for the ensuing school year, unless sooner removed by the Board. Annually, in September, his commtittee shall report to the Board in writing.

Chap. V.]

RULES.

[Sects. 55-66.

17

Sect. 55. The Committee on Nominations shall, committee on

Nominations.

unless otherwise ordered by the Board, nominate all (See Sects .68, school officers, and consider and report upon such82'83'84'870 nominations as may be referred to them.

Sect. 56. The Committee on Examinations shall committee on

Examinations.

have the general direction and supervision of all ex- aminations, whether of pupils in the schools or of candidates for positions as instructors, except the annual examinations by the supervisors, and those made by principals or teachers in the schools or classes under their own charge.

Sect. 57. Whenever a motion, order, or resolu- ^Jdbebryto be tion is referred to a committee, the chairman thereof committee, shall give the member offering it an opportunity to be heard before the committee ; and shall report to the Board within one month after such reference.

CHAPTER V.

Duties of Committees in Charge of Schools. Section 65. The Committee on the Normal School, committee on

High Schools.

and the Committee on High Schools, shall perform the same duties, observe the same rules, and exercise the same rights, so far as the}' are applicable to their respective schools, as are hereinafter prescribed for committees in their supervision of the Grammar Schools.

Sect. 66. The member first named on each Division organization

.■ committees in

Committee shall call a meeting for organization within charge, ten days after its appointment, at which meeting a

18

Sects. 67-68.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. V.

graduation.

(See Sect. 141.)

chairman and secretary shall be chosen. The secretary of the Board shall be furnished with a statement of such organization as soon as it is completed. Meet- ings shall be called on not less than twenty-four hours' notice, provided that meetings of committees at which all the members thereof shall be present may be called without notice, and the proceedings of the same shall be duly recorded. The Division Committees shall have charge of the Grammar and Primary Schools of their respective divisions, and they shall visit them and the other schools of the city as often as practicable.

Diplomas of Sect. 67. Diplomas of graduation, signed by the president of the Board and the principal of the school, shall be awarded to the pupils of the graduating class of each High and Grammar School who have passed a satisfactory diploma examination. Each principal shall immediately furnish the auditing clerk with the names of the scholars to whom diplomas have been awarded. The diplomas shall be presented, at the Annual Exhibition, by any member of the committee in charge ; and, in their absence, by any other member of the Board, a supervisor, or the principal. Canvassing lists Sect. 68. Annually, in the month of May, the Committee on the Normal School, the Committee on High Schools, and each Division Committee, shall can- vass the lists of teachers of the several schools and districts under their charge, and after consulting the records of the supervisors, and conferring with the Recommenda- principals of the districts, shall recommend to the

tions of teacher.

Committee on Nominations such regularly confirmed subordinate teachers as have served acceptably during the whole or any part of the current school year. They shall also send to the same committee at the same

Chap. V.]

RULES.

[Sects. 69-70.

19

time a carefully prepared statement of the number of statement, scholars in the school during the year, and an estimate of the number of instructors to which the school may be entitled under the Regulations, with such other information as may be serviceable to the committee in the discharge of the duty required of them in this section. For this purpose, suitable blanks, prepared Blanks, under the direction of the Committee on Nominations, shall be sent to the committees as early as the first of May in each year. These blanks, when filled out, shall be returned to the secretary on or before the twentieth of May, in sealed envelopes, endorsed with the name of the school, to be opened only by the Committee on Nominations, who shall, after determin Nomination of ing whether or not the services of all the candidates tester1".*** therein named are needed, report to the Board on these recommendations at the first meeting in June. At the same time and in the same manner, except that of principals, no person not a member shall be present at their ses- sions, the committees herein mentioned shall recom- mend, or decline to recommend, to the Committee on Nominations, the principals of the several schools and districts for reelection.

Sect. 69. Committees in charge may make any Division com- mittees may

temporary arrangement, not contrary to the Regula- maketempo- tions, which the welfare of the schools or the teachers meIts™Se may require; they shall advise instructors in anv instruct^8' fnd

J ^ ' J J settle difficul-

emergency, and arbitrate in cases of difficulty ties, between them, or between instructors and parents; but the parties may appeal to the Board if they desire to do so.

Sect. 70. Division Committees may make such Transfer of

teachers.

transfers as do not advance the rank or salary of teachers, and such changes in the location of Primary

20 Sect. 75.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. VI.

Schools, within each of the districts under their charge, as they may deem necessary. All propositions for transfer of teachers from one district to another, or from one grade to another, shall he submitted to the Board through the Committee on Nominations.

CHAPTER VI.

The Committee on the Annual Report.

Number. Section 75. A special committee of three members

of the Board shall be appointed, at the first meeting in September, to prepare and superintend the publi- cation of the Annual Report, as required by the general statutes. This report, when accepted by the Board,

Printed. shall be " printed for the use of the inhabitants " of the city ; and the secretary shall see that the requisite num- ber of copies of the same are sent to the city clerk, and

Another edition, to the Board of Education of the State. Another edition of the Annual Report shall be issued in a

Contents. volume, which shall also contain the reports for the year of the Superintendent of Schools and the Annual Report of the Board of Supervisors ; those of the committee on Music and Drawing ; such other re- ports as the said special committee may deem advisa- ble ; a list of the medal and diploma scholars, and of the recipients of the Lawrence prizes ; the usual statistical tables, and the organization of the schools; but no other matter shall be included in the volume, except by the order of the Board. Reports and other matter for publication shall be presented, on or before the first day of December, to the Committee on the

Chap. VII.]

RULES.

[Sects. 80-82.

21

Annual Report. The Board shall determine the num- x™*"ot

A copies.

ber of copies of each edition of the report, not exceed- ing three thousand of the bound volume, to be printed ; and both editions shall be distributed by the secretary, retribution, under the direction of the Committee on the Annual Report, unless otherwise ordered by the Board.

CHAPTER VII.

Election of Instructors of the Public Schools.

Section 80. The school year shall begin on the Sch001 ?ear- first Monday in September. The salaries of re- elected teachers shall begin on the first day of Sep- tember ; and of all others at the date when they enter upon their duties.

Sect. 81. Annually, in the month of June, the Ammal election

of instructors.

Board shall elect the instructors of the public schools, and fix their salaries for the ensuing school year ; and the salaries established at the beginning of a school year shall not be changed during that year.

Sect. 82. At the annual meeting for the election Report80fCom-

° rnittee on Nomi-

of instructors, which shall be held with closed doors, nations, the Committee on Nominations shall report upon the several lists of candidates returned to them by the Normal, High School, and Division committees. The principals, whose grade shall be specified, shall be elected by ballot, thirteen votes being necessary for a Ballot, choice. The Director of Music and the Director of Drawing shall be elected in the same manner, and by the same vote. The subordinate instructors shall be elected by the confirmation of the Board. All in- structors when elected shall hold their offices for the

22

Sects. 83-86.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. VII.

Vacancy, principal of Normal and High Schools.

Subordinate

instructor

needed.

(Sect. 68.)

Not eligible.

Special instruc- tors.

ensuing school year, unless sooner removed by the Board.

Sect. 83. If a vacancy exist in the principalship of the Normal, or any High School, the committee in charge shall be joined to the Committee on Nomina- tions ; and this joint committee, after consulting with the Board of Supervisors, shall nominate one or more candidates to the Board for election. The successful candidate shall thereupon receive a certificate entitling him to draw his salary.

If a vacancy exist in the principalship of any district the Division Committee in charge of such district shall be joined to the Committee on Nominations, and this joint committee shall select two or more candidates from those persons who hold the certificate of qualifica- tion of the Board of Supervisors, and nominate them to the Board for election.

Sect. 84. When a new instructor not a principal is needed in any school or district, either to fill a va- cancy or for any other reason, the committee in charge, in consultation wTith the principal, shall select one or more candidates from those persons who hold the cer- tificate of qualification of the Board of Supervisors, and recommend the same to the Board, through the Committee on Nominations, in the manner and form provided for the reelection of subordinate instructors.

Sect. 85. No person whose fitness for the position for which he may be a candidate has not been con- sidered by a committee of the Board shall be eligible for election as an instructor in any public school.

Sect. 86. Special instructors other than directors shall be nominated by the several standing com- mittees having in charge their respective schools,

Chap. VII. ]

RULES.

[Sects. 87-89.

23

studies, or exercises ; those not under the direction of any standing committee shall be nominated for the several schools in which they are to be employed in the same manner as the regular teachers.

Sect. 87. If a vacancy exist in a subordinate posi- tion in any school, and it is desirable, in the opinion of the committee in charge, to procure the services of some instructor who has not been examined as required, application shall be made to the Committee on Nomi- nations, who, if they approve the purpose, may invite

Special

a member of the Board, and direct a supervisor or the examination of

i j . -i. , ,i Tn i- instructor.

principal to examine and inquire into the qualifications of the proposed candidate, and, if he is employed in teaching, to visit his school, at the expense of the city. Upon a favorable report, in writing, approved by the Committee on Nominations, the Board of Supervisors shall specially examine the candidate, who, if qualified, shall receive the usual certificate.

Sect. 88. All regular instructors not elected byTeachcrson

probation.

ballot shall be nominated to the Board on probation ;

and they shall be entitled to the established salary

from the time of entering upon their duties ; but they

shall not be confirmed until after a satisfactory trial

of three months. The committee in charge, in con- Confirmation.

sultation with the principal, shall recommend teachers

on probation for confirmation *in the manner required (See sect. 68.)

for nomination on probation.

Sect. 89. Instructors, .after retiring from the service of the Board, shall, when reelected, be regarded as new teachers ; but any such newly-elected instructor who has not been out of the service more than three years may, upon the report of the Committee on Sal- aries, be put by the Board upon the advanced salary to which any previous term of service may entitle the incumbent.

24

Sects. 91-95.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chaps. VIII-IX.

KEGUL ATIONS.

CHAPTER VIII,

Duties of the Messenger.

Messenger.

Assistant in rooms.

Salary.

Section 91. It shall be the duty of the messenger to be present at all the meetings of the Board, with an assistant, and to render such service to the officers and members as may be required. He shall furnish a suitable person to act as door-keeper, and to have charge of the coat-room at all such meetings.

Sect. 92. He shall have in constant attendance during office hours, at the rooms of the School Com- mittee, an assistant, who shall be satisfactory to the secretary, and who shall render such service to the committees of the Board and the school officers as may be required of him.

Sect. 93. The salary of the messenger shall be in full for the services of himself and such assistants.

CHAPTER IX.

Duties of the Secretary.

Records and Section 95. The secretary shall keep a permanent record-book, in which shall be regularly recorded the proceedings of the Board. He shall have charge of all the documents, papers, and files of the Board; and may nominate such assistants as shall be necessary, subject to election by the Board.

Chap. IX.]

KEGULATIONS.

[Sects. 96-100.

25

Sect. 96. He shall notify all regular and special Notify meet- meetings of the Board, and of any committee of the same, when requested by the chairman or any two members thereof ; he shall notify instructors of their appointment ; the chairman of any committee ap- pointed of its purpose and the names of its members, and shall give such other notices as the Board may require ; and he or any assistant that may be appointed shall perform the duties of secretary for the Board of Secretary of

fit n , J 4. 6upervlsoisor

Supervisors, or for any committee when required to committees, do so.

Sect. 97. He shall prepare the annual returns Returns to required by the statutes of the Commonwealth, and &e Board of transmit the same, legally signed, to the secretary of Educatlon- the Board of Education, on or before the thirtieth day of April.

Sect. 98. He shall transmit to members of the votes to he

. , transmitted.

Board, committees, teachers, or other persons inter- ested, any documents or copies of orders or resolu- tions, as directed, or as occasion may require ; and he shall also transmit to the city auditor, immediately after their passage, attested copies of all votes of the Board establishing or altering salaries, or authorizing the expenditure of money ; and he shall perform such other duties as the School Committee may pre- scribe.

Sect. 99. He shall prepare a manual of the public Manual, schools, and cause it to be printed and ready for dis- tribution on or before the fifteenth day of February in each year.

Sect. 100. He shall have his office open, and shall office hours, be present, or have an attendant in charge, every day throughout the year, Sundays and legal holidays ex- cepted, from 9 o'clock, A.M., to 5 o'clock, P.M ,

26 Sects. 105-109.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. X.

but on Saturdays the office may be closed at 2 o'clock, P.M.

CHAPTER X.

Duties of the Auditing Clerk.

Duties of audit- Section 105. The auditing clerk shall perforin his duties, under the direction of the Committee on Ac- counts and the Committee on Supplies, as provided by the Pules, unless otherwise ordered by the Board. He shall appoint such assistants as may be required, subject to the approval of the Board, prepare pay. Sect. 106. He shall prepare the pay-rolls of all roiis and audit sa]aries m accordance with the regulations or orders

bills. C

of the Board, and shall audit all bills of expenditure authorized by the Board or the Committee on Ac- counts.

charge, dis. Sect. 107. He shall have the charge of all prop- recOTd°of,and el'ty under the control of the Board not otherwise property. provided for, and shall see to the proper care and pro- tection of the same. He shall purchase and have charge of the distribution of all books, and all other articles which the Board may have authorized to be furnished in the public schools or offices, and he shall keep a record of all property held by the Committee on Supplie^, or in use in the schools. Trcpare Sect. 108. He shall attend to the preparation of

the diplomas when awarded, and deliver them to the principals at least one day before the annual exhibi- tion.

census. Sect. 109. He shall cause a census to be taken of

all the school children between the ages of five and To keep account nfteen according to law. Fie shall keep accounts of

of expenditures. °

Chap. XL]

REGULATIONS. [Sects. 110-117. 27

all the expenditures of the Board in suitable books, which shall always be open to the inspection of its members ; and shall notify all meetings of the Com- mittee on Accounts and the Committee on Supplies, and keep a record of the proceedings thereof.

Sect. 110. He shall have his office open, and shall be present, or have an attendant in charge, every day throughout the year, Sundays and legal holidays ex- cepted, from 9 O'clock, A.M., to 5 o'clock, P.M. ; but on Saturdays the office may be closed at 2 o'clock, P.M.

CHAPTER XI.

Duties of the Superintendent.

Section 115. A superintendent of the public schools Election, shall be elected, by ballot, biennially, beginning at the second regular meeting of the Board in 1876, who shall hold his office for the two years next en- suing. His salary shall be fixed at the same meet- Salafy- ing, and at least thirteen votes shall be required for an election.

Sect. 116. He shall devote himself to the study of General duties, the public-school system, and keep himself acquainted with the progress of instruction and discipline in other places, in order to suggest appropriate means for the improvement of the public schools in this city, and he shall see that the regulations of the Board in regard to these schools are carried into full effect.

Sect. 117. He shall visit each school as often as visiting

schools.

his other duties will permit, that he may obtain, as far as practicable, a personal knowledge of the con- dition of all the schools, and be able to suggest im-

28

Sects. 118-120.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XI.

Meetings of Grammar and Primary School teachers.

Assistance to committees.

Register, etc.

Absentees from schools.

Building and altering school- houses.

School ex- penses.

Attend meetings of the Board.

provements and remedy defects in their management. He shall advise the teachers on the best method of instruction and discipline, and, to promote this object, he shall hold occasional meetings of the teachers ; and he is authorized to dismiss the Grammar Schools one half-day semi-annually, and the Primary Schools one half-day each quarter, for this purpose.

Sect. 118. He shall render such aid and com- municate such information to the various committees as they may require of him ; and shall attend the meetings of any committee when requested to do so by the chairman thereof. He shall determine the forms of all registers, record-books, blanks and cards used in the schools, and shall see that they are of uni- form patterns. He shall make investigation as to the number and condition of the children of the city who are not attending the public schools, and shall en- deavor to ascertain the reasons for such non-attendance and to suggest and apply the remedies.

Sect. 119. He shall consult with those who have control of the building and altering of school-houses, and shall communicate to them such information on the subject as he may possess; he shall suggest such plans as he may consider best for the health and con- venience of the teachers and pupils, and most economi- cal for the city, and he shall advise with those through whom the school appropriations are expended, to secure uniformity in their plans, and economy in their expenditures.

Sect. 120. He shall attend the meetings of the Board, except when the election of superintendent is under consideration, and shall express his opinion or communicate information on any subject when re- quested. He may also propose to the Board such

Chap. XII.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 121-136.

29

Semi-annual

legislation touching the schools as he may deem nec- essary. At the meetings in March and September he re shall present to the Board a semi-annual report, in print, giving an account of the schools he has visited, and the other duties he has performed, together with such facts and suggestions relating to the condition of the schools, and the increase of their efficiency and usefulness, as he may deem advisable. He shall embrace in his reports an abstract of the semi-annual returns of the public schools, and a schedule showing the number of teachers then employed ; and these reports shall be referred to the special committee upon the annual report. He shall perform such other other duties, duties as the School Committee may prescribe or from time to time direct.

Sect. 121. He shall decide when there shall be but one session, one session of the Grammar and Primary Schools on account of stormy weather.

Sect. 122. He shall be a member of the Board of chairman of

Board of

Supervisors, and when present shall preside at their supervisors, meetings.

CHAPTER XII.

Duties of the Supervisors.

Section 136. The Board of Supervisors shall be the Executive Executive Board of the School Committee, and as B°ard" such may be called upon to perform any of the duties of School Committees under the statutes of the Com- monwealth, except such as are legislative in their nature. But neither the superintendent nor the super-

30

Sects. 137-139.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XII.

Election of supervisors.

Votes required.

Visit and ex- amine schools.

Record results.

Other visits.

ReporU.

visors shall have any authority over or direction of the principals, or other instructors, except as provided by the Board in the Regulations, or otherwise.

Sect. 137. Biennially, in the month of January, or as soon thereafter as may be practicable, beginning in the year 1876, the School Committee shall elect by ballot six supervisors ; and shall fill such vacancies as may occur at other times. The votes of a majority of the whole number of the members of the School Committee shall be necessary for a choice.

Sect. 138. The supervisors, one or more, as their Board shall determine, shall visit all the schools as often as practicable, and shall, once a year, examine carefully each teacher's method of conducting a school, and of teaching classes in various branches of study ; and shall, before May 10, record the results of the examinations in suitable books kept in the super- visors' office, and open only to the inspection of the Board and of the superintendent.

Sect. 139. In addition to the examinations in de- tail, it shall be the duty of the supervisors to inspect all the schools, in order to ascertain,

1. The sanitary condition of the schools, houses, and premises, including the working of the heating and ventilating apparatus.

2. The mode of government, including motives to study.

3. The principles and methods of classifying and promoting pupils.

4. The merits, defects, and needs of the various schools and classes, and, in general, the physical, mental, and moral condition of the scholars.

And the supervisors shall, before December 10, of

Chap. XII.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 140-142.

31

each year, and may at other times, report thereon in writing, with such remarks and suggestions as they may deem expedient, to the several Division Commit- tees and to the Committee on High Schools and the Committee on the Normal School. These reports shall be open only to members of the School Board and to the superintendent.

Sect. 140. The Board of Supervisors shall make a report in writing on their work as a Board, and as supervisors, to the School Committee at their last meeting in June of each year.

Sect. 141. The Board of Supervisors, under the Examine gradu- direction of the Committee on Examinations, shall a mg ° &88es superintend the annual examinations of the graduating classes of the High and Grammar Schools. In schools of like grade, written examinations shall be conducted at the same time in each study, and with the same questions, as adopted by the Board of Super- visors, and approved by the Committee on Examina- tions. The results of the annual examinations, with the instructors' record of the scholarship and deport- ment of the pupils, shall be exhibited in a suitable blank, and submitted, with such explanations and recommendations as the principals may desire to make, to the Committee on Examinations, who shall award the medals and diplomas ; and no further examination shall be required of the graduates of the Grammar Schools for admission to any of the High Schools. Those members of the graduating class who have failed to receive diplomas shall, if they have been earnest in study and correct in deportment, receive a certificate of honorable mention. Applicants for

Sect. 142. Annually, in the month of April, or 8ituations aa

teachers.

32

Sects. 143-147.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XII.

Written appl cations.

Not eligible.

whenever the needs of the school may require, and the Committee on Examinations shall direct it to he done, the superintendent shall cause to be inserted, in at least four newspapers of the State, an advertise- Advertisements. ment inviting applicants for situations as teachers to present themselves for examination at a specified time and place.

Sect. 143. Candidates shall be required to make written application, in their own handwriting, stating their age, place of birth, where they were educated, what experience, if any, they have had in teaching, and in what grade of schools they desire to be em- ployed ; but this application may be made at the time of the examination. The Board of Supervisors shall not admit to an examination any person who is not a graduate of the Boston Normal School or of one of the State Normal schools, or who has not had at lea,st one year's experience in teaching.

Sect. 144. The questions for the examination of candidates shall be adopted by the Board of Super- visors, and shall be approved by the Committee on Examinations.

Sect. 145. The examination of candidates shall include inquiry into the moral character, the health, and the aptness to teach of the applicants.

Sect. 146. No person, not a member of the School Committee or of the Board of Supervisors, shall 'be allowed to be present at any examination of candi- dates.

Sect. 147. The Board of Supervisors shall grant certificates of qualification of the several grades, after examination, to such candidates as they shall consider entitled to them, as follows :

Questions.

Moral character etc.

Who may be present.

Certificates of qualification.

Chap. XII.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 148-149.

33

First Grade. To masters and junior masters of High Schools, aud principals of Evening High Schools.

Second Grade. To masters, sub-masters, and second sub-masters of Grammar Schools, principals of Evening (not High) Schools, and assistants of Evening High Schools.

Third Grade. To assistant principals and assist- ants of High Schools.

Fourth Grade. To assistants of Grammar and Primary Schools.

Special Grade. To instructors in Special Studies, Schools for the Deaf and for Licensed Minors, and Kindergartens.

The certificate of qualification shall be signed by signed by. the superintendent and at least a majority of the supervisors ; and no certificate shall be signed in blank.

Sect. 148. The Board of Supervisors shall grant certificates of

f service.

certificates of service to all instructors in their re- spective graces, who were in the service of the city of Boston as teachers on the tenth day of January, 1876, when regularly confirmed ; and also to the teachers of the Evening High School who were then in the ser- vice of the city ; and this certificate shall entitle the holders thereof to all the rights and privileges con- ferred by the certificate of qualification. The Board Special cases, of Supervisors shall have authority to report to the Board, for special consideration, all cases that they deem exceptional.

Sect. 149. No certificate, the holder of which has certificates not been out of the service of the city for a term of two years, shall be valid, unless renewed by the Board of Supervisors after careful investigation.

34

Sects. 150-160.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XIII.

No higher

grade.

Recorded.

Pay-roll.

Visit and exam- ine evening schools.

Other duties.

May attend meetings

Sect. 150. No instructor shall be employed in any higher grade of schools than that for which the certifi- cate shall qualify the holder thereof ; and no instructor whose certificate is not recorded in the office of the Committee on Accounts shall be entitled to draw any salary as a teacher or as a substitute ; and the auditing clerk shall not allow the name of any such teacher or substitute to be entered or to remain on the pay-rolls.

Sect. 151. The Board of Supervisors shall desig- nate one or more of their own number to visit and examine the evening schools, in their season, as often as once in each montji, and report thereon to the chairman of the Committee on Evening Schools.

Sect. 152. The Board of Supervisors, or the members thereof, shall perform such other duties as the School Committee may prescribe, or from time to time direct.

Sect. 153. The supervisors may attend the meet- ings of the School Committee, and shall do so when requested by the Board, or by any committee thereof. Any supervisor shall, if called upon by^the Board, express an opinion, or communicate information, on any subject pertaining to the schools.

CHAPTER XIII.

Duties of the Principals.

Monthly report. Section 160. Each principal shall make a monthly report to the Board of Supervisors on or before the fifth day of school-time after the expiration of the

Blanks. month covered by such report. For this purpose

Chap. XIII.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 161-162.

blanks shall be prepared by the Board of Supervisors, and sent to the principals by the secretary. These blanks shall propose the questions to be answered and indicate the subjects upon which information is de- sired. The obiect of these reports is to keep the0bjectof

° 1 reports.

Board and the committees thereof accurately informed at all times as to the manner in which the Regulations are enforced, and to assist in their enforcement by keeping the more important of them fresh in the minds of the principals. These reports shall be Slgnecl prepared under the direction of the principals and signed by them,' and shall be kept on file in the office onfiie. of the Board of Supervisors for the inspection of the members of the Board only.

Sect. 161. The masters of the Grammar Schools Principal, shall perform the duties of principal, both in the Grammar and Primary Schools of their respective districts, apportioning their time among the various classes in such manner as shall secure the best in- terests of all. They shall have the special charge of Graduating

classes.

the graduating classes, giving an average of at least two hours a day to their instruction ; and in mixed schools this instruction shall be given to the boys and girls at the same time. They shall visit and examine visits and ex-

n i -i» n i amination.

the schools of their districts as often as they can con- sistently with their other duties, but not less than twice in each year.

Sect. 162. During the first week in February and Returns. September each principal shall, on blanks furnished for this purpose, make to the superintendent returns of the number of pupils, and also the names and date of admission of those pupils whose parents or guar- dians do not reside in the city.

36 Sects. 163-166.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XIII.

Notice of appointment of teachers.

Of teachers transferred.

Report cases of corporal punishment.

Suspension of scholars.

Apology.

Rules for the yard, etc.

Sect. 163. Each principal, within one week after the appointment of a teacher, shall send to the au- diting clerk the full name of such teacher, with the date of entering upon the duties of the office ; he shall also give immediate notice when any teacher has been transferred to another school, or district, or has resigned or been removed.

Sect. 164. Every principal shall require all subor- dinate teachers in his school or district to report to him, at the close of each day, all cases of corporal punishment, stating the name of the pupil, the amount of the punishment, and the reason for its infliction.

Sect. 165. A principal may suspend a scholar from school for violent and pointed opposition to authority in any particular instance, or when the example of the pupil is very injurious, and in cases where reformation appears to be hopeless ; but he shall immediately inform the committee in charge and the parent or guardian of his action, and mention it in his next monthly report to the Board of Supervisors. If any scholar so suspended shall make a satisfactory apology to the teacher or to the principal, as the latter shall direct, and give promise of amendment, he shall, with the consent of the committee in charge, be reinstated in the school.

Sect. 166. The principals shall prescribe such rules for the use of the yards and out-buildings as shall insure their being kept in a neat and proper con- dition ; he shall examine them as often as may be necessary for that purpose ; he shall be held respon- sible for any want of cleanliness on the premises ; and, when anything is out of order, he shall give immediate notice thereof to the auditing clerk.

t

Chap. XIV.] REGULATIONS. [Sects. 167-176. 37

Sect. 167. The principals shall, under the direction Janitor, of the Committee on Accounts, have the coutrol of the janitors, and shall see that the rules for their govern- ment are enforced. Janitors shall be required to use extraordinary precautions against fire, especially when Fire, the scholars are in the building. The principal shall inform the chairman of the Committee on Accounts of any neglect of duty or any improper conduct on the part of the janitors.

Sect. 168. The principals shall patiently hear and charges or

.... . ... complaints.

impartially investigate any charges or complaints which may be preferred by parents or others against teachers in their schools or districts ; and shall use their best endeavors to redress any real grievances.

Sect. 169. Annually, on the last session of the Washington's

birthday.

school-day next preceding the 2 2d of February, the principals shall assemble the pupils of the High and Grammar Schools, for such patriotic exercises as they may deem advisable.

CHAPTER XIV.

General Regulations of the Public Schools.

Section 175. All teachers of the public schools are ^^"^ required to make themselves familiar with these Regu- Regulations, lations, especially with such as relate to their individ- ual duties, and to the instruction and discipline of their own schools, and are also required to see that the rules are faithfully observed.

Sect. 176. The teachers shall punctually observe General duties, the hours appointed for opening and dismissing the

38

Sects. 177-180.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XIV.

School-hours.

After school.

One session.

Fifteen minutes before school.

Morning exer- cises.

schools, and, during school hours, shall faithfully devote themselves to their duties. In all intercourse with their scholars they shall strive to impress on their minds, both by precept and example, the great impor- tance of earnest efforts for improvement in morals, manners, and deportment, as well as in useful learning.

Sect. 177. The morning session of the Grammar and Primary Schools shall begin at nine o'clock, and close at twelve o'clock, with a recess of twenty minutes for every pupil when one-half of the session has expired. The afternoon session shall begin at two o'clock and close at four o'clock, with a recess of ten minutes in the Primary Schools. Provided, that teachers may judiciously exercise the right to detain a pupil for a reasonable time, not exceeding fifteen minutes at noon, and thirty minutes in the afternoon, after the regular hour for dismissing school, either for purposes of discipline or to make up imper- fect lessons ; but no scholar shall be detained, except for his own fault or neglect.

Sect. 178. When the schools are to be suspended for the afternoon, on account of stormy weather, the superintendent shall cause " twenty-two " to be struck and repeated by the fire-alarm telegraph, at quarter before twelve o'clock ; and the Primary Schools shall be dismissed at twelve o'clock, and the Grammar Schools at one o'clock.

Sect. 179. All the school-rooms shall be opened, and the teacher shall be present, both morning and afternoon, fifteen minutes before the time for the session to begin. The teachers shall require the scholars to be in their seats punctually at the hour for beginning school.

Sect. 180. The morning exercises of all the schools shall begin with the reading in each class-room, by the

Chap. XIV.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 181-185.

39

teacher, of a portion of Scripture without note or com- ment ; and no other religious exercises shall be allowed in the public schools.

Sect. 181. Good morals being of the highest Goodmorals- importance to the pupils, and essential to their progress in useful knowledge, instruction therein shall be giveu in all the schools. It shall be the duty of in school and the instructors to secure good conduct and a proper °ut' deportment on the part of their pupils, both in school and out, and especially in going to and returning from school.

Sect. 182. In every school shall be kept a register, Register, in which shall be recorded the names, ages, dates of admission, and places of residence of the scholars ; and, in addition to this, other records shall be kept of Records, the absence and tardiness of the scholars, and of their class exercises, which shall show their advancement and standing.

Sect. 183. Application shall be made for school Rooks and

blanks.

registers, books for records, blanks for monthly reports, books for indigent children, and stationery, to the auditing clerk, through whom the Committee on Supplies will furnish what is required to all the schools.

Sect. 184. Teachers may visit other schools once Teachers may a quarter to observe their methods of discipline and schools, instruction, if the care of their pupils has been pro- vided for in a manner satisfactory to the principal.

Sect. 185. All instructors shall endeavor to main- corporal pun- tain such discipline in their schools as is exercised by a kind and judicious parent in his family, avoiding corporal punishment in all cases where good order can be preserved by milder measures ; and in no case re-

40

Sects. 186-187.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XIV.

Of girls in Grammar Schools for- bidden.

sorting to confinement in a closet or wardrobe, or to any cruel or unusual punishment. Corporal punish- ment shall be inflicted only after the nature of the offence has been fully explained to the scholar, and shall be restricted to blows on the hand with a rattan. Report an cases, fae close of the day each instructor shall report in writing to the principal all cases of corporal punish- ment during such day, stating the name of the pupil, the amount of the punishment, and the reason for its infliction ; and the principal shall mention the number of such cases in his monthly report to the Board of Supervisors. Corporal punishment shall not be in- flicted upon girls in Grammar Schools, or upon any scholars in the High Schools, except in the three lowest classes of the Latin School, which shall, in this respect, be subject to the regulations of the Grammar Schools.

Sect. 186. Whenever a pupil has left school, in- tending not to return, the teacher shall take the name of such pupil from the list ; but the previous absence shall remain recorded. The name of a pupil who is suspended from school, under any rule of the Board, shall be taken from the list. Any pupil shall be re- corded as absent who has not been in school at least one-half of the session.

Sect. 187. Whenever a subordinate teacher is absent, a substitute, holding a certificate of the proper grade, shall be employed by the principal, unless otherwise directed by the committee in charge, in the place of the absentee. Substitutes shall be paid by the teachers in whose places they are employed at the rate herein provided ; and the principals shall make monthly returns to the Committee on Accounts, of all

Absence.

Substitutes.

Payment of.

Chap. XIV.] REGULATIONS. [Sects. 188-189. 41

substitutes employed in their schools or districts, in a blank furnished for the purpose. Substitutes shall Tbree day8- not be employed in any school for more than three days at a time without the approval of two members of the committee in charge, the chairman being one of them. The committee in charge of any school or Leave of ab- district may grant leave of absence to, and appoint a Reuce* substitute for, the principal thereof for not more than one week at a time, or any subordinate teacher for not more than one month at a time, and the Board for any longer terms. But leave of absence granted or vacan- cies existing for any cause, for a longer time than such week or month, shall be reported to, and substitutes or temporary teachers, who fill such places, shall be approved by the Board.

The compensation of substitutes and temporary Rule for finding teachers shall be determined by the following rule : compensatlon- Divide the annual salary of the instructor in whose place the substitute is employed, or the maximum salary of the position in the case of a temporary teacher, by four ; and the quotient will be the com- pensation, in cents, for each school-day of actual service. Temporary teachers may be appointed by committees in charge, for a term not exceeding three months, upon the approval of the Committee on Nominations ; such appointments to be reported to the Board at the meeting next following.

Sect. 188. Teachers shall give vigilant attention to Temperature the ventilation and temperature of their school-rooms andventllatl0n- both in winter and summer, and see that the air of the rooms is effectually changed at each recess, and at the end of each school session.

Sect. 189. The teachers shall so arrange the daily Physical exer-

42

Sects. 190-196.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XIV.

Teachers not allowe'd to sell books, etc.

Teacher not to keep private schools or edit newspapers, etc.

Prizes and pres- ents.

Contributions.

Advertisements.

Agents.

Authorized books and studies.

Books and utensils.

Indigent pupils.

exercises in their classes that every scholar shall have, each forenoon and afternoon, some kind of physical exercise, for not less than five minutes.

Sect. 190. No instructor shall be allowed to sell, or keep for sale, any book, stationery, or other articles required for use in the schools.

Sect. 191. No teacher shall keep a private school, or teach in any public school other than that in which he is regularly employed, or instruct private pupils before 6 o'clock, P.M., except on Saturdays, or dur- ing vacations, or edit any newspaper, or any religious or political periodical.

Sect. 192. Teachers shall not award diplomas or prizes to their pupils, or receive any present of money or other property from them. No contributions for any purpose shall be permitted in any public school.

Sect. 193. No advertisement shall be read to the pupils of any school on the premises thereof, or be posted on the walls or fences of any school building ; and no agent or other person shall be permitted to enter any school premises for the purpose of exhibit- ing, either to teachers or pupils, any new book or article offered for sale.

Sect. 194. The books used and the studies pursued in all public schools shall be such only as are author- ized by the Board ; and the teachers shall not permit any unauthorized publications to be distributed in their schools.

Sect. 195. Pupils shall not be allowed to remain in any of the public schools unless they are furnished with the books and utensils regularly required in the respective classes.

Sect. 196. Pupils who, through the poverty or

Chap. XIV.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 197-199.

43

negligence of their parents or guardians, are not pro- vided with the necessary text-books, shall be furnished with them, under the provision of the General Statutes, Chap. 38, § 30; and teachers shall make application therefor to the auditing clerk, through whom they will be provided by the Committee on Supplies.

Sect. 197. All children living in the city who are who may at-

° tend school.

upwards of five years of age, and are not disqualified

by non-compliance with the regulations of the Board,

shall be entitled to attend the public schools ; but

neither a non-resident pupil, nor one who has only a Non resident

temporary residence in the city, shall be allowed to

enter or to remain in any school, unless the parent,

guardian, or some other responsible person, has signed

an agreement to pay the tuition of such scholar, or

until a certified copy of a vote of the Committee on

Accounts permitting such scholar to attend the school

has been transmitted to the principal. The principals

shall, at the commencement of each term, on blanks

furnished for the purpose, send to the Committee on

Accounts the names of such scholars, and of their

parents .or guardians, with their place of residence.

And it shall be the duty of that committee each term Bills for tuifci(

to make out bills for tuition and transmit the same to

the City Collector for collection.

Sect. 198. No pupil who has been expelled from suspensions, or is under suspension in one school shall be admitted to another, except by consent of the Board.

Sect. 199. No pupil shall be admitted to any of the vaccination, public schools without the certificate of a physician that such pupil has been vaccinated, or is otherwise protected against the small-pox ; but this certificate shall not be required of pupils who are transferred

Sects. 200-203.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XIV.

from one public school to another, nor shall any child from any family in which scarlet fever or other con- tagious disease has occurred be allowed to attend any school in the city until the expiration of four weeks from the commencement -of the last case in such family, such length of time being certified in writing to the teacher by a physician, or some responsible member of the family.

Sect. 200. Every pupil must come to school cleanly in his person and dress, and with his clothes in proper repair ; in case of neglect, in this respect, it shall be the duty of the teacher to send him home to be suitably prepared for school.

Sect. 201. Tardiness, unless satisfactorily ex- plained, shall be subject to a proper penalty. No pupil shall be absent a part of any session for the purpose of receiving instruction elsewhere ; nor shall a pupil leave before the close of school without the consent of the teacher. Pupils detained from school or coming late must present an excuse, but scholars shall not be sent home for such excuse. Teachers shall report the names and residences of truants, with the names ,of their parents or guardians, to the truant officers.

Sect. 202. No programme of a special study shall be put into use in any school until it has been adopted by the Board, after the committee on such special study has reported upon the same.

Sect. 203. There shall be exhibitions of the High and Grammar Schools at such times as the Board shall direct, due notice of which shall be given to the members by the secretary. The exhibitions shall not exceed two hours in length ; and they shall be con- ducted in such a manner as to present the attainments of the scholars in the studies pursued during the year ;

Chap. XIV.]

EEGULATIONS.

[Sects. 204-205.

45

but no public exhibition of proficiency in music, other exhibi- tions.

drawing, physical exercises, military drill, or other special study, shall be given by all or a part of the schools, without the consent of the Board, or by any or all of the schools of a district without the consent of the committee in charge.

Sect. 204. An exhibition of the acquirements o^Musicand

drawing.

the pupils of the public schools in music or in draw- ing shall be held under the direction of the commit- tee on these branches when the Board shall so direct. The Annual Festival, complimentary to the medal Annual Festi.

val.

and diploma scholars, shall be held at such time and place as the Board shall determine, under the direc- tion of a committee of five members of the Board, to be appointed at the first meeting in April.

Sect. 205. The following holidays and vacations Holidays and

vacations.

shall be granted to the schools, viz. : every Satur- day ; one week, commencing with Christmas day ; New Year's day, the Twenty-second of February, Good Friday, Fast day, Decoration day, and the Fourth of J uly ; Thanksgiving day and the remainder of the week ; the week immediately preceding the second Monday in April ; and to the Primary Schools from the last Tuesday in June, and to the Normal, High, and Grammar Schools from their respective exhibitions, to the first Monday in September. The President may

«_ _ . suspend the

president of the Board, or, in his absence, the vice- schools, president, is authorized to suspend the schools, not exceeding six sessions, in each municipal year. No No other hoii-

days.

other holidays shall be allowed, except by vote of three-fourths of the members of the Board present ; and no school shall be suspended on any other occa- sion, except for important reasons peculiar to that school, and then only by express permission of the committee in charge.

Sects. 210-214.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XV.

CHAPTER XV.

Regulations of the Primary Schools.

Section 210. The Primary Schools form the lowest grade in the system of public instruction established in this city ; and in them are taught the rudiments of an English education.

Sect. 211. Children shall be admitted into those schools which are the most convenient for them to at- tend, and for which they are qualified, provided such schools are not already full ; and in all cases of doubt or difficulty, in respect to the admission ot pupils, the teacher shall appl}r to the principal for advice and direction. Teachers of the sixth class, with the per- mission of the Division Committee, may decline to receive pupils after the eighth week following the first Monday of February or September, or whenever the number of pupils shall exceed fifty-six; but a record shall be kept by each teacher of the names and resi- dence of all applicants who have been refused admis- sion, so that Division Committees may know the number of children requiring school accommodations. Applicants shall be admitted in the order of appli- cation.

Sect. 212. A certificate of transfer shall be re- quired of pupils moving from one school to another.

Sect. 213. The regular promotion of scholars from class to class shall be made on the first Monday in February and the first Monday in September. Occa- sionally, promotions may be made on Monday of any week, whenever the principal of the district may deem it advisable.

Sect. 214. Intermediate Schools, for the instruction

Chap. XV.]

REGULATIONS. [Sects. 215-216. 47

of children over eight years of age^ not qualified for the Grammar School, may be established in any dis- trict. The course of study shall be the same as in the Primary Schools ; aud the principal may intro- duce writing and such other studies as he may deem 0ther studie8-" advisable. Sewing shall be taught in any Intermedi- ate class of girls, under the direction of the Commit- tee on Sewing, if the Division Committee deem it expedient. Any Primary scholar over ten years of age, and not in the first or second class, may be re- moved to an Intermediate School by the principal.

Sect. 215. Teachers shall give particular attention ph>'sical cul-

0 1 ture. (See

to the physical culture and to the comfort of the chap, xxvii.)

pupils under their care. They shall arrange the daily

exercises in their classes so that every scholar shall

have twice in each session, in addition to the recess,

some kind of physical exercise in the school-room.

If a recess in the open air is impracticable, the chil- Recesses-

dren shall be exercised in the school-room. The

recesses of schools shall be arranged or approved by

the principal of the district.

Sect. 216. Fifty-six pupils shall be the standard Number of pu- pils to a teacher.

number to one teacher ; but an additional teacher may be nominated, when there is an excess of thirty pupils registered for admission, and one may be removed where there is a deficiency of thirty in the district, unless the Board shall otherwise order, in cases where the size of the room is evidently insufficient for so large a number. In Intermediate Schools one teacher shall be allowed for every thirty-five pupils, provided that there shall be no more than one Intermediate School in a district. The schools in each district shall be classified under the direction of the prin- cipal.

48 Sects. 217-225.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XVI.

Grade of in. Sect. 217. The teachers of the Primary Schools

etructors in Pri-

mary Schools, shall be fourth assistants. The salary of the fourth assistants shall be established at a minimum rate for the first year of service, with an annual increase dur- ing the succeeding five years, so that the maximum rate shall be reached for the sixth and each subsequent year of service. The committee in charge may rec- ommend and the Committee on Nominations, if they deem it advisable, may nominate a fourth assistant,

salary. whose term of service shall begin with the salary of any year after the first in the series of five years ; and the salary of such instructor shall annually be increased in the same manner as if the candi- date had served during the preceding years of such term.

Music. (Seo Sect. 218. Instruction in vocal music shall be chap, xxv i.)j g.yell kv the regular teachers, on each day of the

week, during the last hour of the morning session. Drawing. Sect. 219. Instruction iu drawing for two hours

each week shall be given by the regular teachers, in lessons not exceeding thirty minutes in length.

CHAPTER XVI.

Regulations of the Grammar Schools. Grammar Section 225. The Grammar Schools form the

Schools.

second grade in the system of public instruction es- tablished in this city ; and in them are taught the common branches of an English education.

Chap. XVI. J

REGULATIONS.

[Sect. 226.

49

Sect. 226. The Grammar Schools shall be organ- instructors of

tne several

ized, and instructors of the several ranks shall be ranks, elected, as follows :

1. The number of scholars used in this section, in Number used, determining the rank of instructors to be nominated

for the annual election, shall be the average whole number, and in ascertaining the number of subordi- nate teachers of all ranks, the greatest whole number belonging at any one time, in the several schools for the current school year.

2. The instructors of the Grammar Schools shall Grade oUn-

structors in

be masters, sub-masters, second sub-masters, and Grammar first, second, and third assistants. The salaries of the several ranks of instructors of the second and fourth grades shall be established at a minimum rate (Sect 147-) for the first year of service, with an annual increase salaries, during the succeeding five years, so that a maximum rate shall be reached for the sixth and each subse- quent year of service. The committee in charge may recommend, and the Committee on Nominations, if they deem it advisable, may nominate, an instructor of any such rank, whose terms of service shall begin with the salary of any year after the first in a series of five years ; and the salary of any such instructor, if the nomination be confirmed, shall be annually increased in the same manner as if the candidate had served during the preceding years of such term.

3. One principal shall be elected for every district. Principals. , In schools of three hundred scholars, or more, the principal shall be a master. In schools of two hun- Rank, dred, or more, but less than three hundred, the prin- cipal shall be a sub-master. In schools of one hundred,

or more, but less than two hundred, the principal

50

Sect. 226.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XVI.

Rank changed.

Number of scholars to a teacher.

Excess of thirty.

Number of sub- ordinate in- structors.

shall be a second sub-master. In schools of less than one hundred the principal shall rank as first assistant.

4. The rank of any instructor may be changed by vote of the Board, upon the report of the Committee on Nominations, whenever the average whole number in the school for the preceding quarter shall warrant a change ; but such action shall take effect only at the beginning of the month following favorable action of the Board. When the rank of any instructor is reduced by the operation of this regulation, such instructor shall receive the maximum salary of the lower rank ; but when the rank of any instructor so reduced is increased in like manner, the salary shall be that to which any previous term of service in the same or any higher rank, or in both, may entitle the incumbent.

5. Besides the principal, each Grammar School, of one hundred scholars, or more, shall be allowed one instructor, of whatever rank, for every fifty-six pupils registered ; but in schools of less than one hundred the principal shall be included in the com- plement of teachers. The Board may elect an addi- tional teacher when there is an excess of thirty pupils recorded, or remove one when there is a deficiency of thirty pupils, in each case upon the recommenda- tion of the Committee on Nominations. The number of teachers herein allowed shall not be exceeded unless the proper grading of the school, or the insufficiency of the seating capacity of the school-rooms, shall require such excess.

6. The number of subordinate instructors of the several ranks above that of third assistant to which schools shall be entitled shall be as indicated in the following schedule :

Chap. XVI.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sect. 226.

51

Number of In- structors OF ALL

Ranks for the Number of Schol- ars IN SAME LINE.

Number of Scholars.

Sub-masters. 1

1

Second Sub- masters.

First Assist- ants.

Second As- sistants.

Q A

Boys.

1 19 t/~>

1 2 1 1 1 1 1

1

2 1

1

2 3 4

1 2 1 1 1

K

3

K

310 to 365

1 1 1 1 1

T Q

Of?/* f„ KQO

1

1 A

K%1 frv K.QQ

1 1 1

11 +r> 11

1

2

Civay fi 1 Q

Q A

Girls.

1 19 fr>

Z

oka QAQ

1

2

2 2 2

1 in Q

1 A

11 fn 1i

£QA f/-> Q 1 Q

AVn« Q1 Q

Boys and Girls.

1 19 OSQ

K

OKA QAO

1 1 1

2 2

1

.... i.

534 to 589

1 1 1

590 to 813

Over 813

52

Sect. 227.]

SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XVI.

Note. Table showing the number of instructors to which any number of scholars will entitle a Grammar School or all the Primary Schools of a district.

No. of Scholars.

No. OF Teachers.

No. of Scholars.

NO. OF

Teachers.

1

From 590 to 645

11 12 13

14:

15 16 17 18 19 20

86 to 141

2

646 to 701

3

rrco +... o i q

5

814 to 869

310 to 365

6 7

870 to 925

366 to 421

926 to 981

422 to 477

8

982 to 1,037 .... 1,038 to 1,093 .. 1,094 to 1,149 ..

478 to 533

9

534 to 589

10

Explanation. A Grammar School, having from two hun- dred and fifty-four to three hundred and nine scholars, both inclusive, is entitled to five subordinate teachers. Two hundred and fifty-four scholars give five teachers ; any greater number, up to and including three hundred and nine, gives no more than five teachers. Five hundred and thirty-four to five hundred and eighty-nine scholars in the Primary Schools of a district give ten teachers.

For the annual election the greatest number belonging at any one time is taken in ascertaining the number of teachers allowed to a school or district ; at other times the whole number belonging when action is proposed to be taken.

other teachers. 7. All other regular teachers of the complement to which any school may be entitled shall be third assistants.

Sect. 227. Pupils shall not be admitted into the

Chap. XVI.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 228-230.

53

Grammar Schools except by special permit of the Division Committee, unless, on examination, they shall be able to read, at first sight, easy prose ; to spell common words of one, two, or three syllables ; to distinguish and name the marks of punctuation ; to perform mentally simple questions in addition, sub- traction, and division ; to answer readily any proposed combination of the multiplication table in which neither factor exceeds ten ; to read and write Arabic numbers expressed by three figures, and the Koman numerals as far as the sign of one hundred ; and to enunciate, clearly and accurately, the elementary sounds of our language.

Sect. 228. In the months of January and June Promotions- each principal shall examine the first classes of the Primary Schools in the district ; and such pupils as are found qualified shall receive a certificate of ad- certificate, mission to a Grammar School. The parent of any Appeal, pupil not accepted may, if dissatisfied, appeal to the Division Committee.

Sect. 229. Pupils promoted from the Primary Time of enter-

lug.

Schools shall enter the Grammar Schools on the first Monday of February or of September ; other appli- cants residing in the district may enter on any Mon- day morning, provided they are qualified. Pupils regularly discharged from a Grammar School may be admitted at any time to the same class of any other \ Grammar School on presenting their certificates of transfer.

Sect. 230. Lessons to be learned out of school out-of-schooi

lessons.

shall be such as a scholar of good capacity can learn in an hour's study. Lessons to be studied in school shall not be such as to require a scholar of ordinary capacity to study out of school to learn them.

54

Sects. 231-235.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XVI.

Six classes.

Sect. 231. Each school shall be divided into six classes ; and each class may be subdivided as its number may require. If any division completes the course of study assigned to its class previous to the regular time for promotion, it may, with the approval of the principal, begin upon the text-books prescribed for the next higher class. Districts. Sect. 232. No pupil shall be admitted to or

retained in any school except that of the district in which such pupil lives, without the written consent of special permits, the Division Committee ; when the school the pupil desires to attend is in a different division from the one to which he belongs, the written consent of each Division Committee shall be required.

Sect. 233. In the first and second classes instruc- tion in vocal music shall be given in two lessons, of half an hour each, and in the third, fourth, fifth, and sixth classes in four lessons of fifteen minutes each, every week, by the regular teachers ; and vocal music shall in all respects be regarded as one of the regular studies of the school.

Sect. 234. All the classes shall be instructed so that they can take proper physical exercise in concert in the school-rooms, and the teacher shall give careful and regular attention to such exercise for not less than five minutes each session, sewing. Sect. 235. Instruction shall be given in sewing,

twice a week, for one hour at a time, to the fourth, fifth, and sixth classes of girls in the Grammar Schools ; and such instruction may be extended into other classes by the Board, on the joint recommendation of the Committee on Sewing and the Division Committee of the school where such extension is proposed. The

Vocal music.

(See Chap, xxvii.)

Physical exer cise.

Chap. XVI.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 236-240.

55

Committee on Sewing shall nominate, for confirmation, sewing

teachers.

qualified persons as teachers of this branch, each of whom shall have general oversight in the department assigned to her, and shall be assisted in teaching by the regular teacher of the class under instruction ; and this committee may discharge the regular teachers of sewing, subject to the approval of the Board, and substitutes, may, whenever necessary, employ substitutes.

Sect. 236. Instruction in drawing shall be given Drawins- in two lessons of forty-five minutes each, every week, by the regular teachers, in accordance with the pro- gramme adopted by the Board. *

Sect. 237. It shall be the duty of the principals organization, of districts to superintend the organization of all the classes of the Primary and Grammar Schools. No pupil who is qualified for admission to any High Graduates. School, convenient for him to attend, shall, without the consent of the Division Committee, be allowed to remain in the graduating class of a Grammar School after the close of the year in which he was a member of such class.

Sect. 238. Every teacher shall be at liberty to use Books or cards.

such books or cards as he may deem desirable, for the

purpose of illustration or for examples ; but such

books or cards shall not be used to the exclusion or

neglect of the prescribed text-book; nor shall pupils

be required to furnish themselves with any but the

regular text-books.

Sect. 239. One text-book in mental arithmetic, Mental arith- metic.

and one in written arithmetic, and no more, shall be used in the Grammar Schools.

Sect. 240. In the arrangement of the studies and Forenoon

studies.

recitations in the Grammar Schools, those which most

56

Sects. 241-246.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XVII.

severely task the pupils shall, as far as practicable, be assigned to the forenoon.

Sect. 241. No books of reference belonging to any public school shall be kept out of the school-house during school hours. The master shall be responsible for all the books of reference, globes, maps, and charts of his district, and shall, annually, in the month of September, make a correct return of the same to the Committee on Supplies.

CHAPTER XVII.

Regulations of the High School.

mgh schools. Section 245. The High Schools form the third grade of the system of public instruction established in this city ; and in them a course of advanced study is provided for those who have completed the course in the Grammar Schools. The general Regulations of the Public Schools, Chapter XIV., so far as they are applicable, are required to be enforced in all the

Exceptions. High Schools. Tne Latin Schools are excepted from the application of Sections 248, 249, 250, 253, and 254 of this chapter.

instructors. Sect. 246. The High Schools shall be organized, and instructors of the several ranks shall be elected, as follows :

Numbers used. 1. The number of scholars used in this section in determining the rank of instructors to be nominated

Chap. XVIL] REGULATIONS. [Sect. 246. 57

for the annual election shall be the average whole number for the current school year.

2. In High Schools of one hundred and fifty Rank of

0 instructors.

pupils, or more, the principal shall be a head-master; and in those of less than one hundred and fifty pupils the principal shall be a master.

3. The rank of any instructor may be changed by change of rank, vote of the Board, upon the report of the Committee

on Nominations, whenever the average whole number in the school for the preceding quarter of the current school year shall warrant a change ; but such action shall take effect only at the beginning of the month following favorable action of the Board. When the rank of any instructor is reduced by the operation of this regulation, such instructor shall receive the maxi- mum salary of the lower rank ; but when the rank of any instructor so reduced is increased, in like manner, the salary shall be that to which any previous term of service in the same or any higher rank, or in both, may entitle the incumbent.

4. Besides the principal, each High School for ^uml?er of

scholars to an

girls and boys shall be allowed one instructor, of what- instructor.

ever rank, for every thirty pupils registered ; and in

High Schools, for either girls or boys, one instructor

for every thirty-five pupils registered. An additional Excess of

instructor may be elected for an excess of twenty lwentjr-

pupils ; and one may be removed for a deficiency of

twenty.

The salaries of instructors of the several ranks of the Salaries of

1 . 1 t /.. ..lini instructors.

third grade, except that of assistant principal, shall be established at a minimum rate for the first year of ser- vice, with an annual increase during the succeeding five years, so that the maximum rate shall be reached for the sixth and each subsequent year of service.

58 Sect. 246.] SCHOOL* COMMITTEE. [Chap. XVII.

The committee in charge of any High School may recommend, and the Committee on Nominations, if they deem it advisable, may nominate a first, second, third, or fourth assistant, whose term of service shall begin with the salary of any year after the first in the series of five years ; and the salary of such instructor, if the nomination be confirmed by the Board, shall be annually increased in the same manner as if the candi- date had served during the preceding years of such term.

Rank of 5. Instructors of the third grade shall be desig-

instructors. ° °

nated as follows : assistant principal, first assistant, second assistant, third assistant, and fourth assistant. Number of g, The number of subordinate instructors of the

instructors.

several ranks of the third grade to which High Schools shall be entitled, shall be as indicated in the following schedule :

Schools.

Assist. Principal.

First Assistants.

Second Assistants.

Third Assistants.

Girls and Boys.

1

100 to 150

1

1

1

1

150 to 200

1

1 1

1

2 1

3

200 to 250

1

2

Girls.

1

All other subordinate instructors shall be fourth assistants.

All male instructors in the High Schools who are not principals shall be masters and junior

Chap. XVII.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 247-250.

59

of

masters. Such instructors who have been employed fj^dinate ten years or more as regular teachers in the High instructors. Schools of this city shall be masters ; and those who have been so employed less than ten years shall be junior masters. The committee in charge of any High School may recommend, and the Committee on Nominations, if they deem it advisable, may nominate a junior master, whose term of service shall begin with the rank and salary of any year after the first in Salair- the series constituting the term of a junior master ; and the salary of such instructor, if his nomination be confirmed by the Board, shall be annually increased in the same manner as if he had served during the preceding years of such term.

Sect. 247. All male instructors regularly em- ^raduate8

colleges.

ployed shall be graduates of colleges in good stand- ing, or of institutions which confer degrees of a corresponding grade.

Sect. 248. Boys under the age of thirteen, or girls Age for ad- mission.

under the age of fourteen, shall not be admitted to any High School.

Sect. 249. Applicants for admission other than certificates of

character.

graduates of the public Grammar Schools shall pre- sent certificates of good character from the principals of the schools they last attended, and shall pass a satisfactory examination, which shall be equivalent to that of the graduating classes of the Grammar Schools.

Sect. 250. The examination for admission of ap- Examination of

applicants not

plicants who are not graduates of the Grammar graduates. Schools shall take place at such time as the Com- mittee on High Schools shall direct; and shall be conducted at the same time in each study, and with the same questions, which shall be adopted by the

60

Sects. 251-255.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XVII.

Members not graduates of Grammar Schools.

Questions to decided.

Course of study; three years.

Fourth year's course.

Diplomas.

(See Sect. 141.)

Military drill.

Board of Supervisors, and approved by the Com- mittee on Examinations.

Sect. 251. Pupils who are members, but not graduates, of Grammar Schools, or who have been members of such schools at any time within the cur- rent municipal year, shall not be admitted to an ex- amination for admission to any High School ; pro- vided, that boys who have attained the age of four- teen, and girls who have attained the age of fifteen, though members, but not graduates, of Grammar Schools, may be examined at the appointed time, and admitted, if qualified ; and the principals shall grant, or, for sufficient reason, decline to grant, the required certificate of good character.

Sect. 252. Whenever any question is raised, under the regulations of the Board, in regard to the admis- sion of an applicant, it shall be decided by the Com- mittee on High Schools.

Sect. 253. The course of study shall be for three 3'ears, and shall be arranged by the Committee on High Schools, and approved by the Board. A fourth year's course for such pupils as have completed the three years' course in any of the High Schools of the city shall be open to boys in the English High School, and to girls in the Girls' High School.

Sect. 254. Pupils who have completed the three years' course to the satisfaction of the Committee on Examinations shall be entitled to a diploma ; and those who have completed the fourth year's course, to an additional diploma, on the same condition.

Sect. 255. Instruction in military drill shall be given in the High Schools, under the charge of a special drill officer, to all boys, of good physical condition, who are thirteen years old, or more. The

Chap. XVIII.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 256-267.

61

time occupied in drill shall not exceed two hours in each week.

Sect. 256. Special teachers of modern languages sPecial teache and of other branches or exercises may be employed as directed by the Board.

Sect. 257. The sessions of the High Schools shall school hours, begin at 9 o'clock, A.M., and close at 2 o'clock, P.M., every week day except Saturday, when there shall be no session. No variation of the school hours required by this section shall be made except by vote of the Board.

CHAPTER XVIII.

Regulations of the Public Latin School. Section 265. The purpose of this school is to give Public Latin

11 ° School.

a thorough general culture to boys who intend to pur- sue the higher branches of learning, or to prepare for professional life.

Sect. 266. The school shall be organized in eight Eight classes- classes, and the full course of study shall be for eight years ; but no applicant shall be admitted to any class Condition for below the sixth, unless the parent or guardian shall fowest classes, certify to the head-master, in writing, that he intends to give such applicant a collegiate education.

Sect. 267. Graduates of the Grammar Schools, to Admission of

graduates of

whom diplomas have been awarded, shall be admitted, Grammar without examination, to such advanced classes as their Scho°l9, qualifications may entitle them to enter. Other ap- other aPPii.

i , , . cants.

phcants for admission must be at least nine years of age ; and they shall present certificates of character from the principals of the schools they last attended,

62-

Sects. 268-278.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XIX.

and pass a satisfactory examination at such time as the committee in charge may direct. Qualifications Sect. 268. Candidates for admission to the eighth

for eighth class.

class must be able to read simple prose fluently, to spell common words correctly, and to write simple sentences legibly from dictation ; to distinguish the parts of speech ; to perform readily any easy examples in the four simple rules of arithmetic, and in fractions ; and must have a general knowledge of the geography of the United States.

Examination of SECT. 269. The Board Of Supervisors Shall exam- graduating

class. ine the graduating class each year ; and the standard

of examination shall be that of admission to colleges of the highest grade.

CHAPTER XIX.

Girl s' Latin School.

Rank of instructors.

Six classes.

Candidates for admission.

Regulations of the Girls' Latin School.

Section 275. This school is established for the pur- pose of giving girls a thorough preparation for college.

Sect. 276. The principal shall have graduated with distinction at some college of good standing. He shall have a first assistant, and as many other assistants as may be necessary, provided the whole number of teachers, exclusive of the principal, shall not exceed one for every thirty pupils.

Sect. 277. The school shall be organized in six classes, and the course of study shall be for six years.

Sect. 278. Candidates must be at least twelve years of age, and must each present a certificate oi character from the principal of the school last at- tended, and a written statement from parents or

Chap. XX.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 279-291.

63

guardians of their intention to give such candidate a collegiate education. They shall also pass a satis- Examination, factory examination at such time as the committee in charge shall direct.

Sect. 279. The requisites for admission to the Rfquis!tes for

admission.

sixth class shall be the same as, or equivalent to, the requisites for admission to the third class of the Grammar Schools.

Sect. 280. The Board of Supervisors shall exam- ^^on of ine the graduating class each year ; and the standard of examination shall be that of admission to colleges of the highest grade. Pupils who have completed the Diploma, course of study to the satisfaction of the Committee on Examinations shall be entitled to a diploma.

Sect. 281. This school shall be exempt from the operation of Sections 248, 249, 250, 253, and 254.

CHAPTER XX.

Regulations of the Boston Normal School. Skction 290. The Boston Normal School is estab- Boston Normal

tii/» ,».. />• -i. School.

lisned tor the purpose of giving professional instruc- tion to young women who intend to become teachers in the public schools of Boston.

Sect. 291. The head-master shall be a graduate Rank of

instructors.

of a college in good standing. He shall have a first assistant, and as many second assistants as may be necessary, provided the whole number of teachers, exclusive of the head-master, shall not exceed one for every thirty pupils. An additional instructor may Excess of be elected for an excess of twenty pupils, and one twenty' may be removed for a deficiency of twenty. Special

64

Sects. 292-295.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XX.

Special instruc instruction in music and drawing shall be given in this school, under the direction of the committee on these departments.

candidates for Sect. 292. Candidates for admission must be at least

admission.

eighteen years old, and must be recommended by the

master or committee of the last school they attended.

No candidate who is less than eighteen years of age

shall be admitted to this school, except by special vote

of the committee in charge. Those who have completed

Examination for the fourth year in the Girls' High School will be ad- admission. ^ c

mitted without examination. Other candidates must be examined in the ordinary High School studies by the Board of Supervisors, under the direction of the Com- mittee on Examinations, and must present evidence of

Probation. good character. All pupils will be put on probation, and as soon as they prove unsuitable for this school shall be discharged by the committee on the school ; the probation to cease at the end of the half year. No pupil who has attended the school for more than a half year shall return a second year without special permission from the committee in charge.

Examination of Sect. 293. The Board of Supervisors shall, from time to time, examine the pupils in the Normal School, and near the close of the school year recommend for graduation those whom they shall deem qualified ; and the committee in charge shall grant diplomas to such of those thus recommended as shall have satis- factorily completed the course of study.

certificates of Sect. 294. A diploma of graduation from the Normal School, issued after the year 1872, shall entitle the holder to receive a fourth-grade certificate

Preference to of qualification. When teachers are to be employed

teTcherl!8 a8 in the public schools, graduates of this school shall have the preference, other things being equal.

Text-booka. Sect. 295. The text-books used in this school

Chap. XX.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 296-302.

65

shall be such of the text-books used in the other pub- lic schools of the city as are needed for the course of study, and such others as shall be authorized by the Board.

Sect. 296. This school shall begin on the first Mon- School year, day in September ; and shall close on such day of the week preceding the Fourth of July, and with such exercises, as the committee of the school may direct.

Sect. 297. A catalogue of the Normal School catalogue, shall be annually prepared, under the direction of the committee in charge, and sent to the members of the School Committee and of the Board of Supervisors, and to the principals of schools.

Sect. 298. When a graduate of this school is visits of head-

masters or

appointed as a teacher in any public school of this assistants, city, it shall be the duty of the head-master to make, or cause to be made by his assistants, one or more visits to her school for the purpose of criticism and suggestion in regard to her teaching.

Sect. 299. Such instruction shall be given in the instructions to Normal School, to teachers in the employ of the city, as the Board may from time to time direct.

TRAINING DEPARTMENT.

Sect. 300. The Rice Training School is intended Training

Schools.

to give the pupils of the Normal School a practical knowledge of the methods of instruction and disci- pline in the public schools of Boston.

Sect. 301. The Committee on the Normal School Iu char^e of

committee.

shall have charge of the Training School.

Sect. 302. The head-master of the Normal School Head-master's

powers.

shall have the direction of the observation, practice, and methods of instruction in the Training School, subject to the approval of the committee in charge.

Sects. 303-312.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XXI.

Sect. 303. The principal of the Training School shall perform in that school the usual duties of master of a Grammar School, and such duties in connection with the Normal School as the committee in charge may direct.

Sect. 304. The number and rank of teachers other than principal, and the course of study, in the Training School shall be the same as in the Grammar and Primary Schools of the city.

CHAPTER XXI.

Regulations of Horace Mann School for the JDeof. school for deaf. Section 310. This school was established by the

mutes.

Boston School Committee, in cooperation with the State Board of Education, as a day school for deaf children, to whom it may be accessible.

Age of admis- Sect. 311. Pupils over five years of age are admit- ted in accordance with an act passed by the Legis- lature in 1869 (Gen. Stats., Chap. 333) :

" The governor, with the approval of the Board of Education, is hereby authorized to send such deaf- mutes or deaf children as he may deem fit subjects for instruction, at the expense of the Commonwealth, to the American Asylum at Hartford, or to the Clarke Institution for Deaf-Mutes at Northampton [or any other school for deaf-mutes in this Commonwealth] , as the parents or guardians may prefer."

object of school. Sect. 312. This school is designed to give an elementary English education, but, as a preparation for this, it must first impart to pupils entering as deaf- mutes the meaning and use of ordinary language. It

Principal of

Training

School.

Number and rank of teachers.

Chap. XXII.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 313-321.

67

aims to teach all of its pupils to speak, and to read the speech of others from their lips. The general regu- Regulations, lations of the public schools, Chapter XIV., so far as applicable, are to be enforced in this school.

Sect. 313. The teachers shall be a principal, a instructors, first assistant, and as many other assistants as may be necessary, provided the instructors, beside the Number of pu-

pils to an in-

principal, shall not exceed one for every ten pupils, structor. and an additional teacher may be nominated when- ever there is an excess of five pupils registered.

Sect. 314. The sessions of this school shall begin Sessions, at 9.15, A.M., and close at 2.15, P.M., on every week day except Saturdays, when there shall be no session.

CHAPTER XXII.

Regulations of Kindergartens.

Section 320. These schools are established for the Kindergarten* admission of children from three to six years of age, to be promoted to the Primary Schools when qualified. In them are taught habits of neatness, observation, and attention. Simple lessons are given in singing, counting, and drawing, and, by means of object-lessons, a course of instruction is given, partly oral, and partly industrial, to quicken the minds and occupy the hands of the children.

Sect. 321. Children shall be admitted into those Admission of schools which are the most convenient for them to pupils- attend, provided such schools are not already full, and in all cases of doubt or difficulty in respect to the

63

Sects. 322-328.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XXIII.

admission of pupils, the teacher shall apply to the Committee on Kindergartens, for advice and direc- tion. Teachers, with the permission of the commit- tee on these schools, may decline to receive pupils Number of pu- whenever the number of pupils to a teacher shall

pils to a teacher.

exceed twTenty-four ; but a record shall be kept, by each teacher, of the names and residence of all ap- plicants who have been refused admission, and an ad- ditional teacher may be nominated when there is an excess of twelve pupils registered for admission. Ap- plicants shall be admitted in the order of application. Instructors. The teachers in Kindergartens shall be fourth assist- ants.

Promotions. Sect. 322. The regular promotion of scholars shall be made on the first Monday in February, and the first Monday in September.

Regulations. Sect. 323. There shall be at least one recess in the course of the session, and the daily exercises shall be rapid, and of such a nature as not to tax the minds of

sessions. the pupils. The sessions shall begin at 9 o'clock, A.M., and close at 12 o'clock, M., every day of the week. No variation of the school hours required by this section shall be made except by vote of the Board.

CHAPTER XXIII.

Regulations of Schools for Licensed Minors.

Schools for li- Section 328. The Schools for Licensed Minors censed mmois. ^ established for the instruction of boys holding licenses as newsboys, bootblacks, and peddlers, and shall be under the general supervision of the Commit-

Chap. XXIV.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 329-336.

69

tee on Licensed Minors, and in charge of such principals of the districts in which they are severally situated as that committee shall direct.

Sect. 329. The sessions of these schools shall Session6- begin at 9, A.M. and close at 11, A.M., every day of the week, except Saturdays, and there shall be an afternoon session of two hours, the time of begin- ning to be determined by the committee on these schools. On Saturdays there shall be no session.

Sect. 330. The teachers shall be fourth assistants. i»et™ctors- Sect. 331. One teacher shall be allowed for every Num^erof pu-

pils to an in-

thirty-five pupils. structor. Sect. 332. The text-books shall be such as are Text-books aTld

programme of

authorized by the Board, and the programme of studies, studies and exercises shall be prescribed by the com- mittee on these schools.

CHAPTER XXIV.

Regulations of the Evening Schools, Section 335. Evening schools for adults, and such Evening

7 Schools

children as may be admitted under the direction of established, the Committee on Evening Schools, may be estab- lished in such places as the committee in charge, with the approval of the Board, shall from time to time deem expedient. But no evening school shall be es- tablished with less than forty pupils, and any evening school may be discontinued when the average monthly attendance shall fall below thirty pupils.

Sect. 336. There shall be one term of the evening Term- schools, beginning on the first Monday of October, and ending on the last school evening of February. The schools shall be opened at seven o'clock, and closed at Hours.

70

Sects. 337-341.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

[Chap. XXIV.

Instructors.

2n umber.

Examination, etc., of appli- cants.

Standing com- mittee.

Visits of supervisors.

Records.

Classification.

nine o'clock, on five evenings of the week, from Mon- day to Friday, inclusive, the evenings of legal holidays excepted. The school-rooms shall be opened, and the teachers present, fifteen minutes before the beginning of school hours.

Sect. 337. The principal shall have the general management of .the school ; he shall have as many assistants as may be necessary, provided that their number shall not exceed one for every fifteen scholars.

Sect. 338. The principal of each school, with such assistants as shall be necessary, shall be in attendance at the school buildings, for the examination, registry, and classification of applicants for admission, on such evenings, before the beginning of the term, as the standing committee may designate.

Sect. 339. The standing committee shall have the general supervision of the schools, and shall appoint all teachers ; and each school shall be under the special charge of one member of this committee. The Board of Supervisors shall designate one or more of their own number to visit and examine the schools as often as once every month, and to report their condition and progress to the chairman.

Sect. 340. The principal of each school shall keep a record of the admission, attendance, and scholarship of the pupils, and shall report, at the close of each month, to the superintendent, the whole number of pupils, with the average attendance for the month, together with such other information as may be re- quired ; and the superintendent shall, in his semi- annual reports, communicate to the Board an abstract of such returns.

Sect. 341. Pupils shall, in all cases, be classified according to their attainments and progress in study,

Chap. XXV.]

REGULATIONS.

[Sects. 342-352.

71

and the course of instruction shall correspond as nearly as possible with that of the Primary and Gram- mar Schools. Special instruction, however, may be given, at the discretion of the standing committee ; and a school for instruction in High-School branches sJh^L^^ may be established.

Sect. 342. A teacher may discharge a pupil for discharge of disobedience or improper conduct, with the consent of the standing committee, and such- pupil shall not be readmitted except with their consent.

Sect. 343. Public examinations and exhibitions Exhibiticms- may be held, at the discretion of the standing com- mittee, at the end of the school year.

Sect. 344. Teachers in evening schools shall have Teachers may

visit day-

free access to the day schools to observe methods of schools, discipline and instruction.

Sect. 345. A teacher of music may be employed, Mu8ic- at the discretion of the standing committee.

Sect. 346. The Regulations of the School Com- Regulations, mittee other than those in this chapter shall, as far as applicable, be applied to evening schools.

Sect. 347. Each teacher shall be furnished with aCoPyofRegu- copy of these Regulations, or with the Rules and Regulations of the School Committee.

CHAPTER XXV.

Regulations of the Free Evening Schools for Indus- trial Drawing,

Section 352. Evening schools for free instruction Evening Draw- ill industrial drawing, under the direction of the lng Schools" Committee on Drawing, may be established in such of the school-houses, with the consent of the Commit-

Sects. 353-358.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XXV.

Term.

Hours.

Examination, etc., of appli- cants.

Age for admie sion.

Number of teachers.

Returns to su- perintendent.

tee on School-houses, and in such other places, as the standing committee shall from time to time deem expedient.

Sect. 353. There shall be one term of the evening drawing schools, beginning on the third Monday of October, and ending on the Friday next preceding the third Monday in March.

Sect. 354. The schools shall be opened at seven o'clock, and closed at nine o'clock, on Monday, Tues- day, Thursday, and Friday of each week, the evenings of legal holidays excepted. The rooms shall be opened, and the teachers present, fifteen min- utes before the beginning of school hours.

Sect. 355. The teachers of each school shall be in attendance at the school buildings, for the examina- tion, registry, and classification of applicants for admission, on such evenings, before the beginning of the term, as the staud'ng committee may designate.

Sect. 356. No person shall be admitted under the age of seventeen years, nor at any other age, or at any ot\\er time than the beginning of the term, except by express permission of the standing committee.

Sect. 357. A teacher shall be appointed for twenty- five pupils, and an additional teacher for every twenty- five, or a majority fraction thereof. In schools having an average attendance of one hundred or more pupils, the principal shall be a master. In schools having an average attendance of less than one hundred pupils the principal shall be a head-assistant.

Sect. 358. The principal teacher of each school shall report at the close of every month to the super- intendent of public schools the whole number of pupils, with the average attendance for the month, together with such other information as may be re-

Chap. XXVI.] REGULATIONS. [Sects. 359-365.

73

quired ; and the superintendent shall, in his semi- annual reports, communicate to the Board an abstract of such returns.

Sect. 359. A teacher may discharge a pupil for Discharge of

pupils.

disobedince or improper conduct, with the consent of the standing committee, and shall communicate to the principal teachers of the other drawing schools the names of all pupils thus dismissed. No pupil discharged for misconduct shall be admitted to any of the other drawing schools without the consent of the standing committee.

Sect. 360. Diplomas may be awarded, at the end Diplomas, of the term, to those who have, in the judgment of the committee, completed the course creditably.

t

CHAPTER XXVI.

Regulations of the Truant Officers, Section 364. The several school districts having Assignment of

officers.

been so grouped together as to make the labors of the officers as nearly equal as possible, each truant officer shall be assigned to one of these groups, and shall be held responsible for the judicious and faithful dis- charge of the duties of his office.

Sect. 365. Each truant officer shall give his whole Duties of time to the discharge of the duties of his office, except as may be otherwise provided for vacations by the Committee on Truant Officers. He shall endeavor* to procure the attendance at school of all the children of the districts assigned to him who are required by law to attend school; and shall, by persuasion and argu- ment, both with the children and their parents or guardians, and by other means than legal compulsion, strive to secure such attendance.

74

Sects. 366-368.] SCHOOL COMMITTEE. [Chap. XXVI.

let fever.

when a child Sect. 866. When a truant officer shall be unable, maj be arrested district assigned to him, to procure the attendance at school, either public or private, of any child who is an habitual truant, or who is required by the pro- visions of statute law to attend school, it shall be the duty of such officer, after consultation with any member of the Division Committee in which such district is included, or with the chairman of the Committee on Truant Officers, to procure a warrant and arrest such child, who shall be brought for trial before a magistrate having jurisdiction in the case. Reports of scar- Sect. 867. The Chief Truant Officer shall obtain daily from the office of the Board of Health the reports of all cases of scarlet fever and other diseases dangerous to the public health, and the several truant officers shall immediately give notice thereof to the principals of the districts to which they are assigned.

Sect. 368. The truant officers shall meet on the first and third Mondays of each month, at four o'clock, P.M., and oftener, when considered necessary by the chief, or by the chairman of the Committee on Truant Officers, or when the superintendent deems it neces- sary to consult with them. At these meetings they shall confer together as to the most efficient methods of discharging the duties incumbent upon them ; and the subordinate officers shall report in writing to the chief all cases of truancy, and all violations of law with regard to the attendance of children at school, which they may have investigated. It shall be the duty of the chief to keep a record of the doings of the truant officers, to file their reports and his own, and, once in each month, to transmit to the Committee on Truant Officers a report of the doings of himself and his subordinates.

Meetings of officers.

Special meet ings.

Record.

Report.

BOUNDARIES.

75

CHAPTER XXVII.

Boundaries of School Districts.

FIRST DIVISION.

Adams District, for Boys and Girls. Comprises that portion of East Boston lying south and east of a line running from the bay on the east, by the centre of Marion street to the railroad ; thence along the railroad to Decatur street ; thence by the centre of Decatur to Chelsea street ; thence by the centre of Chelsea to Elbow street ; thence by the centre of Elbow to Meridian street ; thence by the centre of Meridian to Maverick street ; thence by the centre of Maverick to Havre street ; thence by the centre of Havre street to the water.

Chapman District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Mystic river, and running easterly by the centre of Central square and Bennington street to Marion street, by the centre of Marion street to a line midway be- tween Princeton and Lexington streets ; by said line easterly to Brooks street, by the centre of Brooks street to Trenton street, by the centre of Trenton to Putnam street, by the centre of Putnam street to Chelsea creek, and thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Emerson District, for Boys and Girls. Comprises all that portion of East Boston lying easterly of a line commencing at Chelsea creek, and running by the centre of Putnam street to Trenton street ; thence by the centre of Trenton to Brooks street ; thence by the centre of Brooks

76

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

street to a line midway between Princeton and Lexington streets ; thence westerly by said line to Marion street, and by the centre of Marion street to the shore of Boston Harbor.

Lyman District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Mystic river, and running easterly through Central square and Bennington street to Marion street ; thence by the centre of Marion street to the railroad ; thence along the railroad and by the centre of Decatur, Chelsea, Elbow, Meridian, Maverick, and Havre streets to the water ; thence by the water to the bound first named.

SECOND DIVISION.

Bunker Hill District, for Boys and Girls.

Beginning at Mystic river, on the boundary line between Charlestown and Somerville ; thence by said line to Mill pond ; thence to Mill street ; thence by rear of Mill to Main street ; thence by centre of Main to Mead street ; thence by both sides of Mead to Russell street ; thence by a line across Russell to Bunker Hill street ; thence across Bunker Hill to North Mead street ; thence by both sides of North Mead street, including Grant's court, across Medford street ; thence by Mystic river to the point of beginning.

Frothingham District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Mystic river, at the end of Tufts street ; thence by the centre of Tufts to Bunker Hill street ; thence by centre of Bunker Hill to Lexington street; thence by both sides of Lexington street to Monument square ; thence by Monument square to Winthrop street ; thence by centre of Winthrop to Adams street ; thence by centre of Adams street

BOUNDARIES.

77

to the Navy Yard wall ; thence by Chelsea street to Mystic river ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Harvard District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Prison Point bridge ; thence by the centre of Austin to Main street ; thence across Main to Warren street ; thence by the centre of Warren to Pleasant street ; thence by both sides of Pleasant to High street ; thence by High to Win- throp street ; thence by the centre of Winthrop to Adams street ; thence by the centre of Adams street to Navy Yard wall ; thence in a southerly direction by Navy Yard wall to Charles river ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

JPrescott District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Mystic river at the end of Webster street ; thence by the rear of Webster to Bunker Hill street ; thence by the centre of Bunker Hill to Green street ; thence by both sides of Green to Bartlett street ; thence by rear of Bartlett street to Monument square ; thence by Monument square to Lexington street ; thence by rear of north side of Lexington to Bunker Hill street ; thence by centre of Bunker Hill to Tufts street ; thence by the centre of Tufts street to Mystic river ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Warren District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Mill pond at the end of Mill street ; thence by both sides of Mill to Main street ; thence by centre of Main to Mead street ; thence by rear of Mead to Russell street ; thence by a line across Russell to Bunker Hill street ; thence across Bunker Hill to North Mead street ; thence by rear of North Mead, excluding Grant court, across Medford street to Mystic river ; thence by the water to Webster street ; thence by both

78

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

sides of Webster to Bunker Hill street ; thence by centre of Banker Hill to Green street ; thence by rear of Green to Bartlett street ; thence by both sides of Bartlett to Monument square ; thence by Monument square to High street ; thence across High to Pleasant street ; thence by rear of the south side of Pleasant to Warren street; thence by centre of Warren across Main to Austin street ; thence by centre of Austin to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

THIRD DIVISION.

Boicdoin District, for Girls.

Beginning at Cambridge bridge ; thence by the centre of Cambridge street to North Russell street ; thence by the centre of North Russell to Eaton street ; thence by the centre of Eaton to Chambers street ; thence by the centre of Chambers to Green street : thence by the centre of Green to Leverett street ; thence by the centre of Leverett to Causeway street ; thence by the centre of Causeway street to the Boston and Maine railroad ; thence by said railroad to Hay market square ; thence by the centre of Haymarket square to Union street ; thence by the centre of Union street to Dock square ; thence by Dock square to Washington street ; thence by the centre of Washington to Court street; thence by the centre of Court to Tremont street ; thence by the centre of Tremont to Beacon street; thence by the centre of Beacon to Otter street; thence by the centre of Otter street to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Eliot District, for Boys. Beginning on the Lowell railroad at the water ; thence by the railroad to Causeway street ; thence by the centre of Cause-

BOUND ABIE8.

79

way to Portland street ; thence by both sides of Port- land to Hanover street ; thence by both sides of Hanover to Washington street ; thence by centre of Washington to State street ; thence by centre of State street to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Hancock District, for Girls.

Beginning on the Boston and Maine railroad at the water ; thence by the railroad to Hay market square ; thence across Haymarket square to Union 6treet ; thence by the centre of Union street to Dock square ; through Dock square to Wash- ington street : thence bv the centre of Washington street to State street ; thence by the centre of State street to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Phillips District, for Boys.

Beginning on the Lowell railroad at the water; thence bv the railroad to Causeway street ; thence by the centre of Causeway street to Portland street ; thence by rear of the west side of Portland to Hanover street ; thence by the centre of Hanover to Washington street ; thence by the centre of Washington to Court street ; thence by the centre of Court to Tremont street ; thence by the centre of Tremont to Beacon street ; thence by the centre of Beacon to Charles street ; thence by the centre of Charles to a point on a line of Byron street extended ; thence by said line and centre of Byron to Brimmer street ; thence by centre of Brimmer street to passage-way immediately in the rear of estates fronting on Beacon street ; thence in a south-westerly direction by said passage-way to the water ; thence by the water to point of beginning.

80

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

Wells School District, for Girls.

Beginning at the water on the easterly end of Cambridge bridge ; thence by the water to the Boston and Maine railroad ; thence by the railroad to Causeway street ; thence by the cen- tre of Causeway to Leverett street ; thence by the centre of Leverett to Green street ; thence by the centre of Green to Chambers street ; thence by the centre of Chambers to Eaton street ; thence by the centre of Eaton, North Russell, and Cam- bridge streets to the point of beginning.

FOURTH DIVISION.

Bowditch District, for Girls. Beginning at the water at the foot of State street ; thence %by the centre of State to Devonshire street ; thence by the centre of Devonshire, Otis, and Kingston streets to Albany street, to the point of junction with the Boston and Albany railroad; thence by the railroad to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Brimmer District, for Boys. Beginning at the water at the foot of Otter street ; thence by the centre of Otter to Beacon street ; thence by the centre of Beacon to Tremont street ; thence by the centre of Tremont to Court street ; thence by the centre of Court to State street ; thence by the centre of State to Devonshire street ; thence by the centre of Devonshire, Otis, Kingston, and Albany streets to Harvard street ; thence by the centre of Harvard to Tyler street ; thence by the centre of Tyler street prolonged, to the Boston and Albany railroad ; thence by the railroad to Harrison avenue ; thence by the centre of Harrison avenue to Dover street ; thence by the centre of

BOUNDARIES.

81

Dover and Berkeley streets to the railroad ; thence by the railroad to Fairfield street ; thence by the centre of Fairfield street to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Ordered, That the Grammar scholars who attend the New- bury-street school come from a territory bounded as follows : beginning at the water opposite the centre of the foot of West Chester park ; thence by the water to Otter street ; thence by preceding line extended to Brimmer street ; thence by the centre of Brimmer to Byron street ; thence by the centre of Byron street extended to Charles street ; thence by the centre of Charles street to Boston & Providence rail- road crossing ; thence by Boston & Albany railroad to West Chester park ; thence by the centre of West Chester park to the point of beginning.

Quincy District, for Boys, Beginning at the east end of Brookline street ; thence by the centre of Brookline street to Harrison avenue ; thence by the centre of Harrison avenue to the Boston & Albany railroad ; thence by the railroad to Tyler street prolonged ; thence by the centre of Tyler, Harvard, Albany, and Kingston streets to Summer street ; thence by the centre of Otis and Devonshire streets to State street ; thence by the centre of State street to the water; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

Winthrop District, for Girls. Beginning at the water at the foot of Otter street ; thence by the centre of Otter to Beacon street ; thence by the centre of Beacon to Tremont street ; thence by the centre of Tremont to Court street ; thence by the centre of Court to State street ; thence by the centre of State to Devonshire street ; thence by

82

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

the centre of Devonshire, Otis, Kingston, and Albany streets, to the point of junction with the Boston & Albany railroad; thence by the line of the railroad extended, to the water on the east ; thence by the water to Dover-street bridge ; thence by the centre of Dover street and the centre of Harrison avenue to the Boston & Albany railroad ; thence by the rail- road to Dartmouth street ; thence by the centre of Dartmouth street to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

FIFTH DIVISION.

Dwight District, for Boys.

Includes all the territory between the centre of Brookline street and the former boundary line between Boston and Koxbury.

Everett District, for Girls. Includes all the territory between the centre of Harrison avenue, beginning at East Brookline street and the centre of Canton street, and the former boundary line between Boston and Roxbury.

Franklin District, for Girls.

Beginning at the east end of Canton street ; thence by the centre of Canton street to the Boston & Albany railroad ; thence by the railroad to Harrison avenue ; thence by the centre of Harrison avenue to Dover street ; thence by the centre of Dover street to the bridge ; thence to the water ; thence to the point of beginning.

Mice District, for Boys.

Beginning on Brookline street at Harrison avenue ; thence by the centre of Brookline street to Warren avenue ; thence

BOUNDARIES. 83

by the centre of Fairfield street to the Boston & Albany railroad ; thence by the centre of the railroad to Berkeley street ; thence by the centre of Berkeley and Dover streets to Harrison avenue : thence by the centre of Harrison avenue to the point of beginning.

Sherwin District, for Boys and Girls.

Beginning at the intersection of Washington and Ruggles streets ; thence through the centre of Ruggles to Tremont street; thence through the centre of Tremont, southward, to the south-west side of Tremont place ; thence through Tremont place, taking both sides, to the Boston & Provi- dence railroad ; thence across the marsh to the bridge on Parker street that crosses Stony brook ; thence across the marsh to Brookline line, on a straight line with Tremont place ; thence on the line between Brookline and Roxbury to the intersection of said line with the original line between Boston and Roxbury ; thence by said line between Boston and Roxbury to Harrison avenue ; thence through the centre of Harrison avenue to Eustis street; thence through the centre of Eustis to Washington street ; thence through the

o 7 o

centre of Washington street to the point of beginning.

SIXTH DIVISION.

Andrew District, for Boys and Girls.

Beginning at Dorchester bay, and running by the northerly boundary line of Ward 24, to the South bay ; thence by the water in a northerly direction, to the easterly boundary of the Norcross district, and by it to Eighth street ; thence through the centre of Eighth and G streets to Dorchester bay ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

84

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

Bigelow District, for Boys. Comprises all that part of South Boston lying between the sections of the Lawrence and the Lincoln Schools.

Gaston District, for Girls. Comprises that part of South Boston included in the Lincoln district, for boys.

Lawrence District, for Boys. Comprises all that part of South Boston west and north-west of the centre of D street.

Lincoln District, for Boys. Includes all that part of South Boston east and south-east of a line beginning at the centre of Dorchester street on the northern shore, and running to G street ; thence through the centre of G street to the southern shore.

JVorcross District, for Girls. Comprises that part of South Boston west and north-west of the centre of E street.

Shurtleff Distinct, for Girls. Comprises that part of South Boston lying between the sec- tions of the Norcross and the Lincoln School.

SEVENTH DIVISION.

Comins District, for Boys. Beginning at the junction of Tremont and Ruggles streets ; thence through the centre of Ruggles street and across the marsh to the Brookline line ; thence along said line to Heath street ; thence along the northerly side of Heath and New

BOUNDARIES.

85

Heath streets to Pynchon street ; thence along the westerly side of Pynchon to Cedar street; thence through the centre of Pynchon to Tremont street ; thence through the centre of Tremont street to the point of beginning.

Comins District, for Girls. Beginning on Tremont street at Tremont place, along the south-westerly side of Tremont place, across the marsh to the Brookline line ; thence along the Brookline line to Heath street ; thence along the northerly side of Heath and New Heath streets to Pynchon street; thence along the westerly side of Pynchon to Cedar street ; thence through the centre of Cedar to Centre street ; thence along the north-westerly side of Centre to Roxbury street, across Roxbury to Dimlow street, through the centre of Dimlow across the ledge to Elmwood street ; thence through the centre of Elmwood street to Stony brook ; thence along Stony brook to Culvert street ; thence through the centre of Culvert to Tremont street; thence through the centre of Tremont street to the point of begin- ning.

Dearborn District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at the junction of Warren and Washington streets ; thence through the centre of Washington to Eustis street ; thence through the centre of Eustis street to Harrison avenue ; thence through the centre of Harrison avenue to the former boundary line between Boston and Roxbury ; thence along said line and the South bay to the former boundary line between Roxbury and Dorchester ; thence along said line to Dudley street ; thence through the centre of Dudley street to Mt. Pleasant avenue ; thence through the centre of said avenue to Fairland street ; thence, through the centre of Fairland to Winthrop street; thence along the north-easterly side of

86

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

Winthrop to Warren street ; thence through the centre of Warren street to the point of beginning.

Dudley Distinct, for Boys, Beginning at the corner of Washington and Ruggles streets ; thence through the middle of Ruggles to Tremont street; thence through the middle of Tremont street to Roxbury crossing ; thence through the centre of Pynchon to Cedar street ; thence through the centre of Cedar to Washington street ; thence along a straight line to the junction of Cir- cuit and Regent streets ; thence by both sides of Regent to Warren street ; thence through the centre of Warren to Wash- ington street ; thence through the centre of Washington street to the point of beginning.

Dudley District, for Girls.

Beginning at the corner of Washington and Ruggles streets ;

thence through the centre of Ruggles to Tremont street ;

thence through the centre of Tremont to Culvert street ;

thence through the centre of Culvert street to Stony brook,

along Stony brook to Elmwood street ; thence through the

centre of Elmwood to Duulow street ; thence through the

centre of Dunlow to Roxbury street, across Roxbury to

Centre street ; thence by both sides of Centre to Cedar

street; thence by the centre of Cedar to Washington street; *

thence by a straight line to the junction of Circuit and Regent streets ; thence by both sides of Regent street to Warren street ; thence by the' centre of Warren street to Washington street : thence by the centre of Washington street to the point of beginning.

Lewis District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning on Warren street at Regent street, all the terri-

BOUNDARIES.

87

tory south-west of Regent to Circuit street ; all the terri- tory west of the junction of Circuit and Regent streets and a straight line to the centre of Cedar street; thence by the centre of Cedar to Highland street ; thence by the centre of Highland to Hawthorn street ; thence by both sides of Hawthorn and along the westerly side of Ellis and Thorn- ton streets to Marcella street ; thence by the easterly side of Marcella to Washington street ; thence by the centre of Washington to School street ; thence by the centre of School street to Walnut avenue ; thence by the centre of Walnut avenue to Seaver street ; thence by the centre of Seaver street to Blue Hill avenue ; thence by the centre of Blue Hill avenue to Central avenue ; thence by the centre of Central avenue to the old Roxbury and Dorchester line ; thence by said line, in a northerly direction, to Dudley street; thence by the centre of Dudley street to Mount Pleasant ave- nue ; thence by the centre of Mount Pleasant avenue to Fair- land street ; thence by the centre of Fairland to Winthrop street ; thence by both sides of Winthrop to Warren street ; thence by the centre of Warren street to the point of begin- ning.

Lowell District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at the junction of Tremont and Heath streets ; thence by both sides of Heath to New Heath street; thence by both sides of New Heath to Pynchon street, including the south end of Terrace street ; thence by both sides of Pynchon street to Cedar ; thence by the centre of Cedar to Highland street ; thence by the centre of Highland to Mar- cella street ; thence by both sides of Marcella to Washing- ton street, including Yale street and all the territory west of Thornton and Ellis streets ; thence by the centre of Wash- ington to School street ; thence by the centre of School

88

SCHOOL SECTIOXS.

to Boylston street ; thence by the centre of Boylston to Centre street ; thence in a direct line to Brookline boundary ; thence by Brookline boundary to Trernont street ; thence by the centre of Trernont to the point of beginning.

EIGHTH DIVISION .

AUston District, for Boys and Girls.

All the territory north of the Boston & Albany railroad in Ward 25, except that part of North Beacon street which lies on that side, and all that territory which lies east of a line running from the railroad by the easterly side of the main building at the new cattle-yard, to the ledge on the northerly side of Cambridge street ; thence to the westerly side of War- ren street, at its intersection with AUston street, and thence to the Brookline line.

Bennett District, for Boys and Girls.

All the territory in Ward 25 on the southerly or westerly side of the line of the AUston District.

Central School, for Boy*, and Hillside Distinct, for Girls.

Beginning at the junction of Centre and Boylston streets ; thence by centre of Boylston street, Boylston avenue, School street, Walnut avenue, Seaver street, Blue Hill avenue, Back, Walk Hill, and Washington streets, to junction of Boston & Providence railroad : thence by said railroad to Dedham Branch railroad ; thence by Dedham Branch railroad to South street ; thence by the centres of South, Bussey, Walter, Cen- tre, and Allandale streets to Brookline line; thence by said line to Willow pond ; thence by a line from the northern point of Willow pond to the point of beginning.

BOUND AEIES.

89

Charles Sumner District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at the junction of Walk Hill and Washington street; thence by the centre of Walk Hill street to the old Dorchester line ; thence by the centre of Back to Ashland street ; thence by the centre of Ashland street to Hyde Park boundary line ; thence by said line to its junction with Poplar street ; thence in a north-westerly direction to the junction of High and Washington streets ; thence by a line in a northerly direction to the junction of Church and Centre streets ; thence by the centre of Church street to Brookline line ; thence by said line to Allandale street ; thence by the centre of Allandale to Centre street; thence by centre of Centre, Walter, Bussey, and South streets, to Dedham Branch railroad ; thence by said railroad to its junction with the Boston & Providence rail- road on Washington street ; thence by the centre of Washing- ton street to the point of beginning.

Mt. Vernon District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at the junction of Poplar street with Hyde Park boundary line ; thence in a north-westerly direction to the junction of High and Washington streets ; thence in a north- erly direction to the junction of Church and Centre streets ; thence by the Centre of Church street to Brookline line ; thence by Brookline and Newton lines to Charles river ; thence by Charles river to Dedharn line ; thence by Dedham line to Hyde Park line ; thence by Hyde Park line to the point of beginning.

NINTH DIVISION.

Dorchester-Everett District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning on Quincy street at the former boundary line between Boston and Dorchester, and following this line on the brook to South bay ; thence on said boundary line to old

90

SCHOOL SECTIONS.

Harbor : the ace following the shore around Cow pasture and Savin Hill to the Old Colony and Newport railroad ; thence by the Old Colony and Newport railroad to Bay street ; thence by the north side of Bay street to Dorchester avenue ; thence by the centre of Dorchester avenue to Savin Hill avenue ; thence by the centre of Savin Hill avenue to Pleasant street ; thence by the north side of the new street or streets across Jones' hill to Hancock street ; thence by the centre of Glen- dale and Columbia streets to Quincy street; and thence by the south side of Quincy street to the point of beginning.

Gibson District* for Boys and Girls. Beginning at the former boundary line between Boston and Dorchester on Quincy street ; thence by the south side of Quincy street to Columbia street ; thence across the fields to the junction of Green and Geneva streets ; thence by the centre of Geneva to Bowdoiu street ; thence by the brook in a south-easterly direction to a point west of the end of Charles street ; thence to the Shawmut railroad ; thence by the railroad to Ashmont. street ; thence by the centre of Ashmout to Washington street : thence by the centre of Washington (southerly direction) to a (new) street; thence by the centre of two (new) streets extending west and north-west to Madison street : thence by the east side of Madison street to the boundary line between Boston and West Koxbury ; thence by said line to the junction of Blue Hill avenue and Central avenue ; thence by the centre of Central avenue to the former boundary line between Boston and Dorchester ; thence by said line to the point of beginning.

Harris District, for Boys and Girls.

Beginning at the point where the Old Colony & Newport railroad crosses Commercial street near Beach street ; thence

BOUNDARIES.

91

by the Old Colony & Newport and the Shawmut railroads to (the new) street next north of the Shawmut railroad ; thence by the north side of (the new) street to Adams street ; thence by the centre of Adams street to Field's corner ; thence by the centre of Dorchester avenue to Charles street : thence by the north side of Charles street to a point on the brook west of the end of Charles street : thence in a south-easterly direction to the Shawmut railroad : thence by the Shawmut railroad to Ashmont street: thence by the centre of Ashmont to Com- mercial street ; thence by the west side of Commercial street to the water at Tenean bridge ; thence around Commercial point and Harrison square to the point of beginning.

Mather District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at the southern shore of Savin Hill, on the Old Colony Sc Newport railroad ; thence by railroad to Bay street ; thence by the north side of Bay street to Dorchester avenue ; thence by the centre of Dorchester avenue to Savin Hill avenue : thence by the centre of Savin Hill avenue to Pleasant street : thence by the north side of the new street or streets across Jones' hill to Hancock street ; thence by the centre of Glen- dale and Columbia streets to Quincy street : thence across the fields (no streets) to the junction of Green and Geneva streets ; thence by the centre of Geneva to Bowdoin street ; thence by the brook in a south-easterly direction to a point west of the end of Charles street ; thence by the north side of Charles street to Dorchester avenue ; thence by the centre of Dorchester avenue to Field's Corner : thence by the centre of Adams to (the new) street next north of the Shawmut railroad : thence by the north side of (the new) street to the Shawmut railroad ; thence by the Shawmut and Old Colony and Newport railroads in a northerly direction to the water ; thence by the water to the point of beginning.

92

SCHOOL SECTIONS

M'uiot District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Tenean bridge on Commercial street ; thence by the west side of Commercial to Ashmont street ; thence by the centre of Ashmont street to Dorchester avenue ; thence by the Shawrnut railroad to Xeponset river: thence by the river to the point of beginning.

Stouqhion District* for Boys and Girls. Beginning at Xeponset river near the junction of the Shaw- mut railroad and the Dorchester & Milton Branch railroad ; thence to and by the Shawniut railroad to Dorchester avenue ; ther.ee by the centre of Ashmont to Washington street ; thence by the centre of Washington in a southerly direc- tion to (a new) street ; thence by (two new) streets extending in a westerly and north-westerly direction to Norfolk street ; thence by the centre of Norfolk street to the New York & Xew England railroad bridge near Madison street ; thence in a southerly direction crossing Forest Hills avenue aud River street at a point midway between the houses of A. D. Capen and Ti'.den Ames (now or formerly) to Xeponset river : thence by the river to the point of beginning.

Tileston District, for Boys and Girls. Beginning at a point on Xepouset river from which a line extended to the northward would pass through a point half-way between the houses of A. D. Capen and Tilden Ames on River street : thence by said line to the Xew York and Xew England railroad bridge on Xorfolk street ; thence by the centre of Xorfolk to Madison street; thence by the east side of Mad- ison street to the boundary line between West Roxbury and Boston; thence by said boundary liue to the boundary line between Boston aud Hyde Park ; thence by the last-named liue to Xeponset river : thence by the river to tae point of begin- ning.

APPENDIX.

APPENDIX.

LAWS RELATING TO SCHOOL COMMITTEES.

AX ACT

TO EEOEGANIZE THE SCHOOL COM3IITTEE OF THE CTTT OF

BOSTON.

Be it enacted, etc.. as follows:

Section 1. The qualified voters of the Citv of Boston. s«booi commit- at the annual municipal election occurring in the rear ^T-r ^ eighteen hundred and seventv-five. shall elect twentv-four tw€nty"folirper" persons, inhabitants of the city, to constitute with the the

mayor of said city, who shall be, ex officio, chairman thereof, the school committee of said city, the members of which shall serve without compensation : the eight persons who shall have received the largest number of votes shall hold their office for three years ; the eight persons who shall have received the next largest number of votes shall hold their office for two years ; and the eight persons who shall have received the next largest number of votes shall hold their office for one year. In case two or more persons elected shall have received an equal number of votes, those who are the seniors by age shall, for the division into classes hereby required, be 'classified as if they had received the largest number of votes in the order of ages. And Ei8|,* thereafter the qualified voters shall annually elect eig'n: per- iXiT7 sons, inhabitants of the city, to serve as members of the school committee for the term of three years.

Sect. 2. It shall be the dutv of the clerks of the several ciofa

wards of said city to make returns to the city clerk, after "^,,,0^

each municipal election, of the votes cast in their several

:.-ri.

96

APPENDIX.

wards for members of the school committee, and after the entry by the city clerk of said returns, or of an abstract thereof, in the official book kept for such purpose, it si] all be the dut}T of the board of aldermen to examine and compare said returns, and thereupon to cause certificates of election to be issued to such and so man}7 of the mem- bers of said school committee as appear to have been chosen at such election ; but said school committee shall be the final judge of the qualifications and elections of its own members.

organization of Sect. 3. The persons so chosen as members of the

committee. .

school committee shall meet and organize on the second Monday in January, in the year eighteen hundred and seventy-six, and annually thereafter, at such time and place as the ma}ror may appoint. The unexpired term of office of all members and officers of the school committee as hitherto organized and established shall terminate immedi- ately upon the organization of the school committee elected under this act.

Quorum. Sect. 4. A majority of all the members of the school

committee shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. They shall choose a secre- tar}T, not of their own number, who shall also serve as sec- retary to the board of supervisors, an auditing clerk, and such other subordinate officers as they may deem expedient, and shall define their duties, fix their compensation, and may remove them at pleasure. Powers and du- Sect. 5. The school committee shall have the super- vision and direction of the public schools, and shall exercise the powers and perform the duties in relation to the care and management of schools which are now exercised and performed b}T the school committee of said cit}T, except so far as they may be changed or modified by this act, and shall have the powers and discharge the duties which may hereafter be imposed by law upon the school committees of cities and towns. They may elect teachers, and may dis- charge those now in office, as well as those hereafter elected.

ties of commit- tee.

APPENDIX.

97

They shall appoint janitors for the school-houses, fix their compensation, designate their duties, and may discharge them at pleasure. They may fix the compensation of the teachers ; but the salaries established at the commencement of each school year shall not be increased during such year.

Sect. 6. Whenever, in the judgment of the school com- Building ^r ai-

1 ° ° tenng school-

mittee, a new building or any addition to or alteration of a houses, building is needed for school purposes, of an estimated cost of over one thousand dollars, they shall make a state- ment in writing to the city council of the necessity of the proposed building, addition, or alteration ; and no contract for the purchase or lease of land, or for the erection, pur- chase, or lease of any building, or for any addition to or alteration of any building for school purposes, shall be authorized by the city council until such statement has been made, nor until the locality and plans for the same have been approved by the school committee or by a sub- committee thereof, duly authorized to approve the same.

Sect. 7. The school committee shall elect a superin- Superintendent

and supervisors

tendent of schools and a board of supervisors, consisting t0 be elected by of not more than six members, and shall define their duties committee. and fix their compensation. The superintendent and the members of the board of supervisors shall hold office for the term of two years, unless sooner removed ; and they may be removed for cause at any time by the school committee. No member of either branch of the cit}r council or of the school committee shall hold the office of superintendent or supervisor, and no member of either branch of the city council shall be a member of the school committee. The superintendent shall be a member of the board of super- visors, and shall, when present, preside at their meetings.

Sect. 8. The votes of a majority of the whole number Votes required

e'ect superin-

of members of the school committee shall be necessary to tendent, elect the superintendent schools, the supervisors, the head-masters of the Latin, Normal, and High schools, the masters of the Grammar schools, or the director of a special study or exercise.

[Approved May 19, 1875.]

mas- ters, etc.

98

APPENDIX.

AN ACT

TO INCORPORATE THE BOSTON SCHOOL COMMITTEE.

Real and per- sonal estate.

Be it enacted, etc., as follows: School commit- Section 1. The school committee of the city of Boston, o?Bo^Vfocor. f°r tne tune being, is hereby made a corporation by the panted [1877- name of the School Committee of the City of Boston, and

53].

said committee, and its successors in office, elected accord- ing to law in said city, shall continue a body corporate for the purposes hereinafter set forth, with all the powers and privileges, and subject to all the duties, restrictions, and liabilities set forth in all general laws which now are, or ma}r hereafter be, in force relating to such corporations.

Sect. 2. Said corporation shall have authority to receive and hold all sums of money, and real and personal estate, not exceeding in the aggregate the value of two hundred thousand dollars, which money ma}' be given, granted, be- queathed, or devised to it for the benefit of the teachers in the public schools of the city of Boston, or their families, requiring charitable assistance, or for the benefit of any persons or the families of any persons who have formerly been such teachers, requiring charitable assistance. It shall have power to manage and dispose of the same, according \p its best discretion, and to execute any and all trusts ac- cording to the tenor thereof, which may be created for the purposes aforesaid.

Sect. 3. Said corporation shall likewise be entitled to receive from the members of the school committee within the present limits of that part of the city of Boston which was formerly the city of Charlestown, the fund known as the Charlestown School Trust Fund, and shall hereafter manage said fund and disburse the income thereof within the limits of the former city of Charlestown, according to the tenor of the instruments creating said trust.

Charlestown School Trust Fund.

APPENDIX.

99

RULES OF THE CORPORATION. [Adopted in Sch. Com. Apr. 10, 1877.]

The President of the Board shall be President of the Cor- poration, ex officio.

The Secretary of the Board shall be Secretary of the Corporation, ex officio.

A Treasurer shall be chosen by ballot, annually, at the first regular meeting of the Board.

The Committee on Accounts of the School Committee shall be the Directors of the Corporation.

EXTRACTS FROM GENERAL STATUTES. Chap. 38, Sect. 8. [The city council of any city, and industrial

schools.

any town, ma}' establish and maintain one or more indus- trial schools, and raise and appropriate the money necessary to render them efficient. Such schools shall be under the superintendence of the board of school committee of the city or town wherein the}' are established, and such board shall employ the teachers, prescribe the arts, trades, and occupations to be taught in such schools, and shall have the general control and management thereof; provided, that in no case shall the expense of any such school exceed the appropriation specifically made therefor ; and provided, that nothing in this act contained shall authorize the school committee of any city or town to compel any scholar to study any trade, art, or occupation, without the consent of the parent or guardian of such scholar, and that attendance upon any such school shall not take the place of the attend- ance upon public schools required by law.]

Chap. 38, Sect. 16. [No person shall be deemed to Women

eligible.

be ineligible to serve upon a school committee by reason of sex.]

Chap. 38, Sect. 17. If any person elected a member of Vacancy in

school com-

the school committee, after being duly notified of his elec- mittee.

100

APPENDIX.

tion in the manner in which town officers are required to be notified, refuses or neglects to accept said office, or if an}r member of the board declines further service, or, from change of residence or otherwise, becomes unable to attend to the duties of the board, the remaining members shall, in writing, give notice of the fact to the selectmen of the town, or to the mayor and aldermen of the cit}', and the two boards shall thereupon, after giving public notice of at least one week, proceed to fill such vacancy ; and a majority of the ballots of persons entitled to vote shall be necessary to an election.

Term of ser- Chap. 38, Sect. 19. The term of service of every mem-

vice of persons 7 ^

filling vacancies ber, elected in pursuance of the provisions of the two pre- ceding sections, shall end with the municipal or official year in which he was chosen, and, if the vacancy which he was elected to fill was for a longer period, it shall, at the first annual election after the occurrence of the vacanc}*, be filled in the manner prescribed for original elections of the school committee.

[Substituted for Section 27, Chapter 38.] Bible to be read rSECTI0N i , The school committee shall require the daily

in tbe schools L x

without note or reading of some portion of the Bible without written note or oral comment, in the public schools ; but they shall require no scholar to read from an}' particular version, whose parent or guardian shall declare that he has conscientious scruples against allowing him to read therefrom, nor shall the}- ever direct an}r school-books calculated to favor the tenets of any particular sect of Christians, to be purchased or used in any of the public schools.]

For certain Chap. 38, Sect. 30. If any scholar is not furnished by

scholars at

expense of his parent, master, or guardian, with the requisite books, he shall be supplied therewith by the school committee at the expense of the town.

Expense of Chap. 38, Sect. 31. The school committee shall give

hooks so sup- plied to be taxed notice in writing to the assessors of the town, of the names

to parents. Qf ttie scholar supplied with books under the provisions of

APPENDIX.

101

the preceding section, of the books so furnished, the prices thereof, and the names of the parents, masters, or guardians, who ought to have supplied the same. The assessors shall add the price of the books to the next annual tax of such parents, masters, or guardians ; and the amount so added shall be levied, collected, and paid into the town treasury, in the same manner as the town taxes.

[Amendment to Section 32, Chapter 38.]

[Section 1. Any cit}-, by an ordinance of the city coun- Text-books fur- nished by cities

cil, and an}' town, b}r legal vote, may authorize the school and towns and committee to purchase text-books for use in the public loaned t0 PuPlle- schools, said text-books to be the property of the city or town, and to be loaned to pupils under such regulations as the school committee ma}7 provide.]

Chap. 38, Sect. 36. Every town not divided into school Towns not dis-

. .. , tricted to main-

districts shall provide and maintain a sufficient number of tain school- school-houses, property furnished and convenient!}' located, house» etc- for the accommodation of all the children therein entitled to attend the public schools ; and the school committee, unless the town otherwise direct, shall keep them in good order, procuring a suitable place for the schools where there is no school-house, and providing fuel and all other things necessary for the comfort of the scholars .therein, at the expense of the town.

[Decision of the Supreme Court, 98 Mass., 587.] M The power of the school committee to fix the com- pensation of the teachers of the schools of a city, and bind the cit3' to. pay the same, cannot be controlled by the city council, except by voting to close the schools after they have been kept open the time required by law."

[Substituted for Sections 3 and 4, Chapter 40.] Section 1. [The school committees shall annually, in Duties of school the month of May, ascertain, or cause to be ascertained, the pere^between names and ages of all persons belonging to their respective 5 an<* *5 years-

102

APPENDIX.

towns and cities on the first day of May, between the ages of five and fifteen years, and make a record thereof.

Sect. 2. The school committee shall annually, on or before the last day of the following April, certify, under oath, the numbers so ascertained and recorded, and also the sum raised by such city or town for the support of schools during the preceding school year, including only wages and board of teachers, fuel for the schools, and care of the fires and school-rooms, and they shall transmit such certificate to the secretary of the board of education. The form of such certificate shall be as follows, to wit :

We, the school committee of , do certify that on the first

day of May, in the year , there were belonging to said town,

the number of persons between the ages of five and fifteen ;

and we further certify that said town raised the sum of dol- lars, for the support of public schools for the preceding school year, including only the wages and board of teachers, fuel for the schools, and care of fires and school-rooms ; and that said town maintained, during said year, each of the schools required to be kept by the first section of the thirty-eighth chapter of the General Statutes for a period not less than six months ; and we further certify that said town maintained during said year school for the benefit of all the

inhabitants of the town as required by section two of chapter thirty- eight of the General Statutes for months and days.

j- Scliool Committee.

[88.]

On this day of personally appeared the above-named

school committee of and made oath that the above certificate by them subscribed is true. Before me,

Justice of the Peace.

20 days or 40 jn the returns made b}^ the school committee to the

half-days one ^ »

month. secretary of the board of education, twenty days or forty

1865, 142. half-days of actual session shall be counted as one month.

NON-RESIDENTS.

Chapter 41, Section 7. With the consent of school com- mittees first obtained, children between the ages of five and fifteen years may attend school in cities and towns other

APPENDIX.

103

than those in which their parents or guardians reside ; but whenever a child resides in a cit}r or town different from that of the residence of the parent or guardian, for the sole purpose of attending school there, the parent or guardian of such child shall be liable to pay to such city or town, for tuition, a sum equal to the average expense per scholar for such school for the period the child shall have so attended.

PUPILS TO BE VACCINATED.

Sect. 8. The school committee shall not allow any child to be admitted to, or connected with, the public schools who has not been duly vaccinated.

Section 1. Sewing shall be taught, in any city or town, Sewingmaylie

° J J i taught in public

in all the public schools in which t^ie school committee of schools. [1876-

3 1

such city or town deem it expedient. 'J

Sect. 2. The action of the school committee of any city Action of school

^ ^ committees rati-

or town in causing sewing to be taught in the public schools fied. thereof, is ratified, confirmed, and made valid to the same extent as if this act had passed prior to such teaching.

Section 1. The school committee shall direct what Committee to

direct what

books shall be used in the public schools, and shall pre- books shall be scribe, as far as is practicable, a course of studies and J^*^110018' exercises to be pursued in said schools.

Sect. 2. In any town or cit}r in this Commomwealth a May chanse

books by two-

change ma}- be made in the school-books used in the public thirds vote of schools by a vote of two-thirds of the whole school com- twhole commit-

J tee.

mittee thereof, at a meeting of said committee, notice of such intended change having ' been given at a previous meeting of said committee.

Sect. 3. If any change is made, as provided for in sec- if books are

changed, to be

tion second of this act, each pupil then belonging to the pub- furnished at ex- lic schools, and requiring the substituted book, shall be fur- ^"^yof towtl nished with the same by the school committee at the ex- pense of said town or city.

104

APPENDIX.

Amended [1877-24] by adding thereto the words " on giving up a copy of the superseded book in condition fit to be used."

Repeal of g. s. Sect. 4. Section twenty-eight of chapter thirty-eight of

58, § 28,

the General Statutes (and others) are hereby repealed.

INDEX.

INDEX.

Section Page

186, 201, Absence of pupils 40, 44

187, leave of 41

187, Absentee teachers to pay their substitutes 40

118, Absentees from school, Superintendent to investigate as to 28

2, 42, Accounts, Committee on 5, 11

42, to report in print 12

16, 17, Adjourn, motion to 8, 9

211, Admission of pupils to Primary Schools 46

227, Grammar Schools 53

141, 248, 252, High Schools 31, 59, 60

266, Latin School 61

292, Normal School 64

335, Evening Schools 69

356, Drawing Schools 72

311, School for Deaf-Mutes 66

232, Schools in other districts..: 54

320, Kindergarten Schools 67

193, Advertisements not to be read in schools 42

142, for teachers 32

177, 178, Afternoon session of schools 38

391, Agents not allowed to enter schools 42

41, Amendments of Rules and Regulations 11

41, to be read at two meetings 11

68, Annual canvassing of lists of teachers for re-election 18

81, meeting of the Board for election of teachers 21

68, 81, 82, election of teachers 18, 21

82, principals, by ballot 21

141, 269, 280, examination of graduating classes 31, 62,63

75, report of School Committee 20

42, Committee on Accounts 12

45, Supplies 14

97, to Board of Education 25

204, School Festival 45

142, Applicants for positions as teachers 32

143-147, examination of 32, 33

85, 143, not eligible 22, 32

250, admission to High Schools, examination of applicants not

graduates 59

338, Evening Schools 70

355, Drawing Schools 72

108 INDEX.

Section Page

2-4, 20, Appointment of committees 5, 6, 9

42, janitors 12

96, 1G3, teachers, notice of to be given 25, 3G

239, Arithmetic, mental, text-book in 55

366, Arrest of pupils 74

364, Assignment of truant officers. .. : 73

2, Auditing Clerk, election of 5

42, connection with Committee on Accounts 12

45, Supplies 14

105-110, duties of 26, 27

105, to appoint assistants 26

106, audit bills and pay-rolls 26

107, have charge of property 26

109, school census taken 26

107, distribute property 26

108, prepare diplomas 26

109, keep accounts of expenditures 26

110, office hours of , 27

150, not to allow names of teachers on pay-roll 34

194, Authorized books and studies 42

106, Bills of expenditure, Auditing Clerk to audit 26

42, 197, for tuition of non-resident pupils 12, 43

68, Blanks for nomination of teachers 19

118, use in schools 28

160, monthly reports of principals 34

46, 241, Books of reference, etc 14, 56

238, and cards 55

194, authorized by School Committee 42

45, 194, 195, 196, stationery, etc 13, 42

295, text, for Normal School 64

183, 196, for indigent children 39, 42

46, 47, introduction 14, 15

190, teachers not to sell 42

96, Board of Supervisors, Secretary of 25

122, chairman of 29

136-153, duties of 29-34

137, election of 30

136, Executive Board of School Committee 29

141, to examine graduating classes 31

141, submit results of diploma examinations 31

144, adopt questions for examination of teachers ... . 32

147, grant certificates of qualification 32

148, service 33

147, special grade 33

148, report special cases for certificates 33

151, 339, visit and examine Evening Schools 34, 70

160, monthly reports from principals 34

87, to specially examine candidates 23

Boundaries of School Districts 75-92

119, Building and altering school-houses 28

INDEX. 109

Section Page

26, Call to order 9

143, Candidates for situations as teachers, appplication of 32

143-147, examination of 32

85, 143, not eligible 22, 32

144, 145, questions for examination of 32

8, to fill vacancy in Board 7

87, vacancies, special examination of 23

267, for admission to Latin School 61

292, Normal School 64

68, Canvassing lists of teachers, annually 18

215, Care of pupils in Primary Schools 47

45, 107, city property 14, 26

297, Catalogue of Normal School 65

109, Census of school children 26

40, Certificates of election 11

84, 147, qualification 22, 32

294, to Normal graduates 64

148, service 33

147, special grade 33

149, not valid 33

150, recorded 34

228, of admission to Grammar Schools 53

141, honorable mention 31

212, 229, transfer 46, 53

199, vaccination 43

5, Chairman of committees 6

14, Committee of the Whole 8

122, Supervisors, Board of 29

43, Changes of district lines 12

168, Charges or complaints, by parents and others 37

197, Children living in the city entitled to attend school 43

197, not living in the city not entitled to attend school; exception. . . 43

45, 107, City property, care of 14, 26

341, Classification Evening Schools 70

166, Cleanliness of school premises 36

200, pupils 44

75, Committee on annual report 20

2, 8, 40, elections 5, 7, 11

204, annual festival 45

2, 42, accounts 5, 11, 12

2, 48, Drawing and Music 5, 15

2, 52, 335,339, Evening Schools 5, 16, 69, 70

2, 56, 141, 142, 144, 250, examinations 5, 17, 31, 32, 59

4, 5, 65, 68, High Schools 6, 17, 18

2, 51, Kindergartens 6, 15

2, 48, Music and Drawing 5, 15

2, 55, 68, 82, 83, 84, 87, 226, nominations 5, 17, 18, 21, 22, 23, 49, 50

4, 5, 65, 68, 301, Normal School 6, 17, 18, 65

2, 41, rules and regulations 5, 11

2, 44, salaries 5, 13

44, to report schedule of salaries 13

2. 49. 235. sewing 5, 15, 55

110 INDEX.

Section Page

2, 43, Committee on school-bouses 5, 12

2, 50, school for Deaf-Mutes 6, 15

2, 53, Licensed Minors 6, 16

2, 45, supplies 5, 13

2, 46, text-books 5, 14

2, 54, 364-368, truant officers 5, 16, 73, 74

14, of Whole, chairman of 8

2, 4, 20, Committees, appointment of 5, 6, 9

2, 4, 5, 66, organization of 5, 6, 17

46-57, 65-70, duties of 11, 17

4, 65-70, in charge 6, 17, 20

66, organization of 17

66, meetings 18

4, 66, 68, 69, 70, division « 6, 17, 18, 19

96, Secretary of 25

40-57, standing 11-17

42, Compensation of janitors 12

88, Confirmation of instructors 23

40, Contested elections 11

192, Contributions not permitted 42

185, Corporal punishment in schools 39

164, 185, reports of 36, 40

46, Course of study 14

28, Debate, rules of 10

181, Deportment of pupils in school and out 39

177, Detention of pupils after school 38

2,50, Deaf-Mutes, Committee on 6,15

310-314, regulations of 66, 67

311, age of admission 66

310, object of school 66

313, teachers in 67

147, certificates 33

314, sessions of 67

67, 141, Diplomas of graduation 18, 31

108, preparation of 26

141, 360, ' award of 31, 73

67, 141, Grammar Schools 18, 31

67, 141, 254, High Schools 18, 60

293, Normal School 31, 64

294, Diploma graduates, Normal School since 1872 64

67, scholars, list of 18

43, District lines, changes in 12

3, Districts, school 6, 75

3, Divisions 6

66, 68, 69, 70, committees of, duties of 17, 18, 19

68, to canvass teachers 18

33, Division of a question 10

48, Director of drawing, nomination of 15

82, election of 21

48, music, nomination of 15

82, election of 21

INDEX. Ill

Section Page

2, 48, Drawing, Committee on 5, 15

204, exhibition 45

236, instruction in Grammar Schools 55

291, Normal School 64

219, Primary Schools 48

Schools (see Evening Drawing Schools).

105-110, Duties of Auditing Clerk 26, 27

65-70, committees in charge of schools 17, 18, 19, 20

25, members in debate 9

91,92, Messenger 24

10-20, presiding officer 7, 8, 9

160-169, principals '. 34, 35, 36, 37

303, principal of Training School 66

95-100, Secretary 24, 25

115-122, Superintendent 27, 23, 29

136-153, Supervisors 29-34

176, teachers, general 37

364-368, truant officers 73, 74

2, Election of Auditing Clerk 5

137, Board of Supervisors 30

80-89, Instructors 21-23

2, Messenger 5

82, principals, annual 21

115, Superintendent 27

2, Secretary 5

1, Vice-President of School Committee 5

2, 8, 40, Elections, Committee on 5, 7, 11

40, certificates of 11

40, contested 11

43, Erection of school-houses 13

352-360, Evening Drawing Schools, regulations of 71-73

353, term of 72

354, sessions of 72

355, applications for admission 72

356, age of admission 72

357, number of pupils to a teacher 72

358, returns to Superintendent 72

359, discharge of pupil3 73

360, diplomas 73

2, 52, 335, 339, Evening Schools, Committee on 5, 16, 69, 70

335-347, regulations of 69-71

335, establishment of 69

336, term of 69

336, sessions of 70

52, 337, teachers in 16, 70

52, ineligible 16

147, certificates of special grade 32

337, number of pupils to a teacher 70

335, admission of pupils 69

339, visits of Supervisors to 70

112 INDEX.

Section Page

340, Evening Schools, records, principals to keep 70

340, reports to Superintendent 70

341, classification of pupils 70

342, discharge of pupils 71

343, exhibitions 71

345, instruction in music 71

250, 251, Examination of applicants for admission to High Schools 59, 60

2C.8, Latin School 62

278, Girls' Latin School 62

292, Normal School 64

338, Evening Schools 70

355, Drawing Schools 72

143-147, candidates for situations as teachers 32

141, 269, 280, graduating classes 31, 62, 63

151, 339, Evening Schools 34, 70

161, by principals 35

293, pupils of Normal School 64

56, annual, by Supervisors 17

87, special, for teachers 23

87, of candidates to fill vacancies 23

2, 56, 141, 142, 144, 250, Examinations, Committee on 5, 17, 31, 32, 59

203, Exhibitions of schools 44

203, other 44

204, in Music 44

204, Drawing 44

343, Evening Schools 71

109, Expenditures, account of to be kept 26

42, Expenses, estimate of 12

204, Festival, Annual 45

167, Fire, precautions against 37

240, Forenoon studies 56

253, Fourth year's course, High Schools 60

280, Girls' Latin School, award of diplomas 63

277, course of study 62

280, examination of graduates 63

281, exempt from regulations 63

2>6, number of pupils to an instructor 62

275, object of 62

277, organization of 62

276, principal of 62

278, 279, qualifications for admission 62

276, rank and number of instructors 62

275, 281, regulations of 62, 63

237, Graduates not to be detained 55

294, diplomas of Normal School since 1872 64

267, of Grammar Schools admittance to Latin School 61

294, Normal Schools, preference as teachers 64

161, Graduating classes, mixed schools 35

141, 269, 280, examination of 31, 62, 63

INDEX. 113

Section Page

67, 141, Graduation, diplomas of 18, 31

293, Normal School 64

108, preparation of 26

141, 269, 280, classes of, examination of '. 31, 62, 63

225-241, Grammar Schools, regulations of 48-56

226, additional teachers 50

227,229, admission of pupils to 53

227, qualifications for 53

241, books of reference 56

238, or cards in 55

228, certificates of admission 53

141, honorable mention 31

231, classes in 54

67, 141, diplomas of graduation 18, 31

203, exhibitions of 44

240, forenoon studies in 56

237, graduates not to be retained 55

267, admission to advanced classes, Latin School. 61

236, instruction in drawing in 55

233, music in 54

235, sewing in 54

214, intermediate schools 46

239, mental arithmetic in 55

226, number of pupils to a teacher 50

237, organization of classes 55

230, out of school lessons 53.

234, physical exercises in 54

226, principals of 49

82, election of 21

226, rank changed 50

83, vacancy ; 22

82, votes required to elect 21

228, promotion of pupils 53.

232, pupils to reside in district 54

226, ranks of instructors 49-52

177, recess in 38

177, sessions of 38

232, special permits to attend 54

226, subordinate teachers of 50

238, teachers to use books, etc 55

229, transfer of pupils 55

229, time of entering of pupils promoted 53.

231, 251, to be divided into six classes 54

141, 248, 252, High Schools, admission of pupils to 31, 59, 60

250, examination of 59, 60

246, additional instructor 57

249, applicants as pupils 59

250, 251, examination of 59, 60

4, 5, 65, 68, Committee on 6, 17, 18

253, course of study 60

254, diploma of graduation, three years' course 60

114 INDEX.

Section Page

254, High Schools, diploma of graduation, four years' course 60

203, exhibitions of 44

253, fourth year's course 60

82, head-inaSter, election of 21

83, vacancy in 22

255, military drill GO

256, modern languages 61

247, male instructors of, graduates of colleges 59

246, number of pupils to a teacher 58

246, organization of 56, 57, 58

252, questions on admission of applicants 60

246, rank of instructors 58, 59

246, principal 57

257, sessions of 61

256, special teachers in 61

246, subordinate teachers, number of 58

205, Holidays and vacations 45

141, Honorable mention, certificates of 31

183, 196 Indigent pupils 39, 42

219, 236, 291, Instruction in drawing 48, 55, 64

255, military drill, High Schools 60

256, modern languages, High Schools 61

291, music in Normal School 64

345, Evening Schools 71

233, , Grammar Schools . . 54

218, Primary Schools 48

299, Normal School, to teachers 65

214, sewing, Primary Schools 47

235, Grammar Schools 54

302, Training School, direction of 65

226, Instructors, additional in Grammar School (Part 5) 50

142, advertisement for 32

142, applicants for positions as 32

85, 143, not eligible 22, 32

143, to apply in writing 32

143-147, examination of 32, 33

96, 163, appointment of, notice to be given 25, 36

68, blanks for nomination 19

68, canvass of, annual 18

84,147, certificates of qualification 22,32

148, service to 33

148, special cases 33

88, confirmation of 23

150, employed in no higher grade 34

176, general duties of 37

246, 247, in High Schools 56, 57, 58, 59

247, to be graduates of colleges 59

246, change of rank of (Part 3) 57

187, leave of absence to 41

INDEX. 115

Section Page

238, Instructors may use books or cards 55

184, 344, visit other schools . 39, 71

117, meetings of 28

68, 82, nomination of 18, 21

294, Normal graduates to have preference as 64

190, not allowed to sell books, etc 42

191, keep private schools, etc 42

192, \ receive any present, etc 42

226, number of 50,51,52

226, of Grammar Schools, rank of 49

337, Evening Schools 70

291, Normal Schools 63

304, Training School v. 66

88, on probation 23

226, rank of changed 50

217, in Primary Schools 48

226, Grammar Schools 49

246, High Schools (Part 3, 6) 57, 58

291, Normal School 63

304, Training School 66

68, recommendation of 18

89, reelected, after retirement 23

89, salaries of 23

44, 80, 81, 226, 246, salaries of 13, 21, 49, 50, 57

49, 235, sewing 15, 54

86, special, nomination of 22

256, in High Schools 61

87, special examination of 23

84, subordinate, needed 22

86, nomination of 22

82, . election of 21

226, in Grammar Schools (Part 6) 50

246, in High Schools (Part 5) 58

183, 196, to apply for books, etc 39, 42

179, be present before sessions 38

182, 211, keep registers, etc 39, 46

162, make returns to Superintendent 35

201, report names of truants 44

70, 163, transfer of 19, 36

187, temporary teachers, compensation of 41

83, 87, vacancies 22, 23

214, Intermediate schools.... , 46

214, course of study in 46

214, sewing in 47

46, 47, Introduction of new text-books 14, 15

42, Janitors, appointment of. 12

42, compensation of 12

167, principals to have control of 37

42, rules for government of 12

167, to use precautions against fire 37

116 INDEX.

Section Page

2, 51, Kindergartens, Committee on 5, 15

320-323, regulations of 67, 68

320, object of 67

320, instruction in 67

321, admission of pupils 67

51, teachers in 16

321, rank of 68

147, certificates to 33

322, promotion of pupils 68

323, sessions of 68

280, Latin School (Girls'), award of diplomas 63

277, course of study 62

280, examination of graduates 63

281, exempt from regulations 63

276, number of pupils to an instructor 62

275, object of 62

277, organization of 62

276, principal of 62

278, 279, qualifications for admission 62

276, rank and number of instructors. 62

275-281, regulations of 62, 63

265, 269, regulations of 61, 62

266, organization of 62

266, 267, 268, admission of pupils to 61, 62

269, examination of graduating class 62

245, excepted from regulations 56

187, Leave of absence to teachers 41

230, Lessons out of school 53

2, 53, 328, Licensed Minors, schools for, Committee on 6, 16, 68

328, 332, regulations of 68, 69

329, aessions of '. 69

330, 331, teachers in 69

147, certificates to 33

331, number of pupils to a teacher 69

332, text-books and programmes of study .... 69

7, Majority of Board required for a quorum 6

246, Male instructors, High Schools 59

99, Manual, Secretary to prepare 25

Masters of Grammar Schools (see Principals).

1, Mayor, ex officio, President School Committee 5

141, Medals, award of 31

6, Meetings of the School Board, regular 6

6, 19, special 6, 9

10, opening of 7

10, order of business 7

120, Superintendent to attend 28

153, Supervisors may attend 34

66, 96, notification of 18, 25

117, of teachers 28

368, truant ofl&cers 74

INDEX. 117

Section Page

25-35, Members, duties of 9-10

25, in debate 9

33, may require division of a question 10

35, three-fourths may suspend rules 10

57, to be heard by committees 17

31, to vote 10

27, violation of rules by 10

239, Mental arithmetic, Grammar Schools 55

91, 92, 93, Messenger, duties of 24

92, assistant 24

2, election of 5

93, salary of 24

255, Military instruction in High Schools 60

256, Modern languages, instruction in High Schools 61

160, Monthly reports, principals to make 34

181, Morals, good, instruction in 39

180, Morning exercises, beginning of 38

32, Motions, committed and recommitted 10

17, not debatable 9

16, order of 8

16, 17, to adjourn 8, 9

29, be submitted in writing 10

30, reconsider 10

2, 48, Music, Committee on 5, 15

48, director and teachers, nomination of 15

82, election of 21

204, exhibitions in 45

218, instruction in Primary Schools 48

233, Grammar Schools 54

299, Normal School to teachers 65

345, Evening Schools 71

67, Names of diploma scholars furnished Auditing Clerk 18

197, non-residents, principals to make returns of 43

68, 82, Nomination and election of instructors 18, 21

68, blanks for 19

48, of director and instructors in music 15

48, drawing 15

52, instructors of Evening Schools 16

51, Kindergarten School 16

50, School for Deaf-Mutes 15

53, Licensed Minors 16

49, sewing 15

68, principals 19

86, special instructors 22

68, subordinate instructors 19

54, truant officers 16

2, Nominations, Committee on, appointment of 5

55, 226, duties of 17, 49, 50

83, 87, to nominate to fill vacancies 22, 23

84, new instructors 22

118 INDEX.

Section Page

68, 82, Nominations, Committee on, reports of 19, 21

197, Non-resident pupils 43

197, names to be sent to Committee on Accounts 43

197, bills for tuition of 43

292, Normal School, candidates for admission to 64

292, examination of 64

292, age of 64

292, qualifications of 64

297, catalogue of 65

294, certificates to graduates since 1872 64

4, Committee on, appointment of 6

65, duties of 17

301, to have charge of Training School 65

293, diplomas of graduation 64

293, examination of pupils 64

52, 294, graduates to be employed as teachers 16, 64

302, head-master to have charge of instruction in Training

School 65

298, head-ma3ter to visit schools of graduates 65

82, election of 21

83, vacancy 22

299, instruction to teachers 65

296, school year 65

291, teachers of 63

296, term of 65

295, text-books in 64

300-304, training department of 65-66

291, special instruction in music 64

291, drawing 64

298, visits of teachers 65

66, 96, Notification of meetings, etc : ]8, 25

337, Number of pupils to a teacher in Evening Drawing Schools 72

337, Schools 70

226, Grammar Schools 50

246, High Schools 57

291, Normal School 63

216, Primary Schools 47

226, subordinate teachers in Grammar Schools 50

246, High Schools 58

110, Office hours of Auditing Clerk 27

100, Secretary 25

121, 178, One session of schools 29, 38

10, Opening of meetings 7

10, Order of business 7

16, motions 8

10, 26, call to order 7, 9

1-8, Organization of School Committee 5, 6, 7

66, Committees in charge of schools 17

237, Grammar and Primary Schools 55

246, High Schools 56

INDEX. 119

Section Page

266, Organization of Latin School 61

166, Out-buildings and yards, care of 36

230, Out-of-school lessons 53

34, Papers, reading of, objection to 10

187, Payment of temporary teachers and substitutes 40

42, Pay-rolls, auditing of 11

106, preparation of 26

189, Physical exercises 41

234, in Grammar Schools 54

215, Primary Schools 47

192, Presents of pupils to instructors not allowed 42

1, President of School Committee (see Presiding Officer) 5

2, 4, to appoint committees , . 5, 6

205, may suspend schools 45

19, to call special meetings 9

1, Vice, election by ballot 5

1, pro tempore 5

I, Presiding officer 5

14, may debate a question 8

10-20, powers and duties of.. 7, 8, 9

14, to appoint Chairman Committee of Whole 8

20, committees 9

10, call meetings to order 7

II, decide questions of order 7

15, order yeas and nays 8

18, put previous question 9

18, Previous question shall be put 9

117, Primary School teachers; meetings of 28

210-219 Schools, regulations of 45, 46, 47, 48

211, admission of pupils to 46

217, fourth assistants in 48

205, holidays and vacations for 45

219, instruction in drawing 48

218, music 48

214, intermediate schools 46

216, number pupils to a teacher 47

237, organization of classes 55

215, physical exercises in 47

161, principal of 35

213, 228, 229, promotion of pupils ! 46, 53

217, rank of teachers in 48

177, 215, recesses in 38, 47

211, records to be kept by teaehers 46

217, salary of instructors 48

177, sessions of j 38

212, t transfer of pupils 46

160-169, Principals, duties of 34, 35, 36, 37

82, election of 21

161, masters of Grammar Schools to act as 35

187, may be granted leave of absence 41

120 IXDEX.

Section Page

165, Principals may suspend pupils 36

68, nomination of 19

169, to assemble pupils on 22d of February 37

161, have charge of graduating classes 35

167, control of janitors 37

168, investigate charges and complaints 37

160, make monthly reports to Supervisors 34

166, rules for use of yards, etc 36

162, semi-annual returns to Superintendent 35

163, notify Auditing Clerk of appointments of teachers 36

163, transfer of teachers 36

237, organize Grammar and Primary classes 55

164, require reports of cases of corporal punishment 36

162, 197, return names of non-residents 35, 43

161, visit schools of districts 35

337-338, of Evening Schools 70

340, to make monthly reports 70

358, Evening Drawing Schools, to make monthly reports 72

226, Grammar Schools, rank of 49

226, changed 50.

246, High Schools, rank of 57

303, Training School 66

83, vacancy 22

83, joint committee to fill 22

82, votes required to elect 21

45, Printing, supervision of 14

191, Private schools, teachers not to keep 42

88, Probation, teachers on 23

202 Programmes of Special Studies 44

332, study, Schools for Licensed Minors 69

213, Promotion of pupils in Primary Schools 46

22S, 229, to Grammar Schools 53

185, Punishment, corporal, to be avoided 39

185, infliction of 39

164, 185, report of cases of 36, 40

185, not inflicted upon girls, etc 40

1S5, in High School 40

186, 201, Pupils, absence of 40, 44

335, admission of to Evening Schools 69

356, Drawing Schools 72

227, 229, Grammar Schools 53

141, US, 252, High Schools 31, 59,60

266-^68, Latin School 61

292, Normal School 64

211, Primary Schools 46

311, . School for Deaf-Mutes 66

328, Schools for Licensed Minors 68

67, 141, 254, 293, 360, award of diplomas to 18, 31, 60, 64, 73

341, classification of in Evening Schools 70

200, cleanliness of 44

201, detained from school to present an excuse 44

177, after school 38

INDEX. 121

Section Page

181, Pupils, deportment of in school and out 39

342, 359, discharge of 71, 73

197, entitled to attend school 43

198, expelled or suspended from one school not to attend another 43

183, 196, indigent 39, 42

185, infliction of corporal punishment on 39

251, members of, but not graduates of, Grammar Schools 60

162, 197, non-resident 35, 43

199, not admitted to schools without certificate of vaccination 43

195, furnished with books, not allowed to attend school 42

201, to leave before close of session, etc 44

192, make presents to teachers 42

237, remain in graduating class more than one year without

permission 55

195, remain in school without books, etc 42

211, 216, 226, 246, 276, 291, 313, 321, 337, 357, number of to a teacher 46, 47, 50, 51,

52, 57, 62, 63, 67, 68, 70, 72

213, 228, 229, promotions of 46, 53

177, 215, recesses of 38,47

182, 211, records of to be kept 39, 46

162, returns of, to be made to Superintendent 35

165, 186, 198, suspension and reinstating of 36, 40, 43

201, tardiness of 44

232, to attend school in districts where they reside 54

232, exception 54

189, 215, 234, have physical exercise 41, 47, 54

212, transfer of 46

201, truant 44

366, may be arrested 74

147, Qualification, certificates of 32

149, not valid 33

294, to graduates of Normal School 64

211, Qualifications of pupils for admission to Primary Schools 46

227, Grammar Schools 53

248-251, High Schools 59, 60

266-268, Latin School 61, 62

292, Normal School 64

33, Question, division of a 10

11, 14, Questions of order 7, 8

144, for examination of candidates as teachers 32

252, raised as to admission of pupils to High Schools 60

7, Quorum, majority of School Board shall constitute 6

7, no, roll to be called, etc 7

226, Rank of instructors changed 50

217, in Primary Schools 48

226, Grammar Schools 49

246, High Schools 57

291, Normal School 63

304, Training School 66

226, principals 49

122 INDEX.

Section Page

34, Reading of a paper objected to 10

180, Scriptures 38

177, 215, Recesses in Primary Schools 38, 47

68, Recommendations of instructors 18

150, Record of holders of certificates to be kept in office of Committee on

Accounts 34

138, results of examinations of schools by Supervisors 30

95, Records and files, Secretary's 24

182, of pupils to be kept in every school 39

211, Primary Schools 46

340, Evening Schools 70

118, registers, etc., forms of, used in schools 28

46, 241 Reference books 14, 56,

182, Register to be kept in every school 39

175-205, Regulations, general, of public schools 37-45

210-219, of Primary schools 46-48

225-241, Grammar Schools 48-56

245-257, High Schools 56-61

265-269, Latin School 61,62

275-281, Girls' Latin School 62,63

290-299, Normal School 63-65

300-304, Rice Training School 65-66

310-314, Schools for Deaf-Mutes 66-67

320-323, Kindergarten Schools 67-68

328-332, Schools for Licensed Minors 68-69

335-347, Evening Schools 69-71

352-360, Drawing Schools 71-73

364-368, Truant officers 73-74

175, teachers to observe 37

180, Religious exercises 38

75, Report, Annual, Committee on ^0

75, distribution of '. 20

75, edition of 20

75, extra, in volume 20

75, contents of 20

42, in print, Committee on Accounts 12

120, semi-annual, of Superintendent 29

368, of chief truant officer 74

45, Reports and documents 14

32, committed and recommitted '. 10

41, 43-57, of committees in writing 11, 13-17

367, cases of scarlet fever, etc 74

68, 82, Committee on Nominations 19, 21

160, Principals to Supervisors 34

160, object of 35

97, Returns to Secretary Board of Education 25

120, 162, semi-annual 29, 35

162, 340, 358, of pupils to Superintendent 35, 70, 72

368, truant officers 74

300-304, Rice Training School, regulations of 65-66

301, Committee on Normal School to have charge of . . 65

1

INDEX. 123

Section Page

302, Eice Training School, direction of instruction in 65

303, duties of principal 66

304, number and rank of instructors 66

25-35, Eights and duties of members of School Committee 9, 10

187, Eule for finding compensation of substitutes 41

166, Eules for use of yards, etc 36

28, of debate 10

35, suspension of, vtte required 10

27, violation of 10

2, 41, and Eegulations, Committee on '. 5, 11

41, amendment of 11

89, Salary of instructors reelected after retirement 23

42, 44, janitors 12, 13

93, messenger 24

187, temporary teachers and substitutes 41

54, truant officers 16

115, Superintendent 27

2, 44, Salaries, Committee on 5, 13

44, to report schedule of salaries 13

44, 80, 226", of instructors 13, 21, 49, 50

42, 106, pay-rolls of, etc 11, 26

190, 193, Sale of books, etc. 42

367, Scarlet fever and other diseases, cases of 74

44, Schedule of Salaries .' 13

1-8, School Committee, organization of 5-7

6, regular meetings of 6

6, 19, special meetings of 6, 9

1, President of 5

1, Vice-President of 5

10-20, presiding officer, duties of 7-9

25-35, rights and duties of members 9, 10

2, 95-100, Secretary of 5, 24, 25

8, vacancies in, how filled 7

2, 50, for Deaf-Mutes, Committee on 6, 15

310-314, regulations of 66,67

311, age of admission 66

310, object of school 66

313, teachers in 67

147, certificates to 33

313, number of pupils to a teacher 67

314, sessions of 67

204, Festival, annual 45

177, hours 38

257, High Schools 61

336, Evening Schools 69

354, Drawing Schools 72

districts, boundaries of 75

2, 43, School-houses, Committee on 5, 12

43, 119, erection and alteration 13, 28

42, janitors of 12

124 INDEX.

Section Page

43, School-houses, sites and plans for 13

43, 139, 188, warming and ventilation 12, 30, 41

1, 2, officers, election of 5

55, nomination of 17

80, year 21

296, of Normal School 65

2, 53, Schools for Licensed Minors, Committee on 6, 16

328-332, regulations of ..A 68, 69

329, sessions of 69

330, teachers in 69

147, certificates to 33

331, number of pupils to a teacher 69

332, text-books and programmes of study 69

205, President may suspend 45

180, Scriptures, reading of 38

2, Secretary, election of 5

95-100, duties of 24, 25

100, office hours of 25

95, may appoint assistants 24

95, to keep records and files 24

96, notify meetings 25

97, prepare returns to Board of Education 25

99, manual 25

98, transmit votes 25

96, Board of Supervisors 25

97, Board of Education, returns to 25

162, Semi-annual returns to Superintendent 35

120, abstract of 29

120, report 29

121, 178, Sessions, one 29, 38

205, President may suspend 45

177, Grammar and Primary Schools 38

257, High Schools 61

336, Evening Schools 69

354, Drawing Schools 72

314, School for Deaf-Mutes 67

329, Schools for Licensed Minors 69

323, Kindergarten Schools 68

2, 49, 235, Sewing, Committee on 5, 15, 55

235, instruction in Grammar Schools 54, 55

214, Intermediate Schools 47

49, report of Committee on 15

235, substitutes for teachers of 55

49, 235, teachers, nomination of 15, 55

178, Signal for one session 38

43, Sites and plans for school-houses 13

231, Six classes, Grammar Schools 54

87, Special examination of candidates 23

291, instruction in Normal School 64

86, 256, instructors 22, 61

6, 19, meetings 6, 9

INDEX. 125

Section Page

232, Special permits to pupils 54

202, studies, programmes of 44

2, Standing committees, appointment of 5

40-57, duties of 11-17

45, Stationery, books, etc., furnishing of 13

190, teachers not to sell 42

253, Studies, courses of, in High Schools 60

214, in Intermediate Schools 47

240, forenoon, in Grammar Schools _ 56

202, special, programmes of 44

226, Subordinate teachers, number and rank of in Grammar Schools 50, 51

246, High Schools 58

68, nomination of 19

82, election of 21

84, needed 22

187, Substitutes 40

187, compensation of 40

187, rule for finding 41

235, for sewing teachers 55

187, to be employed 40

115-122 Superintendent, duties of 27-29

115, election of 27

116, general duties of 27

120, may express opinions in School Board 28

120, to present semi-annual reports in print 29

162, 340, 358, returns to 35, 70, 72

115, salary of 27

115, term of office 27

142, to advertise for teachers 32

120, attend meetings of School Committee 28

118, committees 28

122, be chairman of Board of Supervisors 29

121, 178, decide when there shall be but one session 29, 38

118, determine forms of blanks, etc 28

118, give assistance to committees 28

117, hold meetings of teachers 28

118, investigate cases of absentees 28

117, visit schools 27

115, votes required to elect 27

122, Supervisors, Board of, Chairman of 29

136-153, duties of 29-34

137, election of 30

136, Executive Board of School Committee 29

160, monthly reports from principals 34

96, Secretary of 25

144, to adopt questions for examination of teachers 32

141, examine graduating classes 31

293, graduates of Normal School 64

147, grant certificates of qualification 32

148, service 33

147, special grade 33

126 INDEX.

Section . Page

148, Supervisors, Board of, to report special cases for certificates 33

87, specially examine candidates 23

141, submit results of diploma examination 31

151, 339, visit and examine Evening Schools 34, 70

137, election of 30

153, may attend meetings of School Board 34

137, term of office 30

140, to combine reports 31

138, examine schools annually 30

153, express opinion at meetings of School Board 34

138, record results of examination 30

138, 139, 151, 339, visit schools 30, 34, 70

137, votes required to elect 30

2, 45, Supplies, Committee on 5, 13

45, duties of 13, 14

45, supervision of printing 14

45, care of city property 14

45, Annual Report 14

165, 186, 198, Suspension of pupils 36, 40, 43

35, rules, votes required 10

205, schools 45

201, Tardiness of pupils 44

Teachers (see Instructors).

43, 139, 188, Temperature and ventilation 12, 30, 41

187, Temporary teachers, compensation of 40

187, rule for finding 41

187, to be employed 40

336, Term of Evening Schools 69

353, Drawing Schools 72

296, Normal School 65

115, office of Superintendent 27

137, Supervisors 30

194, Text-books authorized by School Board only to be used 42

2, 46, Committee on 5, 14

46, to recommend changes 14

183, 196, for indigent pupils 39, 42

45, furnishing of 13

47, introduction of 15

295, Normal School 64

332, Schools for Licensed Minors 69

300, 304, Training School, regulations of 65, 66

301, committee in charge 65

304, course of study 66

302, directors of observation, etc., in 65

303, duties of principal 66

304, number and rank of teachers 66

212, Transfer of pupils 46

70, 163, teachers 19, 36

201, 366, Truants 44, 74

364, Truant officers, assignments of districts 73

INDEX. 127

Section Page

2, 54, Truant officers, Committee on 5, 16

54, compensation of 16

364-368, duties of 73-74

54, chief of 16

367,368, duties of 74

367, to obtain reports of cases of scarlet fever, etc. ... 74 366, may arrest truants, etc 74

368, meotings of 74

368, records of 74

368, * reports of 74

197, Tuition, bill of non-residents 43

8, Vacancies, in School Board 7

8, candidates to fill 7

83, principals of High and Normal Schools 22

83, Grammar Schools. 22

205, Vacations and holidays •. 45

199, Vaccination, certificate of 43

43, 139, 188, Ventilation 12, 30, 41

1, Vice-president, election of 5

27, Violation of rules 10

298, Visits of head-master of Normal School 65

161, principals 35

117, Superintendent 27

138, 139, 151, 339, Supervisors...' 30, 34, 70

184, 344, teachers to other schools 39, 71

82, Votes, required to elect principals 21

115, Superintendent 27

137, Supervisors 30

98, Secretary to transmit 25

169, Washington's Farewell Address, reading of 37

43, 139, 188, Warming and ventilation 12, 30, 41

166, Yards and out-buildings, care of 36

80, Year, school 21

15, Yeas and nays 8

Appendix

Act to reorganize the School Committee of the City of Boston 95

Act to incorporate the School Committee of the City of Boston 98

Rules of tho Corporation 99

Extracts from the statutes 99

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

L 1ST

OF

Candidates Eligible as Teachers

IN THE

PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

DECEMBER, 1878.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street. 1 878.

LIST

OF

Candidates Eligible as Teachers

rs THE

BOSTON PUBLIC SCHOOLS.

DECE IVI 33 E Pt , 1^78.

The following list contains the names and addresses of those who hold certificates of qualification, and are eligible for service as teachers in the Boston Public Schools. Infor- mation concerning the several candidates, their experience and evidences of success in teaching, etc., may be found at the office of the Board of Supervisors.

Special information respecting the graduates of the Nor- mal School may also be obtained of the Head-Master of that school.

Unless it be otherwise stated, those engaged in teaching are employed in the place of address. The figures indicate the number of years the candidate has taught school. The capital letters indicate the grade of schools in which the candidate desires to teach, viz. : H.. High School; G., Grammar School ; P., Primary School ; E., Evening School. The small letters indicate whether the candidate is available, as, s.. substitute ; t.. temporary teacher ; p., permanent teacher. The candidates are ready for service at once, unless other- wise stated ; the date, given in some iustances. indicates that

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

the candidate will be ready for service at that time. Ex- ample : John Blank [Teaching. 5. H G. s.t.p. Feb. 10, 1879], Newton, Mass. John Blank, teaching in Newton; taught five years ; will be available in a High or Grammar School as substitute, temporary, or permanent teacher, February 10, 1879.

The names of those holding certificates, who are already employed as permanent teachers in Boston, are not given, unless their certificates permit service in a higher grade.

The names of candidates whose certificates have expired in accordance with Sect. 149 of the Rules are given on page 26.

FIRST GRADE.

MASTERS AND JUNIOR-MASTERS OF HIGH SCHOOLS, AND PRINCIPALS OF EVENING HIGH SCHOOLS.

James A. Beatley.

[3. Temporarily withdrawn.]

William T. Campbell . . . |

36 Lee Street, Cambridge- port, Mass.

[Teaching in Adams Academy. 1. H. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

George F. Chace

Arlington, Mass.

[Principal High School.

8. H. p.]

Charles L. Clay

3 Belle Ave.

[Substitute Comins School. 9. H.G-. p.]

John E. Clark

40 So. Russell Street.

[7. H.G-.p.]

40 Cortes Street.

[Principal Private School. 20. H. s.t.p.]

5 Lemon St., Salem, Mass.

[5. H.Gh s.t.p.]

Arthur Driver

20 Bulfinch Street.

[3. H.G. s.t.p.]

Frank H. Eaton . . .

Amherst, JVova Scotia.

[8. H. s.t.p.]

Clarence W. Fearing ....

So. Weymouth, Mass.

[2. H.G. s.t.p.]

Samuel T. Fisher

113 Appleion Street.

[2. H.G-. s.t.p.]

Melvin J. Hill ......

Wakefield, Mass.

[Principal High School.

12. H. p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS.

5

Clarence L. Howes .... Hanover, Mass.

[1. H.G. p.]

Edward B. Lefavour .... Beverly, Mass.

[Principal High School, Holbrook, Mass. ]. H.G. p.]

George C. Mann 99 Charles Street.

[Acting Principal W. Roxbury High School. 2\. H. p.]

George W. Minns . . . . Concord, Mass.

[Principal Private School. 19. H. s.t.p.]

^ ( 40 State Street, or 14 Elm

George P. Montague . <

° & C Street, Chelsea, Mass.

[1. H.G. s.t.p.]

Charles S. Moore Box 274, Taunton, Mass.

[Principal High School. 5. H. p.]

Frank N. Parsons .... Derry, N.H.

[2£. H.G. s.t.p.]

J. A. Reinhart. . . . . . West Chester, JST.Y.

[Principal of Union Free School. 8. H.G. p.]

Wm. A. Reynolds .... Melrose, Mass.

[20. H.G-. s.t.p.]

~ , {60 Mt. Auburn Street,

Ambrose C. Richardson . . . < . . , ,^

C Cambridge, Mass.

[2. H. p.]

Charles E. Ridler Kingston, Mass.

[Principal High School. 13. H.G-. p.]

Daniel A. Robinson .... 2 Thacher St., Bangor, Me.

[5. H.G. s.t.p.]

Frank W. Rollins North Abington, Mass.

[Principal High and Grammar School. 1. H.G. p.]

George C. Shepard .... Framingham, Mass.

[1. H.G. s.t.p.]

John P. Slocum Reading, Penna.

[Teaching Private School. 5. H.G. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

John W. Tufts Wolfville, JST.S.

'[Principal Horton Collegiate Academy. 6. H. p.]

John Vaughn 20 Cneida Street.

' [Teaching Evening High School. 1. H.G. s.t.p.]

„r „T ( 60 State Street, or Farm-

George W. Warren

c mgton, Conn.

[Teaching Private School. 10. H.G. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

Edwin C. Woodward . . . Castine, Me.

[Principal High School. 6. H.G. p.]

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

THIRD GRADE.

ASSISTANT PRINCIPALS, FIRST, SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH ASSISTANTS OF THE NORMAL AND HIGH SCHOOLS.

Alice M. Brown Chester, N.H.

[Teaching. 1. H.G.P. p.]

Annie M. Davis 97 Myrtle Street.

[1. H.G.P. s.t.p.]

T a. <\ 8 Brighton Street, Charles-

Lucy C. Eliott < * a*

J c toivn, Mass.

[1. H. s.t.]

Sarah N. French Danvers Centre, Mass.

[Principal Grammar School. 6. H.G-. p.]

Jessie Girdwood 8 Centre Street, Roxbury.

[Teaching Roxhury Latin School. 6. H.Gr. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

,r ~ ( 13 Mall Street, Salem,

Jane M.Gray \ ^

[Teaching. 2. H.G.P. p.]

Alice M. Hawes 61 Temple Street.

[1-. H.Ghp.]

Emily P. Hidden East Medway, Mass.

[7 H.p.]

Mrs. Mary R. Keith .... Wollaston, Mass.

[4. H. s.t.p.]

•ITT ' i S (Box 301) W. Meriden, Emily J. Leonard v ~ y

[12. H.p.] ' Conn.

Mary S. Locke \ SmM ColU^ ^orthamP'

( ton, Mass. (Student.)

[Withdrawn for 2 years.]

Susan C. Lougee 1276 Washington Street.

[First Ass't, Dudley (Boys) School. 3£. H. p.]

Mary W. Mitchell . ... 34 Worcester St.

[Principal Private School. 12. Temporarily withdrawn.]

Helen L. Newman .... 45 Upton Street.

[Teaching in Private School. 2|. H. p.]

0 , A ~ -i C 188 London Street, Bast

Sarah A. Overend . . . . < _

C Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. H.G-.P. s.t.p.]

_ « < 218 Princeton St., Bast

Laura S. Flummer . . < M

C Boston.

[Teaching Emerson School. 9 mos. H. p.]

Sarah H. Robbins, . ... 58 Thornton Street.

[Teaching Lewis School. 1. H.p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS.

7

Idella M. Swift Northampton, Mass.

[Teaching Clarke Institution. 4. H.G. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

Mary F. Thompson .... Boston Street, Dorchester.

[First Ass't Dor.-Everett School. 7. H. p.]

Ellen Watson Plymouth, Mass.

[Teach 'g Priv. School, Manchester, Conn. 1£. H.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

SECOND GRADE.

MASTERS, SUB-MASTERS, AND SECOND SUB-MASTERS OF THE GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

Joseph W. Armington . . . Weymouth, Mass.

[Principal Grammar School. 15. Q-. p.]

Horace T. Atwoocl .... Norwood, Mass.

[Principal Grammar School. 4. G. p.]

f 200 Moody Street, Low-

Stephen G. Bailey .<

[6. E.G.s.t.]

Joel C. Bolan

J ell, Mass., or Boston University School of Medicine.

4 Harvard PL, Charles- town, Mass.

[1. G. s.t.p.]

Clarence Boylston .... Milton, Mass.

[Principal Grammar School. 3. G. p.]

Edward C. Burbeck .... Box 269, Nashua, N.H.

[Principal Grammar School. 7. G. p.]

George H. Cary Pittsfield, Mass.

[Principal Grammar School. 12. G. p.]

James W. Cheney, Jr. . . . Merrimacport, Mass.

[Principal High School. 811. G. p.]

, w , C Care of E. Hutchinson, 69

Samuel W. Clark S ^ , . ~4

c Devonshire St.

[12. G. s.t.p.]

Gilman C. Fisher .... Dover, N.H

[10. G. s.t.p.]

John B. Giflord Bridgewater, Mass.

[Principal High School. 5 G. p.]

William D. Jackson .... Bridgewater, Mass.

[0. G. p.]

Tilson A. Mead Hingham, Mass.

[Principal Grammar School, East Weymouth. 2. G. p.]

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

^ 9 < 14 Webster Street, B. Som-

Frederic O. JNickerson . } .77

c erville.

[Principal High School, Scituate, Mass. 1. G-. s.t.p.]

, tTr ni ( 5 TFeZd i7aZ/, Cambridge,

Edward VV. Shannon . . . ^ ^ y

[Teaching Evening School. G. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

Douglas Streeter 18 Beacon Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G. s.t.p.]

Julius H. Tuttle 30 Tremont Street.

[1. Temporarily withdrawn.]

Henry Vosholl ' 40 South Russell Street.

[5. G. s.t.p.]

John H. Ward well . ... 54 Bowdoin Street.

[7. G. s.t.p.]

_ . _ __r _ . C 1 0 Greenville Street, Hiqh-

John E. Wetherbee . . . . < _ _ ' y

( lands.

[2. E. Clerk Evening High School. Not available at present.]

FOUETH GRADE.

FIRST, SECOND, AND THIRD ASSISTANTS OF THE GRAMMAR

SCHOOLS.

Sarah E. Adams 130 W. Brooldine Street.

[Substitute Brimmer School. 4 mos. Q-.P. s.t.p.]

Sarah L. Arnold Harrisburg , Pa.

[Teaching in Private School. 1. G.P. p.]

Abby H. Babson 263 Shawmut Ave.

[7 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

» ill "i^it td S 33 Rockland Street, Hiqh-

Althea W. Barry <

C lands.

[7 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Jane Bassett 20 Holyohe Street.

[Teaching Grammar School, Raynham, Mass. 3. G.P. p.]

_ ' _ < 395 Fourth Street, So.

LucyJ.Beebe [

[1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mrs. Mary J. Beebe . . . . 4 Bradford Street.

[10. G.P. s.t.p.]

( 367 State St., Springfield, Grace Bennett ^ Mas?

[Teaching Private School. 1. Temporarily withdrawn.]

Annie A. Bent Canton, Mass.

[2. P. s.t.p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS.

9

Harriet D. Bo wen . . . . 15 Ferdinand Street.

[5. G.P. s.t.p.]

Elizabeth S. Bowman . . . 21 Berwick Park.

[9. G.P. s.t.p.]

( Chestnut Avenue, Jamaica

Ella Bradley

Plain.

Emma M. Cleary . . . . |

[1. G-.P. s.t.p.]

Mary L. Bright 36 G Street, So. Boston.

[l.G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary A. Carney 12 Hudson Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1 . G.P. s.t.p.]

Emma E. Chase 9 Milford Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

30 Telegraph Street, So. Boston.

[2. G.P. p.]

Mary E. Collins 60 Harvard Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Alicia B. Collison .... 88 Charter Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Sarah E. Curtis mwburMort>

I Mass.

[2. G.P. s.t.p.]

-m «- » j-x ( 24 Eulaw Street, East

Marv A. Damon .....< _

C Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. 1.— G.P. s.t.p.]

MaryH.Dwyer . . . . { 46^ ; M*Mh ^

[Teaching Grammar School, Newton. 3. G.P. p.]

Ellen M. Fernald ..... Qrafton, Mass.

[15. G.P. s.t.p.]

Elnora F. Freeman .... Provincetown., Mass.

[2. G.P. s.t.p.]

Nancy S. French C 505 Sixth Street, So. Bos-

t ton.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Annie F. Gage , . . . . Newtonville, Mass.

[3. G.P. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

Annie C. Gott 61 Bromley Street.

[1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Graves Claremont, JSF.H.

[Assistant High School. 13. G. p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

_ . _ C 5 Everett Avenue, Somer-

Fannie I. Horton

ville, Mass.

[0. G.P. s.t.p.]

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

Caroline Howard Box 363 ', Hyde Park, Ms.

[Teaching Grammar School. 3. G. p.]

Ellen M. Jones Weston, Mass.

[0. G.P. s.t.p.]

Alice G. Josselyn .... Sharon, Mass.

[7 mos. G-.P. s.t.p.]

_ __ it r ~rT~ 9 S 28 Queen Street, Worcester,

Gertrude M. King . . . .\ ^

[0. G-.P. s.t.p. Feb. 1, 1879.]

Marion E. King East Boston.

[0. G-. s.t.p.]

Sarah W. Loker Brookline, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 12. G. p.]

Hulda B. Loud Rockland, Mass.

[Principal Grammar School. 11. G. p.]

,r 0 T ( 37 Monmouth Street, East

Mary S. Low <

[i. g.p. s.t.p.] C Boston.

Elizabeth A. Mahoney . . $332 W. Fourth St., So.

C Boston.

[1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Ida A. Merriam 4 Stevens Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1—. G.P. s.t.p.]

Elizabeth F. Merrill . . . . 568 Columbus Avenue.

[6. Temporarily withdrawn.]

Martha F. Metcalf . . . A ^ I50< ^mingham,

c Mass.

[Teaching Clarke Institution, Northampton, Mass. 2. G.P. s.t.p.]

Frances E. Mihan .... Peabody, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 4. G. p.]

.... TT ... S 62 Prescott Street, Som-

Abbie H. Morrill < .„

[i. g.p. s.t.p.] ' erville, Mass.

K. A. T. Murtagh . ... 29 Ferdinand Street.

[1—. G.P. s.t.p.]

Rebecca F. Newcomb ... 75 JVewland Street.

(1—. G.P. s.t.p.]

Lydia C. Nye Spring Hill, Cape Cod.

[Teaching. 6. G.P. p.]

Jessie F Otis ( Lexington Street, Bast

X Boston.

[1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Caroline E. Page 17 Fayette Street.

Mary B. Powers [°'GP.'6t?1 . A666 * *>* *

t Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS. H

C 49 Bonair Sylvia A. Richards . . . . "> .„ . J c ville, Ma

Alice V. Proctor Spencer, Mass.

M. Alice Eeed. ^ . . $ ^Jkurtlef St., Chelsea,

C Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 1. G-.P. p.]

49 Bonair St,, E. Somer- Mass.

[Teaching Evening Sciool. 0. G.P. s.t.p.]

Alice E. Rogers So. Weymouth, Mass.

[Teaching High School. 10. G-.P. p.]

Fanny L. Rogers C learning ton, Mass.

[10. G.P. s.t.p.]

_ 0 . $14 Maple St., Worcester,

Mrs. Josephine L. Sanborn . . ^ j\fass

[Teaching High School. 11. G. p.]

Anna L. Savil Box 397, Concord, N.H.

[Teaching High School. 3. G.P. p.]

Alice Shepard West Bridgeviater, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 2. G.P. s.t.p. Feb. 22, 1879.]

Ellen M. Smith 51 M Street, So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. L G.P. s.t.p.]

L. Maria Stetson Medford, Mass.

[Substitute Brimmer School. 12. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Symonds .... 494 Washington Street.

[1—. G.P. s.t.p.]

Ida F. Taylor. ..... 27 Union Parle Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1\. G.P. s.t.p.]

_ , $21 Prospect St., Worces-

Hannah A. lucker . s . f

C ter, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 3. G. p.]

Fannie G. Tufts . . . . . Medford, Mass.

[0. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Waller Newton, Mass.

[0. G. s.t.p.]

C Box 209, So. Framing- Mrs. Jennie I. Ware . . -\ Mm, Ma$s.

[6. G.P. p.]

Carrie P. Wellington . . . Box 451 , Waltham, Mass.

[3. G.P. s.t.p.]

^T i , -r. ,m S Care of F. W. Eittredge,

Mabel F. Wheaton . . . . < _ / A a *

t Egleston Square.

[Substitute Dudley School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Abbie M. Wiswall .... Newton Centre, Mass.

[1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Annie A. White 150 Chester Park.

[6. Temporarily withdrawn ]

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

FIFTH GRADE.

TEACHERS OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

Anna L. Adams Brockton, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 8. P. p.]

Lily B. Atherton Medford, Mass.

[Teaching District School, Hudson, N.H. 6 mos. P. s.t.p.]

Maria J. Bancroft Heading, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 4. P. s.t.p.]

Abbie E. Batchelder .... 795 Shawmut Ave.

[Teaching Evening School. 1—. P. s.t.p.]

c 21 Hudson St., Worcester, Effie L. Bennett . . . . M^

[Teaching Primary School. 1&. P. p.]

M. Lizzie Bryant 176 Chambers Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. P. s.t.p.]

63 Monroe Street, High-

Sarah S. Burr ell ....

C tanas.

[1. P. s.t.p.]

Lydia J. Butler West Newton, Mass.

[Teaching, Candia, N.H. 1. P. s.t.p.]

^ ( 754 Broadway, So. Bos-

Celia M. Chase < " y

C ton.

[Teaching Evening School. 6. P. s.t.p.]

Emma F. Chater Box 344, JSTatick, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 5. P. p.]

Mrs. Caroline F. Cutler . . . 23 Belle Ave.

[Teaching Private School, Jamaica Plain. Sept., 1, 1879.]

Mary E. Cotting Box 237, Waltham, Mass.

[Teaching Kindergarten, Roxbury. 4. P. p.]

_ . c 64 Lowell Road, South

Martha A. Doyle \

J ( Lawrence, Mass.

[9. P. p.]

Minnie C. C. Drew .... West Newton, Mass.

[0. P. s.t.p.]

Sarah B. Ellithorpe .... Hudson, Mass.

[Teaching Intermediate School. 3. Gr.P. p.]

_ C 33 'Woodward Ave., Hic/h-

Cora D. Farrar _ _ J

( lands.

[0. P. s.t.p.]

Emma S. Fisk 2 Hidl Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 4. P. s.t.p.]

MaryE. Flynn 6 0 Street, South Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. P. s.t.p.]

t

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS. 13

Anna Goodwin Box 1, Medford, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 4. Temporarily withdrawn.]

Clara L. Harrington .... Hull, Mass.

[1. P. s.t.p.]

Gertrude Hawkins .... Fitchburg, Mass.

[1. P. s.t.p.]

Anne G. Lauriat Medford, Mass.

Temporarily withdrawn.]

Fannie E. Leahy 114 Prince Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. P. p.]

Emma F. Man son Scituate, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 2. P. s.t.p.]

T ... 5 131 Dale Street, High-

Emma L. Merrill > 7 7

[5 mos. p. s.t.p.] ' tanas.

Clara I. Metcalf 21 School Street.

[2. P. s.t.p.]

Jennie E. Metcalf Box 91, Winchester, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School, Medford, Mass. 2\. P. p.]

Climena B. Moore 2 Cliff Place, Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. 7. P. s.t.p.]

Ella E. Morrill 145 Charles Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 2. P. s.t.p.]

Clara M. Moseley Atlantic, Mass.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. P.s. t.p.]

a t -XT , (1 Kearsarge Ave., Hiah-

Annie L. JNewcomb

C lands.

[Teaching Evening School. 2. P. s.t.p.]

Sarah L. Norris East Bedham, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 4. P. s.t.p.]

' . 5 Care J. H. Bufford's

Mary C. Penniman . . . ,\ 0 ^.^ _ _~ . n [2. p. p.] C Sons, 141 Franklin St.

Viola G. Roys Ashton, B. I.

[Teaching. 1. P. p.]

Eunice J. Simpson .... Box 483, Newton, Mass.

[10. s.t.p.]

Julia A. Story Essex, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 1\. P. p.]

Winella W. Stratton .... Neponset, Mass.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. P. s.t.p.]

Carrie H. Summers .... Jamaica Plain.

[Teaching Evening School. 0. P. s.t.p.]

Eliza M. Warren ( Care of Mr. G. E. Gil-

\ christ, 8 Pemberton Sq.

[Teaching, Concord, Mass. 7. P. s.t.p.]

Nellie M. Whitney .... Manchester, JV.H.

[Teaching Primary School. 7. P. t.p.]

Annie L. Wood Box 23, Wellesley, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School, Newton, Mass. 4 P. p.]

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

SPECIAL GRADE.

FRENCH.

Narcisse Cyr 18 Boylston Street.

C 55 Waterman St., Provi-

Charles H. Gates

deuce, P.I.

EVENING HIGH SCHOOL.

Edward S. Lewis 16 Dover-st. Place.

William T. Souther .... City Hospital.

ELEMENTARY EVENING SCHOOLS.

Rufus P. Hubbard . ... 13 Winter Street.

Daniel J. Mullen \10f (^ 8treet> High

C lands.

Frank L. Well man ... 14 Pemberton Square. Alexander Wiswall . . . . 15 Marshall Street.

EVENING DRAWING SCHOOLS.

Joseph T. Clark .....

[Temporarily withdrawn.]

KINDERGARTEN.

Helen E. Hawkins ....

SEWING TEACHERS.

Mrs. Emily S. Beckford ... 7 Sawyer Street.

Mrs. Sarah J. Bray . . . .15 Monument Sq.. Oh'n,

Mrs. Catherine J. Cadogan . . |

9 Chamjmey Place, High

88 Warren Street, High- lands.

Caroline R. Dawes . i 7 7

C lands.

Mrs. Mary A. Donovan .

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS. 15

Mrs. Sarah Felt ...... 13 Joy Street.

Harriet Guardinier .... 4 Bradford Street.

Mrs. Olive C. Hapgood . . . Roxbury.

Mary G. Lamring 97 F Street, So. Boston.

Harriet Lemist Norfolk House.

Lizzie C. LeMoyne .... 7 Bowdoin Square.

Ellen F. Lowell \9 DoUglaS Street> 0am-

C bridgeport, Mass.

Hattie M. Mace C 27 Woodward St., So.

c Boston.

Helen Morev \ Lexington St., East

I Boston.

Elizabeth Pye \ BoX 39h H^de 1>ark>

c 3Iass. x

Mary V. Riley 6 G Street, So. Boston.

Mrs. Sarah H. Strauss . . 36 Dwight Street.

Lizzie A. Thomas 514 Tremont Street.

Sarah E. Titcorab Gardner Street, Allston.

Helen A. Underhill . ... 14 West Street.

T\/r n i v tt ^ 92 Boiv Street, Charles-

Mis. Harriet N. \\ ason . . . <

C town.

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

GRADUATES OF THE BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL

ELIGIBLE FOR POSITIONS AS ASSISTANTS OF GRAMMAR SCHOOLS AND TEACHERS OF PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

[The year following the name indicates the year of graduation.]

Mary E. Abercrombie (1878) . 275 Shaivmut Avenue.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

T1 TT A , C Washington St.. Jamaica

Ida H. Adams (1877) . . . < .

c Plain.

[Substitute Hillside Primary School. 6 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Jessie S. Aldrich (1877) . . . 45 Walnut Avenue.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Carrie L. Baker (1874) . . . . 3 Milford Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Nellie M. Bennett (i877) . . . 90 Kendall Street.

[4 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Nathalia Bent (1874) .... Brockton* Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 3. G.P. p.]

Caroline D. Bere (W8) . . . Sharon, Mass.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary L. Bibbey (1877) ... 7 Vernon Place.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. p.]

Eudora F. Bickford (W3) . . 1 Causeway Street.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

-r^, C Cottage St., cor. Norfolk

Florence J. Bigelow (i878) . . < y ' J

C Ave., Dorchester.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Hattie P. Bill (i875) .... Waltham, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 3. G.P. p.]

310 E. Rich St., Colum- bus, Ohio. .

Delia Bingham (1874)

....{

[Teaching Grammar School. 2\. G.P. p.]

Annie R. Blanchard (1875) . . Billerica, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 3. G.P. p.]

-r-r-r- Tti i i ( 8 Mt. Vernon St., Charles-

Mary W. Blanchard (1875) . . \

I town,

212 Dorchester St., So.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Clara H. Booth am) . . . . ^

Boston.

[Teaching Evening Sohool. G.P. s.t.p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS. 17

_ C 119 Bunker Hill Street.

Lucy M. Bos worth (1876) . . . <

C Uharlestown.

[Teaching Evening School. G-.P. s.t.p.]

TT 1(. T , ( 813 Broadway, So. Bos-

Hattie J. Bowker (1878) . . . < J

C ton.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mattie K. Borden (1878) ... 2(9 Bigelow Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Anna J. Bradley (1874) . . . Chestnut Ave., Jam. Plain.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary Bradley (1874) .... Curtis St., Jam. Plain.

[G.P. p. Temporarily withdrawn.]

Ellen A. Brown (1873) . . . . Union Ave., Mt. Bowdoin.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Helen L. Brown (1875) . . . Woburn, Mass.

[3mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Annie E. Bryant (is76) . . . East Lexington, Mass.

[Teaching Ungraded School. 1. G.P. p.]

Martha G. Buckley (i878) . . 27 Swan Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Helen F. Burgess (ms) . . . Fuller St., Dorchester.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Adeline J. Callender .... Harrison Square.

[Temporarily withdrawn.]

Lucy Gr. M. Card (i877) . . . 34 Regent St., HighVds.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

i U rn. it S 75 Essex Street, Chelsea,

Charlotte Chains (1878) . . . <

C Mass.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

t v nu ii- $ 75 Essex Street, Chelsea,

Julia Chalks (1874) < 9 '

( Mass.

[Teaching Primary School at Brockton. 4. G.P. p.]

Annie D. Clough (i878) . . . 33 Warren Avenue.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Colburn (i875) ... 27 Burroughs Place.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary C. Copeland (1874) . . . Brockton, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 4. G.P. p.]

Ellen B. Crooker (1878) . . . 62 G Street, So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

r V ' i S 787 E. Fourth St., So.

Lena J . Crosby (1877) . . . . ^ Boston

[G.P. p.]

^ . _ (2 Lagrange Place, High.

Emma A. Cudworth {mi) . A 7

C lands.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

18 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

Frances E. Cullen (W5)

< 497 E. Eighth St., So. [G.p. s.t.p.]" ' * < Boston. Elizabeth K. Cummings (ms) . 129 Emerson Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

-m «- m n .i ( 36 Newbern St.. Hiqh-

Mary T. Cunningham (1875) . < 9 J

C lands.

[Teaching Evening School. Q-.P. s.t.p.]

at tit /-i i { Parhman Street. Harrison

Alice M. Cushing (1874) . . . < 9

C Square.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G. P. s.t.p.]

Hattie A. Darling (i878) . . . Savin Hill Avenue.

"[G.P. s.t.p.]

Ida H. Davis (W3) 3 Canton Street Place.

[Temporary teacher Bowditch District. 6 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Sarah E. Deane (1875) .... 2757 Washington Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G-.P. s.t.p.]

Florence I. Drake (1877) . . . 3 Mt. Warren, Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. 3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Driscoll (1876) . . . Centre St., Jam. Plain.

[Temporary teacher Central District. 4 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Clara C. Dunn (i877) .... 125 Tyler Street.

[3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Anna M. Edmunds (i876) . . . 59 Quincy Street.

[7 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

c Gore Ave., cor. Terrace Sabina Egan cm,, j Highl(mds

[Teaching Evening School. 4 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Sarah B. Ellithorpe (W5) . . Hudson, Mass.

[Teaching Intermediate School. 3. G.P. p.]

, ( 53 Old Harbor St., So.

May G. Esdon (1876) . . . . <

[4 mos. G.P.s.t.p.] C BOSWn.

Amoritta E. Esilmau (is77) . . Byron Court, Jam. Plain.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Lizzie W. Everett (1875) . . . Newton Upper Falls.

[Teaching Primary School, Newton. 2. G.P. p.]

Annie A. E. Fagan {mi) . . 96 Hammond Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

_ C 34 Clarence Street, High-

Mary L. Farrington (1878) . > ; 7 [g.p. s.t.p.] ' lands.

Catherine J. Finneran (i877) . . Downer Street, Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. 7 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Ella F. Fitzgerald cms) . . . 283 E Street, So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS. 19

Mary L. Fitzgerald (1877) . . . ^

C 218 Athens Street So, Kate E. Fitzgerald (1874) . . . -J 1

C Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G-.P. s.t.p.]

228 W. Ninth St., So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Flynn (ws) . . . . 6 C Street, So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Sarah G. Fogarty (i878) . . . 14 Kennard Avenue.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Minnie J. Folger (1878) . . . 42 Pearl St.,E. Som'ville.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Eosanna Follan (1876) .... Green St., Jam. Plain.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Martha L. Frame (ws) .

73 Eutaw Street, East Boston.

Callie E. Gary (1875)

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Essie A. French (1878) . . . 211 W. Canton Street.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Ella Fuchs (ists) 150 K Street, So. Boston.

[P. s.t.p.]

Emma F. Gallagher (i878) . . 17 Ball Street.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

( 31 Washington Street, I Charlestown.

[6 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Frances W. Gill (1873) . . . 40 Palmer St., Highlands.

[3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Agnes Gordon (1876) .... Box 66, Loicell, Mass.

[G. s.t.p.]

Sara M. Graham (1874) . . . Box 14 8, Lexington, Mass.

[8ft. G.P. p.]

T . . ' ( 1005 H Street, Washing-

Lizzie L. Gray (1877) . . . . < _

C ton, D.Q.

[Teaching. 1. G.P. p.]

^ . m, TT n ( 391 W. Broadway, So.

Came Iherese Hale (1877) . . < _ u

C Boston.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

T, TT .... C 98 Marion St., East Bos-

Ida E. Halhclay (1876) . . . . <

C ton.

[7 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Martha W . Hanley (1878) . . . Bear 2298 Washington St.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Lydia E. Hapenny (1877) . 81 Russell Street.

[Temporary teacher Prescott District. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

20 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

Abby S. Hapgood (1875) . . . 19 Cook St., Charlestown.

[Teaching Evening School. 2. G-.P. p.]

Carrie A. Harlow osts, . . S ^7 E. Eighth St., So.

C Boston.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Ellen E. Harrington (i874) . . Lexington, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 4. G.P. p.]

Helen S. Harrington (1876) . . Brighton, Mass.

"[G.P. e.t.p.]

Katie Haushalter (is76) . . . 201 Congress Street.

[Teaching Evening School. 3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Laura K. Hay ward {im) . . . ' Maiden, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 5. G.P. p.]

. n i n 5 527 E. Sixth St., So.

Emily F. Hodsdon (i878) . i ^

[4 mos. G.P. s.t.p.] C Boston.

M. Ava Holbrook (i%u) . . . So. Gardner, Mass.

[G.P. p.]

-p -r-r £> i c AspimvallAve., Br oohline,

Emma L. Hosford (1875) . . . \ \m 9

I Mass.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary A. Howe (1876) .... Box 282 Taunton, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 4. G.P. p.]

Adelaide E. Ingraham (1876) . . Norwood, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School in Dedham. 1. G.P. p.]

( 46 Princeton Street, East Nellie F. James (1877) . . ^ Boston

[G.P. s.t.p. Sept. 1, 1879.]

Sarah A. Jordan (istt) . . . Newton Lower Falls, Mass.

[G.P. p.]

Ida F. Kendall (1873) .... Harrison Square.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Jennie I. Kendall (I875) . . . Harrison Square.

[3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Laura M. Kendrick (1878) . . 70 Zeigler St., Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

T„ T rr C 111 Saratoga St., East

Elma I. Kenney (isi&) . . . < _

C Boston.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Susie Knott (1876) 97 Pearl St., Charlestou-n.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. p.]

Lizzie B. Ladd (1876) . . . . Box 54, Sharon, Mass.

[Teaching Grammar School. 2. G.P. p.]

Fannie D. Laue (i875) . ... 457 Dudley Street.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Ella F. Lanning (1876) . . . 97 F Street, So. Boston.

[G.P. p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS.

21

Dora M. Leonard (W8) . . . 91 Fort Avenue,

[G-.P. s.t.p.]

Mary L. Lewis (1873) .... Hyde Park, Mass.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

-r tt -1 ( 76>£ Buggies St., High-

Minnie L. Lincoln (we)

C lands.

[G-.P. s.t.p.]

Carrie J. Littlefield (1877) . . £ Dallas PL, Highlands.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Hattie A. Littlefield (1878) . . 9 Dallas Place, Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Alice H. Long (1875) .... Melrose, Mass.

[Teaching Intermediate School. 2. G.P. p.]

Mary E. Mann (1874) .... Bowdoin Sq., Dorchester.

[3 mos. G.P. p.]

. ( 74 Bichmond St. , Charles-

Abbie C. Mc Amine (i877) . .1

c town.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Ellen C. McDermott (1874) . . 107 Vernon Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Elizabeth McDonald (1876) . . Neivbern St., Jam. Plain.

[G.P. p.]

Hannah L. McGlinchey [1876) . 787 Sixth St., So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. 6 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

_, ^ (34 Union St., Charles-

Allies Mcuowan (i878) . . \ ° C town.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Ellen E. McKean (i875) . . . Manchester, JV.H.

[Teaching. G.P. p.]

Emma L. Merrill (i875) . . . 131 Dale St., Highlands.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Frances Merrill (1876) .... Stoneham, Mass.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

2 Meridian Place, East Boston.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

T. . (141 Princeton St., East

Mary Lizzie Morrissey (1876) . ^ Boston

[3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Dora Morrison (1877) .... 603 Fifth St., So. Boston.

[3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Morse (i877) .... Boston Street, Dorchester.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Ella W. Mitchell (mi) . . . ^

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 19.

Helen L. Moul ton (is76) . . . Box 1415, Nashua, AT.H.

Amelia M. MulUken (is::, . . \ Bo* 103 >

i Jlass.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Harriet D. Mulliken cistt^ . . 1 Highland PL, HighVds.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

M. Agnes Murphy ;is:5) . 3 Chapel St., Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Marv Murphvasr:) .... 50 Regent St., Highlands.

[GJ\ s.t.p.]

Hannah A. Xash (is73> . . . Greenfield, Jlass.

[4. G.P. s.t-p.]

Eva M. Xav as:: 8 Warren PL, Highlands.

[G.P. 6.t.p.]

Marion Xewell . ... 24 Stamford Street.

:g.p. s.t.P.]

Henrietta Nichols (is-) . . . 5 E. Fifth St., So. Boston.

[G.P. s up.]

Eliza R. Xoyes ;ist4: .... Canton, Mass.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Elizabeth E. O'Counell (mw) . 50 Vale St., Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.j

Fannie L. O'Connell cists) . . 50 Vale Si , Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

™, ( 60 Telegraph Street, So.

Marv E. O Conner ists) . . . ^ - r

C Boston .

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Honora T. O'Dowd (ist3) . . . 4 Baldwin Place.

[Teaching Evening School. 1. G.P. s.t.p.]

Ella A. Orr fwwi 631 Dorchester Ave.

[G.P. s.t-p.]

» . . ~ -i C 188 London Street, East

^arah A. Overend mss} . . . <

C Boston.

[Teaching Evening School.]

Sadie P. Paine [Hi] .... 5 Jlystic St., Charlestoxcn.

[6 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Elizabeth Palmer asTT) . . . 5 Alpine St., Highlands.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. p.]

Mary A. Palmer . . . S. Eagle St., East Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

A. Lizzie Park [isnj .... Norwood, Jlass.

[Teaching. 5. G.P. p.]

Lizzie F. Parker (isto) . . . Stoneham, Jlass.

[G.P. *.t.p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS.

23

n . ~ , , < /4 Lexinaton Street, Wal-

Susie C. Peabody (isTo) . . . < r

C ma 77i, Jlass.

[Teaching. G.P. p.]

Florence A. Perry cists) . . . Savin Hill Ave.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Oria J. Perry ;i877) .... Roslindale.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

o u tt m- K24 Princeton Street. East

Sophronia H. Phinnev [wn] . < _

C Boston.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary E. Pierce cists) .... Adams, cor. Richmond St.

[G.P. «U.p.]

Charlotte Ann Pike pmq . . i

c Boston .

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t-p.]

Mary Ella Pitcher (is?:) . . . 80 Pinckney Street.

[Teaching Evening S:L: :L G.P.'=.:.p."

■» m y-v -px ^ 565 E. Eiohth St.. So.

Mary B. Powers (is:*) . . . <

C Boston.

[Teaching Evening SchooL 1. G.P. s.t-p.]

Margaret H. Price (isT6) . . . Box 233, Xeicton, Mass.

[G.P. sXp.]

T 0 . A SIMS Hickory St., St.

Jane Reid cisre; < . »

C Louis, Jlo.

[Teaching Grammar School. 1|. G.P. p.]

Margaret F. Riley asr-t) . . . 95 W. Springfield St.

[G J*. a.Lp.]

Clara E. Roberts cis~s) . 9 Akron St.

[GJ». s.t.p.]

Laura S. Russell corn . . . 201 E St., So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary G. Ruxton (is:s) .... Morton St.

[Teaching Evening School. G -P. s.t-p.]

Mary E. Ryder (istt) .... Centre St., Dorchester.

[1. GJ\ s.t.p.]

Mary F. Savage (isrs) . . . 9 Leeds Street.

' [3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Annie W. Seaverns cists) . . . 2 Dudley Place.

[G.P.s.t.p.]

Caroline A. Shepard (isrs) . . Prescott Place. Dorchester.

[GJ». s.t.p,]

Marietta D. Shepherd

[G.P. s.t-p.]

Emma F. Simmons asrs)

101 Lnman St., Cam- bridgeport, ATass.

383 Fourth Street, So. Boston.

[T^c^g Evei^g ScL:::. G.P s :.p "

24

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 19.

Carrie M. Small (1877) .

17 Mt. Vernon Street, Charlestown .

[Teaching Evening School. 4 mos. G.P.^s.t.p.]

Emma T. Smith (W8) . .

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary W. Smith (1878) . .

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Grace L. Stevens (i87S) .

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Alice G. Stockman (1877) .

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Alma E. Strout cms) . .

[G.P. s.t.p.]

36 Williams Street.

428 Bunker Hill Street, Charlestown.

2 Dunreath Place, High- lands.

2463 Washington Street,

Highands. 403 Athens Street.

Sarah E. Stumpf (i875)

■{

640 E. Fourth St., So. Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Cornelia M. Sullivan (1877) . . 59 Centre Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Catherine S. Summers (1874) . . Jamaica Plain.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Miriam B. Swett (1876)

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary A. Titcomb (1875) . .

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Newionville, Mass. Franklin, Mass.

Fannie L. Toppan (1878) .

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Hattie M. Tucker (i878) .

11 Woodward Street, So. Boston.

Nellie B. Tucker (1876)

. .<237 Princeton St., Fast i Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

( 73 Putnam Street, East I Boston.

[Teaching Evening School. 6 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Nellie M. N. Tucker (1877) . . Dorchester.

[Temporarily withdrawn.]

Lucy D. Tuckerman cms) . . 24 Somerset Street.

TT ,. . _ ( Care Henry Turner, At-

Hattie E. Turner (1876) . . . < . *

[g.p. s.t.p.] ' lantic Avenue.

Grace St. L. Urann (ms) . . Columbia Street.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Minnie S. Warren (1877) . . . 234 Silver St., So. Boston.

[Teaching Primary School, W. Somerville, Mass. 9 mos. G.P. p.]

CANDIDATES ELIGIBLE AS TEACHERS.

25

Ellen Watson (i877) Plymouth, Mass.

[Teaching, South Manchester, Conn. See Third Grade.]

Sarah E. Welch cms) .... 151 I Street, So. Boston.

[G-.P. s.t.p.]

T 0 T,r , t ( Weld. cor. Willow Street,

Lena S. Weld cms) . , . -j '

(. West lioxbury.

[Temporary teacher, Charles Sumner District. 3 mos. G.P. s.t.p.]

Lydia G. Wentworth cms) . . 9 Alpine Street.

[3 mos. G- P. s.t.p.]

Emma M. Weston (i875) . 46 Poplar Street.

[Teaching Evening School. CP. s.t.p.]

Annie J. Whelton (1876) . . . 13 Belle Ave., Highlands .

[Teaching Evening School. CP. s.t.p.]

Georgiana Whiting (i878) . . . Charlestown.

[CP. s.t.p.]

Fredelena A. Wiggin (1877) . . 108 Pembroke Street.

[Teaching Intermediate School at E. Milton. 1. G.P. p.]

Mary Ellen Wilder (me) . 9 Winchester Street.

[Teaching Evening School. G.P. s.t.p.]

Lizzie C. Williamson (1877) . . MarsJifield Centre, Mass.

[Teaching Ungraded School. 2\. CP. p.]

t . T,T., C 395 Bunker Hill Street,

Lucy A. Wilson (i878) . . . <

C Charlestown.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

Mary B. Winchell (i877) . . . Maynard, Mass.

[Teaching Primary School. 6 mos. G.P. p.]

Mattie F. Wright (W5) ... . 76 Revere Street.

[G.P. s.t.p.]

26

SCHOOL DOCUMEXT NO. 19.

NAMES OF CANDIDATES WHOSE CERTIFICATES HAVE EXPIRED.

Section 149 of the Rules of the School Committee. Xo cer- tificate, the holder of which has been out of the service of the city for a term of two years, shall be valid, unless re- newed by the Board of Supervisors after careful investigation.

At a meeting of the Board of Supervisors held November 11, 1878, it was

" Voted, That the list of certificates which have expired by limitation (under Section 149), is subject to change whenever an applicant for renewal of certificate shall present to this Board sufficient reason therefor/1

Jennie Abbott, Lavinia E. Adams, Helen M. Bell, Hattie A. Bickford, Lizzie S. Chadbourne, Ella L. Chittenden, Octavia Curtis, Maria L. Dean, Melissa M. Dole, Annie E. Drew, Clara Edwards, Amanda C. Ellison, Rebecca F. English, Mary A. Goodwin, Julia Gowing, Emily E. Hildreth,

I

Jennie L. M. Hill, Emma S. Holbrook, Florence A. Howe, Isabelle F. Lee, Miriam Levi, Mary L. Lewis, Delia Merrick, Margaret E. Moynihan, Elizabeth D. Mnlrey, Fannie A. Nickerson, Harriet I. Preble, Annette W. Sawyer, Clara J. Snow, Ella F. Soule, Annabel Stetson, Emily W. Withey.

f

V

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 20.

ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

COMMITTEES ON

MUSIC AND DRAWING.

1 8 7 s .

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 78.

In School Committee, Sept. 10, 1878. Accepted, and, on motion of Mr. Perkins, ordered to be printed.

Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

REPORT.

As the Committees on Music and Drawing are about to be consolidated, they have thought it unnecessary to prepare separate reports, as hitherto. They now respectfully submit a joint Annual Report, containing mention of all proposed changes in, as well as arrangements and suggestions for, the management of these studies in the public schools during the coming year.

The necessity of employing a large number of special instructors, until the regular teachers were fitted to replace them, has hitherto made it impossible to carry on these studies in a manner calculated to insure success otherwise than at a large expense, but, as through attendance at the normal classes many of them have become capable of teach- ing music and drawing, it can now be left in their hands to a great extent, without risk of checking the march of im- provement or lowering the standard of attainment. This arrangement will doubtless tend to satisfy many persons who, in consideration of the great expense of special in- struction, have regarded music and drawing as drains upon the public purse out of all proportion to their utility. Henceforth they will be for the most part taught by the reg- ular teachers ; and, as marks awarded for them will be counted like marks given for other studies, they will no longer stand outside the regular curriculum, as if simply allowed and not required.

Drawing is now generally admitted to be one of the four fundamental studies best calculated to fit children for practi-

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 20.

cal life ; and this not only because it is the langugage of form in every branch of industry, but also because, by quickening the power of the eye to seize the forms of letters and words, it helps children to learn to read ; and by training the hand to represent forms it helps them to learn to write. Being thus important in itself as a means of expression, and as an auxiliary to the acquirement of other means of expression, it is really one of the most valuable studies pursued in our public schools, and we may trust that the time is not far dis- tant when we shall cease to hear it spoken of as an accom- plishment, by those who are at present wholly or partially blind to its practical importance. The Director of Drawing, Mr. Walter Smith, has well said, that " No house was ever built, no steam-engine or steamboat ever constructed, no garden ever laid out, no ship ever planned, no tunnel ever bored, no machine ever put together, without its aid/' It lies at the basis of all industry, as at the basis of all art, and the attacks made against its practice in the schools come from those who overlook the fact that it is as vitally linked with the first as it is with the last. That, indeed, is the only ground on which drawing can be taught in public schools.

We claim an equal right for music to a place in common- school education, but on very different grounds. Although it has not the same practical bearing upon life, if by practical use we are to understand an absolute money-making power, its moral influence is even greater. It not only raises the minds of the young to nobler planes of sentiment than those habitual to them, by making them breathe for a time a pure atmosphere of pleasurable emotion, which strengthens, while it healthily refreshes, the spirits of all who join in it; but it develops ideas of order and obedience, as part-singing is impossible without discipline, and forms a bond of brother- hood between the singers, by demanding concurrent and systematized action. While part-singing is thus morally beneficial, it is also physically useful, as being a most

MUSIC AND DRAWING.

5

healthy exercise for the lungs. Finally, it must not be for- gotten that music, which, when of high quality, finds its way to all hearts through delighted ears, is invaluable at the Annual School Exhibitions, Without it they would be dead and lifeless.

The vital points in any scheme of instruction are a plan of work, and competent experts to judge and test it. These we may fairly claim to have secured in the administration of music and drawing. In each the plan of work has been slowly matured, and, after undergoing many modifica- tions suggested by experience, is now well adjusted to our circumstances and requirements. Not that we suppose it to be perfect in music or drawing, but when we compare our own with some foreign systems, we find cause for a certain degree of legitimate satisfaction.

Thus, in regard to the teaching of music in England, Mr. Hullah, the able Inspector for Elementary Schools, says in his report (1876-7), "What has latterly been done for music in schools has rather impeded than furthered its improvement. The State gives one shilling for each child who is reported by an inspector, nominal or otherwise, to be able to sing by ear. The songs required of scholars are worthless as a means of musical culture ; they take up time that might be given to the real study of the subject, and, as I have been repeatedly told by school-masters whom I knew to be competent to teach, prevent their turning their kno wedge to account in teaching their pupils not half-a- dozen songs, but music." These plain statements have had their proper effect, for the President of the Committee of Council on Education has lately informed Parliament that Mr. Hullah is to be sent to the Continent to report on the teaching of music. As the present "limp system " is said to cost England £90,000 per annum, it is most desirable that she should look abroad for light. In the schools of Holland and Belgium Mr. Hullah will find, as he

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 20.

would find in our own schools, were he to honor them with a visit, a system which teaches children to understand the values of notes, to sing at sight, to observe time, measure, and rhythm, and to recognize all musical signs and marks of expression.

In this connection the Committee on Music think it but just to express their sense of the great services rendered to Primary-School instruction in music by the late special in- structor, Mr. Luther W. Mason, who mainly organized and has zealously worked to perfect it during his many years of faithful service in the public schools, now brought to an honorable close.

So much has been said of our system of instruction in drawing in previous reports that we need not expatiate upon it here. It has certainly produced remarkable results, and we have reason to be grateful to our able Director, Mr. Walter Smith, who, with ample knowledge of the merits and defects of foreign systems, organized and shaped it to suit our peculiar circumstances. In the future it will be possible to carry it on at a reduced expense to the city. A saving of $3,600 has been effected by dropping three of the special instructors ; but it is to be remembered that had we not had their aid in the past, the regular teachers would not have been, as they now are, capable of taking their places. A further saving will eventuallv be effected in the cost of drawing- books ; but here again it must be remem- bered that it is the experience which has been gained through those at first used, that we have learned how they they maybe produced more cheaply and yet serve an equally useful purpose. The need of drawing-books in the schools is shown by the fact, that the work of pupils in the Upper Primary and High-School classes, where they are not used, is less good than that of Grammar-School pupils who use them. The reason of this is, that while teachers who have learned to draw as adults can teach well from copies,

MUSIC AND DRAWING.

7

few can put examples on the black-board. They need to have a definite course of work laid down for their guidance. As a rule teachers can write far better than they can draw, and yet their pupils cannot get along with- out writing-books. Without drawing-books the pupils would have to depend upon the manual skill of their teach- ers, which, as proved by the examination papers, is often in- ferior to their own, at least to that of pupils in the upper classes, although they were taught what they know by the use of books, under the direction of these same teachers. It is clear, then, that an organized system laid down in books is absolutely necessary, since without it we should have to depend upon many teachers, with different views and limited knowledge ; or, in other words, upon their ac- cidental qualifications. Blank books, which would have to be provided were illustrated books displaced, cost eight cents apiece, while the latter cost fifteen cents. Surely, no one can grudge the difference in cost, unltss they consider it cheaper to throw away eight cents than to spend fifteen wisely.

We heartily join in the wish expressed by the Superintend- ent, Dr. Eliot, in his Annual Keport, "that the imagination had freer play in drawing, and that the books through which instruction is given wTere both more aesthetic and more elastic ; " but at the same time we doubt whether they could be aesthetically improved without exciting opposition. Drawing in public schools is meant, we are told, to train the hand and the eye to exactness, and not to be taught with, reference to its artistic applications ; and that this is the feeling of many influential persons has been shown by the fact that, even in the High Schools, where the pupils of the graduating classes have been, to some extent, supplied with casts and flat copies of a high order, and with flowers and other natural objects calcuated to excite a love of beauty in their minds, the effort to make the course more aesthetic has

s

SCHOOL DOCUMENT Xo. 20.

been spoken of in the School Board, and in the newspapers, as illegitimate in school training.

Under these circumstances we hardly see any other possi- ble course than that taken, which seems most certain to enable the study to maintain a foothold in the schools.

According to the present arrangement the pupils draw through eighteen books in twelve years, four of which are blank, and fourteen illustrated.

In the Primary Schools the Primary Manual is used by the teacheV, and the card series Xos. 1 and 2 by the pupils. As these are already in the schools, uo annual expense is incurred for copies.

In the Grammar Schools the teachers use the Grammar- School Manual, and the pupils such drawing books as are mentioned in the following programme :

Class 6. September to February, Xo. 6 Freehand book ; February to July, No. 6, Eerie w of.

Class 5. September to February, No. 1 Geometry; February to July, Freehand Xo. 2.

Class 4. September to February, Xo. 2 Geometry ; February to July, Freehand Xo. 3.

Class 3. September to February, Xo. 3 Geometry ; February to July, Freehand Xo. 4.

Class 2. September to February, Xo. 1 Model : Feb- ruary to July, Freehand Xo. 5.

Class 1. September to February, Xo. 2 Model ; Feb ruary to July, Freehand Xo. 6.

In the High Schools the senior class uses no books.

The middle use Xo. 1 Perspective from September to February, and blank-books from February to July.

The junior use Xo. 2 Perspective from September to Feb- ruary, and blank-books from February to July.

Some saving of material might be effected if the principals .of schools were directed to return all half-used books to the School Committee rooms, in order that they might be made

MUSIC AJSTD DRAWING.

9

over or exchanged ; and a great saving in expense would certainly result if the pupils of the High Schools were re- quired to pay for books and drawing materials.

The well-put argument of the Superintendent of Public Schools (see Annual Report, page 27) against t^e present policy of suplying text-books to "children who can pay for them as freely as to those who cannot," is equally applicable to drawing-books and drawing materials. It is not by doing away with them altogether, which would be tantamount to putting a complete stop to the study of drawing, and making all past sacrifices fruitless, that expenses should be dimin- ished ; but by making the cost of them fall upon those who can afford to bear it. We cannot do without books, though we can and shall have them at a cheaper rate ; neither can we buy fewer than at present, when the upper classes in the Primary Schools use blank-books, the different classes in the Grammar Schools use two printed books per annum for each pupil, the senior class in the High Schools use no books, and the middle and junior classes only one printed book per annum for each pupil.

The Committees on Music and Drawing, foreseeing the reduction in the number of special instructors which was made in the month of June, took pains to satisfy them- selves beforehand that this step, which would place these branches of instruction on a new footing in the public schools, could be taken without risk of detriment to their ef- ficiency. In the month of March the special instructors in music were directed to prepare lists of the names of all teachers in the districts under their charge whom they con- sidered competent to teach it. These lists, being sent in, satisfied the committee that the Grammar and Primary Schools were amply provided with competent teachers, needing only occasional supervision from the special in- structors.

The same fact was ascertained in regard to drawing,

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 20.

through the examinations held by the Director. These showed that out of 1,066 teachers, we now have 494 who have passed in all the five subjects required, namely: Per- spective, Geometry, Freehand, Model, and Memory Draw- ing; 137 ^who have passed in 4 subjects; 124 in 3 ; 74 in 2, and 41 in 1 subject, leaving a remainder of 196 who have passed in none. Of more than 100 of these, who have been excused from attending normal lessons, on account of ill- health, or defective eyesight, duly certified by a physician, nothing is to be said ; but the rest are plainly at fault. It is true that there are some among the comparatively few teachers who have neglected to qualify themselves to teach drawing, who can justly plead want of time to do justice to all the demands made upon their strength ; but all should remember that normal instruction is given in order to fit them for a work which, until they are able to undertake it, must be done by special instructors, and that, by their non-attendance, they thwart the always avowed intention of the School Board to dispense with a costly system of special instruction as soon as possible. Independently of all economical considerations, this is shown to be the true course, by the fact that the best results have been attained in the Grammar Schools, where for the last two years the regular teachers have been chiefly depended on to teach drawing. In the High Schools, where special instruction is most needed, it can only be given to the grad- uating classes, as the special instructors must devote a part of their time to examining and marking the work done under the regular teachers in the lower classes.

Among the teachers in every school some are better fitted than others to teach music or drawing, as the case may be, and it seems reasonable that these should be charged with the responsibility of carrying them on, now that so little special instruction can be given. This suggestion has been made to the principal of the schools in a joint circular lately

MUSIC AND DBAWDTG.

11

issued by the two committees, and doubtless it will be generally adopted. The special instructors in music will advise the regular teachers who are in doubt as to the conduct of their classes, when they visit each district once a fortnight, so far as practicable, to examine and report on their work. Such help cannot be so regularly counted on from the special instructors in drawing, a3 the greater part of their time is to be given to teaching the gradu- ating classes of the High Schools, and to examining and marking the work of the lower classes in the same: but in case of need the principals have been requested to write to the chairman of the Committee on Drawing, asking for the attendance of a special instructor, who can be sent at any time. It is proposed that the special instructors in drawing shall give two days a week to the instruction of the graduating classes in the High Schools allotted to them, and one full day a week to examining and marking the work of the pupils of the lower classes, taught by the regular teachers, so as to see that it is being done according to the programme. Copies of the marks awarded to each pupil, both in the graduating and lower classes, are to be handed* in to the principals of the schools, weekly or monthly as they may desire.

A summary of those marks, and a general reoort on the condition of drawing in each of the schools under instruction, is also to be sent to the chairman of the Committee on Drawing, and a duplicate of the said report to the Director of Drawing. In this way the condition of each school will be ascertained, and a necessary supervision kept up in every grade.

The Division of work between the special instructors in music and drawing has been made so as to cover the whole ground as far as possible. On account of their small number it must be of a somewhat superficial character, as far as direct teaching is concerned; but this is hardly to be regretted,

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 20.

since it will give the regular teachers an increased sense of responsibility, and make them regard the special instructors as counsellors and not as substitutes.

WORK OF THE DIRECTORS AND SPECIAL IN- STRUCTORS.

DRAWING.

The Director, Mr. Walter Smith, will teach one normal class, consisting of the pupils of the Normal School, and those teachers of the public schools who have not yet ob- tained full certificates. He will direct and supervise draw- ing in the High and Grammar Schools, and the Free Even- ing Drawing Schools ; hold semi-annual examinations of all schools and classes, and report on them, and deliver lectures where they are needed.

Mr. Henry Hitchings, will teach the English High-School graduating class two days in the week, from 9, A.M. to 2, •P.M., and will spend one day in examining and marking the work of pupils in the lower classes. He will also teach the Girls' High-School graduating and advanced classes, two days in the week, from 9, A.M. to 2, P.M.

Mr. Luc*as Baker will teach the graduating classes of the Charle^town and Brighton High-Schools ou three days in the week, and will examine and murk the work done in the lower classes on two days.

Miss Mercy A. Bailey will teach the graduating classes of the Dorchester and West Roxbury High Schools on four days iu the week, and will spend one day in the Girls' High School, to examine and mark the work done in the middle and junior classes.

Miss Balch; fourth assistant in the Roxbury High School, who has long aided the late special instructor, Mr. Xutting,

MUSIC ASD DRAWING.

13

in teaching drawing, and is specially fitted for the work, will take the responsibility of carrying it on in that school.

MUSIC.

The Director, Mr Julius Eichberg, will teach the graduat- ing classes in all the High Schools, supervise the classes taught by the regular teachers, hold examinations of teachers and pupils, and give normal instruction.

The Grammar-School districts will be visited once a fort- night, as far as possible, by the special instructors, who will examine and report on the work of the regular teachers.

Mr. J. B. Sharland will take charge of the following seventeen districts ; Franklin, Brimmer, Winthrop, Exeter- Street, Dwight, Everett, Sherwin, Comins, Dearborn, Dudley (Boys), Dudley (Girls), Lewis, Lowell, Central, Charles Sumner, Hillside, and Mt. Vernon.

Mr. Henry A. Holt will take charge of seventeen districts, as follows : Wells, Eliot, Hancock, Qnincy, Andrew, Bigelow, Gaston, Lawrence, Lincoln, Norcross, Shurtlehv, Allston, Bennett, Bowditch, Bowdoin, Phillips, and Rice.

Mr. J. M. Mason will take charge of the following sixteen districts : Adams, Chapman, Emerson, Lyman, Bunker Hill, Frothingham, Harvard, Prescott, Warren, Dorchester- Everett, Gibson, Harris, Mather, Minot, Stoughtun, and Tileston.

Before concluding this report a few words remain to be said about the Free Evening Drawing Schools. The expense of maintaining them during the coming winter will be much less than in previous years, as they are to be open five months instead of six, and as one of them, the Jamaica Plain School, will be closed. Owing to its disadvantageous location this school was not sufficiently well attended to enable the Drawing Committee to recommend its continuance. The committee have, however, presented to the School Board a petition from a large number of persons resident at

14

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 20.

Eoslindale and in the vicinity, asking for an Evening Draw- ing School, and have recommended it favorably, on the ground that it can be opened in the Charles Sumner School- House, with no other expense to the city than that of lighting and heating the rooms needed.

During the coming term the Tennyson-street School classes will be divided between the Appleton-street School- house, and the Mechanics' Hall, in Bedford street. The expense incident to the transportation of material to these buildings is to be borne by the Mechanics' Charitable Association, and the directors of the same have granted the use of rooms in their Bedford-street building to the pupils of the classes in instrumental drawing, rent free, in considera- tion of the loan of the Tennyson-street School-house to their Association by the School Board, for the Mechanics' Fair.

The Evening Drawing Schools will be open from the third Mondaj7, in October to the Friday next preceding the third Monday in March, at Appleton street and Bedford street, Charlestown City Hall, Dorchester High School, King-street School, Roxbury, East Boston, and, if permis- sion is granted by the School Board, in the Charles Sumner School-house at Roslindale. The master, the head assistant, and the assistants in these schools, will not be changed, as the Drawing Committee have every reason to be satisfied with their capacity and their zeal. The Free Evening Drawing Schools were established for mechanics and artisans wishing to make up deficiencies in their education, which, as they feel, seriously interfere with their success in life. Skilled* labor commands high wages, and skilled labor is what these schools should produce. With a view of in- creasing their utility the Drawing Committee would advise that the age for admission for boys should be changed from fifteen to seventeen years of age, as this measure will tend to prevent boys whose real age is difficult to determine, from entering the classes and taking up room which might be better

MUSIC AND DRAWING.

15

occupied ; and, also, that a teacher should be allowed for every twenty-five instead of every thirty pupils, as this latter number hardly allows a teacher to give as much time to each pupil as is desirable, if the pupil be really intent upon hard work.*

In legislating for these evening schools we should not forget how much indirect good they do, by keeping so large a number of persons usefully employed, some of whom, without them, might spend their time not only unprofitably, but harmfully to themselves and the community.

In behalf of the Committee,

CHARLES C. PERKINS,

Chairman.

* These orders were adopted by the School Board on Sept. 10th.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

PRIMARY, GRAMMAR, HIGH, LATIN, AND NORMAL SCHOOLS.

TEXT-BOOKS

AND

COURSES OF STUDY

AUTHORIZED FOR THE SCHOOL YEAR 1878-79.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET. 1 8 7 8.

In School Committee, Sept. 24, 1878.

Ordered: That the list of books, as adopted by the Board, for the school year 1878-79, be printed, and that no other books be used in any of the public schools of this city.

(A true copy.) Attest :

GEO. A. SMITH,

Secretary.

PRIMARY SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS.

Sixth Class. Franklin Primer, Leigh's type. .

Fifth Class.

Franklin Second Reader, Leigh's type. Worcester's Primary Spelling Book.

Fourth Class. Franklin Second Reader. Worcester's Primary Spelling Book. First Music Reader.

Third Class.

Franklin Second Reader. Worcester's Primary Spelling Book. Eaton's Primary Arithmetic. First Music Reader.

First and Second Classes

Franklin Third Reader. Worcester's Primary Spelling Book. Eaton's Primary Arithmetic. First Music Reader.

4 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21;

All the Classes. First Primary Music Chart. Prang's Natural History Series.

Supplementary Beading.

In School Committee, Sept. 24, 1878.

Ordered, That the monthly juvenile magazine, "The Nursery," be provided as supplementary reading matter for the Primary Schools, in such quantities as may be indicated by the Board of Supervisors.

TEXT-BOOKS.

5

GRAMMAR SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS.

Sixth Class. Franklin Fourth Reader. Worcester's Spelling Book. Eaton's Intellectual Arithmetic. Warren's Primary Geography.

Hooker's Child's Book of Nature (permitted as a reading or

lesson book). Intermediate Music Reader.

Fifth Class. Franklin Intermediate Reader. Worcester's Spelling Book. Eaton's Intellectual Arithmetic. Eaton's Grammar School Arithmetic. Warren's Primary Geography.

Hooker's Child's Book of Nature (permitted as a reading or

lesson book) . Intermediate Music Reader.

Fourth Class.

Franklin Fifth Reader. Worcester's Spelling Book. Eaton's Intellectual Arithmetic. Eaton's Grammar School Arithmetic. Warren's Common School Geography, Intermediate Music Reader.

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Third Class.

Franklin Fifth Reader. Worcester's Spelling Book. Eaton's Intellectual Arithmetic. Eaton's Grammar School Arithmetic. Warren's Common School Geography. Swinton's New Language Lessons.

Anderson's Grammar School History of the United States. Intermediate Music Reader.

Second Class.

Franklin Sixth Reader.

Eaton's Intellectual Arithmetic.

Eaton's Grammar School Arithmetic.

Warren's Common School Geography.

Swinton's New Language Lessons.

Worcester's Comprehensive Dictionary.

Anderson's Grammar School History of the United States.

Fourth Music Reader.

First Class.

Franklin Sixth Reader. Eaton's Intellectual Arithmetic. Eaton's Grammar School Arithmetic. Warren's Common School Geography. Swinton's New Language Lessons. Worcester's Comprehensive Dictionary. Worcester's History. Cooley's Elements Natural Philosophy. Fourth Music Reader.

All the Classes. American Text-Books of Art Education. A. R. Dunton's Writing-Books, University Series, or Pay son, Dnnton & Scribner's.

TEXT-BOOKS.

7

Prang's Aids for Object-Teaching, "Trades." Higginson's History of the United States (as a reading- book) .

Supplementary Beading.

Te School Committee. Sept. 24, 1878. Ordered, That the Committee on Supplies be authorized to purchase, at the request of the Board of Supervisors, not exceeding two hundred opies each, of any or all of the fol- lowing books, to be used under the direction of the Board of Supervisors, as auxiliary reading-books in the Grammar Schools :

Hawthorne's Wonder Book. Hawthorne's Tanglewood Tales. Miss Martineau's Crofton Boys.

Thomas Hughes' Tom Brown's School Days at Rugby. Danas' Two Years before the Mast. De Foe's Robinson Crusoe. Irving's Sketch Book.

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

HIGH SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS.

ENGLISH.

First Year.

Bain's Brief English Grammar, ^rving's Sketch-Book. 2Scott's Lady of the Lake.

Second Year.

Abbott's "How to Write Clearly." Selections from Addison's Spectator. Hill's Ehetoric.

Hales's Longer English Poems.

Third Year. Trevelyan's Selections from Macanlay.

Shakespeare and Milton ; selections in the Clarendon Press Series (or any equivalent selections which may be recommended by the Board of Supervisors).

Hales's Puems.

Second and Third Years. ^acaulay's Essays.

1 Such selections as may be authorized by the Committee on High Schools.

2 In School Committee, Sept. 24, 1878. Ordered, That the High Schools be allowed to use any text-books in English now owned by the city, as supplementary reading matter to that now prescribed.

TEXT-BOOKS. 9

I

First, Second, and Third Years. Worcester's Comprehensive Dictionary.

* FRENCH.

First, Second, and Third Years. Keetel's Elementary Grammar. Spiers and Surenne's Dictionary (octavo).

First and Third Years. Joynes' Otto's French Reader.

Second Year.

Saintine. Picciola.

Erckmann-Chatrian. Le Conscrit de 1813.

" " Madame Therese.

Bocher's College Series of French Plays. Souvestre. Au Coin du Feu.

Third Year.

Taine. Notes sur l'Angleterre. Lacombe. La Petite Histoire du Peuple Frangais. Bocher's College Series of French Plays. Herrig's La France Litteraire.

GERMAN.

First Year.

Otto's Grammar, for pupils beginning German the first year. Whitney's Grammar, for pupils beginning German the third year.

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

First and Third Years. Storme's Easy German Reader. Whitney's German Reader.

»

Second Year.

Schiller's William Tell. M tiller's College Plays. Whitney's German Reader.

Third Year.

Goethe's Hermann uud Dorothea. Goethe's Prose.

First, Second, and Third Years. Kohler's German Dictionary.

LATIN.

First, Second, and Third Years. Allen & Greenough's Latin Grammar, for use only in the

Roxbury, West Roxbury, and Brighton High schools. Harkness's Latin Grammar, for use only in the English High,

Girls' High, Dorchester High, and Charlestown High

schools.

First and Third Years. Allen's Xew Latin Method, for use only in the Roxbury,

West Roxbury, and Brighton High schools. Harkness'? Xew Latin Reader, for use only in the English

High. Girls' High. Dorchester High, and Charlestown

High schools.

TEXT-BOOKS.

11

First, Second, and Third Years. Latin School series, I. and II.

Third Year.

Virgil, any edition approved by the Committee on Text- books.

HISTORY.

First, Second, and Third Years. Swinton's Outlines of the World's History.

Third Year. Martin's Civil Govern ment.

MATHEMATICS.1

First Year. Bradbury's Eaton's Algebra.

Second and Third Years.

Bradbury's Elementary Geometry, or Chauvenet's Geometry.

Second Year.

Bradbury's Elementary Trigonometry, or Greenleaf s Trio-onometrv.

1 Xote. One set of apparatus for illustrating the Metric System is allowed each High School, at an expense not exceeding $15.00 for each school.

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

PHYSICS.

Second and Third Years, Norton's Natural Philosophy.

ASTRONOMY.

Third Year.

Kiddle's Astronomy.

CHEMISTRY.

Third Year.

Eliot & Storer's Elementary Manual of Chemistry, edited by Nichols.

BOTANY.

First and Third Years. Gray's School and Field Book of Botany.

ZOOLOGY.

Second and Third Years.

Morse's Zoology.

PHYSIOLOGY.

Third Year. Hutchison's Physiology.

TEXT-BOOKS.

MUSIC.

First, Second, and Third Years Eichberg's High School Music Reader.

DRAWING.

First, Second, and Third Years American Text-books of Art Education.

14

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

" Advanced " Classes of the English High and Girls* High Schools.

ENGLISH HIGH SCHOOL.

LATIN.

Harkness's Latin Grammar. Harkness's New Latin Reader.

FRENCH.

Corneille's Cid.

GERMAN.

Goethe's Faust. Hermann und Dorothea. Schiller's William Tell.

MATHEMATICS.

Greenleafs Trigonometry. Loomis's Navigation. Peck's Analytical Geometry.

CHEMISTRY.

Eliot and Storer's Qualitative Analysis.

PHYSICS.

Ganot's Physics. Peck's Mechanics.

TEXT-BOOKS.

GIRLS' HIGH SCHOOL.

15

ENGLISH.

Selections from Chaucer, from Shakespeare, and from Milton.

FRENCH.

Herrig's La France Litteraire.

LATIN.

Cicero, Virgil and Horace (any edition).

MATHEMATICS.

Bradbury's Elementary Geometry and Trigonometry.

CHEMISTRY.

Fill's Lecture Notes on Qualitative Analysis.

ASTRONOMY.

Kiddle's Astronomy.

PSYCHOLOGY.

Noah Porter's Elements of Intellectual Science. Peabody's Moral Philosophy.

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 21.

LATIX SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS.

LATIN.

Andrews' Lexicon. White's Abridged Lexicon. Harkness's Grammar.

" Prose Composition.

" Keader. Smith's Priucipia Latiua, Part II.

Latin School Series, Vol. I. : Phaedrns, Justin, and Xepos. Harkness's Caesar. Greenough's Catiline of Sallust.

Latiu School Series, Vol. II. : Ovid, Curtius, and Cicero. Greenough's Ovid. " Virgil.

" or Harkness's Orations of Cicero.

GREEK.

Liddell & Scott's Lexicon.

Goodwin's Grammar.

White's Lessons.

Jones's Prose Composition.

Goodwin's Reader.

The Anabasis of Xenophon.

Boise's Homer's Iliad.

TEXT-BOOKS.

17

ENGLISH.

Senile's Hand-book of Pronunciation. Hill's General Rules for Punctuation.

Hawthorne's Wonder Book.

" Tangle wood Tales.

Cox's Tales of Ancient Greece. Bultinch's Age of Fable.

Plutarch's Lives of Famous Greeks and Romans.

The Croftou Boys, by Harriet Martineau.

Tom Brown's School Days at Rugby, by Thomas Hughes.

Two years before the Mast, by Richard H. Dana, Jr.

Robinson Crusoe, by DeFoe.

One of Scott's novels.

Three plays of Shakespeare. Selections from the poems of

Milton.

Pope.

Gray.

Goldsmith.

Wordsworth.

Scott.

Campbell.

Byron.

Macaulay (The Lays of Ancient Rome").

Tennyson.

Lowell.

Holmes.

Whittier.

Longfellow.

Bryant.

IS

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Selections from the essays of Addison. Steele.

Selections from the works of Prescott. Irving.

A few orations or speeches of Burke. Pitt. Fox. Webster. Everett. Sumner.

FRENCH.

Spiers and Sureune's French Dictionary (octavo;.

Keetels' French Grammars, Elementary and Analytical.

Contes des Fees, par Perrault.

Jean qui grogne, par Mme. de Segur.

Jeanne d'Arc, par Michelet.

Robinson Suisse, par Wyss.

Batavia, par Conscience.

Voltaire's History of Charles XII.

Duruy's or Guizot's History of France.

Selections from the Works of Sainte-Beuve.

Selections from Taine's Euglish Literature.

GERMAN.

Whitney's Grammar. Whitney's Reader.

HISTORY.

Higginson's Young Folks' History of the U. S. Smith's Smaller History of Rome.

" " H " Greece.

Long's Classical Atlas.

TEXT-BOOKS.

19

GEOGRAPHY.

Geikie's Primer of Physical Geography. "Warren's Common School Geography.

PHYSIOLOGY.

Mace's History of a Mouthful of Bread. Foster's Physiology ; Science Primer.

EOT ANY.

Gray's How Plants Grow.

" School and Field Book of Botany. Apgar's Plant Analysis.

ZOOLOGY.

Morse'3 Zoology. Agassiz's Sea-side Studies.

MATHEMATICS .

Eaton's Common School Arithmetic.

" High " "

Tower's Intellectual Algebra. Bradbury's Eaton's Algebra. Hill's First Lessons in Geometry. Lowell's Science of Form.

Peirce's Plane and Solid Geometry, or Chauveaet's Geometry.

DRAWING.

Walter Smith's American Text-books of Art Education.

MUSIC.

Eichbergs High School Music Eeader.

20

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

NORMAL SCHOOL TEXT-BOOKS.

The text-books used in this school shall be snch of the text-books used in the other public schools of the city as are needed for the course of study, and such others as shall be authorized by the Board.

REFERENCE BOOKS.

21

REFERENCE BOOKS

»

FOR PRIMARY AND GRAMMAR SCHOOLS. Adopted Jan. 23, 1877 (page 12, Minutes 1877.)

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

"Worcester's Comprehensive Dictionary. National Music Teacher.

Walter Smith's Teachers' Manual of Freehand Drawing. Monroe's Vocal Gymnastics.

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

Johnson's Atlas. Flammarion's Atmosphere. Martin's Civil Government.

Appleton's American Encyclopaedia, or Johnson's Encyclo- paedia. Chambers's Cyclopaedia.

Chambers's Cyclopaedia of English Literature. Anthon's Classical Dictionary. Webster's Quarto Unabridged Dictionary. Webster's National Pictorial Dictionary. Worcester's Quarto Unabridged Dictionary. Thomas's Dictionary of Biography and Mythology. Guyot's Earth and Man. v Reclus's Earth.

Lossing's Field Book of the Revolution.

Goold Brown's Grammar of English Grammars.

22

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Lippincott's Gazetteer.

Bancroft's History of the United States.

Palfrey's History of New England.

ShurtlefFs Topographical History of Boston.

Weber's Universal History.

Reclus's Ocean.

Wilson's Punctuation.

Frothingham's Rise of the Republic.

Frothingham's Siege of Boston.

Hawes's Synchronology of Ancient and Modern History. Philbrick's Union Speaker.

Joslyn's 15-inch Terrestrial Globe, on Tripod (one for each Grammar School).

9-inch Hand-Globe, Loring's Magnetic (one for each Gram- mar School-room).

MAPS AND GLOBES.

Cutter's Physiological Charts.

Cornell's Series Maps.

Guyot's Series, Maps Nos. 1, 2, 3

Not exceeding one set to each floor.

COURSES OF STUDY. 23

COURSES OF STUDY.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

SIXTH CLASS.

Language, one and one-half hours a week. Oral lessons. Purpose, to accustom pupils to express what they know in sentences. Material, reading lessons, pictures, plants, and animals, or whatever the ingenuity of the teacher may suggest.

Oral Instruction, tico and one-half hours a week. Simple conversational studies of familiar plants, ani- mals, and things; to distinguish form, color, and prominent qualities.

Simple poetry recited (throughout the course).

Reading and Spelling, ten hours a week. Head- ing from black-board, chart, and a Reader of a proper grade.

Writing, one and two-thirds hours a week. A few of the simplest script letters, viz., i, u, n. m, t, d, e, o, etc. Short, easy words, names of familiar objects, combining1 the letters learned. Arabic figures.

Arithmetic, two hours a week. Kumhers from 1 to 10. 1. Adding and subtracting. 2. Arabic figures. 3. Ordinal numbers.

Drawing, two hours a week. (Regulations, Chap. XXVIII.) Names, positions, and relationship of straight lines. Combinations of lines to make

24 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

figures. Their division into equal parts. Draw- ing from memory and dictation of lines in de- fined positions. Combinations and arrangements of points and short lines in geometric forms. Ruling lines of given length. Measuring length of given lines. Black-board. Slates.

Music, one hour a week. (Regulations, Chap. XXIX.) First fourteen pages of First National Music Reader by rote. Scales by numerals and syllables. Position of body and formation of sounds.

Physical Exercises, fifty minutes a week. Not less than twice each session, some simple, pleasing ex- ercise in concert.

Recreation, one half-hour a iveek.

FIFTH CLASS.

Language, one and one-half hours a week. Same as in Class VI.

Oral Instruction, tico and one-half hours a week. Same as in Class VI., with new material. Simple talks about the human body and hygiene. In con- nection with number lessons, coins from one to ten cents.

Heading and Spelling, ten hours a week. Reading from a Reader of a proper grade. Spelling by sound and by letter some easy, common words from the reading lessons.

Writing, one and two-thirds hours a week. All the small script letters, combined into words as in Class VI. Arabic figures.

Arithmetic, two hours a week. Numbers from 1 to 10. 1. Multiplying and dividing, with results in

COURSES OF STUDY.

25

figures. 2. Relations of numbers from 1 to 10. (See subjects for "Oral Instruction.")

Drawing, two hours a week. Curved lines ex- plained. The simple curve. Combination of curved with straight lines. Illustrate plane geometric defi- nitions of lines and figures by rule and measure. Simple forms from memory and dictation. Re- arrangements of exercises in design. Black-board. Slates.

Music, one hour a week. Notation. Time, beating time, and signs of expression. Practice in writing characters used in music. Rote-songs at option of teacher. Chart No. 2.

Physical Exercises, fifty minutes a week. Same as in Class VI.

Recreation, one half-hour a week.

FOURTH CLAS8.

Language, two hours a week. Same as in pre- ceding classes.

Oral Instruction, two and two-thirds hours a week. Same as before, introducing, freely, comparisons between like and unlike ; and studying less familiar plants, animals, and things. With number lessons, pint, quart, gallon ; quart, peck, bushel.

Heading and Spelling, eight hours a week. Read- ing from a Reader of a proper grade. Supplementary reading. Spelling, by sound and by letter, words from the reading lessons and other familiar words.

Writing, two hours a week. Capitals and small letters ; short, easy words ; names of pleasing, familiar objects ; pupil's name.

26

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Arithmetic, tivo and one-half hours a week. Num- bers from 1 to 20. 1. Combinations of ten with numbers smaller than ten. 2. Adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing, with results in figures. 3. Eelations of numbers from 1 to 20. 4. Roman nu- merals to XX. 5. Meter and decimeter.

Drawing, two hours a week. Curved lines ex- plained. The compound curve. Outlines of vases and pitchers, illustrating compound curves. Arrang- ing simple leaves to fill geometric forms by repeti- tion. Symmetry, or balance of parts, explained. Definitions of regular plane forms in words and by illustrations. Dictation and memory. Black-board. Slates.

Music, one hour a week. Keview, and advance to end of Chart No. 12. Rote songs, pages 15, 16, and 17. Writing of notes of different values, and combining them into measures.

Physical Exercises, fifty minutes a week. Same as in Classes V. and VI.

Recreation, one-half hour a week.

Miscellaneous, one-half hour a week.

THIRD CLASS.

Language, two hours a week. Oral exercises as in preceding lessons. Pupils to write the sentences made in their oral exercises so far as they are able.

Oral Instruction, two and two-thirds hours a week. Same as before. Grouping of animals by habits, traits, and structure ; and of objects by form and qualities. Lessons in size and distance by simple measurements, inch, foot, yard.

Reading and Spelling, eight hours a week. Read- ing from a Reader of a proper grade. Supple^

COURSES OF STUDY.

27

mentary reading. Spelling as before, written and oral.

Writing, two hours a week. Letters, words, and short, simple sentences; the proper use of capitals. Roman numerals.

Arithmetic, two and one-half hours a week. Num- bers from 1 to 100. 1. Combinations of tens, and of tens with smaller numbers. 2. Adding, subtract- ing, multiplying, and dividing numbers from 1 to 50, with results in figures. 3. Relations of numbers from 1 to '50. 4. Roman numerals to L. 5. Square and cubic decimeter.

Drawing, two hours a week. Review work of previous classes. Proportion and size. Testing ac- curacy by scale. Designing new combinations of old forms. Symmetry and repetition further illustrated. Enlarging from cards. Reducing from black-board. Black-board and slates.

Music, one hour a week. Review, and advance to end of Chart No. 15. Exercise upon sounds of the scale by numerals, syllables, and pitch names. Rote songs. Writing scale degrees under dictation.

Physical Exercises, fifty minutes a week. Same as in preceding classes.

Recreation, one-half hour a week.

Miscellaneous, one-half hour a week.

SECOND CLASS.

Language, two hours a week. Same as in Class III.

Oral Instruction, two and two-thirds hours a week. Observation of less obvious qualities of objects ; tints and shades of color.

28

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Study of strange animals from pictures, to infer mode of life from structure or structure from mode of life.

Simple lessons on weights and divisions of time. Talks about the human body and hygiene, con- tinued.

Fables, anecdotes.

Reading and Spelling, seven hours a week. Read- ing from a Reader of a proper grade. Supplemen- tary reading. Spelling as before.

Writing, two hours a week. Letters, words, and sentences from dictation and from the black-board.

Sentences made in the language lessons to be used for writing exercises.

Arithmetic, three and one-half hours a week.

Numbers from 1 to 100. 1. Adding, subtracting, multiplying, and dividing, with results in figures. 2. Relations of numbers from 1 to 100. 3. Roman numerals to C. 4. Liter and dekaliter, dekameter.

Drawing, two hours a week. Drawing on paper in books. Review the work of Classes V. and VI., on paper. Even quality of lines. Subjects of lessons in previous classes repeated in regular order.

Music, one hour a week. Review, and advance to end of No. 20. Scale-practice by singing and writ- ing. Rote songs.

Physical Exercises, fifty minutes a week. Twice in the forenoon and once in the afternoon.

Recreation, one-half hour a week.

Miscellaneous, one-half hour a week.

COURSES OF STUDY.

29

FIRST CLASS.

Language, two hours a week. Same as in Classes II. and III.

Oral Instruction, two and two-thirds hours a iveeJc. Work of Class II. continued. Complementary colors. Harmonies of colors. Plants and animals gathered into families. Vegetable, animal, and mineral products distinguished. Observation of the qualities and mechanism of things as adapted to their use.

Heading and Spelling, seven hours a iveek. Bead- ing from a Reader of a proper grade. Supplementary reading. Spelling as before.

Writing, two hours a week. Words and sentences. Sentences used in language lessons will furnish ma- terial for exercises. The proper form of dating, ad- dressing, and signing a letter ; also the correct method of superscribing an envelope.

Arithmetic, three and one-half hours a week. Numbers from 1 to 1000. 1. Combinations of hundreds, and of hundreds with smaller numbers. 2. Adding, sub- tracting, multiplying, and dividing numbers from 1 to 144, with results in figures. 3. Relations of numbers from 1 to 144. 4. Adding and subtracting, multi- plying and dividing numbers from 144 to 1000, no multiplier or divisor larger than ten being used. 5. Roman numerals. 6. Centimeter, gram, and kilo- gram.

Drawing, two hours a week. Drawing on paper in books. Review the work of Classes IV. and III. on paper. [For further description see programme of instruction issued annually.]

Music, one hour a week. Charts from 21 to 36,

30 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

inclusive. Rote songs. Writing of scales in differ- ent keys.

Physical Exercises, fijty minutes a week. Same as in Class II.

Recreation, one-half hour a week. Miscellaneous, one-half hour a week.

[Note. Opening exercises, one-half hour a week. Reoesses, two and one-half hours a week.]

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

SIXTH CLASS.

Language, three hours a week. Oral and written exercises in the use of language as the expression of thought. Exercises the same in kind as those of the Primary School, adapted to the capacity of pupils of this class. Letter-writing.

Oral Instruction, two and one-half hours a week. Elementary studies in natural history. Plants May to November. Animals November to May. Qual- ities and properties of objects. Talks about trades, occupations, and articles of commerce. Poetry re- cited.

Reading and Spelling, six hours a week. Reading from a Eeader of a proper grade. Supplementary reading throughout the course. Spelling from the reading, and other lessons, chiefly written exercises.

Writing, two hours a iceek. Two books each half year. Blank books at alternate lessons.

Arithmetic, four hours a iceek. 1. Combination of thousands ; writing and reading integers. 2. Re- lations of tenths, hundredths, and thousandths to units; writing and reading decimals to thousandths. 3. Addition and subtraction of integers to millions ;

COURSES OF STUDY.

31

of decimals to thousandths ; and of U.S. money. 4. The units of U.S. money, with their relations to one another; also of liquid and dry measure. Oral ex- ercises with simple numbers, to precede and accom- pany written arithmetic.

Geography , two hours a week. Oral lessons, with the use of the globe and maps, as soon as the class is prepared for them.

Drawing, one and one-half hours a week. (Regu- lations. Chap. XXVIII.) Drawing on paper in books. Review lines, angles, and figures on large scale. Division of lines into equal and unequal parts. Figures inscribed within, and described about figures. Elementary design. Dictation and memory. Pro- portion of parts to whole design.

Music, one hour a iceek. (Regulations. Chap. XXIX.) Music Charts (Second Series). Exercises and songs in the first twenty pages of charts, and in the first thirty-three pages of Second Music Reader. Continued practice in writing.

FIFTH CLASS.

Language, three hours a week. Same as in Class VI.

Oral Instruction, two and one-half hours a iveek. Subjects of Class VI. continued. Talks about com- mon phenomena. Stories. Anecdotes. Poetry re- cited.

Heading and Spelling, six hours a week. Reading from a Reader of a proper grade, or its equivalent. Spelling as before.

Writing, two hours a week. Two books each half- year. Blank books at alternate lessons.

Arithmetic, four hours a iceek. 1. Multiplication

32

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

and division of integers ; of decimals and of U.S. money. 2. The units of avoirdupois weight and of troy weight, with their relations. Oral exercises.

Geography, two hours a week. Oral lessons con- tinued, with such use of the text-book and such map drawing as is appropriate.

Drawing, one and one-half hours a week. Drawing on paper in books. Tangency of curved with curved, and curved with straight lines. Eeview compound and simple curves on large scale. Abstract curve. Details of historical ornament. Conventionalism ex- plained and illustrated. Repetition on an axis and around a centre. Geometric views of objects. Dic- tation and memory. Elementary design, with con- ventional leaves. Geometrical drawing with com- passes. Definitions and eight problems.

Music, one hour a week. Charts from No. 21 to 40, inclusive. Chromatic scale, both in singing and writing. Songs at option of teacher. Rules of breathing.

FOURTH CLASS.

Language, three hours a week. Same as in Classes V. and VI.

Oral Instruction, two and one-half hours a week. Elementary natural history continued. Common metals and minerals. Useful woods. Stories from mythology and ancient history. Poetry and prose recited.

Reading and Spelling, Jive hours a zceek. Read- ing from a Reader of a proper grade, or its equiva- lent. Spelling as before.

Writing, two hoiws a week. Two books each half year. Blank books at alternate lessons.

COURSES OF STUDY.

33

Arithmetic, four hours a iceek. 1. Factors, meas- ures, and multiples. 2. Common fractions. 3. The units of long, square, and solid measure, with their relations. 4. Decimal fractions reviewed and com- pleted. Oral exercises.

Geography y three hours a week. Study of the earth as a globe, with reference to form, motions, parallels, meridians, zones (with their characteristics), winds, currents, and the life of man as varied by climate and civilization. The physical features of the grand di- visions studied and compared ; with map-drawing.

Drawing, one and one-half hours a iceek. Drawing on paper in books. Filling of geometric shapes with conventional ornament. Details of historical ornament, un symmetrical. Abstract curves based on the spiral. Conventional leaves. Objects in profile. Dictation and memory. Elementary design. Processes of me- chanical repetition. Geometrical drawing with com- passes. Problems 9 to 44.

Music, one hour a iceek. Charts (Third Series), scale and staff intervals. Sin^iuor in different kevs up to three sharps and four flats. Practice of the first twenty numbers in charts, and first twenty-two pages of Third Keader.

THIRD CLASS.

Language, three hours a week. Same continued. Grammar begun. The parts of speech ; analysis of simple sentences.

Oral Instruction, two hours a week. Elementary natural history continued. Phy>iology begun. Stories of life in the middle ages. Poetry and prose recited.

Reading and Sjjellijig, three hours a week. Bead-

34

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

ing from a Header of a proper grade, or its equivalent. Spelling as before.

Writing, one and one-half hours a week. Two books each half year. Blank books at alternate lessons.

Arithmetic, Jour hours a week. 1. Metric Sys- tem. 2. Percentage, (a) Simple Interest. (b) Discount. Oral exercises.

Geography, two and one-half hours a week. Physi- cal and political geography of the countries of the grand divisions begun ; with map-drawing.

History, two and one-half hours a iveek. United States history to July 4, 1776.

Physics, one hour a week Outlines of physics, to be taught as far as practicable by the experimental method.

Drawing, one and one-half hours a week. Drawing on paper in books. Horizontal, vertical, and central repetition compared. Details of historical ornament. Common objects. Enlargement and reduction of or- namental details. Symmetry of unsymmetrical lines. Elementary design, from historic details. Dictation,, memory, and design, combined in single lesson. Geo- metrical drawing with compasses. Problems 45 to 73.

Music, one hour a week. Charts. Reverse Charts of Third Series, to be completed. Songs in various keys. Transposition from one key to another. Vocal culture continued.

SECOND CLASS.

Language, three hours a week. Exercises in writ- ing continued. Business letters. Grammar. The subdivisions of the parts of speech. The inflexions of nouns, pronouns, verbs, adjectives, and adverbs.

COURSES OF STUDY.

35

Analysis of easy complex and compound sentences. The rules of syntax illustrated by familiar examples.

Oral Instruction, two hours a week. Physiology. Biographical and historical sketches. Poatry and prose recited.

Reading and Spelling, three hours a week. Reading from a Reader of a proper grade, or its equivalent. Spelling as, before.

Writing, one hour a week. One book each half-year. Blank book alternately.

Arithmetic, four hours a week. 1. Percentage con- tinued, (a) Commission and other simple applica- tions, (b) Profit and loss, (c) Partial payments. (cZ) Compound interest. 2. Ratio and proportion. 3. Compound numbers completed. Oral exercises.

Geography , two and one-half hours a week. Phys- ical and political geography of the countries of the grand divisions completed ; with map-drawing.

History, three hours a week. United States history completed and reviewed.

Physics, one hour a we^k. Outlines of physics con- tinued.

Drawing, one and one-half hours a week. Draw- ing on paper in books. Historical objects. Subtlety of curvature. Elementary design from' given sub- jects. Enlargement and reversing of objects. Model and object drawing ; 1st, from copy ; 2d, from object. The ellipse, perspective of the circle. Reg- ular forms, and irregular natural forms based on them. Geometric basis of objects of use. The cone and cylinder, and objects based on them. The sphere, spheroid, and ovoid, and objects based on them.

36

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Music, one hour a week. Fourth Music Reader. Solfeggios from page 50 to 78. Also, Triad Ex- ercises from page 79 to 84. Frequent change of parts. Songs at option, but with exclusion of rote- singing. Continuation of writing exercises and trans- position.

FIRST CLASS.

Language, three hours a week, first half year. Three and one-half hours a week, second half year. Exercises in writing as in the preceding classes, with the application of grammar to ordinary English.

Oral Instruction, one hour a week. Conversational lessons on topics and allusions connected with the stud- ies. One hour a week, declamation or recitation.

Reading and Spelling, two and one half hours a week. Reading from a Reader of a proper grade, or its equiv- alent. Spelling as before.

Writing, one hour a week. Commercial and mis- cellaneous forms. Blank book alternately.

Arithmetic, three and one-half hours a week, first half year. Four hours a week, second half year. 1. Powers of numbers. 2. Square root and its common applications. 3. Mensuration. 4. Reviews. [After completing the reviews, cube root and its applica- tions, equation of payments, and exchange may be studied.] Oral exercises.

Geography, three hours a week, first half year. General reviews. Astronomical and physical phe- nomena, and political and commercial relations more carefulty studied. Maps of the grand divisions, of the United States, and of Great Britain, drawn from memory.

COURSES OF STUDY.

37

History and Civil Government, three hours a week. History of England. Constitution of United States, and of Massachusetts.

PJtysics, one and one-half hours a week. Outlines of physics continued.

Book-keeping , two hours a week, second half year. Single entry; day book, cash book, and ledger to be kept. Practice in the use of common business forms.

Drawing, one and one-half hours a week. Draw- ing on paper in books. Elaborate details of historic ornament compared. Natural foliage, copied with pen and ink. Elementary design from given subjects in given shapes. Half tinting. Memory drawing of designs. Model and object drawing ; 1st, from copy ; 2d, from object. The perspective of parallel lines in rectangular objects. Cube, prisms, and pyr- amids, and objects- based on them. Botanical analy- sis of plants for designs.

Music, one hour a week. Fourth Music Reader. Solfeggios from page 50 to 78. Also, Triad Exer- cises from page 79 to 84. Frequent change of parts. Songs at option, but with exclusion of rote-singing. Continuation of writing exercises and transposition.

Note. Physical exercises, fifty minutes a week. Every class to practice in concert proper physical exercises not less than five min- utes each session. (Regulations. Sect. 234.) Sewing, two hours a week for girls. (Regulations. Sect. 235.) Opening exercises, half hour a week. Recesses, one hour forty minutes a week.

38

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

HIGH SCHOOLS. (See Note a.)

FIRST YEAR.

English and History. Five hours till March 1st. Three hours after March 1st. 1. English : (1) Brief accounts of certain authors, with the study of some of their best works. (2) Reading aloud, reciting or speaking selections in prose and poetry from the authors. (3) Elementary exercises in writing Eng- lish, including practical applications of Grammar. 2. Ancient History.

Foreign Language. Five hours till March 1st, , and three hours after March 1st. Latin, or French, or German. See note b.

Mathematics. Five hours. 1. Algebra (four hours). 2. Principles of Arithmetic, with practi- cal instruction in the Metric System (one hour). See note d.

Natural and Physical Sciences. Four hours after March 1st. Botany.

SECOND YEAR.

English and History. Four hours. 1. English:

(1) Brief accounts of authors, etc., as in first year.

(2) Reading aloud, etc., as in first year. (3) Principles of Rhetoric and their application to writing English, with exercises to increase the vocabulary. 2. Medi- aeval History. 3. Modern History begun.

Foreign Language. Three hours. The same language, continued.

Mathematics. Five Itours a week.

1. Shorter Course (to be completed in second year): Plane Geometry and Plane Trigonometry,

COURSES OF STUDY.

39

with simple applications; also, the properties and mensuration of certain solids (four hours). See notes 6, e (1), and f;

or,

1. Longer Course (to be continued in third year) : Plane Geometry and Plane Trigonometry (four hours.) See notee (2), (3).

2. Book-keeping by Double Entry with Commercial Arithmetic [or Zoology] (one hour).

Natural and Physical Science. Three hours. Physics (three hours). Zoology, including Human Anatomy and Physiology [in place of Book-keeping] (one hour). See notes b and f.

THIRD YEAR.

English and History. Five hours. 1. English: (1) Selections from Milton and Shakespeare stud- ied critically. (2) Keading aloud, etc., as before. (3) Writing Essays. 2. Modern History. 3. Civil Government.

Foreign Language. Four hours [with Mathemat- ics or Natural Science (two hours)!.

Either the language studied two years to be con- tinued (one hour) ; and Latin, French, or German, begun (three hours).

Or the language begun (four hours) ;

or,

Foreign Language. Six hours. The language studied two years to be continued (three hours). Latin, French, or German, begun {three hours).

Mathematics [or Natural Science']. Two hours [with Foreign Language, four 1 tours']. Solid Geom- etry and Mensuration. See note e (3).

40

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Natural and Physical Science. Five hours, 1. Physics (continued) {two hours). 2. Chemistry (two hours). See note c. 3. Descriptive Astronomy {one hour). Zoology [in place of Mathematics] con- tinued till March 1 ; and Botany (continued from first year) after March 1 {two hours). See note e (3).

Xote a. The number of sessions a week is five; the number of hours a session, five ; and the average length of an "hour" for class exercises or study is about fifty minutes. Of the twenty-five school hours in a week, one hour is to be given to Music ; two hours to Military Drill for the boys and to Calisthenics for the girls ; five hours (one each day) in the first and second years, and four hours in the third year, to study ; fifteen hours in the first and second years, and sixteen hours in the third year, to English, Foreign Languages, History, Natural and Physical Science, and Mathematics.

Xote b. The choice of the study must be subject to the approval of the principal.

Xote c. Another hour, usually given to study, may be used in the Chemical Laboratory.

Note d. The study of Arithmetic is, so far as practicable, to be united with the study of Algebra.

Xote e. (1) Those pupils that elect the shorter course in Mathematics will complete it during the second year, and may take either Book-keeping or Zoology. If they elect Xatural Science, they will give to it two hours during the third year ; and the whole time assigned to a foreign language may be given to the language begun the third year ; or the language already studied two years may be continued one hour a week.

COURSES OF STUDY.

41

(2) Those pupils that elect the longer course in Mathematics may, at the close of the second year, drop the language studied two years, and give four hours a week to the language begun the third year, or con- tinue the language already studied, one hour a week.

(3) Pupils pursuing for the third year either Math- ematics or Xatural Science can, with the consent of the principal, give extra time to the language already pursued two 3- ears.

Xote f. Pupils intending to pursue the shorter course in Mathematics, or to enter the Xormal School, are advised to elect Zoology.

PUBLIC LA TIX SCHOOL.

FIRST TEAR.

Latin. 1. Forms. 2. Translating into English easy Latin sentences and the Reader. 3. Vocabulary and turning English into Latin (sentences like those in the Reader) .

English. 1. Reading aloud from (1) Hawthorne's Wonder Book and Tauglewood Tales, and G. "YV. Cox's Tales of Ancient Greece ; (2) Harriet Marti- neau's Crofton Boys ; (3) Scott's and Holmes's poems. , 2. Recitation of poems selected from Scott and Holmes. 3. Exercises to secure (1) correct enuncia- tion, (2) distinct articulation, (3) right accent. 4. Spelling words in common use and in the reading les- sons. 5. Writing from dictation with special atten- tion to (1) capitals, (2) punctuation, (3) paragraphs, and (4) the correct forms of nouns and pronouns to express gender, number, and case.

History. (Reading Tales of Ancient Greece. [See "English."])

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Geography, to end as early as March 31. 1. Geikie's primer of physical geography (supplemented by oral instruction). 2. Principles of Mathematical Geography. 3. Explanation of geographical terms.

Natural Science, to begin as early as April 1. Physiology : Mace's history of a mouthful of bread.

Mathematics. Written arithmetic: 1. Review of the four fundamental rules. 2. Decimal and vulgar fractions. 3. Compound numbers (including the met- ric system) . Mental arithmetic : parallel with the written.

Drawing. Music. Penmanship. Gymnastics and military drill.

SECOND YEAR.

Latin. 1. Forms and syntax. 2. Viri Romaa. 3. Writing from dictation. 4. Vocabulary and turn- ing English into Latin (sentences like those in Viri Romaa). 5. Recitation of Latin.

English. 1. Reading aloud (1) some of Plu- tarch's lives of famous Greeks; (2) Tom Brown's Schooldays at Rugby, by Thomas Hughes; (3) Gold- smith's and Whittier's poems. 2. Recitation of poems selected from Goldsmith and Whittier. 3. Pronunciation (Soule's Hand-book). 4. Spelling words in the lessons in reading and geography. 5. Writing from dictation with special attention to (1) punctuation, (2) syllabication, (3) correct forms of adjectives and adverbs to express comparison, and of verbs to express voice, mood, tense, number, and person.

History. (Reading lives of famous Greeks. [See "English."])

Geography, to end as early as March 31. 1.

COURSES OF STUDY.

43

General physical features of the continents, with out- line map-drawing. 2. Distribution of plants and ani- mals, with their uses.

Natural Sciences, to begin as early as April 1 . Botany : Gray's " How Plants Grow."

Mathematics, Written arithmetic : 1. Percentage. 2. Reckoning of time. 3. Simple and compound interest. Mental arithmetic : parallel with the written. Geometry : oral instruction in connection with the lessons in drawing to give the mind clear and distinct conception of form.

Drawing. Music. Penmanship. Gymnastics and military drill.

THIRD TEAR.

Latin. 1. Forms and syntax. 2. Phsedrus, and Justin's life of Alexander the Great. 3. Writing from dictation. 4 Vocabulary and turning English into Latin (sentences like those of Justin). 5. Reci- tation.

English. 1. Reading aloud (1) some of Plu- tarch's lives of famous Greeks ; (2) Two Years Before the Mast, by Richard H. Dana, Jr. ; (3) Byron's and Longfellow's poems. 2. Recitation of poems selected from Byron and Longfellow. 3. Exercises in elocu- tion, with special attention to developing the voice. 4. Spelling words in the lessons in reading, geogra- phy, and natural science. 5. Writing from dictation, with special attention to (1) punctuation, (2) abbre- viations, and (3) syntax (solecisms illustrated and corrected).

French. 1. Forms and pronunciation. 2. At the outset, easy French translated into English, with help of teacher and dictionary (Contes des fees, par

44

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Perrault; or Jean qui grogne, par Mme. de Segur). 3. Vocabulary and turning English into French.

History. (Reading lives of famous Greeks [See R English."])

Geography, to end as early as March 31. Physical, political, and historical geography: (1) early condi- tion of the inhabitants of the earth as to occupations and governments ; (2) first steps in civilization ; (3) study of Greece, Italy, Spain, and Portugal, Northern Africa, and the islands of the Mediterranean.

Natural Sciences, to begin as early as April 1. Botany; Gray's "How Plants Grow." Reading of Gray's "How Plants Behave."

Mathematics. Written arithmetic: 1. Discount and present worth, and "problems" in interest. 2. Profit and loss. 3. Partnership and other simple applications of the principles of percentage. Mental arithmetic: parallel with the written. Geometry: Hill's First Lessons, supplemented by oral instruction. (Drawing lessons kept in view.)

Drawing. Music. Penmanship. Gymnastics and military drill.

FOURTH TEAR.

Latin. 1. Forms and syntax. 2. Nepos's life of Miltiades, Themistocles, Aristides, Alcibiades, Epaminondas, and Hannibal. 3. Translation of Latin at sight. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into Latin (sentences like those of Xepos). 5. Recitation.

English. Reading aloud (1) some of Plutarch's lives of famous Romans ; (2) De Foe's Robinson Cru- soe ; (3) Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome, Camp- bell's and J. R. Lowell's poems. 2. Recitation of Macaulay's " Lays " and of selections from Campbell's

COURSES OF STUDY.

45

and J. R. Lowell's poems. 3. Exercises in elocution with a special attention to improving the quality of the voice. 4. Spelling words in the lessons in read- ing, geography, natural science, and history. 5. (1) Punctuation (A. S. Hill's Rules). (2) Writing ab- stracts of Plutarch's lives (abstracts to be criticised by the teacher and corrected by the pupil).

French. 1. Forms, pronunciation, and syntax. 2. Translation into English (Robinson Suisse, par Wyss ; or, Batavia, par Conscience). 3. Writing from dictation. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into French. 5. Recitation.

History. History and Geography of Ancient Greece. (Reading lives of famous Romans. [See " English."])

Geography, to end as early as March 31. (4) Study of France, Great Britain, Central and Northern Europe ; (5) Study of Russia and Russian possessions in Asia; Middle Asia, China, Japan, and India; (6) the Ottoman Empire except the part in North Africa.

Natural Sciences, to begin as early as April 1. Zoology : Morse's Zoology.

Mathematics. Written arithmetic: 1. Ratio, simple and compound proportion (same examples worked by analysis). 2. Evolution. 3. Involu- tion : square and cube root, with easy applications. Mental Arithmetic : parallel with the written. Geometry : Lowell's Science of Form (first seventy pages or more).

Drawing. Music. Penmanship. Gymnastics and military drill.

FIFTH TEAR.

Latin. 1. Forms, syntax, and prosody. 2.

46 SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

Cesar's Gallic War, I.-IY. ; Ovid (2,000 lines). 3. Latin at sight. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into Latin (sentences like those of Caesar). 5. Recitation.

English. 1. Reading aloud (1) some of Plu- tarch's lives of famous Romans; (2) one of Scott's novels; (3) Gray's, Pope's, and Bryant's poems. 2. Recitation of poems selected from Gray, Pope, and Bryant. 3. Exercises in elocution, to secure natural and correct expression. 4. Spelling words in the lessons in reading, geography, natural science, and history. 5. Writing abstracts of Plutarch's lives (abstracts to be criticised and corrected).

French. 1. Forms, pronunciation, and syntax. 2. Voltaire's History of Charles XII. 3. Writing from dictation. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into French. 5. Recitation.

History. History and geography of Ancient Rome. (Reading lives of famous Romans. [See " English."])

Geography, to end as early as March 31. (7) Study of America (early settlements) ; (8) United States, and other countries of North America.

Natural Sciences, to begin as early as April 1. Zoology : Morse's Zoology and Agassiz's Sea-side Studies (supplemented by oral instruction).

Mathematics. Arithmetic : reviews and examples. Algebra: 1. Tower's intellectual. 2. Written Alge- bra, begun. Geometry : oral instruction, aiming to develop the power of discovering truths, and proving propositions. (No text-books allowed.)

Drawing. Gymnastics and military drill.

COURSES OF STUDY.

m

SIXTH TEAB.

Latin. 1. Forms, syntax, and prosody. 2. Ovid (2,000 lines) ; Sallust's Catiline. 3. Latin at sight. 1. Vocabulary and turning English into Latin (sentences like those of Sallust). 5. Recita- tion.

Greek. 1. Forms and syntax. 2. Translating into English easy Greek sentences, and part of the Reader or of the Anabasis. 3. Vocabulary and turn- ing English into Greek (sentences like those in the Reader or the Anabasis):

English. 1. (1) Translating aloud Ovid and Sallust at the recitation in Latin ; (2) reading through (but not aloud) a few speeches or orations of Webster and Fox, and reading from Prescott's and Irving's works; (3) also from Tennyson's and Wordsworth's poems. 2. Recitation of poems selected from Ten- nyson and Wordsworth. 3. Speaking pieces from Webster's and Fox's speeches or orations, and reading aloud extracts from Prescott's and Irving's works. 4. Good translations from Latin, written out with care, and, if necessary, re-written after correction.

French. 1. Forms, pronunciation, and syntax. 2. Duruy's history or a part of Guizot's history of France. 3. Reading French at sight. 4. Vocabu- lary and turning English into French. 5. Recita- tion.

History. History of Germany and France, with a review of their geography. [See "French."]

Geography, to end as early as March 31. (9) Study of South America, West Indies, etc. ; (10) Africa, except Northern ; (11) Australia and Pacific islands. Reviews.

48 SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 21.

»

Natural Sciences , to begin as early as April 1. Botany : Gray's School and Field-Book.

Mat hematics. Arithmetic: 1. Reviews and ex- amples. 2. Duodecimals. 3. Circulating decimals. 4. Series (also in algebra). Algebra: Written alge- bra finished and reviewed. Geometry : The first nine chapters of Pierce's, or their equivalent in Chauvenet's.

Gymnastics and military drill.

SEVENTH TEAR.

Latin. 1. Forms, syntax, and prosody. 2. Vir- gil's 2Eneid I.- VI. and Eclogues. 3. Latin at sight. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into Latin. 5. Recitation.

Greek. 1. Forms and syntax. 2. Translating a part of the Reader or of the Anabasis. 3. Writing from dictation. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into Greek (sentences like those in the Reader or the Anabasis) .

English. 1. (1) Translating aloud Virgil and Sainte-Beuve at the recitations in Latin and French ; (2) reading through a few of Everett's and Pitt's speeches or orations, and reading from Addison's and Steele's essays ; (3) selections from Milton, critically studied. 2. Recitation of selections from Milton. 3. Speaking pieces from Everett's and Pitt's speeches or orations, and reading aloud extracts from Addi- son's and Steele's essays. 4. Writing translations from French and Latin, and waiting compositions on subjects read about.

French. 1. Forms, pronunciation, and syntax. 2. Selections from Sainte-Beuve. 3. Reading French

COURSES OF STUDY.

40

at sight. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into French. 5. Recitation.

German. 1. Grammar and exercises. 2. Trans- lation. 3. Vocabulary and turning English into German.

History. History of England, with a review of its geography.

Mathematics. Arithmetic : 1. Reviews and more difficult examples. 2. Equation of payments. 3. Mensuration. Algebra : Reviews and examples ; ap- plication of algebraic forms to arithmetic. Geometry : Plane geometry, finished and reviewed.

Gymnastics and military drill.

EIGHTH YEAR.

Latin. 1. Forms and syntax. 2. Cicero (eight orations and Cato Major). 3. Latin at sight. 4. Vocabulary and turning English into Latin (sentences like those of Cicero). 5. Recitation.

Greek. 1. Forms, syntax, and prosody. 2. Translation of the Reader or of the Anabasis, com- pleted. 3. Homer (Iliad I.-IIL). 4. Translation of Greek at sight. 5. Vocabulary and turning Eng- lish into Greek (sentences like those in the Reader or the Anabasis). 6. Recitations.

English. 1. (1) Translating aloud from the Greek, Latin, and French authors at the regular recitations ; (2) reading through a few of Sumner's and Burke's speeches ; (3) three plays of Shakespeare, carefully studied. 2. Recitation of selections from Shakespeare. 3. Speaking pieces from Sumner's and Burke's speeches. 4. Writing compositions.

French. 1. Forms, pronunciation, and syntax. 2. Selections from Taine's English Literature. 3.

50

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. M.

Reading French at sight. 4. Vocabulary and turn- ing English into French. 5. Recitation.

German. 1. Translation. 2. Writing from dic- tation. 3. Vocabulary and turning English into German. 4. Recitation.

History/. 1. History of United States, with a review of its geography. 2. General review.

Mathematics. 1. Logarithms and plane trigo- nometry ; with examples in arithmetic, algebra, and geometry, during the first half of the year. 2. Me- chanics ; with examples applying arithmetic, algebra, geometry, and trigonometry, during the second half of the year.

Gymnastics and military drill.

X.B.— Two days of the week in the last half of the eighth year will be devoted to reviews and to practice on examination questions.

SUPPLEMENTARY STUDIES.

Latin. 1. Livy (two books); Horace's Odes and Epodes : Cicero de Amicitia and de Republica. 2. Latin at sight. 3. Turniug English into Latin. 4. Recitation.

Greek. 1. Plato (Apology and Crito) ; Homer (Iliad IV.-VIIL, or Odyssey IV. and IX. to XII.) Euripides (Alcestis). 2. Xenophon at sight. 3. Writing Greek. 4. Recitation.

English. 1. (1) Translating aloud from the Greek, Latin, and French authors at the regular recitations; (2) translating a few of Cicero's Philip- pics; (3) the study of Shakespeare continued. 2. Recitations of selections from Shakespeare. 3. Spe-iking pieces from the translated Philippics of Cicero. 4. Writing compositions.

French. Racine and Moliere. 2. Reading French

COURSES OF STUDY. 51

at sight. 3. Vocabulary and turning English into French. 4. Kecitation.

Gevman\ 1. Translation. 2. Writing from dic- tation. 3. Vocabulary and turning English into German. 4. Recitation.

History. General history. Studied by periods.

Natural Sciences, to begin as early as April 1. Physics: 1. Selections from astronomy. 2. Motions of liquids and gases. 3. Advanced mechanics (i.e., beyond last year's limit).

Mathematics. 1. Solid geometry. 2. Examples in navigation and surveying. 3. Plane and analytic geometry.

NORMAL SCHOOL.

The course of study in this school is arranged for one year, and is as follows :

1. Mental and Moral Science and Logic.

2. Principles of Education, School Management, and Methods of Instruction.

3. Physiology and Hygiene.

4. Physics and Natural History, with reference to Objective Teaching.

5. Language : its history, acquisition, and analysis.

6. Grammar-School Studies, with reference to teaching;

7. Drawing, and its use as a means of illustration in teaching, and Vocal Music.

8. Observation and Practice in the Primary and Grammar Departments of the Training School.

It is expected that pupils of good ability and good health, who are constant in their attendance, and who devote themselves earnestly and exclusively to their school duties, will be able to complete this course in one year.

52

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

PROGRAMME OF INSTRUCTION IN DRAWING.

PRIMARY SCHOOLS.

SIXTH CLASS.

Pupils are to be taught the names of lines, as straight or curved, distinguishing their several po- sitions singly, as vertical or upright, horizontal or level, oblique or slanting ; lines related to each other as parallel, at angles with one another as perpendicu- lar, or square with obtuse and acute angles, the teacher using both the scientific and common names for lines and angles, which are always to be illustrated on the board by the teacher and on slates by the pupils, when the names are pronounced, or the lines and angles described by the teacher. The combination of three, four, or more lines to make figures, and the names of such figures and their parts, to be given as exercises, after the names of single lines and two related have been learned.

Dividing lines into two equal parts, and subdividing them, and drawing very simple forms, such as those on the earlier numbers of the first series of cards, or in the Primary Manual. Patterns or objects composed of straight lines, and illustrating the lines and their combinations already learned, should precede the drawing of curved lines. The filling of geometric forms, as squares, triangles, with points or short lines, or simple natural forms, such as leaves, arranged ac- cording to the pupil's own device, for recreation or amusement, as allowed in the Kindergarten system, to be permitted and encouraged.

ES'STEUCTIOX Di DRAWIXG.

53

Drawing from memory of forms previously drawn, and from dictation or oral description by the teacher, to be practised weekly.

The pupils should be taught how to rule a true straight line, that they may know what to strive afler wheu trying lo draw it by freehand.

FIFTH CLASS.

Reviewing the work done in the sixth class, the pupils will be taught to improve their handiwork by drawing :*traight lines more truly straight, the upright lilies more vertical, and the level lines more horizon- tal than before. The curved line to be explained, ms in Chap. III. of the Manual, and curved lines to be drawn singly and in combination with straight lines.

The definitions of the simpler geometric forms being recited by the teacher, the pupils are to draw the forms without a copy. Sometimes the pupils are to work entirely without mechanical help ; but in other lessons, such as drawing the illustrations to geometric definitions, all the lines should be sometim s ruled and measured, and at other times be drawn entirely by freehand, variety in execution being here better than uniformity.

FOURTH CLASS.

Review the exercises of the two previous classes, increasing the rapidity of the work. The drawings made from black-board and cards should be as large as the slate will allow, leaving a margin of from half an inch to one inch around the edges of the slate.

The simpler forms of leaves and compound curves to be drawn ; the first being then applied in filling squares aud triangles, for designiug exercises ; the

54

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 21.

second to form the outlines of vases and pitcher*, as described in Chap. 5 of the Manual.

THIRD CLASS.

The pupils, on entering the third class, should be able to describe the simpler geometric forms, either in common language or by giving the accepted definition, and also draw the illustrations to them fairly well. The second series of cards should be finished in this class, either by enlargement from the cards or reduc- tion from the teacher's drawing on the black-board.

Note. The practice of drawing in the four lower classes of Primary Schools is to awaken thought and give ideas about form, rather than to produce skill in expressing form. It is not well to urge the pupils too much in the direction of making very good lines or very perfect shapes, but rather to impress them with the distinction between different forms, appealing through the eye to the mind and memory. The greater the variety of the exer- cises the better, and if half an hour be too long for a lesson a quarter of an hour or twenty minutes may be found suitable ; the time devoted to drawing being two hours per week, may thus be given in either four, six, or eight lessons.

In all the classes the pupils must be taught both to rule good lines as well as to draw without the use of the ruler, though the standard of results expected should be much higher in the case of a square made by use of the ruler and one drawn by the free hand. The work of the four lower classes in drawing is to be done on slates.

The order of lessons is to be

1. Enlargement from cards.

2. Reduction from black-board.

3. Memory and dictation drawing, alternately.

4. Geometric definitions, drawn and described, with linear designing on alternate weeks.

SECOXD CLASS.

In the second class drawing on paper is first taught.

INSTRUCTION IN DRAWING.

55

Review on paper the work which has been done in class four on slates, the first half of second series of cards being taken as subjects for instruction.

Drawing from dictation and memory, of the very simplest forms, should be given once in each week, to fix what has been learned on the memory. Each lesson must be begun and finished on one-half of the page in the blank book, in the half hour devoted to one lesson, subjects of sufficient simplicity to ensure this being selected by the teacher.

FIRST CLASS.

The second half of the second series of cards. Xos. 7 to 14 inclusive, to be drawn in the first class. In- struction illustrating the words symmetry and repeti- tion, to be given by the teacher from the chapter on design, pages 105 and 132, and that following it in the Manual.

New combinations of forms previously drawn to be made by the pupils, to learn arrangement and rear- rangement, to prepare them for the elementary design practised in Grammar Schools.

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

SIXTH CLASS.

Pupils will be taught to draw on p iper the elements of form, lines, angles, figures: also the division of lines into equal or unequal parts. In the first half of the school-year, from September to February, the Freehand book No. 1 will be completed, exercises in dictation and memory drawing beincr worked on the blank pages. From February to July the same book will be reviewed, the definitions and devisory exer- cises being more thoroughly learned by repetition, and

56

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

also to give the pupils advanced from the Primary Schools the opportunity of drawing the first part of the grammar course. The blank pages will be em- ployed for elementary designs during the second half of the school year.

FIFTH CLASS.

From September to February the practice .of the pupils will be confined to geometrical drawing of defi- nitions and simple problems, and elementary design on the blank pages ; and from February to July Free- hand book No. 2, with designs in blank pages. The geometrical work and the design is to be accurately done by use of ruler and compasses ; but neither of these implements is to be used in the freehand practice.

FOURTH CLASS.

From September to February the pupils are to be taken through the Geometry book Xo. 2, the teachers employing blank paper in the book for exercises in design. As part of the latter the enclosing geometric forms should be dictated by the teacher, the pupils working from the oral description only.

From February to July the Freehand book No. 3 is to be begun and completed, with four elementary de- signs on the blank pages. In the fourth class the teacher should require some degree of accuracy in the geometrical problems and nicety in workmanship, both in the design and freehand sections of the course.

THIRD CLASS.

From September to February the geometry work of Book No. 2 is to be reviewed, for the purpose of refreshing the memories of pupils who have not prac- tised the work for six months, and also to prepare

INSTRUCTION IN DRAWING.

57

those pupils who have been advanced to the third class without working through Book No. 2. Then Geom- etry book Xo. 3 is to be undertaken and finished by February. The time to spare is to be occupied by practising elementary design on the blank pages.

From February to July the Freehand book Xo. 4, together with exercises in design, is to be completed.

SECOKD CLASS.

In the second class geometrical drawing is not to be continued, but in its place model and object drawing is to be commenced. From September to February the pupils will begin and complete Model book Xo. 1, and from February to July the Freehand book Xo. 5 will be begun and finished, elementary design being continued on the blank pages, in outline and half tint. Dictation of geometrical forms is not to be considered a separate lesson, but part of the designing lesson. Memory drawing may be prac- tised occasionallv to vary the lessons in geometrical drawing.

FIRST CLASS.

In the first class model and object drawing is to be considered the sole subject of drawing for the first half of the year, from September to February, and the course is laid down in the text-book to be used. Model book Xo. 2 to be completed by the end of January. The exercises are to be wholly by the free- hand, and those from the solid to be in true perspec- tive, tested by the eye.

From February to July the Freehand book Xo. 6 is to be drawn, the four blank leaves to be employed for designs, in half tint, of either historical ornament or conventionalized foliage.

58

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

HIGH SCHOOLS.

THIRD CLASS, OR JUNIORS.

The lowest class in the High Schools is to be instructed in the elements of perspective, in Perspec- tive book No. 1, and the practice of model and object drawing from the solid object, with applied design in blank books. The perspective and design to be worked out by mechanical means, the object drawing to be wholly freehand. The models to be shaded or relieved with half tint of different depths. Perspec- tive from September to February. Model drawing and design from February to July.

SECOND CLASS, OR MIDDLE.

A further study of the principles of perspective drawing is to be followed by the second class in the first half of the year, Book No. 2 being the text-book. This is to be supplemented during the second half of the year by model drawing from the object, and applied design for common objects or simple forms, in either outline, half tint, or by shading.

FIRST CLASS, OR SENIORS.

Drawing of historical ornament from cast and copy, in tint and color. Original design for manufactures. Painting and drawing from nature. Machine drawing and building construction and architecture (in the .boys' classes). Study of the human figure.

NORMAL SCHOOL.

Normal lessons in freehand, object, memnw geometrical, and perspective drawing; course of elementary design.

INSTRUCTION IN MUSIC.

59-

PROGRAMME OF INSTRUCTION IN MUSIC.

PRIMAR Y SCHO OLS.

SIXTH CLASS.

i

Pupils shall be taught to sing by rote all the songs and exercises in the first fourteen pages of the "First National Music Keader," and also to sing the scale, ascending and descending, both by numerals and syllables. Other songs by rote, at the discretion of the teacher. All the songs and exercises going be- yond twice marked E, shall be transposed at least one tone lower. Attention shall be given to correct position of body, and clear and distinct enunciation.

FIFTH CLASS.

Eeview of the previous work. Signs of expres- sion, time, and beating time. Instruction in notation, as indicated on Chart No. 2, according to the "Illus- trated " Lessons I. to VII. Use of syllables and numerals. Practise in writing the staff, bass, cleff, the repeat, etc. Kote-songs, as selected by the teacher.

FOURTH CLASS.

Eeview of previous work ; then go to the end of Chart No. 12, carefully instructing the pupils accord-

60

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 21.

ins: to "Illustrated" Lessons XV. to XXI., inclu- sive. Kote-songs, on pages 15, 16, and 17, and others, to be selected by the teacher. Practise writ- ing notes of different values, and combine them into measures.

THIRD CLASS.

Review of previous work, and advance in Charts to end of No. 15. Frequent exercise upon the sounds of the scale by numerals, pitch-names or syllables. Songs, at teacher's option. Practise in writing de- grees of the scale under dictation.

SECOND CLASS.

Review of previous work. Advance to end of No. 20. Continued scale practice both by singing and by writing uuder dictation. Rote-songs, at discretion of the teacher.

FTRST CLASS.

General review. Then take Charts from 21 to 36, inclusive . Rote-songs, to be selected by the teacher. Practise writing scales in different keys.

XJ3. The teacher should not permit loud and noisy singing, or the singing of parts not within the scholar's easy reach. The teachers in the various grades must carefully ascertain and record the com- pass of the pupils' voices.

GRAMMAR SCHOOLS.

Sect. 233 of the Rules and Regulations : "In the first and second classes, instruction in vocal music shall be given in two lessons, of half an hour each, and in the third, fourth, fifth, and six classes,

INSTRUCTION IN MUSIC.

61

in four lessons, of fifteen minutes each, every week, by the regular teachers ; and vocal music shall be in all respects regarded as one of the regular studies of the school."

SIXTH CLASS.

Music Charts (Second Series). Practise exercises and songs in the first twenty pages of the Charts, and also those in the first thirty -three pages of the Second Music Eeader. Practice in writing continued. Atten- tion should be given to evenness and purity of tone.

FIFTH CLASS.

Review work of sixth class. Take the reversed side of Charts from No. 21 to 40, inclusive, and practise the Chromatic Scale with syllables, scale and pitch names. Songs at the option of the teacher. Practise in writing both diatonic and chromatic scales. Directions given how and when to breathe. Avoid- ance of audible breathing.

FOURTH CLASS.

Third Series of Charts. Knowledge of scale and staff intervals. Singing in different keys up to three sharps and four flats, by numerals, pitch names, and syllables. Practice of the first twenty numbers of these Charts, and also of the first twenty-two pages of the Third Reader.

THIRD CLASS.

The class is to commence with the reverse pages of the Third Series of Charts, and complete them. Songs at the option of the teacher, including all the keys as far as E and A flat major. Practise in writing, trans-

62

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 21.

position of songs, or parts of songs, from one key to another. Yocal culture continued.

SECOND AKD FIRST CLASS.

Fourth National Musi'' Reader. These classes are to be taught the Solfeggios in this Reader from page 50 to page 78.

These Solfeggios should be practised by syllables, scale and pitch names.

The piano should be used as little as possible dur- ing the practice of the Solfeggios.

The exercises in Triads from page 79 to 84 are to be practised simultaneously with the Solfeggios and the parts are to be frequently changed.

Songs at the discretion of the teacher, but with strict exclusion of rote-singing.

Writing exercises, such as transpositions, etc., are to be continued in these -classes.

HIGH SCHOOLS.

The High School Music Reader is the text-book for both Mixed and Boys' High Schools.

Midler's Part-Songs are used in the Girls' High School.

FIRST YEAR OR JUNIOR CLASS.

Practice in sinking at si«;ht. Instruction in musical

coo

theory, the intervals aud writing of scales, in both the G and F clefs. Study of the various forms of the Minor Scale. Writing under dictation. Expla- nation of musical terms in common use. Yocal cul- ture and study of Part-Songs.

INSTRUCTION IX MUSIC.

63

SECOND TEAR OK MIDDLE CLAS3.

Continued practice of singing at sight. Inversion of intervals. Writing under dictation. Musical ex- pression. Management of the voice. Study of Part- Songs.

THIRD TEAR OR SENIOR CLASS*

Elementary harmony. Major and Minor Triads, and their inversions. Chord of the Seventh and its inversions. Practice in writing out simple figured basses. Study of Part-Songs and analysis of the same.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 22.

REPORT

COMMITTEE ON SEWING.

1 8 7 8.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET.

1 8 7 8.

I

In School Committee,

November 12, 1878. Laid on the table, and ordered to be printed. Attest :

GEOBGE A. SMITH,

Secretary.

REPORT

No changes of importance have taken place during the past year in this department of instruction. Sewing has been extended into the third clas3 in two schools, the Mather and the Wells, but has been introduced into no new ones. Two teachers have resigned in the course of the year, and their places have been supplied by others.

The list of substitutes approved last year remains unchanged.

The instruction is generally satisfactory, as far as the teachers are concerned, and very little complaint is now heard of inefficiency. The greatest difficulty is now, and probably for some time must be, the want of proper grada- tion in the instruction and in the work provided for pupils. In other lessons the different members of the various classes are in nearly the same stage of advancement, or at least are using the same prescribed books and learning the same les- sons, which have been carefully arranged with a view to reg- ular and systematic progress. In sewing, this is not the case. Even at the commencement in the lowest class there is a great difference in the skill of the pupils. Some have never learned so much as to thread a needle : while others, either through home training or attendance at some parish or other sewing-school, sew tolerably well.

When to this difference in capacity is added the fact that the sewing teacher finds herself obliged, to a considerable extent, to accept such prepared work or such material as the children may bring from home, and is not able entirely to

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 22.

control its character, it is evident that exact classification or graduation of work becomes very difficult.

Your committee h:ive been able to do much in this direc- tion, and have introduced a considerable degree of order in place of the chaos formerly existing in many, at least, of the sewing classes, but they feel that much more remains to be accomplished, and they have the matter still under con- sideration.

The attempt has been made in one school especially to carry out a regular system of instruction, proceeding by definite steps, and some extracts from the report sent in by the master of the school will prove interesting and sug- gestive : " Early in the year the work was divided into four- teen grades, as follows :

"1. Basting: 2. Running; 3. Oversewing: 4. Sewing on buttons; 5. Overcasting ; 6. Hemming; 7. Felling; &. Back-stitching ; 9. Gathering; 10. Puttiug on bands; 11. Button-holes; 12. Tucking; 13. Kufiliug ; 14. Mending and darning.

" A girl is not advanced from one grade to another until she has made satisfactory progress in the work of the lower grade. Those who have accomplished all the grades of work are classed as Division A, and the others as Division B. This grading, suggested by one of your committee, adds very much to the interest in the sewing and to the value of the work done.

"Formerly many girls brought work beyond their ability to do. causing the teacher a great deal of trouble. We now require the girls to bring work adapted to their respective grades. If they bring work they are not qualified to do, it is laid aside and proper work is given them by the teacher, and this has occasioned no complaints. We believe this method is necessary to insure good results in this depart- ment. Where children are permitted to work on anything the mothers may send, there can be no systematic teaching.

REPORT ON SEWIXG.

5

" All cutting and preparing work has been done by the teacher outside of the sewing time. A hook is kept, in which the work done by each girl is recorded."

The great variety in the kind of articles finished in this school, as shown by their record, proves the care shown in finding some sort of work suited to the capacity of every pupil.

Plans somewhat similar have perhaps been adopted in other schools, but in none, it is believed, so thoroughly car- ried out; though each year some advance is made. But until the way is found to give as permanent unity of plan to the teaching of sewing in all the schools and of putting it on the same footing with other studies, by arranging some reg- ular course for it, it will be advisable to keep this subject under the charge of a special committee. The irregular and unsystematic fashion of instruction which formerly prevailed, and which would easily find its way back again without the exercise of special care and oversight, was an equal wa>te of time and money ; and the subject will still require much consideration if the best results are to be obtained.

The subjoined list, though necessarily incomplete, shows in general the amount of work accomplished this year in the different schools.

There has been a steady effort to decrease the amount of material supplied by the city, as it is, for many reasons, bet- ter that the children should supply their own as far as possible.

Eespectfully submitted,

For the committee,

LUCIA M. PEABODY,

Seer eta ry.

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 22.

"iviox

aiq«.L

Aq Sa1.ix.a3

•Saunidaji puB snoaa

•sjopqo -aa^paBH

t— t-

•eanboug pan

OO .CO

•SI3AA.OJ,

pas saiBjano

O t— CO <— l

ao ^#

s.aajptiqo

•sajoq -aouna

to Ea o <m

■naari pag

2

i-i W C<«

REPORT ON SEWING. 7

1 |S Si! ||i |S S ||S|I 1 | I!

i

Ok

S

i

§ jis ; s s s a 8 j s s : § § f : s

I

1

:

i

*

2 £

5 9

1

§ 3 S 5 s : § $ " 0 " 3 s- 5 2 : s 3 3 3 3

1

: a : | s s s s i

I

Sg33K3ES8gS3SS8*3a2!i2

1

I

I

iiimniii! . : ,:

!

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 23.

ANNUAL REPORT

OF THE

HORACE MANN SCHOOL FOR THE DEAF.

BOSTON:

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street. 1 8 7 8.

In School Committee,

November 12, 1878.

Accepted, and ordered to be printed. Attest :

GEORGE A. SMITH,

Secretary.

REPORT.

The Rules of the School Board require that an Annual Report should be made by the Committee of the Horace Mann School for the Deaf, in the month of September. The chairman was absent from the city during that month, and, in his inexperience, was unmindful of this requirement, which, in behalf of said committee, he thus tardily seeks to fulfil.

Ou the third of September, 1877, there were sixty-four pupils belonging to the school, thirty-three girls and thirty-one boys. During the year eleven were admitted and seven discharged. At the beginning of the present school year September 2d the number of pupils was sixty- seven. Since that time seven have been admitted and four discharged. The number of pupils now belonging is seventy- six, an increase of not quite twenty per cent, since Sep- tember, 1877.

Nearly all the pupils are beneficiaries of the State of Massachusetts. The city receives the sum of one hundred dollars for each pupil residing with its limits, and one hun- dred and fifty for every one from out of town.

Anions: the numbers received last vear was a little girl from Xew Hampshire. A warrant for her admission as a State beneficiary was sent to the principal of the school. This year a little boy from Pennsylvania has been received ; the cost of tuition being paid by his parents.

The States of Maine and Ehode Island sent pupils to Boston to attend this school, until similar institutions were established in each of those States.

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 23.

The condition of the school is entirely satisfactory. The corps of teachers remains the same as during the last year.

The present number in the school, by the rules of the Board, entitles it to an additional teacher. It is not deemed advisable to appoint a temporary teacher, as the peculiarity of the instruction requires the experience and practice of an expert, and this is not to be secured readily except through an appointment of a permanent character. As soon as the number on the list shall seem to promise with a greater certainty the permanence of the requirement, the committee will ask for an additional teacher.

The last report of this school, which was full and elab- orate, was presented by the late Dr. Ezra Palmer. He had been chosen to fill the vacancy caused by the death of Dr. Ira Allen, and so long as he lived he took a strong and cordial interest in the work of the school, and his hearty co- operation did much to strengthen the hands of the teachers, who lost in him a sincere, earnest, and judicious friend and adviser.

Since the commencement of the present academic year this school has sustained yet another grievous loss of a valued and honored adviser and friend, by the resignation of Mr. Wm. H. Learnard, Jr., a loss deeply and regretfully felt by all its friends. He had always been ready to give to it his time, his thought, and his judicious counsel, and that cautions and experienced judgment can but ill be spared from its faithful supervision.

For the committee,

T. N. BREWER,

Chairman,

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 24.

CATALOGUE

OF THE

BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL

FOE THE YEAR 1878.

B O S T O X :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS, No. 39 Arch Street. 1 8 7 8.

SCHOOL COMMITTEE OF THE CITY OF BOSTON. 1878.

Hon. HENRY L. PIERCE, Mayor, ex officio.

Warren P. Adams,

John B. Moran,

George A. Thayer,

Godfrey Morse,

Charles C. Perkins,

Abby W. May,

John G. Blake,

John J. Hayes,

Charles L. Flint,

Henry P. Bowditch,

F. Lyman Winship,

William J. Porter,

William H. Finney,

John W. Ryan,

Ezra Palmer,

George M. Hobbs,

Lucia M. Peabody,

George H. Plummer,

William T. Adams,

William H. Learnard, Jr.

Warren Fletcher,

Abram E. Cutter,

Nahum Chapln,

William C. Collar.

COMMITTEE ON THE NORMAL SCHOOL.

George A. Thayer, Chairman. Abby W. May, Secretary. Wm. H. Learnard, Jr. . George M. Hobbs.

John B. Moran.

BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL.

TEACHERS.

p?eatufHaster. LARKIX DUNTON.

ifirst Assistant. L THERESA MOSES.

Second Assistant. ANNIE E. CHACE.

Special Ceacfjer. W. BERTHA HIXTZ.

£cari)cr of Dratotng. WALTER SMITH.

(Tracfjcrs of fHusi'c. JULIUS EICHBERG. J. B. SHARLAXD.

H. E. HOLT. L. TT. MASOX.

RICE TRAINING SCHOOL.

principal LUCIUS A. WHEELOCK.

JSub-fH aster. EDWARD SOUTHWORTH.

SJsfjer.

CHARLES F. KIMBALL.

ifirsst Assistant. MARTHA E. PRICHARD.

Scrcnti Assistant. FLORENCE MARSHALL.

Assistants in (grammar Department. ELLA T. GOULD. E. MARIA SIMONDS.

J. ANNIE BENSE. ELIZA COX.

DORA BROWN. MATTIE H. JACKSON.

ELLA C. HUTCHINS. LIZZIE M. BURNHAM.

Assistants in ^rimarg Department. ELLA F. WYMAN. GRACE HOOPER.

SARAH E. BOWERS. FLORENCE M. PROCTOR.

ELLEN F. BEACH. ANNA B. BADLAM.

EMMA L. WYMAN.

BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL.

KEGULATIONS

ADOPTED BY THE SCHOOL BOARD.

Section 1. The Boston Normal School is established for the purpose of giving professional instruction to young women who intend to become teachers in the public schools of Boston.

Sect. 2. The head-master shall be a graduate of a college in good standing. He shall have a first assistant, and as many second assistants as may be necessary, provided the whole number of teachers, exclusive of the head-master, shall not exceed one for every thirty pupils. An additional instructor may be elected for an excess of twenty pupils, and one may be removed for a deficiency of twenty. Special in- struction in music and drawing shall be sriven in this fechool, under the direction of the committee on these departments.

Sect. 3. Candidates for admission must be at least eigh- teen years old, and must be recommended by the master or committee of the last school they attended. No can- didate who is less than eighteen years of age shall be admitted to this school, except by special vote of the com- mittee in charge. Those who have completed the fourth year in the Girls' High School will be admitted without ex- amination. Other candidates must be examined in the ordinary High School studies by the Board of Supervisors, under the direction of the Committee on Examinations, and

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 24.

must present evidence of good character. All pupils will be put on probation, and as soon as they prove unsuitable for this school shall be discharged by the committee on the school ; the probation to cease at the end of the half year. No pupil who has attended the school for more than a half year shall return a second year without special permission from the committee in charge.

Sect. 4. The Board of Supervisors shall, from time to time, examine the pupils in the Normal School, and near the close of the school year recommend for graduation those whom they shall deem qualified ; and the committee in charge shall grant diplomas to such of those thus recommended as shall have satisfactorily completed the course of study.

Sect. 5. A diploma of graduation from the Normal School, issued after the year 1872, shall entitle the holder to receive a fourth-grade certificate of qualification. When teachers are to be employed in the public schools, graduates of this school shall have the preference, other things being equal.

Sect. 6. The text-books used in this school shall be such of the text-books used in the other public schools of the city as are needed for the course of study, and such others as shall be authorized by the Board.

Sect. 7. This school shall begin on the first Monday in September ; and shall close on such day of the week preced- ing the Fourth of July, and with such exercises, as the com- mittee of the school may direct.

Sect. 8. A catalogue of the Normal School shall be an- nually prepared, under the direction of the committee in charge, and sent to the members of the School Committee and of the Board of Supervisors, and to the principals of schools.

Sect. 9. When a graduate of this school is appointed as a teacher in any public school of this city, it shall be the duty of the head-master to make, or cause to be made by

BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL CATALOGUE.

9

his assistants, one or more visits to her school for the pur- pose of criticism and suggestion in regard to her teaching.

Sect. 10 Such instruction shall be given in the Normal School, to teachers in the employ of the city, as the Board may from time to time direct.

TRAINING DEPARTMENT.

Sect. 11. The Rice Training School is intended to give the pupils of the Normal School a practical knowledge of the methods of instruction and discipline in the public schools of Boston.

Sect. 12. The Committee on the Normal School shall have charge of the Training School.

Sect. 13. The head-master of the Normal School shall have the direction of the observation, practice, and methods of instruction in the Training School, subject to the approval of the committee in charge.

Sect. 14. The principal of the Training School shall per- form in that school the usual duties of master of a Grammar School, and such duties in connection with the Normal School as the committee in charge may direct.

Sect. 15. The number and rank of teachers other than principal, and the course of study, in the Training School shall be the same as in the Grammar and Primary Schools of the city.

COURSE OF STUDY.

The course of study in this school is arranged for one year, and is as follows :

1. Mental and Moral Science and Logic.

2. Principles of Education, School Management, and Methods of Instruction.

3. Physiology and Hygiene.

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 24.

4. Physics and Natural History, with reference to Objec- tive Teaching.

5. Language: its history, acquisition, and analysis.

6. Grammar-School Studies, with reference to teaching.

7. Drawing, and its use as a means of illustration in teaching:, and Yocal Music.

8. Observation and practice in the Primary and Gram- mar Departments of the Training School.

It is expected that pupils of good ability and good health, who are constant in their attendance, and who devote them- selves earnestly and exclusively to their school duties, will be able to complete this course in one year.

ESTABLISHMENT.

A Normal School was established in 1852 by the City Council, on the recommendation of the School Board, as a part of the public-school system of Boston. This school was w designed to prepare teachers thoroughly and systemat- ically for the efficient discharge of those duties that they would be daily called upon to perform." In 1854 the School Board, with the view of adapting the school to the double purpose of giving to its pupils High-School and Normal instruction, caused "the introduction of a few addi- tional branches of study, and a slight alteration in the ar- rangement of the course," and called it the Girls' High and Normal School. But the Normal features of the school were soon quite overshadowed by the High-School work. To rem- edy this evil a Training Department was organized in 18G4, in Somerset street, which, for several years, accomplished a very useful work. But, in 1870, this department was re- moved to the new building in AYest Newton street, occupied

BOSTOX NORMAL SCHOOL CATALOGUE. 11

by the Girls' High and Normal School. The school was continued under this name till 1872, at which time the School Board, finding that the Normal element had been gradually absorbed by the High School, and had "almost lost its independent, distinctive, and professional character," "separated the two courses, and returned the Normal School to its original condition, as a separate school." Since then, under the name of the Boston Normal School, its sole work has been the fitting of young women for the office of teach- ing.

TRAINING DEPARTMENT.

In 1876 the Rice District was constituted a Training School, where the Normal pupils have an opportunity of gaining, by observation and practice, a familiar acquaintance with the discipline and instruction of the Boston schools. This supplies an urgent and long-felt want. The Training School contains twelve Grammar and seven Primary classes, numbering over a thousand pupils.

LOCATION.

The Normal School occupies the upper floor of the school- house on Dartmouth street ; and the Training School the first and second floors of that building, and also the school- house on Appleton street.

CONDITIONS OF ADMISSION.

A certificate that a candidate has completed the fourth year in the Girls' High School is accepted as proof of quali- fication for admission. The course of study in the Boston

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT No. 24.

High Schools embraces the following subjects : Composition ; Rhetoric ; English Literature ; Ancient, Mediaeval, and Mod- ern History; Civil Government; Botany; Zoology; Anat- omy and Physiology ; Chemistry ; Physics ; Astronomy ; Arithmetic, including the Metric System ; Algebra ; Geom- etry ; Plane Trigonometry; Latin, or French, or German ; Vocal Music ; and Drawing. Candidates who have not com- pleted the fourth year at the Girls' High School will be ex- amined on this or an equivalent high-school course. An examination of such candidates will be held at the school- house on Dartmouth street, the Friday before the first Mon- day in September, at 10 o'clock, A.M. Those who have completed the fourth year at the Girls' High School will present themselves with their certificates on the first Monday in September.

TUITION.

The rule of the School Board in regard to the payment of tuition by non-resident pupils, applicable to the Normal School as well as the other public schools of the city, is as follows :

" All children living in the city who are upwards of five years of age, and are not disqualified by non-compliance with the regulations of the Board, shall be entitled to attend the public schools ; but neither a non-resident pupil, nor one who has only a temporary residence in the city, shall be allowed to enter or to remain in any school, unless the parent, guardian, or some other responsible person has signed an agreement to pay the tuition of such scholar, or until a certified copy of a vote of the Committee on Accounts permitting such scholar to attend the school has been trans- mitted to the principal. The principals shall, at the com-

BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL CATALOGUE. 13

mencement of each terra, on blanks furnished for the pur- pose, send to the Committee on Accounts the names of such scholars, and of their parents or guardians, with their place of residence. And it shall be the duty of that committee each term to make out bills for tuition and transmit the same to the City Collector for collection."

NECESSITY FOE ATTENDANCE.

The following extracts from the Regulations of the Public Schools of the City of Boston will show the relation of the Normal School to the work of teaching in Boston :

"The Board of Supervisors shall not admit to an examina- tion [of applicants for situations as teachers] any person who is not a graduate of the Boston Normal School or of one of the State Normal Schools, or who has not had at least one year's experience in teaching."

"The Board of Supervisors shall grant certificates of qualification of the several grades, after examination, to such candidates as they shall consider entitled to them, as follows :

"First Grade. To masters and iunior masters of Hi^h Schools, and principals of Evening High Schools.

"Second Grade. To masters, sub-masters, and second sub-masters of Grammar Schools, principals of Evening (not High) Schools, and assistants of Evening High Schools.

"Third Grade. -To assistant principals and assistants of High Schools.

"Fourth Grade. To assistants of Grammar and Primary Schools.

"Special Grade. To instructors in Special Studies, Schools for the Deaf and for Licensed Minors, and Kindergartens,

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO 24.

M Xo instructor shall be employed in any higher grade of schools than that for which the certificate shall qualify the holder thereof; and no instructor whose certificate is not recorded in the office of the Committee on Accounts shall be entitled to draw any salary as a teacher or as a substitute ; and the auditing clerk shall not allow the name of any such teacher or substitute to be entered or to remain on the pay- rolls."

VACATIOXS.

The vacations and holidays of this school are as follows : Every Saturday; one week commencing with Christmas day ; New Year's day ; the twenty-second of February ; Good Friday ; Fast day ; Decoration day ; Thanksgiving day and the remainder of the week ; the week immediately preceding the second Monday in April ; and from the close of the school, the week preceding the Fourth of July, to the first Monday in September.

TIME OF ADMISSION.

Only one class is admitted to this school during the year, and that is admitted at the beginning of the school year. Pupils are not received at other times. The work of the school is so conducted that it is impossible for pupils to make up lessons lost at the beginning of the term, so that it is necessary for all who desire to enter during the year to be present at the opening of the school in September.

BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL CATALOGUE.

15

GRADUATES

Boston Normal School

June, 1878.

Abbreviation*. J&., Brighton; C, Charlestown ; D., Dorchester; E. B., East Boston; S. B., South Boston; J. P., Jamaica Plain; R., Eoxburv; W. R., West Roxbury.

Abercrombie, Mary E. Bere, Caroline D. Bigelow, Florence J.

Borden, Mattie K. Bowker, Ilattie J. Breckenridge. Ida J. Buckley, Martha G. Burgess, Helen F. Challis, Charlotte Clough, Annie D. Crooker, Ellen B. Cummings, Elizabeth Darling, Hattie A. Erskine, Margaret B Farrington, Mary L. Fitzgerald, Ella F. Fogarty, Sarah G. Folger, Minnie I.

275 Shave mut Avenue.

Sharon, Mass.

Cor. Co'tage St. and Xor-

folk Ave., I). 10 Bigelow St., Brighton. 813 E. Broadway, S. B. 115 Trenton St., E. B. 27 Swan Street, S. B. Fuller Street, Dorchester. 75 Essex Street. Chelsea.

33 Warren Avenue. 62 G Street, So. B. 129 Emerson St., S. B. Savin Hill Avenue, D. 57 White Street, E. B.

34 Clarence Street, R. 283 E Street. S. B. 14 Eennard. Avenue.

42 Pearl St.. E. Sorn'rillr.

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 24.

Frame, Martha L 72 Eutaw Street, E. B.

French, Essie A 211 W. Canton Street,

Fuchs, Ella 150 K Street, S. B.

Furbush, Florence G. . . . 16 Baldwin Street, C.

Gallagher, Emma F. . . . 17 Ball Street.

Hanley, Martha W Bear 2298 WasVn St.

Harlow, Carrie A 587 E. Eighth St., S. B.

Harrington, Julia E. ... 48 Chestnut Street, C.

Hodsdon, Emily F 19 Linden Street, S. B.

Kendrick, Laura M 70 Zeigler Street.

Leonard, Dora M 91 Fort Avenue, B.

Macomber, Ella L 41 Chester Parle.

McGowan, Agnes .... 2 Oak Street, C.

Newell, Marion 24 Stamford Street.

O'Connor, Mary E. .... 60 Telegraph St., S. B.

Orr, Ella A 631 Porch. Ave., S. B.

Perry, Florence A Savin Hill Avenue, D.

Pierce, Mary E Cor. Adams and Richmond

Streets, D.

Presby, Ida M 1 Binney Place.

Roberts, Clara E 9 Akron Street, R.

Ruxton, Mary G 9 Morton Street.

Savage, Mary F 9 Leeds Street.

Seaverns, Annie W 2 Dudley Place, R.

Sharp, Clara A. . 8 Beckler Avenue, S. B.

Shepard, Caroline A. . . . Prescott Place, D.

Simmons, Emma F 383 W. Fourth St., S. B.

Smith, Emma T 36 Williams Street, R.

Smith, Mary W 428 Bunker Hill St., C.

Stevens, Grace L 16 Perrin Street, R.

Toppan, Fanny L 11 Woodward St., S. B.

Tucker, Hattie M. . . , . 237 Princeton St. , E. B.

Tuckerman, Lucy D. ... 24 Somerset Street.

Urann, Grace St. L. ... Columbia Street, D.

Welch, Sadie E 574 Eighth St., S. B.

BOSTON NORMAL SCHOOL CATALOGUE.

17

Weld, Lena S.

Wentworth, Lydia G White, Carrie G. . Whiting, Georgiana Wilson, Lucy A. . Wilson, Sara W. .

Cor. Weld & Willow Sts.,

w. n.

9 Alpine Street, R. 79 Myrtle Street. Bunker Hill District, 395 Bunker Hill St., C. 128 W. Chester Bark.

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. .25.

ANNUAL EEPOET

OF THE

SCHOOL COMMITTEE

OF THE

CITY OF BOSTON.

187 8.

BOSTON :

ROCKWELL AND CHURCHILL, CITY PRINTERS,

No. 39 ARCH STREET.

1 8 78.

I>- School Committee, Sept. 24, 1878. Messrs. Morse, Collar, and Bowditch were appointed a Committee to pre- pare the Annual Report of the School Board for the year 1878. Attest :

GEORGE A. SMITH.

Secretary.

REPORT.

A year is so short a period in the history of a school system dating back some two centuries, that an annual report can be expected to do little more than to indicate the gradual development of what, from its very nature, must be slow, and in many cases difficult to estimate by any well-recognized standard. The requirement of such a report, however, seems a wise provision, as a constant reminder that the system is a living organism, and that growth is a necessary condition to prevent decay. Our schools are better this year than the last,ror they are not so good. This consideration would seem to justify an annual enu- meration of the doings of the year, whether to remove the dead wood or to promote growth. But, though growth is essential as a constant element, its proces- ses may be most operative and vital when least seen; and perhaps it is only by taking the salient points on which to institute comparison that we can justly estimate progress in the system. The re- organization of the School Board, and more ample means for the supervision of our schools, may be re- garded as one of these points in the history of the school system. Xor should the changes introduced by the new order of things be considered necessarily as a criticism on the past. Some things are demanded

4

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

now that would have been wholly impracticable at an earlier stage. It is in this light that we should re- gard many of the changes in the organization of the various business and financial departments, as well as those in the departments of instruction and super- vision.

Thus, some twelve years ago, a report, signed by the chairman of the Committee on Accounts, stated that there was no "systematic management of the financial affairs" of the School Department, and the Committee on Rules and Regulations presented an order, which was adopted, giving to the Committee on Accounts the direction and control of all pur- chases ordered by the Board which were not other- wise provided for, and authorizing the employment of an auditing clerk. This was the initiation of the system now in operation. The growth of our system of public instruction, however, has been such, caused by annexation and otherwise, that a modification of the system became necessary. This was adopted in the latter part of 1877, so that it has been practically inaugurated during the current year. These changes, it is believed, are in the interest of economy, and, as already intimated, are rendered necessary by the regular growth of the system, and greater pecuniary interests involved. It would not be strange, however, if at first, before teachers and others have become acquainted with its provisions or the new system is in working order, there should be complaints of "red tape," and some impatience manifested at the formal provisions which these greater interests have rendered necessary. Such complaints are always made under

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

5

similar circumstances, and it is only when a system is in working order and well understood, that its benefits are fully appreciated.

The changes provided by the statute of 1875 in relation to the reorganization of the School Com- mittee have already proved themselves most salutary. Before the reorganization of the Board the elections for members of the School Committee were confined to wards.

Under that system the nominations were made in party caucuses, in the several wards of the city, and nomination by the party dominant in any one ward was equivalent to an election. There could not be, under such a system, any searching discrimination or any close inquiry into the qualifications of the nominees.

The majority of votes of but a single ward was necessary to elect a member of the Board. Now the election is by general ticket, each candidate's name being brought to the consideration of all voters throughout the entire city. The nominations are more cautiously made; the merits of candidates being carefully weighed by sub-committees and by the same nominating conventions which nominate the mayor and aldermen. In this way the local ward feel- ing, heretofore too prominent in the conduct of our schools, is suppressed; no member of the Board rep- resents a ward; but each member represents the whole city. The constituency of each member of the School Committee is coextensive with that of the mayor and aldermen, and is far greater than that of the individual members of the Common Council, each

6

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

one of whom is the representative of but a single ward.

If these considerations were better understood bv the public, they would materially aid the School Com- mittee in the discharge of their official duties, and would result in a better conception of their powers and duties by the City Council. It is said, sometimes, that the Common Council of the city is the direct and legitimate successor of the people assembled in town meeting, and that the action of the Council is the action of the people; that, by the change from the town government to the city government, the people of the city have delegated to the Council all the powers they themselves exercised in town-meet- ings. This may be so in most instances, but certainly is not so in the case of the management of the schools. This Board is the creation of a special law enacted by the Legislature of the State. We have certain powers and duties defined by the act, which cannot be increased or diminished by the action of the City Council. By their votes the citizens of Boston have elected us to exercise the powers in the management of the schools delegated to school committees by the Legislature ; we are responsible to the citizens of this municipality, and not to the Council, for our action; we are elected by the people to represent them and to exercise their powers in school affairs, and neither branch of the City Council has supervisory powers delegated to it, directly or indirectly, by law or by usage.

w The School Committee are an independent body, intrusted by law with large and important powers and

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

7

duties," says the Supreme Judicial Court of this Commonwealth; and again: "The Legislature have imposed on the (School) Committee the duty of see- ing to it that the public schools are in a condition and of a character best calculated to advance the improvement and promote the good of the pupils."

The City Council has no connection with the schools, except in the matter of voting the necessary appropriations to carry them on. But even in this par- ticular its power is limited, for the School Committee have entire control in fixing the salaries of teachers, and the city is bound by the contracts thus made by the School Committee. w The power to fix the com- pensation [of teachers] is chiefly entrusted to the Committee for the full, appropriate, and most useful discharge of their duties. This power the Legisla- ture, for the most satisfactory and conclusive reasons, have expressly given to them." (Bachelder vs. City of Salem, 4 Cush., 599.) In some of the large cities of the Union the powers of the School Committee are even greater than they are here, they exercising the right of making the tax levy for public-school purposes; and it is questionable whether it would not be wiser, and in the interest of the schools and the public, if this Board had the power to vote its own supplies, without appropriations from the City Council.

It cannot be said that the School Committee are less careful of the city's interest than any other branch of the city government. They have shown by their action, during their reorganized existence, that they recognize the necessities of the times in the way of

8

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

public economy. In the salaries of teachers, and in the incidental expenses of this most important branch of the city government, the Board have carefully, and, it is to be hoped, not unjustly, brought their needs to a minimum.

During the years 1874-5 and 1875-6 the total expenses for the public schools were $4,096,424.19; for the years 1876-7 and 1877-8, $3,573,056.33; showing a total saving, in the first two fiscal years of the new organization, of $523,367.86; while the total number of pupils in the last two years exceeded the total number of the previous two years by 4,434 !

CONSOLIDATION OF COMMITTEES.

An attempt has also been made during the last year to facilitate the work of the sub-committees by con- solidating them. Music and Drawing, now recog- nized as two most important branches of public instruction, and for each of which there was a sub- committee, are now in charge of one committee, on (f Music and Drawing." It may be well to remark here, that the regular teachers in all the schools, hav- ing now had several years of normal instruction, and of experience in teaching these branches, are quite competent to give the necessary instruction to their pupils, and for this reason the number of special instructors in these departments has been reduced. Before long no special instructors except, possi- bly, one in each department for normal lectures and for a director will be required. An interesting paper on these subjects follows in this volume, in the

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT. 9

i

w Report of the Committee on Music and Drawing," to which the reader is referred for details.

On January 1, 1879, the Committee on Military Drill yield their duties to the Committee on High Schools. This exercise is continued in the High Schools for boys, and meets with great success, owing, no doubt, largely to the excellent instruction of Brig- adier-General Hobart Moore, who makes it both efficient and interesting.

For the greater efficiency of the Board a new com- mittee, viz., the w Committee on Supplies," has been organized, which relieves, in a material manner, the Committee on Accounts from some of its multifarious duties. The following extracts from the Rules and Regulations define the duties of this new commit- tee: —

Sect. 45. The Committee on Supplies shall have exclusive authority in furnishing all materials used by the Board, its officers, or the public schools. They shall have exclusive power to authorize such expenditures, except it be for salaries, as may be required in teaching such branches of study as have been adopted by the Board, not exceeding the several amounts appro- priated for the same.

They shall, if it be deemed expedient, annually advertise for proposals, and contract with responsible parties, to furnish the text-books necessary to carry out the provisions of the General Statutes, Chap. 38, Sects. 29 and 30, and shall see that the pro- visions are fully complied with.

They shall have the supervision of all printing, and furnish such as may be required by the Board, its officers, or the public schools, except such as may be otherwise provided for ; and all documents and reports, unless it be otherwise ordered, shall be limited to four hundred copies.

They shall have the custody and management of all property

10

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 25.

belonging to the city which is held by this Board, and shall authorize such expenditures as may be necessary for the care and protection of the same.

The Auditing Clerk shall attend all meetings of this committee, shall record their transactions, and render such assistance as shall be required. Annually, in the month of May, he shall submit, in detail, an account of the articles purchased and furnished to the several grades of schools, as well as of the material on hand ; and annually, in the month of June, the committee shall submit the same in a report to the Board.

They shall give written authority to the Auditing ' Clerk to submit to the Committee on Accounts such bills as are correct and duly authorized.

SCHOOL SESSIOXS.

The change in the regulations of the schools, by which there are two sessions for five days in the week instead of two sessions for four days and one session on Wednesday and Saturday forenoon, as formerly, has now been on trial since September 1, 1877, and has already proved so satisfactory as to meet with general approbation. A canvas of the opinion of the Grammar-School masters, made last June and reported to this Board by the Committee on Rules and Regu- lations, demonstrated the desirability of the change. The following is the report :

The committee who were instructed, May 28, to take measures to ascertain and report to the Board whether the present arrange- ment of school sessions is better for the schools and teachers than the former, or not, and whether it is more acceptable to the parents, reported that a circular having been sent to the principals of the Grammar Schools, requesting the above information, responses were received from 46 principals, as follows : 26 report in favor of the new system in all respects ; 6 in favor of the old ; 7 that the

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

11

old system is better for Primary Schools ; 2 that the old plan is better for the schools, and preferred by some of the teachers and parents. (Minutes of the School Committee 1878, page 116.)

There were many reasons for this change. In the High Schools it was already the rule. No pupil in the other schools could be said to have a single play-day in the week during term time, under the former arrangement, a day which was entirely free to the pupil, when no school work was to be done; a real holiday, which could be devoted to play and pleasure. There was work for every day ; on Fri- day the Saturday morning lesson must be learned, and on Saturday the Sabbath-school lesson must be prepared. Now Saturday is a whole play-day for the pupil. If a parent desires to take his child into the country on a day's excursion, whether on a visit, or to enjoy the country air and the country scenery, no work-day need now be taken ; there is the Satur- day for such recreation.

In many of our schools, also, there are children of poor parents. Several masters testified before the Committee on Rules and Regulations, when the hear- ing was had on the order which was afterwards passed by the Board, that some of the boys were kept out of school on Saturdays, and found employment with the neighboring grocer and market-man. Mothers, also, kept their daughters at home on Saturdays to teach them the culinary art, and to induct them into the mysteries of house-keeping, an occupation quite as useful to girls as the studies pursued in the schools.

The statistics, too, show that the average attend-

12

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25

ance in all the Grammar and Primary Schools was smaller on Saturdays than on other days in the week ; and recent investigations prove that the attendance on Wednesday afternoon is much greater than it was on Saturday forenoon.

There is no doubt that the work of the school- room is much better performed in the symmetrical daily sessions than in the broken sessions at the end of every two days; and the masters tell us that the work on Wednesday and Saturday forenoons was not as satisfactory as on other days in the week. It is believed, too, that the present system is more con- ducive to the health of the pupils than the former.

It is better for the teachers as well as for the pupils. The half-day Wednesday and Saturday did not give that rest that the whole day Saturday gives. Teachers have not so much fresh force on Monday morning when they teach on Saturday, as they have with closed school-rooms from Friday afternoon to Monday morning. Under the former arrangement there was no whole day, during term time, on which they could transact whatever business they might have.

Another and most important consideration must not be overlooked. To maintain our schools up to the highest standard we should have constant normal in- struction for teachers. Such instruction is contem- plated in the Regulations of the Normal School, viz.:

1 ' Sect. 299 . Such instruction shall be given in the Normal School, to teachers in the employ of the city, as the Board may from time to time direct."

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

13

And such instruction ought to be given. But when could teachers in daily attendance in school devote the time to listening to such instruction, even if required? Could such teachers come to the lecture with any degree of freshness after the morning had been de- voted to their duties in the school-room? Certainly not. Now there is a day for such instruction, attend- ance on which should be required of all teachers who show weakness in any department. The Director of Music, at the hearing heretofore referred to, was es- pecially desirous for a fresh morning to give normal instruction in his department to the teachers in the city's service.

The testimony, too, of highly esteemed authorities in educational matters, and the example of all the large cities in the Union, are unanimously for five day sessions. That others approve of our change is evidenced by the fact that many of our neighboring cities and towns are following our example.

One more consideration should not be overlooked. There is a large and growing number of- Jewish children in our community, whose Sabbath is Sat- urday, and whose religious faith is to keep the seventh day holy and do no secular work. Should we not respect their consciences? "We make a holiday of Christmas and Good Friday to accommodate one religious sect ; is it not right, when there are so many other considerations, that in this matter we should respect the observances of this class of our fellow- citizens ?

14

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

SALARIES OE TEACHERS.

During the past year very important changes have been made in the Rules and Regulations affecting the salaries of teachers. These changes contemplate a regular graduated scale, beginning at a smaller minimum than heretofore, and rising by an increase of twelve dollars, or by a multiple of twelve, through a series of years, until the full salary is reached. In this way, it was hoped since it seemed, by the necessity of the times, that some saving must be made in the salary of the teachers that those who had been long in the service of the city should be affected as little as possible by the change, while the new and inexperienced must serve a reasonably long appren- ticeship before attaining the highest salary in their grades.

A table is herewith presented, showing the salaries of teachers for the years 1876, 1877, and 1878.

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT. 15

FIRST GRADE.

Male Instructors in High Schools.

Head-Masters.

Masters.

SCB-MASTERS.

Ushers.

JUN'R

Mas- ters.

1876-7

1877-8

1878-9

1876-7

1877-8

1876-7

1877-8

1876-7

1877-8

io t o— y

First year . .

$3,500

$3,300

$3,780

$2,800

$2,700

$2,200

$2,100

$1,700

$1,440

Second *' . .

4,000

3,780

3,200

3,000

2,600

2,400

2,000

1,800

1,584

1,728

1,872

2,016

2,160

2,304

2,448

2,592

2,736

2,880

The positions of usher and sub-masters were abol- ished Sept., 1878.

SECOXD GRADE.

Male Instructors in Grammar Schools.

Masters.

Sub-masters.

Second Sub-masters.1

1876-7

1877-8

1878-9

1876-7

1877-8

1878-9

1876-7

1877-8

1878-9

First year .

$2,800

$2,700

$2,580

$2,200

$2,100

$1,980

$1,700

$1,500

$1,500

Second " .

3,200

3,000

2,640

2,600

2,400

2,040

2,000

1,800

1,560

2,700

2,100

1,620

2,760

2,160

1,680

2,820

2,220

1,740

2,880

2,280

1,800

1 Formerly Ushers.

16

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

THIRD GRADE.

Female Instructors in High Schools.

First year

Second

Third

Fourth

Fifth

Sixth

First Assistant.

1876-1

$1,800

1877-8

$1,620

1S78-9

Second Ass't.

1876-7

$1,440; $1,500 1,476 1,512 1,548 1,584 1,620

1877-8

$1,380

1878-9

Third Assistant. Fourth Ass't

1S76-:

$1,200 $1,200 1,236 . . . 1,272 . . . 1,308 . . . 1,344 . . . 1,380 . . .

1877-8

$1,140

1878-9

1876-7

$1,000

1,032 1,068 1,104 1,140

1S77-S

$900

1878-9

$768 804 840 876 912

Assistant Principals. 1876-7 $2,000

1877- 8 1,800

1878- 9 1,800

FOURTH A3TD FIFTH GRADES.

Female Instructors in Primary and Grammar Schools.

First year Second " Third " Fourth " Fifth " Sixth "

First Assistant.

1876-7

$1,200

1877-8 1878-9

$1,140 $900

972 1,008 1,044 1,080

Second Assistant.

1876-7

$850

1877-8

$792

1878-9

Third and Fourth Assistants.

1876-7

780 792

816

$600

1877-8

$540

750

1878-9

$504 552 600 648 696 744

By this table it will be seen that a reduction of salaries of instructors was made in 1877 and again in 1878 ; and while a large total saving was thus made to the city in these two years, nevertheless, the aver- age reduction was only about seven per cent, from the highest salary in any one grade paid during the

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

17

most prosperous times since the late civil war; which reduction could therefore work no hardship to the teachers, especially when we consider that the purchasing value of the dollar is much greater to-day than it was a few years ago. It is hoped, however, that no further reduction in salaries will be necessary hereafter.

Of course these changes are not universally satis- factory; but no system or scheme of salaries will probably ever be contrived which will satisfy, or be exactly just to everybody, and the School Committee will be confronted frequently with new schemes to enhance the salary of this one or that one, as has been the case heretofore, each petitioner having some plausible ground to support his claim.

This frequent solicitation of individual teachers for an increase of salary, and the many orders referring these petitions to the Committee on Salaries, while it burdens that committee with much unnecessary labor, and consumes much of the time of this Board, is also to be regretted, as it does not seem to indicate the proper spirit, to see so many of our teachers seeking personal gain by the straining of points to make out w special cases." As many as seventeen orders of this character have been offered in a single meeting of the Board, and have been examined by the Committee on Salaries at one session of that committee, with hearings given to parties interested.

Let us hope that the provisions made for the sala- ries of teachers are satisfactory to those who desire to remain in the city's service ; and let it be understood that the practice of petitioning for increased pay i&

18

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 25.

an evil, and it will soon come into desuetude. Our teachers are not overpaid, but they are well paid, probably much better paid than many other classes of persons in this community.

XEW PROGRAMME.

As we have already said, changes in the course of instruction and supervision should not be regarded as a criticism on the past, nor condemned if beneficial re- sults are not immediately apparent. Healthful growth is necessarily slow. Changes suggested by experi- ence, judiciously made, and tending, however gradu- ally, to better results, should always be welcomed.

In the department of instruction the time seemed to have arrived for a re-adjustment of the programme of our Primary and Grammar Schools. "New studies had been introduced and specific requirements made, from time to time, in answer to demands which seemed imperative, till the course was justly criti- cised as being too crowded.

Something was necessary to relieve both teacher and pupil. Fortunately, however, the progress made in educational methods, and the eradication of much which had proved of little value, but which still held a place in our programme, made it possible to retain all our studies, and, at the same time, render the labors of an intelligent teacher less onerous. Formal grammar, for instance, had, for a long time, been a requirement in every class in our Grammar Schools, while its results in teaching children ? to speak and write correctly" were entirely unsatisfactory. By the new programme, adopted during the past year,

AXXUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

19

three of the classes are relieved of the task of study- ing formal grammar, and the time gained is devoted to the more practical work of expressing thought by means of language, both orally and in written exer- cises.

It is here that the economy of the new programme by means of which we are enabled to retain what- ever was essential in the old is apparent. An ex- ercise in geography, history, physiology, or physics, is not merely an exercise in one of these branches; but, by being made a study of ideas rather than mere words, it furnishes just the material wanted for a lan- guage lesson. Thus, while the programme assigns a specified time to each of these studies, the intelligent teacher economizes time by making a single recitation answer the demands of several. The knowledge, for instance, required for a recitation in history is ren- dered more accurate and clear, and fixed more firmly in the mind, by the very act of stating it; while the written expression involves a constant exercise of grammatical principles, orthography, the use of capi- tals, and punctuation, of everything, in fact, that will be of practical value to the pupil in the business of life.

The above is not intended as a dissertation on the method of teaching, but to show that more may be accomplished by improved methods in teaching, while much of the drudgery of teaching and learning is removed. Upon a careful comparison of the new programme for the Primary and Grammar Schools with that which it displaces, this seems to us to be its leading characteristic: that while all the subjects of

20

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 25.

the former have been retained, they are so presented in the programme and accompanying suggestions that each becomes an auxiliary to almost every other.

We have said that time must be given to show sat- isfactory results in a system essentially modified. The greater freedom given to teachers may at first, indeed, seem to add to their burdens. Instead of blindly following a text-book, they are now expected to use it only as an aid. Is it said that our teachers cannot be safely trusted with so much freedom ? If so, it can hardly be considered as complimentary to the profession. But if, in some instances, it should prove true, will not this greater freedom and responsibility incite teachers to renewed exertions; or, failing in that, show more plainly the necessity of a change?

The supply, also, of a large amount of supplement- ary reading in the Primary Schools, in accordance with the recommendations of the Board of Supervis- ors, seems to have given a new impulse to the reading. Instead of poring over a few selections that have lost all their freshness by being heard many times before pupils are called upon to read them, as is the case when there is more than one class in a room, they have now new reading matter adapted to their capacity every day; and the greater interest which, we are assured by teachers, pupils take in the read- ing, cannot fail to produce excellent results. In the Grammar Schools, too, the supplementary reading, while it affords an excellent opportunity to accustom pupils to read at sight, is cultivating a taste for good books, and aiding- much in the study of literature, which has assumed so important a place in our High

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

21

Schools. It may be stated, also, that most of the supplementary reading is of a kind to give more interest to the regular studies of the course. Thus, Higginson's History of the United States, and the brief biographies, happily supplement the regular text- books in history, while Hooker's Child's Book of Xature renders essential aid to the regular exercises in physiology and the elements of natural history.

THE METRIC SYSTEM.

The course of study adopted by the Board at the close of the last school year provides for practical instruction in the use of the metric system of weights and measures in the Grammar and Primary Schools. This innovation demands a few words of explanation.

The incalculable advantages to be derived from the general adoption of an international system of weights and measures and the progress made in other coun- tries towards this end, as well as the immense saving of time and labor which will result from the use of a decimal system of expressing quantitative relations, have been ably set forth in the report of our late superintendent, Mr. John D. Philbrick,1 and need not be referred to here. It is, however, desirable to call attention to the responsibility in connection with this great reform, which rests upon all those to whom the educational interests of the community are en- trusted.

In other countries which are now enjoying the benefits of the metric svstem the change has been

1 See Annual Report of School Committee, 1877, p. 47.

22

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 25.

brought about by a more or less despotic act of the government. An edict has gone forth that, after a certain date, no weights and measures other than those of the metric system shall be lawful, and the people have been required to accommodate them- selves to the new order of things, a process which does not seem to have been attended with so much difficulty as might have been anticipated. In this country of free institutions, however, such an assump- tion of authority by Congress would not be likely to lead to the desired result unless based upon a distinct demand of the people. It is for the people to decide how soon they shall be permitted to enjoy the advan- tages of this international, labor-saving system; and, that the decision may be prompt and intelligent, it is important that they should be educated fully to realize the great boon to be conferred upon the nation by exchanging the chaotic complications of our present weights and measures, for the simplicity, uniformity, and precision of the metric system.

The duty of school committees in providing this sort of popular education seems clear. The most natural course is evidently to take advantage of the quick observation of the young child, and recogniz- ing the fact that ideas of quantity, both absolute and relative, are very elementary to place before him the metric weights and measures in bodily form. He may then be taught to measure all objects by the meter and to weigh them by the gram. The simple relation between the units of length, volume, and weight may be explained to him, and the metric apparatus used to illustrate the problems of arithmetic.

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

23

A practical familiarity with the new weights and measures will thus be imparted, the child being taught to know the meter and the gram as independent quantities, and not through their relation to the foot and the pound.

Actuated by these ideas, the School Committee has provided instruction in the use of the metric system, beginning with the second year of school life. Appa- ratus for teaching has been distributed to the Gram- mar Schools, and the Primary Schools will soon be similarly supplied.

By a steady persistence in this scheme of instruc- tion it is hoped that in ten or fifteen years a large body of young people will have gone out from our schools trained in the use of the metric system, and appreciating in the most practical way its immense advantages. If School Committees throughout the country provide instruction similar to that above described, the time will then have come for Congress to take the next step in advance of the act of 1S66, and to compel as well as to authorize the use of the Metric System.

HIGH SCHOOLS.

The marked feature of the programme under which the several High Schools are now working is the prominence given to the study of English Literature. It is not to be supposed, or desired, that pupils who graduate from our High Schools will continue the study of algebra, geometry, chemistry, or Latin, unless they enter upon some calling making special requirements for its use. The knowledge of princi-

»

2i

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

pies they have acquired, and the discipline secured, is all we expect. Henceforth they are to add to their stock of knowledge, to a great extent, by the use of the Public Library; and it is of the greatest impor- tance that they should get some well-defined ideas in the High Schools as to what, and how, to read. The only way to prevent the young from contamination by bad books is to teach them to appreciate good books. It is gratifying to be able to state that this new feature in the High-School programme has re- ceived the hearty approval of the teachers; and that nothing in the High-School course seems to be more highly appreciated by the pupils. It is but simple justice to these schools to say that, while a new in- terest has been excited in this department, it has not been at the expense of the other High-School studies.

The uniform course of study in the several High Schools of the city has now been in operation long enough to show beneficial results, and is tending unmistakably to a more perfect system of secondary instruction in the near future.

During the past year, rapid progress has been made on the new buildings for the Public Latin and English High Schools for boys, and accompanying this report is a sketch of one of the buildings. It is expected that the structure will be ready for occu- pancy at the beginning of the school year 1880, and then a long-felt want will be supplied.

In this connection it may be well to suggest a thought of great importance to our system of High Schools. There are now in this city seven High Schools, exclusive of the two Latin Schools. With

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

25

the exception of the Girls' and the English High Schools, the others came under the jurisdiction of this Board by the annexation of Roxbury, Dorches- ter, Charlestown, "West Roxbury, and Brighton. This year a Branch High School has been established in East Boston, under the joint direction of the head- masters of the Girls' and English High Schools. Xow that the new High-School building is nearing completion it may be well to consider whether its location is not sufficiently central to accommodate the pupils of the Eoxbury High School. And it may be worth considering, also, whether or not the effi- ciency of our High Schools, and the true interests of economy, would not be better served if the Dor- chester, Charlestown, West Roxbury, and Brighton High Schools were changed from independent to branch schools. District lines might then be estab- lished, and pupils be required to attend the district branch the first two years of their course, and then, entering the Girls' and English High Schools, com- plete their course. Would not a very large expenditure be annually saved which the separate maintenance of these expensive establishments now necessitates? In some of these schools the number of third-years pupils, or graduating class, is as small as thirteen; and the whole number of pupils in one school is only fifty -six; while, in some cases, special instructors must be employed to teach classes of two or three pupils. Does not this impose an unnecessary burden upon the city? Would it not be far better for all the pupils in the third and fourth year" s courses if they could all attend one school, equipped with the most

26

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

approved apparatus and with the best instructors, which their greater number would warrant?

PUBLIC LATEST SCHOOL.

It is well known that several years ago very im- portant changes were made in the Latin School, changes affecting both its organization and the dura- tion and character of its course of study. It was an- ticipated that time would be required to adjust the new scheme in all its details, and that during the period of transition there might be a seeming loss in the efficiency of the school. But a season of severer trial than was feared by those most interested, and most anxious for the welfare of the school, was to come. The long illness and death of the head-master, Dr. Gardner, followed, who for more than forty years had devoted all the energies of a strong mind and a resolute will to a task which he loved. Within two years his successor, Mr. Gay, a sound scholar and an able instructor, was also removed by death.

It would have been strange if, in this period of change, uncertainty, and affliction, the school had not suffered some decline. But we are glad to say that there is most gratifying evidence of marked improve- ment. The care, thoroughness, and breadth of the instruction, the kindly relations between pupils and teachers, always a matter of prime importance, and above all the fresh life and high purpose that animates the school, should be known by the public, as they are known by the committee in charge and by this Board. Under the prudent and skilful management of the present head-master, aided by his corps of able

AXXUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

27

and efficient assistants, the school merits, and. we believe, will continue to enjoy, the confidence of our citizens.

girls' latin school.

A short time before the last Annual Report of the School Committee was presented to the Board, an order had been passed for the establishment of a Latin School for girls.

It had been shown in the public hearings, held by the High School Committee, that, while Boston offered the amplest facilities to boys for preparation for col- lege, and was justly proud of her Public Latin School, girls were practically denied the opportunity to obtain, in the public schools, the classical training that is demanded by colleges open to women. It was no discredit to the Girls' High School that Yassar declared the candidates from that school insufficiently prepared. The course of study authorized by the School Board did not contemplate, and did not permit, a thorough and complete preparation for college.

A discrimination against one sex, so manifestly un- just, the Board unanimously resolved to remove, by establishing a school that should afford to girls ad- vantages equal to those so long enjoyed by the boys of this city.

But there were grave doubts whether the demand for such training for girls was sufficiently urgent to justify the erection of a separate school. Such doubts can no longer exist. The school has been organized less than a year, but already it numbers seventy-eight

28

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

pupils, and it is probable that the entrance examina- tion in June next will raise the number to more than one hundred.

A course of study, embracing six years, has been prepared, and will soon be submitted to the Board. It calls for diligent and faithful effort on the part of pupils; but the committee in charge, and the principal of the school, have earnestly endeavored to eliminate everything superfluous, and to restrict and arrange the necessary work in such a way that parents need not fear that their daughters will be overtaxed.

NORMAL SCHOOL.

During the past two years certain changes have been made in the Regulations of the formal School, by which the requirements for admission have been materially raised.

The following extract from the Regulations em- bodies the changes referred to :

Sect. 292. Candidates for admission must be at least eighteen years old, and must be recommended b}r the master or committee of the last school they attended. No candidate who is less than eighteen years of age shall be admitted to this school, except by special vote of the committee in charge. Those who have com- pleted the fourth year in the Girls' High School will be admitted without examination. Other candidates must be examined in the ordinary High-School studies by the Board of Supervisors, under the direction of the Committee on Examinations, and must pre- sent evidence of good character. All pupils will be put on proba- tion, and as soon as they prove unsuitable for this school shall be discharged by the committee on the school ; the probation to cease at the end of the half year. No pupil who has attended the school for more than a half year shall return a second year without special permission from the committee in charge.

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

29

There is no doubt that this change was as de- sirable as it was wise. If a Xormal School is main- tained at all by the city it should be of the first class, and its requirements and efficiency should lead any similar institution in the State. But it is really a serious question whether the City of Boston is justi- fied in continuing this school. There are several excellent Xormal Schools in this State, and Boston contributes, by way of taxes, more than forty-one per cent, of the cost of their maintenance. Why, then, it may be asked, should we not send our daughters, who desire to become teachers, to one of these schools? Besides, the Boston Xormal School is conducted solely to fit females for teachers. Why is this discrimination made, and why should not our young men have an even chance? It may be asked, also, whether it is right for us to maintain a profes- sional school to give technical education of one kind to girls and not to give technical education of another kind, if asked for, to boys. Have we not as much right to give free instruction in law and medicine as in pedagogy?

The Xormal School undoubtedly accomplishes some good; but it makes too many teachers. There are too many Xormal graduates, some of whom, while acquir- ing a proficiency to earn their diplomas, yet have no aptitude for teaching, and only enter the teacher's profession for the sake of earning a livelihood. It is well understood by the members of this Board that our Grammar-School masters hesitate to fill places in their schools with young women just graduated from the Xormal School, but much prefer and rightly,

30

SCHOOL DOCUMENT XO. 25.

too teachers who have had experience in teaching elsewhere, and have given positive evidence of fitness for their calling. If this institution were devoted more generally to giving required instruction to the teachers in the service, it would fill a valuable place in our educational system.

The fact that teachers begin service at an early age justifies their desire and the necessity for further study; and the city would be warranted in furnishing them such instruction freely.

Normal lectures are now being given to teachers at the Institute of Technology, by the Boston Natural History Society; and funds have been provided, by a few liberal-minded women of Boston, partially to de- fray the expenses ; and, although a fee is charged for admission to these lectures, large numbers of our teachers crowd the lecture-room. It is quite certain, if required courses of instruction were established at the Xormal School for our teachers, they would result in great improvement to teachers and schools.

It is believed, however, if greater permanence was assured by electing teachers for five years instead of one, still better and more experienced teachers would seek for positions in our schools.

EVENING SCHOOLS.

There is no one department of our schools call- ing for more immediate attention than our Evening schools.

In the first place these schools need a more thorough system, both as to admission and attendance. There is now absolutely no requirement for admission, and

AXXUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

31

any one who applies finds open doors. It seems desirable that there should be some requirement as to admission, and some pledge that the pupil admitted will be regular in attendance; some way should be devised to make attendance compulsory, and absen- tees should receive the earnest attention of truant officers.

In the matter of instruction the greatest care should be exercised in the selection of teachers. Ib these schools established for the instruction of those who in their youth had no opportunities for being taught only the best teachers should be employed, and none who have failed of success in the day schools should find places here. Another improvement might be made, in a more general classification in these schools and in the limita- tion of the subjects taught. This latter suggestion applies more especially to the Evening High School, where it is believed the ancient and modern lan- guages and elocution might be eliminated from the programme of studies with benefit to the school. A stricter discipline and better order in going to and from the schools should be required by teachers of the pupils. These schools are filling a very important place in our educational system, and an encouragement of them in the right direction will be of lasting benefit to many who ''thirst for knowl- edge." and to the city which desires its inhabitants to be intelligent men and women.

SUPERVISORS.

Of the value of the Supervisors the reader can

32

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

get some idea by reading their Annual Report, ap- pended hereto. Xo one except the members of this Board, however, can form any adequate or just esti- mate of the important and excellent work done by them, both as a Board and as individuals. They have already become a necessity to the present organization of the School Committee ; and they will become more and more useful as time progresses and their functions are better understood by the public. Take the mat- ter alone of the selection of teachers. There are from seventy-five to one hundred new teachers ap- pointed, each year. In the last report of the late superintendent, Hon. John D. Philbrick, he states that, fifteen years ago, he called attention to the mat- ter of examining teachers, saying, K So far as my knowledge extends, no other city has a system of examining teachers so objectionable as our own." K If incompetent teachers have not been appointed," he adds, "it is not because the door has not been left open for them to enter." And in the Annual Report of the School Committee for 1875, it was stated, and not too strongly, that * the appointment of teachers heretofore, without careful consideration of their qualifications, was an evil which had begun to show its disastrous effects by unmistakable signs." How, indeed, could it be otherwise ? Under the preceding organization of the School Committee, examinations of candidates were had by the local committees where the vacancy to be filled existed. How many of the very best men in a body of over one hundred were qualified to be examiners of teachers or schools? This is technical work, and must be

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

33

done if done properly by experts, whose sole busi- ness and study should be the subject of education. This is done now by the Board of Supervisors. In this way, by such examinations as the Supervisors make, always under the direction and oversight of the School Committee through their Committee on Examinations, whether of the graduates of the Xor- mal School, .or of other applicants for certificates of qualification, a process is slowly going on which must gradually increase the character and standing of the schools. It may even now be said with con- fidence, that the examinations, as conducted by the Board of Supervisors, give unmistakable evidence of beneficial results. Xo fears need be had that unqual- ified teachers will hereafter creep into the service.

A large number of persons of liberal culture and successful experience has already been added to our corps of teachers during the last three years, and the w door," which, in the words of Mr. Philbrick, had been "left open for incompetent teachers to enter," has now been effectually closed. For this work alone, the Supervisors are indispensable.

It has been said that the Board of Supervisors are a very expensive appendage to the School Depart- ment; this remark is made, however, only by those who are not acquainted with the character, quality, and quantity of their work.

If the City of Boston wishes to retain her educa- tional ascendency she must expect to pay for it; she must maintain the best schools, the best teachers, the best apparatus, the best system of supervision and examination; and these cannot be obtained cheaply.

34

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

Her citizens have ever been liberal, and willingly so, to do for posterity what their ancestors did for them. If the cry of extravagance is raised against the cost of the schools, let him who raises it point to the penny wasted by the School Committee.

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION.

Complaint is often made that much of the education received by the children in our schools is not prac- tical, inasmuch as it does not prepare them for the duties of life ; but by the introduction of sewing into the girls' schools an important step has been taken, which most will allow is in the right direction. Every girl who passes through our schools now receives three years' instruction in various kinds of needle- work, and is made capable of being an expert seam- stress.

The public schools are open to all classes, and the necessity for charity or mission schools for instruc- tion in this branch no longer exists; this releases a large charitable influence to be expended in other directions.

The benefits resulting from such instruction are too evident to need enumerating; they are seen in the improved appearance of the children's clothing in school, and are felt and appreciated in thousands of homes.

Some will say that the time for this purpose should not be taken from the books, and that sewing should more properly be taught at home ; but it can be dem- onstrated that this practical education does not, in

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT.

35

the least, detract from advancement in the other branches. The girls are subjected to the same ex- amination as the boys, and are not found inferior in their attainments. Again, many parents would give but indifferent instruction, and many more would be unable to give any; therefore the children must be taught in school, if properly taught at all.

It is the endeavor of the city to furnish to the girls as good an education as to the boys. Every grade of school is open to them; but it is questionable whether the true object of education the happiness and usefulness of the educated is attained by adopting the same course of studies for both sexes. A large proportion of the girls are to use the educa- tion gained in our schools as a means of livelihood; and how few occupations are open to them! Our course of study, so far as it is professional, prepares them especially for teachers; and, as the supply far exceeds the demand, only those peculiarly suited to the calling are able to obtain situations ; disappoint- ment and uncongenial pursuits await the larger number.

When we take into consideration the personal sacrifices comforts denied and debts incurred by parents and orphan girls, that the whole course of study may be completed, with the hope of an inde- pendent position at the conclusion of the struggle, and the disappointment and its effects that await so many, we may well ask if an improvement cannot be made in our system of education for girls.

Appended is the report on sewing :

36 SCHOOL POCrMEST XO. 25.

= ^ 5 * ~_ =. =. * 5 5 ^ 3

- ^-Z

—r* _ _ ==

= =sH r= V «M ~ SI

>S:&3&SS3SSS93S3S2

-»r* = r= r: ss

:- n _

r: z z c ti n

k a ' is ; 8 a : ^ ; : ; ; h = ? * "

: n

" : : - : - : ^ : : ^ M 5I g

=

f r<

£

n N ! U N N i M M n

iiiiini illiimi

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT. 37

* 3 " 5 5 " 3 3 3

3 5 " 5 30 , 5 5 5

1

§

s § s u s ; s | s 4

2

?i g g § : § s | : s

1

§ ! fc' n * J g s *

sgggssssga

3

2 £ : : «• ^ a s : a -

00 *- s m : « * s a

& a : § ss : : a : :

a : ?. : : s § ; ?? :

g

§ § S | 2 H 2 | § ^

a g g g g s ss | s s

3

?, 3 2 £ § ; § § « « «

g i ~ s 2 ; s s ?, s s

s

£g|2Sg225gH

2 : s : § g g s g s 1-1 . °- °

s

!

s 1 * g 2 I i 1 1 s

MIIM'ilt

!

£ i * 1 3 - 1 1 2 e

* 8 § I 1 S 5 1 s 1

!

tliffimii

iiiSjiifjf

!

38

SCHOOL DOCUMENT NO. 25.

The question of some other form of industrial education has received attention during the past year. On May 28th, last, an order was offered " that a sum not exceeding one thousand dollars be appro- priated for the support of a class in industrial train- ing during the next school year," and probably the next Annual Report will record the result of the experiment thus to be inaugurated. The question of teaching trades in our schools is one of vital impor- tance. ]STew England once had a monopoly of the manufacturing interests of the United States, and her fabrics found ready markets in the remotest portions of the Union. To-day the people of the sunny South weave into cloths the product of their soil, and throughout the far West is heard the hum of count- less factories. If New England would maintain her place as the great industrial centre of the country, she must become to the United States what France is to the rest of Europe, the first in taste, the first in design, the first in skilled workmanship. She must accustom her children from early youth to the use of tools, and give them a thorough training in the mechanic arts.

CONCLUSION.

In conclusion, we can safely say, that much and excellent work has been done for the schools by this Board, its officers, the supervisors, and the teachers; and the trusts imposed upon all connected with them have been guarded with fidelity. Our schools are, on the whole, in a very flourishing condition, and

ANNUAL SCHOOL REPORT. 39

the high standard of excellence of their past history is fully maintained in the present, and, let us hope, assured for the future.

Respectfully submitted,

GODFREY MORSE, Chairman. WILLIAM C. COLLAR. HENRY P. BOWDITCH.

Boston, December 24, 1878.

I

f